Manual Reparatie Massey Ferguson-8400

Massey Ferguson 8400

Workshop service manual n° 3378647M2 CONTENTS 01 - Introduction - Specifications 03 - Engine 05 - Gearbox 06 - Rear axle 07 - Power take off 08 - Front axle 09 - Hydraulics 10 - Electrical equipment 11 - Electronics 12 - Cab and equipment

AGCO S.A. All rights reserved Beauvais France

H

September 2005

Massey Ferguson 8400

September 2005

¤ H

AGCO S.A. All rights reserved Beauvais France

Introduction - Specifications

01 - Introduction - Specifications CONTENTS 01A01 - Introduction

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Introduction - Specifications

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Introduction

01A01 - Introduction

CONTENTS A . Using the manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Ground speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 D . General dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 E . Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 F . Conversion tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 G . Retaining compounds and sealing products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 H . Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.1

Introduction

01A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction

A . Using the manual General The purpose of this manual is to assist Dealers and Agents in the efficient installation, maintenance and repair of AGCO equipment. Carrying out the procedures as detailed, together with the use of special tools where appropriate, will enable the operations to be completed within the time stated in the Repair Time Schedule.

Page numbering

Tractor safety features may be impaired if non-genuine parts are fitted. Legislation in certain countries prohibits the fitting of parts that do not comply with the tractor manufacturer’s specifications. Torque wrench setting figures given in the Workshop Service Manual must be strictly adhered to. Locking devices must be fitted where specified. If the efficiency of a locking device is impaired during removal, it must be replaced. The tractor warranty may be invalidated if non-genuine AGCO parts are fitted. All AGCO replacement parts have the full backing of the manufacturer’s warranty. AGCO Dealers and Agents are required to supply only genuine service parts.

The present manual is divided into chapters and sections, and each page is numbered with the following information: Example: 10A01.1 10 = Chapter A = Section 01 = Sequence number within the section 1 = Page number within the section The issue number is indicated at the bottom of the page.

Use For quick reference, each chapter starts with a table of contents, listing the various sections included in that chapter.

Meaning of references (..) : identification of parts and components

Amendments Amended pages will be issued carrying the same page number as the former pages; only the issue number and date will be changed. Former pages should be destroyed.

Service tools Where the use of a service tool is necessary to carry out an operation, the tool reference is mentioned following the relevant instruction. Drawings for locally made tools are given in the final sections of the relevant chapters.

Repairs and replacements When parts have to be replaced, it is essential that only genuine AGCO parts are used. The following points are of particular importance when carrying out repairs and fitting replacement parts and accessories.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.3

Introduction

B . General characteristics 8450 model

Automated power take-off

yes

Front power take-off

no Front axle

Engine ISO (CV)power

215

ISO power (Kw)

158

Trademark

SISU EEM

Type

74ETA

Model

AG 210 (750/522): 15.75

Front / Rear axle synchro ratio

1.348

Type

fixed

Rotational direction

anti-clockwise

Number of clutch discs

6

Number of cylinders / Cylinder capacity (L)

6 / 7.4

Fender (4WD)

optional

Turbocharger

yes

2-wheel drive

no

Intercooler

Air / air

Front linkage (optional)

Injection pump

Bosch VP44

Fan

Viscostatic

152 l/min Closed Centre

yes

Alternator

150 A

Orbitrol steering unit

OSPDF 80/240

Steering (volume cc)

80 (first pump) and 240 (second pump)

Model

DYNA VT ML 200

Brake master cylinder

power-assisted

Clutch / Reverse shuttle

Gearbox with continuous variation, direction reverse under load

Transmission

Ranges-speeds

Continuous speed variation from 0 to 40 kph in forward and reverse position (speed limited to 30, 35, or 40 kph depending on country) Rear axle

Model

HA 200

Drive units

Epicyclic

3.5 T Hydraulics

Hydraulic trailer brake

optional (*)

Pneumatic trailer brake

no

Auxiliary spool valves (maximum number)

5 electrohydraulic (2 SMS)

Couplers

decompression Electronics

Transmission control

AUTOTRONIC 4

Wheel shaft Ø

110

Instrument panel

DCC2

Reduction ratio

8.25

Linkage calculator

Auto5

Brake discs per trumpet housing

6

Parking brake

ParkLock

Differential lock

multidisc

Reduction ratio of bevel gear / differential

3.58 Linkage

Stabilisers

telescopic

Perforated bar

optional

3-point linkage

type 3 or 3.2, hook or ball type (*)

Clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Automatic clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Hitch eye bolt

eye bolt or automatic hook (*)

Swinging drawbar

standard

Roller swinging drawbar

optional

Draft sensors

2

Sensor capacity

9T

Datatronic 3

optional

Dual control (front and rear)

optional

TIC without draft sensor

optional

Fieldstar

no Cab

Suspension

optional

Rear view mirrors

manual (standard) or electrical (optional)

Air conditioning

manual (standard) or automatic (optional)

Standard bonnet

tilting

Standard roof

standard

High-visibility roof

no

Reference (*): according to country

Power take-off Type

Interchangeable shaft

540/1000

standard

540E/1000

optional

Number of clutch discs

6

Power take-off brake

mechanical

Proportional PTO

no

01A01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction 8460model

Front power take-off

no Front axle

Engine ISO (CV)power

235

Model

AG 210 (750/522): 15.75

Front / Rear axle synchro ratio

1.348

ISO power (Kw)

173

Type

fixed

Trademark

SISU EEM

Rotational direction

anti-clockwise

Type

74 ETA

Number of clutch discs

6

Number of cylinders / Cylinder capacity

6 / 7.4

Fender (4WD)

optional

Turbocharger

yes

Intercooler

Air / air

Injection pump

Bosch VP44

Fan

Viscostatic

Alternator

150 A Transmission

Model

DYNA VT ML 200

Clutch / Reverse shuttle

Gearbox with continuous variation, direction reverse under load

Ranges-speeds

Continuous speed variation from 0 to 40 kph in forward and reverse position (speed limited to 30, 35, or 40 kph depending on country)

2WD

no

Front linkage (optional)

3.5 T Hydraulics

152 l/min Closed Centre

yes

Orbitrol steering unit

OSPDF 80/240

Steering (volume cc)

80 (first pump) and 240 (second pump)

Brake master cylinder

power-assisted

Hydraulic trailer brake

optional (*)

Pneumatic trailer brake

no

Auxiliary spool valves (maximum number)

5 electrohydraulic (2 SMS)

Couplers

decompression

Rear axle

Electronics

Model

HA200

Drive units

Epicyclic

Wheel shaft Ø

110

Reduction ratio

8.25

Brake discs per trumpet housing

6

Parking brake

ParkLock

Differential lock

multidisc

Reduction ratio of bevel gear / differential

3.58

Transmission control

AUTOTRONIC 4

Instrument panel

DCC2

Linkage calculator

Auto5

Draft sensors

2

Sensor capacity

9T

Datatronic

optional

Dual control (front and rear)

optional

TIC without draft sensor

optional

Fieldstar

Linkage Stabilisers

telescopic

Perforated bar

optional

3-point linkage

type 3 or 3.2, hook or ball type (*)

Clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Automatic clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Hitch eye bolt

eye bolt or automatic hook (*)

Swinging drawbar

standard

Roller swinging drawbar

optional

no Cab

Suspension

optional

Rear view mirrors

manual (standard) or electrical (optional)

Air conditioning

manual (standard) or automatic (optional)

Standard bonnet

tilting

Standard roof

standard

High-visibility roof

no

Reference (*): according to country

Power take-off Type

Interchangeable shaft

540/1000

standard

540E/1000

optional

Number of clutch discs

6

Power take-off brake

mechanical

Proportional PTO

no

Automated power take-off

yes

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.5

Introduction 8470model

Front power take-off

no Front axle

Engine ISO (CV)power

260

Model

AG 280 (760/521): 16.8

Front / Rear axle synchro ratio

1.336

ISO power (Kw)

191

Type

fixed

Trademark

SISU EEM

Rotational direction

anti-clockwise

Type

84ETA

Number of clutch discs

6

Number of cylinders / Cylinder capacity

6 / 8.4

Fender (4WD)

optional

Turbocharger

yes

Intercooler

Air / air

Injection pump

Bosch VP44

Fan

Viscostatic

Alternator

150 A Transmission

Model

DYNA VT ML 260

Clutch / Reverse shuttle

Gearbox with continuous variation, direction reverse under load

Ranges-speeds

Continuous speed variation from 0 to 40 kph in forward and reverse position (speed limited to 30, 35, or 40 kph depending on country)

2WD

no

Front linkage (optional)

5T Hydraulics

152 l/min Closed Centre

yes

Orbitrol steering unit

OSPDF 80/240

Steering (volume cc)

80 (first pump) and 240 (second pump)

Brake master cylinder

power-assisted

Hydraulic trailer brake

optional (*)

Pneumatic trailer brake

no

Auxiliary spool valves (maximum number)

5 electrohydraulic (2 SMS)

Couplers

decompression

Rear axle

Electronics

Model

HA260

Drive units

Epicyclic

Wheel shaft Ø

110

Reduction ratio

9.2

Brake discs per trumpet housing

6

Parking brake

ParkLock

Differential lock

multidisc

Reduction ratio of bevel gear / differential

3.81

Transmission control

AUTOTRONIC 4

Instrument panel

DCC2

Linkage calculator

Auto5

Draft sensors

2

Sensor capacity

9T

Datatronic

optional

Dual control (front and rear)

optional

TIC without draft sensor

optional

Fieldstar

Linkage Stabilisers

telescopic

Perforated bar

optional

3-point linkage

type 3 or 3.2, hook or ball type (*)

Clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Automatic clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Hitch eye bolt

eye bolt or automatic hook (*)

Swinging drawbar

standard

Roller swinging drawbar

optional

no Cab

Suspension

optional

Rear view mirrors

manual (standard) or electrical (optional)

Air conditioning

manual (standard) or automatic (optional)

Standard bonnet

tilting

Standard roof

standard

High-visibility roof

no

Reference (*): according to country

Power take-off Type

Interchangeable shaft

540/1000

standard

540E/1000

optional

Number of clutch discs

6

Power take-off brake

mechanical

Proportional PTO

no

Automated power take-off

yes

01A01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction 8480model

Front power take-off

no Front axle

Engine ISO (CV)power

290

Model

AG 280 (760/521): 16.8

Front / Rear axle synchro ratio

1.336

ISO power (Kw)

213

Type

fixed

Trademark

SISU EEM

Rotational direction

anti-clockwise

Type

84 ETA

Number of clutch discs

6

Number of cylinders / Cylinder capacity

6 / 8.4

Fender (4WD)

optional

Turbocharger

yes

Intercooler

Air / air

Injection pump

Bosch VP44

Fan

Viscostatic

Alternator

150 A Transmission

Model

DYNA VT ML 260

Clutch / Reverse shuttle

Gearbox with continuous variation, direction reverse under load

Ranges-speeds

Continuous speed variation from 0 to 40 kph in forward and reverse position (speed limited to 30, 35, or 40 kph depending on country)

2WD

no

Front linkage (optional)

5T Hydraulics

152 l/min Closed Centre

yes

Orbitrol steering unit

OSPDF 80/240

Steering (volume cc)

80 (first pump) and 240 (second pump)

Brake master cylinder

power-assisted

Hydraulic trailer brake

optional (*)

Pneumatic trailer brake

no

Auxiliary spool valves (maximum number)

5 electrohydraulic (2 SMS)

Couplers

decompression

Rear axle

Electronics

Model

HA260

Drive units

Epicyclic

Wheel shaft Ø

110

Reduction ratio

9.2

Brake discs per trumpet housing

6

Parking brake

ParkLock

Differential lock

multidisc

Reduction ratio of bevel gear / differential

3.81

Transmission control

AUTOTRONIC 4

Instrument panel

DCC2

Linkage calculator

Auto5

Draft sensors

2

Sensor capacity

9T

Datatronic

optional

Dual control (front and rear)

optional

TIC without draft sensor

optional

Fieldstar

Linkage Stabilisers

telescopic

Perforated bar

optional

3-point linkage

type 3 or 3.2, hook or ball type (*)

Clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Automatic clevis

pin-adjusting or quick-adjusting scale

Hitch eye bolt

eye bolt or automatic hook (*)

Swinging drawbar

standard

Roller swinging drawbar

optional

no Cab

Suspension

optional

Rear view mirrors

manual (standard) or electrical (optional)

Air conditioning

manual (standard) or automatic (optional)

Standard bonnet

tilting

Standard roof

standard

High-visibility roof

no

Reference (*): according to country

Power take-off Type

Interchangeable shaft

540/1000

standard

540E/1000

optional

Number of clutch discs

6

Power take-off brake

mechanical

Proportional PTO

no

Automated power take-off

yes

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.7

Introduction

C . Ground speeds

Range Tortoise Field speeds Hare Road speeds

kph

kph

Forward 0 - 32

Reverse 0 - 20

mph

0 - 20

0 - 12.4

kph

0 - 40

0 - 40

mph

0 - 25

0 - 25

40 kph

40

32 kph kph

MA-01-06003A

20

0 Fig. 1

NOTE: Speeds are limited as required by legislation in force in the relevant countries. Speed is limited electronically.

01A01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction

D . General dimensions Wheels with steel flange The various track settings are obtained by changing the position of the rim in relation to the disc or by reversing the wheels. NOTE: Ensure a sufficient gap remains between the tyres and the inside of the fenders. If the wheels are reversed, transfer them to opposite sides of the tractor. On refitting, tighten the nuts progressively according to the tightening torque table (chapter 6). TABLE OF REAR WHEEL TRACK VALUES in mm

D E

Rear Axle

MA-01-06004A

D = wheel offset 75 mm (2.95 in) E = wheel disc thickness 15 mm (0.59 in) Disc facing inwards (min. - max.) Disc facing outwards (min. – max.)

8450 to 8480

HA 200/260 (Short straight shaft)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

1699 (66.9) - 1996 (78.6)

2029 (79.9) - 2326 (91.6)

01A01.9

Introduction Wheels with cast iron disc TABLE OF REAR WHEEL TRACK VALUES in mm

D E DNF 12017-12

A

C

B

D

Rear Axle

MA-01-06005A

D = wheel offset 75 mm (2.95 in) E = wheel disc thickness 15 mm (0.59 in) Disc facing inwards (min. - max.) Disc facing outwards (min. – max.)

8450 to 8480 8450 to 8480

01A01.10

¤ H

HA 200/260 HA 200/260

A - 1485 (58.5) - 1781 (70.1) B - 1959 (77.1) - 2256 (88.8)

C - 1815 (71.5) - 2111 (83.1) D - 2289 (90.1) - 2586 (101.8)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction Attachment points and dimensions

4445,11 1089,87

952 512

211,3

885

17

128,41 15

8

190

16

0

7

6

1551,5

22

21 4 1

5

2 -!  !

3

14 9

Z

10

Y

18

13

11 12

20

19

Dimensions in relation to point 0 X

REFERENCE

DIMENSIONS (mm)

0 = Engine axis

REFERENCE

DIMENSIONS (mm)

x

y

z

0 = Engine axis

x

y

z

-1831.54

+/-193.504

-157.14

12

M 20

-848.64

+/-193.504

-89.98

13

M 20

-118.89

+/-193.504

-176

1

M 20

2

M 20

-1875.9

+/-193.504

-185.17

3

M 20

-1873.89

+/-193.504

-265.14

14

M 20

-747.07

+/-193.504

-87.13

4

M 20

-1636.6

+/-193.504

-151.24

15

M 20

-247.86

+/-308.504

18.15

5

M 20

-1377.98

+/-193.504

-112.08

16

M 20

-120.9

+/-308.504

-21.34

6

M 20

-1303.05

+/-193.504

-111.19

17

M 20

-118.89

+/-308.504

-59.63

7

M 20

-1253.07

+/-193.504

-109.93

18

M 20

-245.85

+/-308.504

-61.83

8

M 20

-961.67

+/-193.504

-57.25

19

M 20

-243.3

+/-308.504

-163.39

9

M 20

-947.97

+/-193.504

-181.11

20

M 20

-116.34

+/-308.504

-160.2

10

M 20

-950.21

+/-193.504

92.24

21

M 20

1718.33

+/-775

-35

11

M 20

-846.41

+/-193.504

-178.55

22

M 20

1878.33

+/-775

-35

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.11

Introduction

E . Capacities

01A01.12

¤ H

Types

Models

Capacities

Engine oil

8450 8460 / 8470 / 8480

19 L 20 L

Auxiliary hydraulics

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

90 L / 100 L

Clutch hydraulics

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

0.6 L

Transmission oil

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

85 L

Rear final drive unit

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

2 x 13 L

Front axle

8450 / 8460 8470 / 8480

14.8 L 16 L

Front final drive unit

8450 / 8460 8470 / 8480

2 x 1.7 L 2 x 2.7 L

Engine cooling

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

34 L

Fuel tank

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

350 L

Additional tank

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

250 L

Windshield washer

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

4L

Air conditioning

8450 / 8460 / 8470 / 8480

1,550 grams

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction

POWER

F . Conversion tables

multiply by LENGTH multiply by

ps

x 0.9863

hp

hp

x 1.0139

ps

kW

x 1.3410

hp

hp

x 0.7457

kW

mm

x 0.0394

in

in

x 25.400

mm

m

x 3.2808

ft

TORQUE

ft

x 0.3048

m

multiply by

km

x 0.6214

mile

Nm

x 0.738

lbf ft

mile

x 1.6093

km

lbf ft

x 1.356

Nm

AREA

PRESSURE

multiply by

multiply by

mm²

x 0.0015

in²

bar

x 14.504

lbf/in²

in²

x 645.16

mm²

lbf/in²

x 0.0690

bar

m²

x 10.764

ft²

ft²

x 0.0929

m²

SPEED

ha

x 2.4711

acre

multiply by

acre

x 0.4047

ha

km/h

x 0.6214

mph

mph

x 1.6093

km/h

VOLUME multiply by

WEIGHT

cm3

x 0.06102

in3

in3

x 16.387

cm3

g

x 0.0353

oz

m3

x 35.315

ft3

oz

x 28.350

g

ft3

x 0.0283

m3

kg

x 2.2046

lb

lb

x 0.4536

kg

kg

x 0.00098

UK ton

UK ton

x 1016.1

kg

t

x 0.9842

UK ton

UK ton

x 1.016

t

t

x 1.1023

US ton

US ton

x 0.9072

t

CAPACITY multiply by ml

x 0.0351

fl oz

fl oz

x 28.413

ml

l

x 0.2200

gal

gal

x 4.5640

l

l

x 0.2640

US gal

US gal

x 3.7850

l

gal

x 1.2010

US gal

US gal

x 0.8330

gal

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

multiply by

TEMPERATURE °C

°C x 1.8 + 32

°F

°F

(°F - 32)/1.8

°C

01A01.13

Introduction

G . Retaining compounds and sealing products The Loctite compounds mentioned in this manual are referred to by their industrial name. For repair purposes, use their commercial names or the corresponding AGCO references listed in the following table: Loctite industrial name

Description name

270

Stud lock

242

Lock and Seal

Silicone AS 310

Clear silicone

5910 black silicone trumpet sealant

Blacktite

510 mating face sealant

Formajoint Masterjoint

518 mating face sealant

Unijoint Masterjoint

NOTE: use the product “Form A gasket 2” when sealing between plastic material and cast iron (or steel).

- for cylindrical fittings, apply the product on the two mating faces using a clean brush. - for mating faces, apply a bead to one of the two faces, circling the holes, and then tighten as quickly as possible. NOTE: a) Do not use too much of the compound in order to avoid locking adjacent parts. b) Do not attempt to retighten after 5 minutes of curing, in order to avoid breaking the film of compound. c) If the ambient temperature is less than +10°C, and to ensure quicker setting of Loctite compounds, (except SILICOMET), use LOCTITE T 747 activator on at least one of the two parts. Excess sealant outside the joint will not harden (anaerobic curing of the compound – i.e. curing takes place only in absence of oxygen).

Grease When grease is used in components which are in contact with transmission oil, use grease which is miscible with oil to avoid clogging the hydraulic filters. Use grease: "Amber Technical" grease supplied by: WITCO company, 76320 Saint-Pierre des Elfes, France.

These products can be ordered from the following address: Henkel Loctite France S.A. 10, avenue Eugène Gazeau BP 40090 F-60304 Senlis Cedex, FRANCE

Application method for Loctite products 1. Remove all traces of previous sealants and corrosion - mechanically: wire brush or emery cloth - chemically: "DECAPLOC 88" Leave the product to take effect and then wipe clean. 2. Degrease the components with dry solvent - preferably, use “Super Solvant Sec LOCTITE 706”. 3. Allow the solvents to evaporate 4. Apply the recommended type of LOCTITE product to the parts: - for blind tapped holes, apply a quantity of the product to the last threads at the bottom of the hole.

01A01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction

H . Tightening torques Use the tightening torques for screws and nuts as indicated in the tables: - 1 and 2 for metric threads - 3 and 4 for inch-system threads When a specific torque is required, it is stated in the text. Tables 1 and 3 indicate the nomal tightening torque values to apply to threaded zinc-plated elements, with normal nuts, with coarse or fine threads, with or without a flat washer or lockwasher, and weldable nuts more than 0.8 d high. Tables 2 and 4 indicate the reduced tightening torque values to apply to threaded elements in assemblies with zinc-plated self-locking locknuts, phosphate-coated nuts and screws, thin nuts, waldable nuts less than 0.8 d high. These values are to be applied to dry assemblies. If the threads are oiled, reduce the tightening torques. NOTE: Read the tensile grade on the screw head to determine the corresponding tightening torque. Example:

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

01A01.15

Introduction

Table 1: Tightening torque values. Zinc-plated metric threads

Nominal dimension d

Tensile grade

Tensile grade

ISO 8.8 (SAE 5, BS S)

ISO 10.9 (SAE 8, BS V)

Torque Nm

Torque Nm

Min

Max

Min

Max

M3

1.3

1.7

1

2.4

M4

3.1

4.1

4

5.7

M5

6

8

8

11.5

M6

10

14

14

20

M8

25

35

36

46

M10

50

70

72

96

M12

90

120

120

160

M16

200

260

300

400

M20

420

560

600

800

M24

720

960

1000

1300

M30

1400

1800

2100

2800

M36

2500

3300

3600

4800

Table 2: Reduced tightening torque values. Metric threads

Nominal dimension d

Tensile grade

ISO 8.8 (SAE 5, BS S)

ISO 10.9 (SAE 8, BS V)

Torque Nm

Torque Nm

Min

Max

Min

Max

M3

1

1.4

1

1.9

M4

2.5

3.3

3

4.6

M5

4.8

6.4

6

9.2

M6

8

11

12

16

M8

20

28

29

37

M10

40

56

57

77

M12

72

96

100

130

M16

160

210

240

320

M20

340

450

480

640

M24

570

770

800

1040

M30

1100

1400

1700

2200

M36

2000

2600

2900

3800

01A01.16

¤ H

Tensile grade

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Introduction

Table 3: Tightening torque values. Zinc-plated inch system threads

Nominal dimension d

Tensile grade

Tensile grade

SAE 5 (ISO 8.8, BS S)

SAE 8 (ISO 10.9, BS V)

Torque Nm

Torque Nm

Min

Max

Min

Max

#6

1.8

2.4

2

3.3

#8

3.4

4.4

4

6.3

#10

4.7

6.3

6

8.9

1/4

11

15

16

22

5/16

22

30

31

43

3/8

39

53

55

75

7/16

64

86

90

120

1/2

100

130

140

180

5/8

200

260

280

370

3/4

350

460

490

660

7/8

560

760

800

1060

1

840

1120

1200

1600

1 1/8

1050

1390

1700

2200

1 1/4

1500

2000

2400

3200

1 1/2

2600

3400

4100

5400

Table 4: Reduced tightening torque values. Inch-system threads

Nominal dimension d

Tensile grade

SAE 5 (ISO 8.8, BS S)

SAE 8 (ISO 10.9, BS V)

Torque Nm

Torque Nm

Min

Max

Min

Max

#6

1.5

1.9

2

2.6

#8

2.7

3.5

3

5

#10

3.8

5

5

7.1

1/4

8.8

12

13

18

5/16

18

24

25

34

3/8

31

42

44

60

7/16

51

69

72

96

1/2

80

104

110

140

5/8

160

210

220

300

3/4

280

370

390

530

7/8

450

610

640

850

1

670

900

960

1280

1 1/8

8400

1100

1360

1760

1 1/4

1200

1600

1920

2560

1 1/2

2100

2700

3280

4320

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Tensile grade

01A01.17

Introduction

01A01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Engine

03 - Engine CONTENTS 03A01 - Sisu engine - General

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Engine

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Sisu engine - General

03A01 - Sisu engine - General

CONTENTS A . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Specifications and standards concerning fuel, oil and coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . Main characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

03A01.1

Sisu engine - General

03A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Sisu engine - General

A . Introduction This section only provides general information about Sisu engines used on this tractor series.

B . Specifications and standards concerning fuel, oil and coolant The engines fitted on this tractor series comply with standards concerning emissions imposed by the authorities. (EU97/68/EC Stage 2 and EPA 40 CFR 89 Tier 2). The quality of fluids used in these engines as well as the servicing schedule must be respected in order to keep pollution emission levels low and to maintain the tractor good performance during its whole life. Fuel quality: The fuel must comply with standard DIN EN 590 and with the following specifications: Density (at 15°C): 0.82 to 0.84 Kg/dm3 Viscosity (at 40°C): 2 to 4.5 mm2/s Cetane index: min. 51 Sulphur content: max. 0.005 p-% Water content: max. 200 mg/kg Oil quality: The oil used must comply with standard API CH-4. Coolant quality: The coolant used must comply with standard ASTM D 3306. It must be composed of pure water and ethylene/propylene glycol antifreeze agent in the following proportions: 40 - 60% water 40 - 60% antifreeze agent The ideal ratio is 50% water to 50% antifreeze agent.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

03A01.3

Sisu engine - General

C . Main characteristics Model Engine type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Capacity Compression ratio Compression pressure (kPa) Allowable compression deviation between cylinders (kPa) Output at 2,200 rpm ch (kw) ISO Maximum torque (Nm) at speed (rpm) Idle speed Nominal speed Maximum speed at no load Pre- / Post-heating Wet cylinder sleeves Weight (kg) Injection pump Trademark and type Rotation Static timing angle (degrees) Engine position Engine check angle (degrees) Injection order Lift pump Injectors Trademark Code Nozzle holder Nozzle New and servicing setting (bar) Miscellaneous Suction system Minimum boost pressure at 2,200 rpm at full load (bar) Number of valves per cylinder Valve spring Valve seat insert (Inlet / Exhaust) Inlet / Exhaust valve angle Inlet / Exhaust valve tip clearance (mm) Oil cooler Number of temperature switches Opening temperature (start/full) Fan Piston cooling nozzle Oil filter Fuel filter (microns)

03A01.4

¤ H

8450 SISU 74 ETA 6 108 134 7.4 17.5/1 2000 / 3500 350 215 (158) 925 1500 800 2200 2350 yes yes 520 Bosch VP44 Clockwise 26° TDC pin 1-5-3-6-2-4 Electric Stanadyne M33877 5 ports 278 Intercooler air/air turbocompressor (no wastegate) 1.2 2 simple yes / yes 35° / 45° 0.35 / 0.35 yes 2 83°C Vistronic yes 1 prefilter (30) + filter (5)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Sisu engine - General

Model Engine type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Capacity Compression ratio Compression pressure (kPa) Allowable compression deviation between cylinders (kPa) Output at 2,200 rpm ch (kw) ISO Maximum torque (Nm) at speed (rpm) Idle speed Nominal speed Maximum speed at no load Pre- / Post-heating Wet cylinder sleeves Weight (kg) Injection pump Trademark and type Rotation Static timing angle (degrees) Engine position Engine check angle (degrees) Injection order Lift pump Injectors Trademark Code Nozzle holder Nozzle New and servicing setting (bar) Miscellaneous Suction system Minimum boost pressure at 2,200 rpm at full load (bar) Number of valves per cylinder Valve spring Valve seat insert (Inlet / Exhaust) Inlet / Exhaust valve angle Inlet / Exhaust valve tip clearance (mm) Oil cooler Number of temperature switches Opening temperature (start/full) Fan Piston cooling nozzle Oil filter Fuel filter (microns)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

8460 SISU 74 ETA 6 108 134 7.4 17.5/1 2000 / 3500 350 235 (173) 990 1500 800 2200 2350 yes yes 520 Bosch VP44 Clockwise 26° TDC pin 1-5-3-6-2-4 Electric Stanadyne M33877 5 ports 278 Intercooler air/air turbocompressor (no wastegate) 1.3 2 simple yes / yes 35° / 45° 0.35 / 0.35 yes 2 83°C Vistronic yes 1 prefilter (30) + filter (5)

03A01.5

Sisu engine - General

Model Engine type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Capacity Compression ratio Compression pressure (kPa) Allowable compression deviation between cylinders (kPa) Output at 2,200 rpm ch (kw) ISO Maximum torque (Nm) at speed (rpm) Idle speed Nominal speed Maximum speed at no load Pre- / Post-heating Wet cylinder sleeves Weight (kg) Injection pump Trademark and type Rotation Static timing angle (degrees) Engine position Engine check angle (degrees) Injection order Lift pump Injectors Trademark Code Nozzle holder Nozzle New and servicing setting (bar) Miscellaneous Suction system Minimum boost pressure at 2,200 rpm at full load (bar) Number of valves per cylinder Valve spring Valve seat insert (Inlet / Exhaust) Inlet / Exhaust valve angle Inlet / Exhaust valve tip clearance (mm) Oil cooler Number of temperature switches Opening temperature (start/full) Fan Piston cooling nozzle Oil filter Fuel filter (microns)

03A01.6

¤ H

8470 SISU 84 ETA 6 111 145 8.4 17.5/1 2000 / 3500 350 260 (191) 925 1100 800 2200 2350 yes yes 660 Bosch VP44 Clockwise 28° TDC pin 1-5-3-6-2-4 Electric Stanadyne M33877 5 ports 278 Intercooler air/air turbocompressor (no wastegate) 1.1 2 simple yes / yes 35° / 45° 0.35 / 0.35 yes 2 83°C Vistronic yes 1 prefilter (30) + filter (5)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Sisu engine - General

Model Engine type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Capacity Compression ratio Compression pressure (kPa) Allowable compression deviation between cylinders (kPa) Output at 2,200 rpm ch (kw) ISO Maximum torque (Nm) at speed (rpm) Idle speed Nominal speed Maximum speed at no load Pre- / Post-heating Wet cylinder sleeves Weight (kg) Injection pump Trademark and type Rotation Static timing angle (degrees) Engine position Engine check angle (degrees) Injection order Lift pump Injectors Trademark Code Nozzle holder Nozzle New and servicing setting (bar) Miscellaneous Suction system Minimum boost pressure at 2,200 rpm at full load (bar) Number of valves per cylinder Valve spring Valve seat insert (Inlet / Exhaust) Inlet / Exhaust valve angle Inlet / Exhaust valve tip clearance (mm) Oil cooler Number of temperature switches Opening temperature (start/full) Fan Piston cooling nozzle Oil filter Fuel filter (microns)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

8480 SISU 84 ETA 6 111 145 8.4 17.5/1 2000 / 3500 350 290 (213) 1190 1500 800 2200 2350 yes yes 660 Bosch VP44 Clockwise 28° TDC pin 1-5-3-6-2-4 Electric Stanadyne M33877 5 ports 278 Intercooler air/air turbocompressor (no wastegate) 1.2 2 simple yes / yes 35° / 45° 0.35 / 0.35 yes 2 83°C Vistronic yes 1 prefilter (30) + filter (5)

03A01.7

Sisu engine - General

03A01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Gearbox

05 - Gearbox CONTENTS 05A01 - General - Dyna VT Operation 05B01 - DYNA VT hydraulics 05C01 - Replacing the DYNA VT unit

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Gearbox

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

General - Dyna VT Operation

05A01 - General - Dyna VT Operation

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Dyna VT transmission operating diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 C . Operation and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.1

General - Dyna VT Operation

05A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation

A . General Operating principle of the DYNA VT transmission The Dyna VT transmission is a continuously variable transmission in both forward and reverse positions. Hare/Tortoise range switching with synchronisation is incorporated into the transmission. The Tortoise range allows ground speeds of 0 to 32 kph. The Hare range allows ground speeds of 0 to 50 kph (according to country), and the maximum standard speed is electronically limited to 40 kph. The Tortoise range is intended for heavy traction work at low speeds of less than 12 kph. The Hare range is intended for road driving (transport). At 50 kph, the transmission ratio is controlled electronically according to engine speed. Power transmission can be hydrostatic OR mechanical or hydrostatic AND mechanical. In simple terms, we can state : - Slow forward position = Power transmission: majority = hydrostatic / minority = mechanical - Fast forward position = Power transmission: minority = hydrostatic / majority = mechanical. For detailed explanations, see the transmission operating diagram.

Power transmission hydrostatic circuit The Dyna VT transmission unit is flexible suspended in the transmission housing. This latter also serves as an oil tank for the hydrostatic transmission. Filling: OilTerrac Extra or Terrac Tractran 9/Fluid 9, or any other oil complying with standard CMS M1143 or CMS M1144. The lube oil pump sucks oil through the suction strainer. The temperature sensor monitors the transmission oil temperature. In brief, if the transmission oil is cold, little oil passes through the cooler and most goes through the by-pass valve. This valve opens at a differential pressure of approximately 3.5 bars. The hydraulic oil temperature is monitored by the temperature sensor. The service pump supplies the system pressure to the Dyna VT control spool valves and comfort control solenoid valves. The system pressure of approximately 18 bars is limited by a pressure-limiting valve with throttling port.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Two different pressures are present in the system. • Low pressure for the Dyna VT transmission control and auxiliary pressure for rear PTO clutch, differential block and universal joint brake. The measuring point of this pressure is approximately 18 bars. • High pressure in the Dyna VT transmission. Pressure measuring point, approximately 500 + 20 bars. The oil filter clogging is monitored by a pressure switch according to the transmission oil temperature. When this temperature is lower than 50°C, oil filter clogging is not monitored. Cooled transmission oil inlet into the high pressure circuit is performed in alternation by two non-return valves. Hot transmission oil outlet from the high pressure circuit occurs through the pressure relief valve. The high pressure circuit comprises : a variable displacement pump and a hydrostatic motor, two non-return valves, two high pressure limiting valves, one pressure relief valve, one coupler function solenoid valve, one clutch function controlled valve and one check connector. The pump and motor screw cylinders are controlled by two 4/3 spool valves. These 4/3 spool valves are mechanically controlled by the cam channel drive shaft. Rotation of the drive shaft is initiated, according to the need, by the control unit which thus defines the hydraulic capacity and hence the hydraulic power. The variable displacement pump and hydrostatic motor pivot proportionally. In backup position, the screw shaft is manually activated from the driver’s cab. In limp home position, the transmission automatically blocks at approximately 30 kph after engine start-up. If the clutch pedal, parking brake or neutral switch are used, the high pressure circuit is automatically unloaded by means of two high pressure limiters. The coupler function is controlled by the pressure limiter.

05A01.3

General - Dyna VT Operation The control unit (Fig. 1) The control unit drives the cam channel drive shaft, which changes the Dyna VT transmission ratio. The control unit comprises the following elements : • Limp home operation control (required in the event of electronic control failure). • Coupling of the incremental rotational angle sensor with a digital resolution of 8,000 pulses per revolution. • Epicyclic gear train transmission i = 192: 1 (screw shaft motor) • 12 VDC electric motor, 0.4 to 7 amps, vacuum control unit 4,500 rpm • Friction clutch 2.5 to 3.5 Nm, using the limp home operation socket wrench, 4 to 5 Nm.

Fig. 1

Following ignition, the control unit searches for the reference point (approximate neutral point between forward and reverse operation).

Sensors Engine sensor (TR23) (Fig. 2): measures engine speed. This sensor measures engine speed. If it fails, only the limp home operation can be used.

Fig. 2

Summing shaft (TR19) and drive pinion (TR11) Hall sensor: measures engine speed or rate and recognises the rotational direction (Fig. 3).

Fig. 3

05A01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation High pressure sensor (TR17) transmits the instantaneous oil pressure in the high pressure oil circuit to the electronic system (Fig. 4).

TR17

Fig. 4

Throttle pedal sensor (CAB 44) (Fig. 5): transmits the position of the throttle pedal to the electronic system and compares it to the engine speed. This position sensor is used for load control.

Fig. 5

Clutch pedal progressivity sensor (CAB 12) (Fig. 6): electronically monitors clutch pedal travel.

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.5

General - Dyna VT Operation Hare / Tortoise range position sensor (TR8) (Fig. 7): electronically monitors the range selector switch position.

Fig. 7

Temperature sensor (TR12) (Fig. 8): monitors transmission oil temperature. Temperatures greater than 110°C are stored with an error code.

Fig. 8 HP filter clogging sensor (TR13) (Fig. 9): monitors the clogging of the high pressure filter.

Fig. 9

05A01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H 4

4

1

1 : Epicyclic gear train 2 : Hydrostatic pump 3 : Summing shaft 4 : Hydrostatic motor 5 : Range shifting

A: Transmission of mechanical force B: Transmission of hydrostatic force C: Power take-off drive D: Front axle drive

D: Sun gear pinion Drives the summing shaft

C: Pinion gear

B: Ring gear Drives the hydrostatic pump

A: Planet carrier Driven by the engine

B . Dyna VT transmission operating diagrams

5

3

2

General - Dyna VT Operation

Epicyclic gear train / Power distribution

Fig. 10

05A01.7

05A01.8

¤ H 4

5

2

3

4

1

ENGINE STARTED, TRACTOR AT STANDSTILL

• The engine drives the planet carrier (A) • The ring gear (B) turns, driving the pump (2) without any flow • The hydrostatic motors 4 do not turn • The sun gear (D) does not turn as it is blocked by the tractor wheels via the rear axle bevel gear

B: Transmission of hydrostatic force

A: Transmission of mechanical force

General - Dyna VT Operation

Dynamic stop

Fig. 11

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4

5

3

2

4

1

99% TRANSMISSION OF HYDROSTATIC POWER 1% TRANSMISSION OF MECHANICAL POWER

• The pump (2) tilts and supplies flow to the motors (4) • The motors (4) drive the rear axle • The sun gear starts to turn and the ring gear speed decreases

B: Transmission of hydrostatic force

A: Transmission of mechanical force

General - Dyna VT Operation

Start-up

Fig. 12

05A01.9

05A01.10

¤ H 4

5

3

2

4

1

50% TRANSMISSION OF HYDROSTATIC POWER 50% TRANSMISSION OF MECHANICAL POWER

• The pump (2) angle increases • The pump flow increases and the angle of the motors (4) decreases • The sun gear speed increases, increasing the bevel gear speed • The planet carrier speed is constant • The ring gear speed decreases

B : Transmission of hydrostatic force

A: Transmission of mechanical force

General - Dyna VT Operation

Average ground speed

Fig. 13

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4

5

3

2

4

1

REDUCED ENGINE SPEED 100% TRANSMISSION OF MECHANICAL POWER

• The angle of the motors (4) is 0° and the flow from the pump is blocked • The pump (2) is thus blocked stationary, as is the ring gear • The planet carrier turns • The sun gear turns, driving the bevel gear on its own

B : Transmission of hydrostatic force

A: Transmission of mechanical force

General - Dyna VT Operation

Transport

Fig. 14

05A01.11

05A01.12

¤ H 4

5

3

2

4

1

AVERAGE SPEED 100% TRANSMISSION OF HYDROSTATIC POWER THE GEAR RING ROTATES FASTER THAN THE ENGINE

• The pump (2) is tilted at the opposite angle, so the flow is reversed • The motors (4) turn in the opposite direction • The sun gear thus turns in the opposite direction to the planet carrier and so also drives the bevel gear in the opposite direction • The ring gear speed increases

B: Transmission of hydrostatic force

A: Transmission of mechanical force

General - Dyna VT Operation

Reverse

Fig. 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Architecture of the hydrostatic components For conventional hydrostatic components, the rotational angle only reaches 30°. Example of a conventional variable displacement pump with axial pistons.

Piston travel

Angular travel

Cylinder block Fig. 16 This system, on the other hand, proposes hydrostatic components specially designed to provide a 45° rotational angle. Example of a special variable displacement pump with axial pistons. This means : • Higher intrinsic yield of hydrostatic components with respect to conventional components. • A 45° rotational angle offers the possibility of increasing the ground speed scope, resulting in a decrease in the number of required mechanical ranges.

Fig. 17

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.13

General - Dyna VT Operation

C . Operation and use 1

Start-up

2

10

Switch on the ignition. The TC 2.10 and DC 2.10 (2.00 being the software version installed in the tractor) symbols flash on the instrument panel right-hand screen (Fig. 18).

15

5

20

RPM x 100

0

25

A

HYDR OIL 95 %

A

540 750 1000

MA-05-04290A

A

B

95°C

85°C

110°C

60°C

A

KPH MPH RPM

100°C

B

540 750 1000

A

540 750 1000

KPH MPH RPM

A

B

KPH MPH RPM

Fig. 18

Fully press down the clutch pedal (Fig. 19).

Fig. 19 The left-hand lever (reverse shuttle) should be in the neutral position (Fig. 20). Start the engine and release the clutch pedal.

Fig. 20

05A01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Selecting movement and direction The Dyna VT transmission possesses a user interface and a specific display screen. The power shuttle lever (Fig. 21) controls direction of travel, and speed increase and decrease. Set the left-hand lever to the desired direction of movement, the corresponding symbol comes on the relevant screen. When the tractor is in movement, each change of direction is achieved with the left-hand lever (Fig. 21). (1) Neutral position (2) Forward position (3) Reverse position To set the tractor in motion (forward or reverse), adapt the transmission ratio with the right-hand lever, or the plus and minus buttons of the reverse shuttle lever, depending on the desired speed. During tractor movement, if the clutch pedal is activated, the transmission ratio is decreased until speed is zero.

2 1 3

Fig. 21

The armrest lever (Fig. 22), with no neutral or ParkLock, also controls speed increase and decrease depending on the direction of movement.

Fig. 22

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.15

General - Dyna VT Operation Lever mode and pedal mode At start-up, the tractor is always in lever mode, transmission control is performed with the lever only (Fig. 24). To activate the various modes (lever, pedal...), use button (1) (Fig. 24) with the throttle pedal released. The status of the selected mode is visible on the DOT MATRIX screen (Fig. 23 and Fig. 26) 1- In pedal mode, the transmission is exclusively controlled by the pedal. To preset the maximum speed, press the clutch pedal to neutral position, then activate the armrest lever (Fig. 22) or the left-hand lever in forward position (Fig. 21) to increase or decrease the value displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen (Fig. 26). Engine speed is electronically adjusted to the transmission speed. Two variants may be selected when in pedal mode :

1 Fig. 24

1-1. POWER MODE. This is the max. speed at the max. engine speed (no programmed max. engine speed). 1-2. ECO MODE. This is the max. speed at the engine speed of 1,800 rpm (in this mode, 1,800 rpm is the max. engine speed). 2- In lever mode, the speed depends on the movement on the lever on armrest (Fig. 22). 3- A third mode may be available, the self-propelled mode. In this mode, the user sets the engine speed with the A and B memories and forward motion is controlled by the throttle pedal and the hand throttle lever (2) (Fig. 25) or the armrest speed lever (Fig. 22).

2 Fig. 25

Lever mode

Fig. 23 Pedal mode

05A01.16

¤ H

Max. speed

Fig. 26

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Increasing and decreasing speed To increase or decrease speed, both levers can be used. The left-hand lever (Fig. 27) adjusts speed by increments of 0.1 to 2 kph, depending on the duration of lever pressure.

Fig. 27

The right-hand lever (Fig. 28) makes adjusting the transmission ratio easier thanks to its progressive action.When the ratio decreases, the tractor stops at 0 kph (dynamic stop).

Fig. 28

Adjusting the speed throttle lever The travel of the right-hand armrest lever possesses increments that vary with the position of this latter. There are 3 types of increment (Fig. 29): • 0.03 to 0.5 during the slot 1 or slot 4 • 1 during slot 2 or slot 5 • 2 during slot 3 or slot 6 NOTE: If speed regulation is active, pressing the lever automatically deactivates it.

SLOT 3 SLOT 2 SLOT 1 SLOT 4 SLOT 5 SLOT 6 Fig. 29

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.17

General - Dyna VT Operation Hare / Tortoise range The Dyna VT transmission possesses 2 gear ranges. Each range is limited:

Gear range (in kph) Tortoise

Hare

Display

KPH MA-05-04143A

Fig. 30

KPH MA-05-04142A

Fig. 31

Forward

0 to 32

0 to 40

Reverse

0 to 20

0 to 40

B Fig. 32

A button (B) on the right-hand console (Fig. 32) is used for shifting Hare/Tortoise range. When the tractor is in movement, shifting can only be performed from Tortoise to Hare. For shifting from Hare to Tortoise, the left-hand lever (Fig. 27) must be in the neutral position or the clutch pedal depressed. Memorising

SV1

and

SV2

Speed regulator SV1 and SV2 The ground speed is kept constant. The “speed regulator” function enables the user to store a ground speed and to recall it easily. Two independent memory keys (SV1 and SV2) are available (Fig. 33). This allows two speeds to be memorised (e.g.: working speed and transport speed). The memorised speeds are displayed to the right of the Dot Matrix screen (Fig. 34) (A) and (B). When the “speed regulator” is used, the screen display is as in Fig. 34. “SV1” activation indicator (D) “SV2” activation indicator (E)

Fig. 33

D

A

E

B Fig. 34

05A01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Preset speeds using the SV1 and SV2 potentiometers (Fig. 35) After having called up the “speed regulator” menu, the ground speed can be adjusted using the SV1 and SV2 potentiometers. The adjusted values are automatically stored and remain in memory even after the tractor is turned off. NOTE: It is also possible to change the stored speed when the tractor is driving with an activated "regulated" speed. It is possible to switch from one memory to the other simply by pressing the SV1 and SV2 buttons (Fig. 33). If buttons SV1 or SV2 (Fig. 33) are pressed down for more than 3 seconds, the current speed is memorised and replaces the previous stored value. The "speed regulator" can only be activated if the following conditions have been met : • Clutch pedal not activated • The tractor is in movement • Engine speed greater than 1,100 rpm If these conditions are not met the "speed regulator" function is deactivated and the instantaneous transmission ratio is maintained, with no subsequent control. Start-up with the “speed regulator” function is not possible. Stored speeds can be activated in both directions of movement. “Speed regulator” control ceases when: • The drive lever is used • The foot brake or the engine brake is used • Engine speed drops below 1,100 rpm • The neutral switch is activated • The driver switches from Tortoise to Hare.

Adjusting speed regulators

Fig. 35

Supervisor icon

Fig. 36

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.19

General - Dyna VT Operation Engine underspeed supervisor This supervisor is used to limit the drop in engine speed and to adapt it to engine output. When operating at the engine maximum output, the driver must constantly adapt the tractor speed with the controls in order to remain within the appropriate power range. Permanent comparison is performed between the specified output speed (position of the throttle pedal) and the engine speed. The underspeed supervisor is automatically triggered when the engine speed drops under the effect of a load. The supervisor value is set by means of the potentiometer located on the right-hand console (Fig. 37). When the engine underspeed supervisor is active, an icon is displayed on the left-hand screen (Fig. 36). Control is activated only if the engine speed drops by more than 180 rpm.

Adjusting the underspeed supervisor

Fig. 37

Potentiometer set to 10: The ground speed decreases to maintain a constant engine speed. Potentiometer set to 40: The engine speed increases to maintain a constant ground speed. Potentiometer set between 10 and 40: Combination of the two previous explanations.

05A01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Clutch-coupler function (CLUTCH) Clutch function Although the Dyna VT transmission has neither forward clutch nor coupler, the tractor possesses a clutch pedal. The clutch pedal is used for dosing the traction effort (in a similar manner to conventional clutch slipping). When an obstacle appears suddenly, the tractor can be rapidly stopped, just like a conventional tractor, by pressing the clutch and brake pedals. Coupler function Traction power is limited at low engine speed thanks to a pressure relief valve located on the transmission hydrostatic loop. In connection with engine speed, the coupler function is achieved by modulating the pressure in the hydrostatic circuit. Thus, the coupler function replaces the measured action of a clutch pedal.

Fig. 38

Coupler function under traction The coupler function enters into action as soon as engine speed drops below 1,400 rpm. Pressure drops in the hydrostatic loop in proportion to the drop in engine speed. Just like a coupler, the function limits engine overload and avoids stalling. The coupler function can be validated with the DOT MATRIX (Fig. 38). NOTE: to activate (Fig. 38) or deactivate (Fig. 39) the coupler function, press the OK key for 5 seconds.

The coupler function is "ON" by default at start-up whatever the status when the tractor engine is stopped.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 39

05A01.21

General - Dyna VT Operation Fast reversing When changing the direction of movement, the tractor decreases to a halt, then accelerates in the opposite direction. Reversing is not possible if the following functions are active : • underspeed supervisor • speed regulator • turbo clutch function If the clutch pedal is pressed during fast reversing, a temporary stop may occur.

Setting restart speeds when shifting To activate the preset values, press the clutch pedal, the tractor icon ((A) Fig. 40) flashes. A desired value can be set with the reverse shuttle lever (Fig. 41). Position 2 (+ or -) sets the forward value (B), position 3 (+ or -) sets the reverse value (C). Preset values vary according to the Hare/Tortoise range position. They are stored when the engine is turned off. The preset speed is obtained at an engine speed of 1,800 rpm. If the preset values are set to 0.2, reversal will occur at the same forward and reverse speeds.

B A

C Fig. 40

NOTE: In all cases, the driver can activate dynamic stop by placing the left-hand lever in the “2 to 1” or “3 to 1” positions.

2 1 3

Fig. 41

05A01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Using the DOT MATRIX screen

A

B

The DOT MATRIX screen is initialised at tractor start-up (Fig. 42). To display the various menus, press the right-hand lever buttons (Fig. 44) and follow the instructions in the table on the following page. A: DOT MATRIX screen (Fig. 42) B: Right-hand lever (Fig. 44)

Fig. 43

Fig. 44 Fig. 42

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05A01.23

General - Dyna VT Operation

Screens

Access

Function

Ignition before engine start (ignition key on +ACC position)

Auxiliary oil level screen Displays the filling level of the auxiliary oil tank (0-100%): - 100% full tank - 50% warning threshold. When the auxiliary oil tank level drops below 50%, it is automatically displayed every 4 minutes (press ESC to return to the main screen). If the sensor is defective, the ERROR message is displayed instead of the filling level

Tractor start-up

Start-up screen Displays the restart speeds, the SV1 and SV2 speeds, engine supervisor, PTO, pedal or lever mode.

HYDR OIL 95 % MA-05-04291A

1430 1160

To display from the start-up screen

0 RPM 0% 2,6

Sv 1 MA-05-04292A

Work screen Displays memorised engine speeds, PTO speed, actual wheel slip rate, lever mode, pedal mode (power or eco), self-propelled mode and SV1 and SV2 speeds.

Reverse shuttle sensitivity Allows to adjust the response time when shifting direction of travel To increase or decrease The delay begins when the reverse shuttle the value lever is activated. If the delay is authorised, declutching takes place 5 seconds after Allows a delay (5 seconds) to be the lever is pulled. If not authorised, authorised or not when reversing declutching takes place as soon as the direction of travel. lever is activated. To display from the start-up screen

4 +

Delay No

-

MA-05-04032A

OK

To display from the start-up screen To increase or decrease the value

MODE + -

4 2 +

Pedal mode sensitivity screen Used to adjust acceleration (+) and deceleration (-) sensitivity in pedal mode operation.

MA-05-04293A

OK

05A01.24

¤ H

To display from the start-up screen Press 5 seconds to reset

Fuel used screen Consumption indicator : - 0 Quantity of fuel consumed since last reset. - T: total fuel consumed. This value cannot be modified or reset.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

General - Dyna VT Operation Screens

Access

OK

ESC

OK

To display from the previous screen Press to enter the settings Wheel slip screen (optional). menu The symbol appears Enables the max. allowable slip to be To set the required wheel defined and displays the current wheel slip slip percentage value setting. Allows to exit the settings screen To display from the previous screen Press to enter the menus To select one of the displayed flow rate values or timing To modify displayed flow rate values

ESC

OK

SV1 SV2 A

ON ON

A B B

Joystick setting menu (1/2) This menu allows to adjust the flow rate values of each spool valve controlled by the Joystick. If the Joystick is locked (padlock displayed on screen) press the armrest ON/OFF button.

When timing is selected, it is possible to display the type of Joystick setting menu (2/2) timing (value or infinite) To adjust the timing value This menu allows to activate or deactivate timing, and can be adjusted from 0 to 60 seconds or to infinite mode. Allows to exit the settings screen and validate settings Headland 2 screen (if Datatronic 3 not installed) This menu allows to adjust the engine speed when changing linkage status (work Allows to activate the mode or or transport). The operating conditions are: validate the values Used to shift from one line -ON mode -power shuttle lever out of neutral to another -tractor moving. Allows to set the seconds value - When the linkage transport mode is selected, engine speed B is activated after of the displayed time the preset time. - When the linkage working mode is selected, engine speed A is activated after the preset time. To display from the previous screen To activate or deactivate one of the two functions

EEM-SV

Function

Headland 1 screen This menu is used to vary the engine speed during activation of SV1 and SV2 memorised ground speeds.

MA-05-04294A

OK

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

To display from the previous screen Clutch - coupler screen Press 5 seconds to switch from Displays whether the clutch- coupler On to OFF fonction is on or off.

05A01.25

General - Dyna VT Operation Screens

Access To display from the previous screen To modify displayed linkage and spool valve flow rate values

To display from the previous screen

Function Linkage and spool valves menu This menu allows to give priority to the auxiliary spool valves over the linkage, and vice versa. Maximum linkage value: 100 Minimum spool valve value 0 Minimum linkage value: 20 Maximum spool valve value: 80 Error code screen Displays all tractor error codes. Each error code is displayed for 4 seconds in a loop.

To display from the previous screen To increase or decrease the value

Brightness screen Setting screen brightness

To display from the previous screen To increase or decrease the value

Contrast screen Setting screen contrast

IMPORTANT : When the engine is stopped, all DOT MATRIX functions except the coupler function (CLUTCH) shift to OFF position.

05A01.26

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

05B01 - DYNA VT hydraulics

CONTENTS A . Forward / Reverse high pressure relief valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Scavenging valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Control spool valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 D . DYNA VT hydraulic tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 E . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.1

DYNA VT hydraulics

05B01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

A . Forward / Reverse high pressure relief valves General The purpose of the high pressure relief valves is to regulate the increase in HP pressure. They protect the transmission elements (hydrostatic motors and pump).

PH (4V4/ 4V5)

PH Ø1

2V4

ES

ES

PH (4V4/ 4V5)

PH

ES 2V6

Ø1

2V3

PH

PH (4V4/ 4V5)

ES

PH

A

B

MA-05-04146A

A = Coupler and clutch functions inactive: Pressure identical in both chambers. The spool is held in closed position by the spring. B = Coupler and clutch functions active: the pressure drop caused by the restrictor (nozzle) applies a force to

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

C Fig. 1 the spool that is more powerful than the force of the spring. The spool moves to the right, bringing PH into contact with ES (booster). C = HP pressure is limited by the clutch and coupler spools.

05B01.3

DYNA VT hydraulics Replacing Forward / Reverse HP pressure relief valves 1. Drain the transmission oil 2. Loosen the 2 plugs with hexagonal heads located under the transmission housing. (Fig. 2) 3. Use a wrench to remove the high pressure relief valves. NOTE: V = Forward high pressure relief valve R = Reverse high pressure relief valve.

Fig. 2

The high pressure relief valve is a controlled pressure relief valve (Fig. 3) Adjustment pressure when new: R500 + 20 bar. Adjustment pressure after several hours: 480 ± 20 bar. Only replace O’rings if they are damaged. Do not move the thrust collar. Tighten the pressure relief valve to a torque of

250 + 20 Nm Fig. 3

REMARK: Fill the transmission oil at an external filling station. (AGCO ref.: AGO2)

05B01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

B . Scavenging valve This valve allows to “flush” the oil in the hydrostatic loop.

Operation (Fig. 4)

Pressure in A, B: max. 500 bar. Pressure in T: max. 50 bar Opening pressure: delta p = 7 bar between A and B

Fig. 4

Transmission at neutral (Fig. 5) pA = pB, delta p < 7 bar The spool is held in “middle” position by the spring. The two channels (A, B) are closed.

Fig. 5

“Pulling” phase (Fig. 6) pA > pB, delta p > 7 bar The spool moves upwards via control port XA. Channel B communicates with T. The hot oil coming from the low pressure side B can therefore be “flushed” and sent by the cooler via port T.

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.5

DYNA VT hydraulics “Pushing” phase (Fig. 7) pA > pB, delta p > 7 bar The spool moves downwards via control port XB. Channel A communicates with T. The hot oil coming from the low pressure side A can therefore be “flushed” and sent by the cooler via port T.

Fig. 7

Disassembling (Fig. 8)

the

scavenging

valve

1. Drain the transmission oil. 2. Remove the plug (arrow Fig. 8) located under the transmission housing. 3. Use a wrench to remove the scavenging valve.

Fig. 8 Fig. 9 : Only replace O’rings if they are damaged. Do not move the thrust collars. The thrust collars are positioned facing each other. Tighten the scavenging valve to a torque of 200 + 10 Nm. REMARK: The new scavenging valve with a seal groove (arrow Fig. 9) is provided as a replacement. Tighten to the required torques:

250 + 20 Nm

4. Fill the transmission oil at an external filling station. (Ref. AGO2).

05B01.6

¤ H

Fig. 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

C . Control spool valve Pressure relief valve - 4V4 / Y004 coupler function The coupler function valve (4V4) regulates the increase in hydrostatic pressure (PH) in proportion to the engine speed. Due to this component the coupler effect is simulated. The coupler function valve is fitted to the control block where the hydrostatic loop PH and tank return junction is located. If this junction is not closed, the pressure in the hydrostatic loop cannot increase, and the tractor does not reach its maximum pulling power. The junction between the hydrostatic loop PH and tank is closed by the coupler function valve (4V4).

Fig. 10 The coupler function valve is controlled by the electronic control unit. The strength of the current depends on the engine speed, and changes as shown by the following table : Engine speed in rpm

Current supplied at A

Maximum PH in bar

Remark

800

0

0

Transmission at neutral

800

approx. 0.46

78

Transmission "active"

1200

1.23

105

from 1400

1.71

500

In order for the pressure to increase in the HP loop, it is necessary to maintain the electrical supply and the tightness of the coupler function valve.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.7

DYNA VT hydraulics The tighness of the valve seal can be ensured by a mechanical lock mechanism. 5. Move the control lever (see arrow Fig. 11)

Fig. 11

6. Or tighten the internal Allen screw.

Fig. 12

05B01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics Pressure relief valve 4V5 - clutch function The clutch function valve is fitted to the control block where the PH hydrostatic loop and tank return junction is located. The clutch function valve also allows to limit the maximum pressure PH in the 500 bar (± 20 bar) hydrostatic loop. Due to the clutch function valve, when the clutch pedal is not activated, the junction between the hydrostatic loop and tank return is closed. By moving the clutch pedal, the clutch function valve opens and the hydrostatic loop communicates with the

tank return channel. This results in a drop in pressure (interruption of the pulling effort) in the hydrostatic loop, proportional to how far in the clutch pedal is pressed (comparable to a mechanical forward clutch). Clutch pedal pressed in fully, High pressure PH = 0 bar. The maximum pressure can be achieved in the hydrostatic loop only when the clutch valve (4V5) is functioning perfectly.

Fig. 13

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.9

DYNA VT hydraulics Checking the control block If maximum pressure is not reached when measuring the HP pressure, the transmission module may be defective, but it is also possible that the internal seal tightness of the control block is the cause of the problem. To be sure that it is necessary to disassemble the transmission module, it is recommended to first check the seal tightness of the spool valve block (transmission control). The pressure in the hydrostatic loop can only increase if the pressure relief valve seals are tight.

- Coupler function (4V4 / Y004) - Clutch function (4V5) When the following conditions are met, the coupler function valve allows the pressure in the hydrostatic loop to increase : - Engine speed higher than 1400 rpm (PWM - Signal) - Limp home mode activated - Valve locked mechanically (tighten the internal Allen screw or move the lever). The clutch function valve is closed (increase in HP pressure possible) when the clutch pedal is not activated.

Fig. 14 The tightness of the 2 pressure relief valves (4V4 / 4V5) can be controlled by the T union.

Fig. 15

05B01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics Checking the hydrostatic loop in the control block

DANGER: Chock the tractor (HP pressure measurement).

7. Remove the right-hand rear wheel and its protective guard located behind it 8. Remove the T union. 9. Fit a test pressure gauge to measure pressures higher than 500 bar at the PH union.

Fig. 16 Checking procedure : 10. Start the engine. 11. Activate the limp home mode by pressing in the clutch pedal fully and pressing on the button (Fig. 17). 12. Apply the handbrake.

Fig. 17

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.11

DYNA VT hydraulics 13. Use the limp home mode lever to start the transmission (Fig. 18).

Fig. 18

PH

T union

Possible causes

250 bar

No oil flow to the T union

Transmission module error (shuttle valve, pressure pipe union). =>Remove the module.

250 bar

Oil flows from the T union

Coupler function valve (4V4) or clutch function valve (4V5) not tightly sealed. => Change the valve.

Checking the clutch function valve (4V4) 14. Mechanically lock the valve (tighten the internal Allen screw (Fig. 12) or move the lever (Fig. 11)) PH

T union

Possible causes

250 bar

Oil flows from the T union

Clutch function valve (4V5) not tightly sealed => Change the valve

500 bar

Oil flows from the T union, but the pressure is not constant

Electrically check the coupler function valve => Change the valve if faulty

05B01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

D . DYNA VT hydraulic tests Supply pressure measurements

Fig. 19

Measuring points

Reference on component

Description

Measuring points

Reference on component

Description

M1

KV

Cooler upstream pressure

M11

ZWK

PTO clutch pressure

M2

SM

Lubricating pressure

M13

750

750 rpm PTO selector pressure

M3

AS

Flushing pressure

M14

VR

Front axle clutch pressure

M4

ES

Booster pressure

M15

DS

Differential lock pressure

M5

PU

Service pump pressure

M16

1000

1000 rpm PTO selector pressure

M6

P

Transmission system pressure

M17

Brake service pressure

M7

I

Tortoise range shifting pressure

M18

Rear axle beam lubricating pressure

M8

II

Hare range shifting pressure

M19

Reverse position HP pressure

M9

PH

High pressure (HP)

M21

Front PTO clutch pressure

M10

PHA

Rear axle beam and braking system pressure

M22

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

T

Oil leak on clutch function spool valve / coupler function solenoid valve

05B01.13

DYNA VT hydraulics Precautions to be taken during the pressure measurements: The oil temperature must be between 35 and 45°C IMPORTANT: When measuring the transmission pressure, raise all wheels of the tractor to prevent accidents. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Set transmission ratio (Hi/Lo) to speed of 0. Release the handbrake. Engage the front axle. Differential lock and PTO clutch are not engaged.

On right-hand side, in the middle of the tractor : 5. Remove right-hand rear wheel and its protective guard. 6. Connect a test pressure gauge. Measure the pressures set out below according to the different engine speeds (see settings table below) - PU Pressure (M5). Pressure measuring point located between the service pump and the pressure filter (Fig. 19) - P Pressure (M6) System pressure downstream of pressure filter (Fig. 19). - ES booster pressure (Fig. 19) - AS flushing or discharge pressure - SM transmission lubricating pressure (Fig. 19).

Set values for pressure measurement (in bar) Engine speeds

PU (M5)

P (M6)

ES (M4)

AS (M3)

SM (M2)

800

25 ±2

25 ±2

16 ±2

9 ±2

1.4 ±0.2

1200

26 ±2

25.5 ±2

19 ±2

11.5 ±2

2.2 ±0.3

1600

27 ±2

26 ±2

20 ±2

13 ±2

3.6 ±0.5

2000

28 ±2

27 ±2

23 ±2

15 ±2

5 ±0.5

05B01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics High pressure (HP) measurements

DANGER: High pressure measurements must never exceed a maximum of 5 seconds, to prevent the oil from heating. Preliminary operations: Engage hare range and set the starting speed to maximum, or transmission to limp home mode (do not turn the control unit by more than 15° in order to avoid heating the oil). Measuring points PH

Engine speed

Value in bar

1600

New assembly 500 + 20 Old assembly 500 - 40

NOTE: Load the hydrostatic loop at maximum for 5 seconds before taking the following measurements. Measuring points

Engine speed

Value in bar

P

1600

26 ±2

ES

1600

13 ±2

AS

1600

12 ±2

SM

1600

1.6 ±0.4

Measuring points

Engine speed

Value in bar

In Hare or Tortoise range

1600

26 ±2

Shifting pressure measurements

NOTE: Alternately supply solenoid valves 1 (4V1) and 2 (4V2) with a 12 V (DC) supply

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.15

DYNA VT hydraulics Rear PTO, differential lock and front axle clutch solenoid valve measurement NOTE: The unit is located on the rear axle housing, behind the spool valves. Access is limited, so great care must be taken.

Fig. 20

Measuring points M10

Rear axle beam, brakes and front PTO system pressure

M11

Rear PTO clutch

M13

750 rpm PTO selector pressure

M14

Front axle clutch

M15

Differential lock

M16

1000 rpm PTO selector pressure

M17

Braking system pressure

M18

Rear axle beam lubricating pressure

05B01.16

¤ H

Description

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics NOTE: Run the engine at 1200 rpm. Simultaneously check the pressure at unions M10 and M18 (SM).

Shifting status of hydraulic parts

Measuring points

System pressure M10 in Lubricating pressure M18 bar in bar

Power take-off - On / Off

M11

18 ± 0.2

2 ± 0.3

Differential lock - On / Off

M15

18 ± 0.2

2 ± 0.3

Front axle - On / Off

M14

18 ± 0.2

2,1 ± 0.3

Single wheel braking

M17

18 ± 0.2

1,6 ± 0.3

Activation of locked brake pedal

M17

18 ± 0.2

1,2 ± 0.3

In order to check the rear PTO, it is also possible to measure pressure levels at the unions located at the rear right- and left-hand sides of the PTO housing.

1 = Rear PTO clutch (M12-1.5 union) 2 = Rear axle beam lubricating pressure (M10-1 union) 3+4 = 750 or 540 speed selection (M10-1 union)

Fig. 21

Fig. 22

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.17

DYNA VT hydraulics

Pressure tests on DYNA VT transmission 8400 series tractors Customer Chassis number : Engine number : Putting into service : Total service hours:

Dealer number

Recommendation: the measurements should be taken with all four wheels raised. Risk of accident!!! Measuring condition: transmission oil temperature range 35-45°C

I. Supply pressure measurements Measuring point PU

P

ES

AS

SM

Engine speed rpm 800 1200 1600 2000 800 1200 1600 2000 800 1200 1600 2000 800 1200 1600 2000 800 1200 1600 2000

Specified value / bar Measurement

Tolerance

25 126 27 28 25 25,5 26 27 16 19 20 23 9 11,5 13 15 1,4 2,2 3,6 5

+2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±0,2 ±0,3 ±0,5 ±0,5

Measurement in bar

Remarks

II. High pressure measurements. Pressure measurements in forward speed and in reverse speed, maximum measurement time 5 seconds Measuring point Forward / reverse PH P ES AS SM

Engine speed rpm 1600

Specified value / bar Measurement

Tolerance

New = 500 Used = 500 26 13 12 1,6

+20 -40 +2 ±2 ±2 ±0,4

Measurement in bar

Remarks

III. Ranges 1 and 2 shift measurement. Solenoid valves 1 and 2 supplied alternately by 12 VDC Measuring point I II Date: AGCO

05B01.18

¤ H

Engine speed rpm 1600 1600

Specified value / bar Measurement

Tolerance

26 26

±2 ±2

Measurement in bar

Remarks

Signature: September 2004

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics Summary table of the high pressure values HP measurement

Pressure in bar

Measurement

Pressure in bar

PH

500 + 20

P

26+ 2

PH

500 + 20

ES

13 + 2

PH

500 + 20

AS

12 ± 2

PH

500 + 20

SM

1,6 ± 0,4

Diagram showing the pressure check points on the valve block

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.19

DYNA VT hydraulics

Service pump P

High pressure PH

Speed limitation solenoid valve

Clutch function controlled valve

Hare/Tortoise supply pressure Solenoid valves Tortoise range

Hare range

Coupler function solenoid valve

05B01.20

¤ H

HP Pressure sensor Fig. 23

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DYNA VT hydraulics

Valve housing with test connections Lubricating pressure (SM)

Booster pressure (ES)

Service pump relief valve (50 b)

Booster valve (6.5 b) Oil cooler bypass valve

Flushing valve (6 b)

Service pressure (PU)

Flushing pressure (AS) temperature (°C) Lubricating pressure valve (6.5 b)

Fig. 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05B01.21

DYNA VT hydraulics

E . Service tools 1. Tool available in AGCO network AG02 - External filling station (Fig. 25)

MA-05-04158A

Fig. 25

05B01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

05C01 - Replacing the DYNA VT unit

CONTENTS A . Desassembling the Dyna VT module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Assembling the Dyna VT module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 C . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.1

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

05C01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

A . Desassembling the Dyna VT module

Preliminary operations: 1. Drain the transmission oil (approx. 65l.) 2. Disassemble the cab.

DANGER: Before disconnecting the pipes, it is necessary to release the pressure in the brake accumulator by pumping on the pedals. 3. Remove the unions after emptying, taking the precautions necessary to prevent any dirty particles from entering the air conditioning circuit

ADVICE: It is recommended to raise the cab slightly before splitting it. 4. Pinch the heating pipes closed to avoid draining the circuit. 5. Attach the cab to a suitable hoisting system and lift it off.

CAUTION: Take care not to damage the roof cap. 6. Disconnect the cables and hydraulic unions, taking care to mark them. 7. Remove the spool valve block.

CAUTION: Mark all parts at disassembly. 8. Hoist and remove the cab. 9. Remove the accumulator assembly.

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.3

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 10. Move the range selector to neutral. 11. Take off the limp home console.

Fig. 2 12. Disconnect the connector. 13. Remove the control unit.

Fig. 3 14. Take off the pressure filter housing. Recover the oil that flows out.

Fig. 4

05C01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 15. Remove the electrical connectors and hydraulic pipes. 16. Remove the valve block.

Fig. 5

17. Disconnect the connectors, the clutch vent line and the hydraulic pipes. 18. Remove the valve block.

Fig. 6

19. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the summing shaft sensor.

Fig. 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.5

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 20. Remove the pipe support and strapping. 21. Unscrew the cover screws. 22. Raise the cover using the M10 eye-bolt.

Fig. 8 23. Unscrew the locking screw and take out the control shaft.

Fig. 9

24. Remove the retainer circlips and push the hoses inwards. 25. Disconnect the high pressure hoses.

Fig. 10

05C01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 26. Remove the 3 circlips and push the hoses inwards.

Fig. 11 27. Remove the hydraulic pipes (supply pressure of auxiliary functions).

Fig. 12

28. Take off the drive shaft circlip. 29. Push the shaft backwards.

Fig. 13

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.7

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 30. Unscrew the 3 M8 screws from the planet carrier. 31. Push the shaft backwards.

Fig. 14

32. Remove the drive pinion circlip. 33. Push the circlip, washer and socket towards the drive pinion, as indicated by the arrow.

Fig. 15 34. Swivel the hydrostatic motors and the pump inwards using a lever.

Fig. 16

05C01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 35. Unscrew the 2 nuts (see arrows) located on the left and right.

Fig. 17 36. Unscrew the upper M12 locking screw. 37. On the inner surface of the gearbox housing, unscrew the 2 closing plugs. 38. Recover the oil. 39. Unscrew the 2 locking screws on the lower shaft.

Fig. 18 40. Install lifting tackle. 41. Slightly raise the hydraulic module, ensuring the lifting tackle remains under a certain level of tension.

Fig. 19

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.9

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 42. Using a slide hammer puller on the M20 threads, extract the flexible suspension shafts.

Fig. 20 43. Take the transmission module carefully out of the gearbox housing using the lifting tackle. 44. Stay alert in case other parts move.

DANGER: Do not stand under heavy loads.

Fig. 21

05C01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

B . Assembling the Dyna VT module

CAUTION: Before reassembling, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. 45. Raise the transmission block with lifting tackle, after securing it. 46. Move the range selector (Hare / Tortoise) (arrow Fig. 22) to “Neutral” (middle position).

Fig. 22 47. Clean any oil or seal fragments from the transmission housing mating face. 48. Move the range selector finger (see arrow) to “Neutral”. (middle position).

Fig. 23 If necessary: 49. Fit the circlip and washer on the shoulder of the drive pinion. 50. Push the socket onto the drive pinion. 51. Fit the flange on the link shaft (PTO drive) and fit the link shaft.

Fig. 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.11

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 52. Fit the transmission module in the transmission housing. Stay alert in case other parts move. 53. Fit the two shafts into the bores of the transmission housing and transmission module. NOTE: The two shafts are of different lengths; the longer one is fitted at the base of the gearbox.

Fig. 25

54. Check the sockets (flexible) for wear, and fit new sockets if necessary. 55. Insert the sockets home into the bores.

Fig. 26

56. Fit the ring, with the bore turned towards the flexible socket. 57. Tighten the M20 nut. 58. Carry out the same assembly operation on the three other threads.

Fig. 27

05C01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 59. Tighten the four M20 nuts to a torque of:

250 Nm

NOTE: When tightening, hold the opposite nut still. 60. Unhook the lifting tackle.

Fig. 28

61. Install a planet gear of the power transmission epicyclic gear train turned upwards. 62. Centre the transmission module. The distance between the ring gear and the transmission housing must be identical on either side.

Fig. 29

63. Tighten the 4 locking screws to a torque of:

86 Nm

64. Install 2 closing plugs fitted with new seals under the transmission housing. 65. Test the correct operating of Hare / Tortoise range shifting (check finger positioning). Fig. 30

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.13

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 66. Turn the transmission module until a tooth of the disc, intended for the Hall sensor, can be seen at the middle of the bore. (arrow Fig. 31).

Fig. 31

67. Smear the mating face of the Hall sensor with sealing product (ref. X903.050.553) (non-hardening) and insert the sensor into its housing. 68. Tighten the attachment screws to a torque of:

25 Nm

69. Reconnect the electrical connector. NOTE: If the Hall sensor is being reused, insert 2 strips of paper 0.9 mm thick into the Hall sensor groove (these strips ensure centring).

Fig. 32

70. Swivel the hydrostatic motors to their stop (45°).

Fig. 33

05C01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 71. Pull the drive pinion socket forwards to release the groove from the circlip. Insert the circlip into the groove. NOTE: If the socket does not engage, chock a front wheel and turn it until the socket is engaged.

Fig. 34

72. Fit the flange on the epicyclic gear train. Tighten the M8 screws to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 35

73. Insert the hydraulic hoses into the bores on the front right-hand side of the transmission housing. 74. Secure the hoses using circlips (opening facing downwards). - 1 = short blue hose (flushing) - 2 = long blue hose (boosting) - 3 = black hose (lubricating)

Fig. 36

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.15

Replacing the DYNA VT unit At the front on top of the transmission housing: 75. Fit the ring in the groove of the shaft. 76. Push the shaft forwards. Install the washer. 77. Fit the circlip in the pinion groove.

Fig. 37 78. Fit the hydraulic pipe (supply pressure of auxiliary functions).

Fig. 38

79. Insert the pressure pipes in the bores in the right-hand side of the transmission housing. -

1 = supply pressure hydraulic hose 2 = Hare range shifting 3 = ground speed limiting 4 = Tortoise range shifting 5 = Regulating valves (tilting) 6 = High pressure for forward clutch and coupler function.

Fig. 39

05C01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 80. Attach the hydraulic pipes using circlips.

Fig. 40 81. Screw 2 M8 threaded rods into the transmission housing. 82. Fit new O’rings. 83. Stick seals in the block using grease. 84. Fit the control block. 85. Tighten the attachment screw (from the inside to the outside) to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 41

86. Connect the connectors, clutch function bleed pipe and hydraulic pipes. -

4V1 = Hare range solenoid valve 4V2 = Tortoise range solenoid valve 4V4 = Coupler function solenoid valve 4V3 = Ground speed limiting solenoid valve

Fig. 42

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.17

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 87. Screw 2 M8 threaded rods into the transmission housing. Fit new seals. 88. Fit new seals with grease in the valve block. 89. Install the block and tighten the screws, starting with the inside screws to the following torque:

25 Nm

90. Connect the connectors and hydraulic pipes.

Fig. 43

91. Fit new O’rings with grease and attach the pressure filter, tightening the screws to the following torque:

25 Nm

92. Connect the connector.

Fig. 44

93. If necessary, smear the lip seal with a mixture of white spirit and water (1:1) and fit it home. Fill the lip seals 2/3 full with grease. 94. Fit the control shaft.

Fig. 45

05C01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 95. Turn the shaft until the locking screw thread can be seen. NOTE: Smear the thread of the Allen screw with plastic binder (LOCTITE) (Ref. X 903.050.084) and tighten the screw to the following torque:

25 Nm

Fig. 46

96. Fit the intermediate coupler with the two bosses (see arrows) pointing to the control unit.

Fig. 47

97. Fit the pre-assembled control unit on the transmission housing. 98. Tighten the M8 cylindrical screws to a torque of:

25 Nm

99. Reconnect the electrical connector.

Fig. 48

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.19

Replacing the DYNA VT unit 100.Unscrew the plug marked PU. 101.Connect the filling station (Fig. 49). NOTE: Using the external filling station it is possible to avoid dry operation of the hydrostatic pump and hydrostatic motor. 102.Be sure to comply with the oil quantity and type (see chapter 1). NOTE: During the filling process, swivel the hydrostatic pumps and motors. Ensure the hydraulic unions are completely sealed. Fill the transmission oil with a filling station.

MA-05-04158A

Fig. 49

103.Smear the mating face of the transmission housing with sealing product (Ref. X903.050.074). 104.Fit the cover. 105.Tighten the M12 screws to a torque of:

86 Nm

106.Fit the pipe support. 107.Refit the cab. 108.Reassemble all hydraulic unions as marked at disassembly. 109.Refit the spool valve support. 110.Reconnect all electrical connections as marked at disassembly. 111.Connect the heating pipes. 112.Connect the air conditioning pipes. 113.Check the levels of the various liquids.

05C01.20

¤ H

Fig. 50

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

C . Service tools 1. Tool available in AGCO network AG02 - External filling station (Fig. 51)

MA-05-04158A

Fig. 51

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

05C01.21

Replacing the DYNA VT unit

05C01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Rear axle

06 - Rear axle CONTENTS 06B01 - Final drive units 06C01 - Braking unit

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Rear axle

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Final drive units

06B01 - Final drive units

CONTENTS A . Généralités . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Removing a rear axle drive unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 C . Refitting a rear axle drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 D . Disassembling a rear axle drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 E . Reassembling a rear axle drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 F . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.1

Final drive units

06B01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

A . Généralités The rear axle final drive units have a separate lubrication system to the rear axle. Tightness between the two parts is ensured by a double lip seal. The brakes are multidisc (6 discs with friction lining and 6 intermediate plates per final drive unit). They operate via a braking mechanism activated by a brake cylinder and a control lever.

86 N.m

120 N.m 350 N.m

D

A

C B

MA-06-04227A

Fig. 1 Adjusting the bearings: Preload the taper roller bearings (A, B) using shim (C) so that the rotational resistance torque increases from 4 to 6 Nm (without spi seal). Planet carrier axial clearance: Specified clearance: 0.2 to 0.5 mm (there must be axial clearance!)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.3

Final drive units

Fig. 2

06B01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

Pos.

Description

Pos.

Description

1

Ring gear

20

Threaded rod M12 x 165-10.9

2

Planet gear

21

Nut M12-10

3

Pin

23

Locking screw M30 x 1.5

4

Circlip

24

Joint d’étanchéité

5

Needle bearing cage

25

Ring

10

Allen screw

26

Shim

11

Plate

27

Taper roller bearing

12

Pin

28

Taper roller bearing

14

Planet carrier

29

Snap ring

15

Drive unit housing

30

Spi seal

16

Joint d’étanchéité

31

Rear axle shaft

17

Magnetic plug

32

Wheel stud

18

Allen screw M12 x 160-10.9

35

Shaft

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.5

Final drive units

Fig. 3

06B01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

Pos.

Description

Pos.

Description

1

Ring gear

21

Nut M12-10

2

Planet gear

23

Locking screw M30 x 1.5

3

Pin

24

Joint d’étanchéité

4

Circlip

25

Ring

5

Needle bearing cage

26

Shim

10

Allen screw

27

Taper roller bearing

11

Plate

28

Taper roller bearing

12

Pin

29

O’ring

14

Planet carrier

30

Spi seal

15

Drive unit housing

31

Rear axle shaft

16

Joint d’étanchéité

33

O’ring

17

Magnetic plug

35

Shaft

18

Allen screw M12 x 160-10.9

40

Spacer

19

Cylindrical screw

41

Cover

20

Threaded rod M12-165 -10.9

42

Allen screw

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.7

Final drive units

Page left blank intentionally

06B01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

Cross-section of a drive unit

32 30

29 28

27

26 25 11

31 MA-06-04210A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

12 10

15

4

18

16

5

17

2

1

3

4

35

14 Fig. 4

06B01.9

Final drive units

Page left blank intentionally

06B01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

B . Removing a rear axle drive unit The following must be carried out before disassembling 1. Drain the transmission. 2. Drain the drive units. 3. It is necessary to remove a cab support to extract a drive unit. 4. Remove the rear wheels and securely chock the tractor. 5. Remove obstructive protective guards. 6. Remove the hitch stabiliser (Arrow Fig. 1).

Fig. 1

7. Remove cab suspension supports ( Fig. 2) 8. Remove other parts which might obstruct disassembly.

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.11

Final drive units 9. Support the drive unit in a secure manner using a suitable lifting device. Remove the drive unit housing attachment parts (Fig. 3). 10. In place of the 2 two CHC screws, screw in 2 threaded screws to release the rear axle drive unit.

Fig. 3

11. Remove the drive unit.

Fig. 4

06B01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units

C . Refitting a rear axle drive unit 12. Clean the mating surface between the rear axle and the drive unit, and smear with a sealing product (Ref. X903-050-074).

Fig. 5

13. Fit the drive unit with a suitable lifting device.

Fig. 6 14. Fit and tighten diametrically opposed screws (18 and 21) to a torque of:

120 Nm

15. Carry out operations (6 to 10) in reverse order.

Fig. 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.13

Final drive units

D . Disassembling a rear axle drive unit NOTE: The operations described apply to a standard drive unit. Adjustment and reconditioning are identical for long shaft drive units. Preliminary operations: Remove the rear axle drive unit (see § B) 16. Unscrew the cylindrical screws (19) by about 10 mm and knock out the ring gear (1) with a mallet. 17. Remove ring gear (1). Fig. 8

18. Unscrew the Allen screw (10) and remove the planet carrier. IMPORTANT: The screw (10) is stuck at assembly.

Fig. 9 If necessary: 19. Remove the circlips (4). 20. Take out the pins (3). 21. Remove the planet gears (2) 22. Replace any defective parts.

Fig. 10

06B01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units 23. Fit the planet gears (2). 24. Fit the pins (3). 25. Fit the circlips (4).

Fig. 11 Preloading the axle shaft: 26. Fit one or two shims (ref. X 534.739.501) (individual thickness: 1 mm) on the bearing of the axle shaft (31). 27. Fit the planet carrier. NOTE: If no shims are available, a locally made tightening socket can be used to preload the axle shaft bearing.

Fig. 12

28. Pretighten the journal of the axle shaft using the Allen screw (10). 29. Remove the planet carrier (14) again. IMPORTANT: Do not turn the axle shaft (31).

Fig. 13

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.15

Final drive units 30. Take out the split ring (25) from the groove in the axle shaft (31). 31. Take off the shims. 32. Take out the cotter pin.

Fig. 14

33. Insert the protective plug X 899.980.157 on the end of the axle shaft. 34. Fit the planet carrier.

Fig. 15

35. Fit a locally made mounting handle (see Fig. 16) to the axle shaft (31). 36. Drive out the axle shaft (31) onto a metal block.

Fig. 16

06B01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units 37. Take the internal ring out of the taper roller bearing (28) using extractor X 899.980.159. 38. Next, extract the spi seal (30).

Fig. 17

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.17

Final drive units

E . Reassembling a rear axle drive unit Important: Before reassembling, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. If necessary: 39. Fit home the external ring of the taper roller bearing (28). 40. Fit the snap ring (29) into the groove. 41. On the opposite side, fit home the external ring of the taper roller bearing.

Fig. 18

42. Heat the internal ring of the taper roller bearing (28) to approximately 80°C and install it in the drive unit housing (15). 43. Smear the outside of the new spi seal (30) with sealing product X 903.051.711, clean the inside with a mixture of white spirit and water (1:1) and fit it home.

Fig. 19

44. Before the internal ring cools, fit home the shaft (31) using locally made handles (see Fig. 20).

Fig. 20

06B01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units 45. Turn the housing (15) upside down. 46. Heat the internal ring of the taper roller bearing (27) to approximately 80°C and fit it home. 47. Smear the axle shaft journal with transmission oil.

Fig. 21 48. Support the housing (15). The axle shaft journal clearance should be minimal. 49. Fit the torque gauge (ref. X 899.980.150). 50. Measure and note down the rotational strength of the sealing ring. Example: 5.0 Nm

51. Select a thickness of shims (26) to allow tight assembly of the split ring (25). NOTE: Wherever possible, fit shims (26) so that the shim 1.0 mm thick is on the split ring (25) side.

Fig. 22

Fig. 23

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.19

Final drive units 52. Fit two shims (Ref. X 534.739.501) (individual thickness: 1 mm) on the axle shaft (31). 53. Refit the planet carrier and tighten home. The resistance of the bearing at the axle shaft journal should increase slightly. NOTE: If bearing resistance does not increase, take off the planet carrier again and fit new shims (26) under the split ring (25), see Fig. 23, then preload the axle shaft journal again.

Fig. 24

54. Tap the journal on either side with a mallet to reduce the load on it. 55. Remove the planet carrier again. 56. Select the thickness of shims (26) to allow assembly of the split ring (25) by tapping lightly with a hammer. 57. Fit the cotter pin (ref. 12) in the axle shaft (31).

Fig. 25 58. Smear the thread of the Allen screw (10) with plastic binder (Ref. W 903.050.084) and tighten to the following torque:

350 Nm

59. Tap the journal on either side with a mallet to reduce the load on it.

Fig. 26

06B01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units 60. Measure and note down the rotational resistance of the sealing ring and journal using the torque wrench X 899.980.150. Specified value: 4.0 to 6.0 Nm (bearing / journal) plus rotational resistance (sealing ring Fig. 22) e.g. 5.0 Nm. Correct any non-conformity by fitting new shims (26) (see Fig. 23 and Fig. 25).

Fig. 27

61. Check the axial clearance of the planet carrier (14) using two levers. 62. Specified value: 0.2 to 0.5 mm axial clearance. NOTE: there must be axial clearance.

Fig. 28

Depending on which parts were disassembled (Fig. 10): Assembling planet gears: 63. Fit the snap ring in the socket groove and fit the socket (arrow) home in the planet gear (2) until the snap ring is held in place. NOTE: It is not possible to remove the socket (arrow).

Fig. 29

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.21

Final drive units 64. With grease, stick the 19 bearings of the bearing set (5) in the planet gear (2). 65. With grease, stick the ring of the bearing set (5) in the planet gear (2). 66. Carry out the same assembly operation on the opposite side of the planet gear (2).

Fig. 30

67. Install the circlips (4) in the groove of the planet carrier (14).

Fig. 31

68. Insert the preassembled planet gear (2). 69. Insert the pin (3) and fit home the circlip (4) in the groove of the planet carrier (14).

Fig. 32

06B01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Final drive units 70. Clean the mating face and smear with sealing product X 903.050.074.

Fig. 33

71. Install the ring gear with internal teething (1). 72. Tighten the cylindrical screws (19) to a torque of:

86 Nm

73. Refit the drive unit on the rear axle (see § C).

Fig. 34

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06B01.23

Final drive units

F . Service tools Section under construction.

06B01.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit

06C01 - Braking unit

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Disassembling the rear axle brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Reassembling the rear axle brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D . Disassembling a wheel brake cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 E . Reassembling a wheel brake cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 F . Bleeding the brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.1

Braking unit

06C01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit

A . General On MF 8400 series tractors, the brake cylinders are fitted on the rear axle housing. The brakes are sealed against the final drive units by a seal (12). The braking unit comprises a control plate, discs and intermediate plates. The control plate is pushed apart by the control rod, forcing the discs against the intermediate plates which are splined together by 4 pins (7). The control rod is activated either by the brake

piston, activated by the brake pedal, or by the control lever, activated by the ParkLock ram. When the brake is released, minimum clearance is maintained by the control plate springs. The brake discs are lubricated by an oil flow. This oil flow comes from the distribution block, and directs oil between the discs, where it lubricates the braking surfaces when they are not in use, and cools the brakes when they are in use.

Exploded view of rear axle braking unit

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.3

Braking unit

Exploded view parts list Pos.

Description

Pos.

Description

1

Bearing flange

12

Spi seal

2

Bearing flange

16

Control disc

3

O’ring

17

Ball

4

Screw M12x40-10.9

18

Spring

7

Pin

19

Dowel pin

8

O’ring

20

Disc

9

Brake plate

21

Intermediate plate

10

Shaft

23

Loctite X903.050.074

11

Allen screw M12 x 160-10.9

06C01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit

B . Disassembling the rear axle brakes 1. 2. 3. 4.

Remove the drive unit (see chapter 6). Remove the corresponding wheel brake cylinder. Take out the shaft (10). Unscrew the Allen screws from the brake plate (9).

Fig. 2

5. Take off the brake plate (9) using the impact extractor (Ref. X899.980.053). 6. Remove the discs and intermediate plates.

Fig. 3

7. Take off the control disc (16) and the other discs and intermediate plates. 8. Take out the pin (7). 9. Disassemble the other side in the same way.

Fig. 4

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.5

Braking unit

C . Reassembling the rear axle brakes IMPORTANT: Check the wear and grooves of the discs. Oil the brake discs before fitting them. 10. Fit the discs. Start with an intermediate plate (external blade ref. 21), then a disc with lining (internal blade ref. 20), with the larger drilled hole (see arrow Fig. 5) turned downwards (for easier insertion of the shaft (10)).

Fig. 5

11. Fit the intermediate plate (21), then a disc (20), with the larger drilled hole turned downwards (arrow Fig. 6).

Fig. 6

12. Fit a disc (20) with the larger drilled hole turned downwards (arrow Fig. 7) on the control disc (16). The control pin (arrow Fig. 7) should be turned upwards towards the brake cylinder. 13. Fit an intermediate plate (21) on the pin of the control disc (16). 14. Insert the set of discs positioned as described.

Fig. 7

06C01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 15. Next, fit a disc (20 Fig. 8) with the larger drilled hole facing downwards (arrow) on the control disc (16). 16. Fit the intermediate plate (21) on the pin (see arrow) of the control disc (16).

Fig. 8

17. Fit a disc (20 Fig. 9) with the larger drilled hole turned downwards (arrow). 18. Next fit an intermediate plate (21) on the pins (7).

Fig. 9

19. Fit a disc (20 Fig. 10) with the larger drilled hole turned downwards (arrow). 20. Next fit an intermediate plate (21) on the pins (7).

Fig. 10

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.7

Braking unit 21. Smear the outside of a new spi seal (12) with a mixture of water and white spirit and fit it home in the centre of the brake plate (9). The seal lips must be turned towards the oil pressure chambers. 22. Smear new O’rings (8) with grease and fit them in the groove of the brake plate (9). The oil channels (arrow Fig. 11) of the brake plate must be turned downwards at assembly.

Fig. 11

23. Refit the brake plate (9) fitted as described above. Check the position of the oil channels. 24. Tighten diametrically opposed screws to a torque of:

120 Nm

Fig. 12

25. Fill the lips of the spi seal (12) 2/3 full with grease. 26. Full insert the shaft (10). IMPORTANT: When fitting home the shaft, it should make a noise as it hits its stop. If no noise is heard, the last disc may not have been fitted. 27. Refit the drive unit.

Fig. 13

06C01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit

D . Disassembling a wheel brake cylinder 28. Remove the "ParkLock" parking brake controls.

Fig. 14

29. Disconnect the hydraulic control pipe.

Fig. 15 30. Remove the bleed pipe.

Fig. 16

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.9

Braking unit 31. Loosen and remove the attachment screws from the upper part of the wheel brake cylinder.

Fig. 17 32. Remove the upper part of the wheel brake cylinder. NOTE: When raising the upper part, ensure the return spring does not fall out.

Fig. 18

33. Loosen and remove the 3 CHC screws from the lower part of the wheel brake cylinder.

Fig. 19

06C01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 34. Remove the lower part of the wheel brake cylinder. NOTE: Take care not to drop the brake control lever into the reducer.

Fig. 20

35. Remove the control arm retaining screw.

Fig. 21

36. Mark the position of the control arm in relation to the pin, then remove the control arm and plastic ring.

Fig. 22

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.11

Braking unit 37. Remove the pusher piston.

Fig. 23 38. Take out the pin and the second plastic ring.

Fig. 24 39. Remove and discard the lip seals.

Fig. 25

06C01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 40. Remove and discard the O’rings.

Fig. 26

41. Remove the piston and discard the lip seals. (arrows Fig. 27). 42. Clean, degrease and check all components; replace any defective parts. NOTE: It is strongly advised to carry out the same operation for each wheel cylinder.

Fig. 27

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.13

Braking unit

E . Reassembling a wheel brake cylinder IMPORTANT: Before reassembly, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. 43. Fit new seals on the piston. NOTE: Ensure seals are positioned correctly, with the wider lips turned towards the outside of the piston (Fig. 28).

Fig. 28

44. Smear the lip seals with miscible grease, then fit the brake piston in its housing.

Fig. 29

45. Fit new lip seals smeared with miscible grease in the brake cylinder body.

Fig. 30

06C01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 46. Fit new O’rings smeared with miscible grease on the brake cylinder body.

Fig. 31

47. Insert the control pin fitted with its plastic washer.

Fig. 32

48. Fit the control arm as marked at disassembly.

Fig. 33

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.15

Braking unit 49. Fit the control arm retaining screw.

Fig. 34 50. Install a new O'ring (arrow Fig. 35).

Fig. 35 51. Fit the control piston.

Fig. 36

06C01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 52. Fit the reversing lever on the control piston, and fill the assembling ball joint with miscible grease. (arrow Fig. 37).

Fig. 37

53. Insert the control pin fitted with its plastic washer.

Fig. 38

54. Tighten the CHC screws to a torque of:

69 Nm

Fig. 39

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.17

Braking unit 55. Fit the piston return spring.

Fig. 40 56. Install the brake piston cover, fitted with its piston.

Fig. 41

57. Insert and tighten the attachment screws to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 42

06C01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Braking unit 58. Refit the bleed pipe.

Fig. 43 59. Reconnect the hydraulic pipe.

Fig. 44

60. Refit the “ParkLock” parking brake controls. 61. Bleed the brake circuit. See "Bleeding the brakes" paragraph.

Fig. 45

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

06C01.19

Braking unit

F . Bleeding the brakes Section under construction.

06C01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Power take off

07 - Power take off CONTENTS 07A01 - Rear PTO 07B01 - Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Power take off

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Rear PTO

07A01 - Rear PTO

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07A01.1

Rear PTO

07A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Rear PTO

A . General PTO clutch - exploded view

Fig. 1 Ref.

Description

Description

1

Shim

21

Allen screw

2

Taper roller bearings

22

Grower washer

3

Clutch cover

23

Bush

4

Cylindrical screw

25

Pinion

5

Shim

28

Taper roller bearing

6

Internal blade holder

29

Nozzle

8

Shim

30

Locking half-rings

9

Spring washer

31

Circlip

10

Set of blades (11-12)

32

O’ring

11

Disc

35

Shaft

12

Intermediate plate

36

Taper roller bearing

13

Piston

37

Ring with rectangular section

14

Ring

38

Grub screw

16

Lip seal

39

Nozzle

18

Plate

40

Sensor

19

Lip seal

42

Shaft

20

Brake disc

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Ref.

07A01.3

Rear PTO Rear PTO drive - exploded view

Fig. 2 Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

101

Taper roller bearing

121

Circlip

102

Shim

122

Washer

104

Clutch body

123

Taper roller bearing

105

Roller

124

Shim

107

Circlip

125

Grub screw

108

Washer

126

Spi seal

109

Needle bearing cage

127

O’ring

110

Spacer

128

Bearing cover

112

Circlip

129

Cylindrical screw

113

Taper roller bearing

132

Spacer

114

Circlip

133

Threaded stud M10 x 50 - 10.9

115

Allen screw

134

Nut M10-10

116

Stop

135

PTO guard

118

Pinion (1000 rpm)

137

End-fitting

Pinion (540 or 750 rpm)

139

Sensor

Shaft

140

Allen screw

118A 120

07A01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Rear PTO Rear PTO control - exploded view

Fig. 3 Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

201

Stirrup

216

Allen screw

202

Hexagonal nut

217

Rams

203

Stud

218

O’ring

205

Allen screw

219

Compact seal

206

Hexagonal nut

220

Compact seal

207

Spacer pipe

221

Spring

210

Hexagonal nut

222

Piston

211

Hexagonal nut

224

Piston

212

Washer

225

Allen screw

213

Hexagonal nut

226

Rams

214

Roller

226

Rams

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07A01.5

Rear PTO Rear PTO cover - exploded view

Fig. 4 Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

301

Rear axle housing

311

Closing plug

303

Seal

315

Dowel pin

304

Cover

316

Housing cover

305

Allen screw

317

Screw M18 x 90 - 10.9

307

Closing plug

318

Screw M18 x 110 -10.9

308

Sealing ring

319

Threaded stud M18 x 130 - 10.9

309

Closing plug

322

Sealing ring

310

Sealing ring

325

Cylindrical screw

07A01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Rear PTO Cross-section view of rear PTO

Fig. 5

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07A01.7

Rear PTO

07A01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

07B01 - Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

CONTENTS A . Disassembling the power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Reassembling the power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.1

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

07B01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

A . Disassembling the power take-off Preparation 1. Lower the rear linkage. 2. Drain the transmission oil. 3. Remove the trailer linkage (depending on equipment). 4. Mark and remove the PTO connector TR9 (arrow Fig. 1). 5. Mark and remove the PTO connector TR10 (arrow Fig. 1).

Fig. 1 6. Unscrew all attachment screws. 7. Take the silicone out of the threaded bores and tighten 2 screws M12 (arrows Fig. 2) 8. Support the cover using a lifting tool and push it back using the two screws.

Fig. 2 9. Take off the rear PTO transmission cover. IMPORTANT: Take care of the adjustment shims (arrow Fig. 3), which are used to adjust the bearing clearance.

Fig. 3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.3

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 10. Push back the clutch cover (3) using 2 disc screws M10.

Fig. 4

11. Remove the nozzle (29).

Fig. 5

12. Fit the compression tool (ref. X899.980.145) and compress the clutch. 13. Extract the locking half-rings (30). 14. Release the clutch. 15. Remove the disc carrier and the set of discs (10).

Fig. 6

07B01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 16. Remove the adjustment shims (8), the set of Belleville washers (9) and the ring (14).

Fig. 7 17. Remove the piston (13).

Fig. 8 18. Remove a screws (21) and take off the blade (18).

Fig. 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.5

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 19. Take off the circlip (31) and remove the brake disc (20).

Fig. 10

20. Take off the brake disc.

Fig. 11 21. Extract the bearing (101) using an extractor. 22. Take out the washer.

Fig. 12

07B01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 23. Unscrew the nuts (210 and 211). 24. Note the values of the nuts (210 and 211) if required. 25. Remove the stops (116). 26. Take out the control mechanism.

Fig. 13 27. Remove the pinions (118) and (118a).

Fig. 14

28. Take out the shaft (35). 29. If required, take off the external rings of the bearing.

Fig. 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.7

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 30. If necessary, remove the ram (217) and / or (226).

Fig. 16 31. Take off the circlip (107), washer (108) and pinions.

Fig. 17 32. Remove the circlip (112). 33. Release the pinion (118).

Fig. 18

07B01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

B . Reassembling the power take-off IMPORTANT: Before reassembling, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. 34. Fit home the bearing (113) in the pinion (118a) and lock with the circlip (114), then fit the pinion (118) to its stop.

Fig. 19 35. Fit the circlip (112) on the opposite side.

Fig. 20 36. Fit home the internal ring of the bearing (123) on the shaft (120). 37. Position the washer (122). 38. Fit the circlip (121). 39. Smear the 2 grub screws (25) with plastic binder (ref. X 903.050.084) and tighten them until the internal ring of the bearing (123) reaches its stop. The washer (122) must be fitted home.

Fig. 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.9

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 40. Fit the 1st needle bearing cage (109), the spacer (110) and the 2nd needle bearing cage (109) on the shaft (120). 41. Fit the shaft (120). 42. Position the washer (108). 43. Fit the circlip (107).

Fig. 22

44. Fit new seals (219) in the ram (217). 45. Fit a new O’ring (218) in the groove of the ram (217). Smear the oil tight seals with miscible grease. 46. Insert the piston (222) and spring (221) as indicated in the ram (217). NOTE: The oil tight seal (219) is comprised of 2 parts: an O’ring on the outside and a piston strip guide on the inside.

Fig. 23 47. Fit new seals (220) in the ram (226). 48. Fit a new O’ring (218) in the groove of the ram (226). 49. Smear the oil tight seals with miscible grease. 50. Insert the piston (224) and spring (221) as indicated in the ram (226). NOTE: The oil tight seal (219) is comprised of 2 parts: an O’ring on the outside and a piston strip guide on the inside.

Fig. 24

07B01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 51. Fit the rams (217 and 226). 52. Smear the thread of the screws (216 and 225) with plastic binder (ref. X 903.050.084) and tighten the screws to the following torque:

49 Nm

53. Refit the hydraulic pipes which have been removed in the housing cover (316). Fig. 25

54. If the housing is fitted with a new cover (316), screw the nozzle (29) to its stop in the threaded bore. 55. Fit home the external ring of the bearing (36).

Fig. 26

56. Smear 2 new rings (37) with miscible grease and install and lock them in the grooves of the shaft (35). 57. Fit home the internal ring of the bearing (36). 58. When assembling a new shaft (35), smear the thread of the threaded stud (38) with plastic binder (ref. X 903.050.084), and screw to its stop. 59. Tighten the nozzle (29) to its stop.

Fig. 27

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.11

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 60. Fit the pre-assembled shaft (35) in the housing cover (316). If required, fit compensating shims (124) and fit home the external ring of the bearing (123).

Fig. 28 61. Fit the pair of ring gears and the pinion (25).

Fig. 29 Pre-assembling the stirrup 62. Smear the thread of the screws (205) with plastic binder (ref. X 903 050 084). 63. Fit spacers (207) and rollers (214). 64. Tighten nuts (206).

Fig. 30

07B01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 65. Insert the rollers (105) into the clutch body (104). 66. Smear the thread of the screws (203) with plastic binder (ref. X 903 050 084). 67. Fit the stirrup tight to an identical distance, then loosen each screw (203) by 1/6 of a turn and lock them in this position.

Fig. 31

68. Screw the nuts (ref. 210, 211 and 213) onto the rods of the pistons (222, 224). 69. Fit the washers (212) with their chamfer turned upwards.

Fig. 32 70. Fit the pre-assembled stirrup (201). 71. Fit the washers (212) with their chamfer turned downwards. 72. Unscrew the nuts (210 and 211).

Fig. 33

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.13

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 73. Smear the thread of the screws (115) with plastic binder (ref. X 903 050 084). 74. Fit the stops (116) and lock the screws (115).

Fig. 34 NOTE: The following must be carried out before setting stirrup travel: 75. The oblong hole in the stirrup (201) must be turned towards the ram (226). 76. Screw and lock the nuts (211, 210) to their stop.

Fig. 35 77. Screw a locally made eye nut M12 onto the piston rod of the ram (217). Using a lifting tool, pull hard on the piston rod. (Coupling at 750 or 540 rpm). 78. Check the clearance of the clutch body (104). Specified value: 0.1 to 0.2 mm clearance.

Fig. 36

07B01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO If outside the specified clearance: 79. Adjust with nuts M12 (top and bottom) until clearance of 0.1 to 0.2 mm is obtained.

Fig. 37 80. Take off the lifting tool and unscrew the eye nut M12.

Fig. 38

81. Push the piston rod of the ram (226) fully in using a clamp, until the nuts (213) and at their stop. (Lifting limit, 1000 rpm position). 82. Check the clearance of the clutch body (104). Specified value: 0.1 to 0.2 mm clearance.

Fig. 39

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.15

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO If outside the specified clearance: 83. Adjust the nuts (213) until clearance of 0.1 to 0.2 mm is obtained.

Fig. 40 84. Take off the clamp. 85. The coupling shifts to "Neutral" position. 86. The 750 or 540 and 1000 rpm ring gears should be able to turn freely. 87. The upward and downward free travel of the coupling should be identical. 88. If not, readjust the coupling.

Fig. 41

89. Fit the shim (102). 90. Fit the internal ring of the bearing (101) up against the shaft (120).

Fig. 42

07B01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 91. Fit the pinion (25). 92. Smear a new O’ring with miscible grease and fit it in the groove of the shaft (35). 93. Check the brake disc (20) for wear. If necessary, fit a new brake disc (20).

Fig. 43 94. Fit the circlip (31). 95. Smear a new lip seal (19) with miscible grease and fit it in the brake disc groove, with the seal lips turned towards the oil chamber.

Fig. 44

96. Fit the blade (18). 97. Smear the thread of the screw (21) with Loctite (ref. X 903 054 084), and fit the Grower washer (22) and socket (23). 98. Tighten the screw.

Fig. 45

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.17

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 99. Smear a new lip seal (16) with miscible grease and fit it in the inner groove of the piston, with the seal lips turned towards the oil chamber.

Fig. 46

100.Fit the pre-assembled piston (13). 101.Fit the ring (14).

Fig. 47

102.Fit 5 Belleville washers (9) with the large external diameters facing each other, and the compensating shims (8). NOTE: The external diameter of the first Belleville washer (9) should be turned towards the ring (14) of the piston (13). If required, for example if compensating shims (8) are lost, set the preload of the Belleville washer set (9).

Fig. 48

07B01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO Setting the preload of Belleville washer set 103.Remove the shim (5) from the internal disc carrier (6). 104.Smear the thread of the screw (4) with plastic binder (Ref. X 903 050 084) and tighten.

Fig. 49 105.Fit home the pre-assembled ring carrier (6). 106.Measure and note the distance between the disc carrier (6) and the end of the shaft (35). Example: 23.2 mm.

Fig. 50

107.Fit the compression tool (ref. X 899 980 145) and compress the set of Belleville washers (9). 108.Fit the locking half-rings (30). 109.If the locking half-rings (30) are chamfered on just one side, the chamfered side must face the disc carrier (6). 110.Remove the compression tool (ref. X 899 980 145)

Fig. 51

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.19

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 111.Measure and note the distance between the disc carrier (6) and the end of the shaft (35). Example: 25.8 mm. If the washer set gives compensating clearance of approximately 2.5 mm when completely compressed, the preload is correct. 112.If not, correct it with compensating shims.

Fig. 52

Installing the set of discs (10) on the disc carrier (6) For references, see Fig. 1 of the “General” paragraph in the “Rear power take-off” section. 113.Start with an external blade. 114.Next alternate with an internal blade (11). Each internal blade (11) should be fitted in respect to the narrow slot (pos. 2 Fig. 53) while the wide slot (pos. 3 Fig. 53) should be positioned either side alternately. NOTE: Total number of discs: 7 external discs (12) and 6 internal discs (11).

3

2

3

MA-07-04226A

Fig. 53

115.Fit the disc carrier (6) together with the set of Belleville washers (9).

Fig. 54

07B01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 116.Fit the compression tool (ref. X 899 980 145). 117.Compress the clutch. 118.Fit the locking half-rings (30). If the locking half-rings are chamfered on just one side, the chamfered side must face the disc carrier (6). NOTE: If the disc carrier (6) does not fit into place, fit it without the set of discs (10) and mark the teeth.

Fig. 55 119.Push the set of discs home, ensuring it is correctly centred. 120.Measure the distance (uncoupling clearance) using laminated shims. Specified values: 1.75 to 3.50 mm 121.If the minimum distance of 1.75 mm is not obtained, the discs are wrapped. 122.Fit a new set of discs (10).

Fig. 56 123.Smear the thread of the nozzle (29) with plastic binder (ref. X 903 050 084). 124.Tighten the nozzle (29) to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 57

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.21

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 125.If necessary, fit the bearing (28) to its stop with its closed part facing upwards into the interior of the clutch cover (3).

Fig. 58

126.Fit the bearing (2) up against the clutch cover (3).

Fig. 59

127.Adjust the position of the external discs (12) and fit the clutch cover (3) to its stop.

Fig. 60

07B01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 128.Fit compensating shims (1) on the bearing (2). 129.Measure and note the distance between the mating faces. For example: 178.6 mm.

Fig. 61 The distance between the flange face and the mating face of the journal is written in white on the top part of the rear axle housing. Example: 178.71. The distance between the journal of the bearing (2) and the flange face of the housing cover should be less than 0.1 to 0.2 mm, as the written value indicates. This means that the journal clearance must be 0.1 to 0.2 mm. If not, correct it with compensating shims (1).

Fig. 62 The distance between the flange face and the mating face of the journal of the lower shaft is written in white on the lower part of the rear axle housing. Example: 148.75. NOTE: This value is not necessary in case of repair, because a dial gauge must be used to measure the bearing clearance. Check the bearing clearance of the lower shaft (120).

Fig. 63

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.23

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 130.Fit the compensating shims (1) in the upper bore. 131.Smear 4 new O’rings with miscible grease and fit them at the position of the oil pressure pipes (arrows Fig. 64).

Fig. 64 132.Clean the housing mating face. 133.Check the 2 locating pins are fitted correctly (arrows Fig. 65). 134.Smear the mating face with sealing product (ref. X 903.050.074).

Fig. 65

135.Carefully raise the housing cover and fit it on the rear axle housing.

Fig. 66

07B01.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 136.Tighten the M18 screws and nuts to a torque of:

400 Nm

Fig. 67 If necessary: 137.Smear the outside of a new shaft sealing ring (126) with a thin layer of sealing product (ref. X 903.051.711), and insert it until it comes into light contact with the cover (128), the seal lips turned towards the oil chamber. Depth approximately 5 mm. 138.Fill the lip seals 2/3 full with miscible grease.

Fig. 68 139.Fit the corresponding compensating shims (124). 140.Smear new O’rings (127) with miscible grease and fit them in the groove of the cover (128). 141.Smear the thread of the screws (129) with plastic binder (ref. X 903.050.084) and tighten.

Fig. 69

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.25

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO 142.Rotate the shaft (120) 10 times. 143.Fit a dial gauge. 144.Push in the shaft (120) once and note the clearance value J2 (Fig. 71).

Fig. 70 145.Rotate the shaft (120) 10 times. 146.Fit a dial gauge. 147.Pull once on the shaft (120) and note the clearance value J1 (Fig. 72).

J1 J2

Total clearance J = J1+ J2. 0.02 mm < J < 0.07 mm 148.If not, correct it with compensating shims (124).

MA-07-04148A

Fig. 71

Fig. 72

07B01.26

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO PTO end-fitting with 6 x 1’ 3/8" splines Also compatible: PTO end-fitting with 21 x 1’ 3/8" splines PTO end-fitting with 6 x 1’ 3/4" splines PTO end-fitting with 20 x 1’ 3/4" splines NOTE: The PTO end-fitting has 4 drive holes for the PTO sensor (arrow Fig. 73).

Fig. 73 149.Fit the end-fitting (137). 150.Fit the spacer (132).

Fig. 74 151.Lock the end-fitting (137 with a screw M16 (arrow Fig. 75) (for easier assembly). 152.Tighten the nuts (134) (M0-10) to a torque of:

69 Nm

153.Top up the transmission oil level (see Operator Instruction Book).

Fig. 75

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

07B01.27

Assembling and disassembling the rear PTO

07B01.28

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Front axle

08 - Front axle CONTENTS 08E01 - 4-wheel drive clutch 08E02 - Universal joint shaft brake

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Front axle

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

4-wheel drive clutch

08E01 - 4-wheel drive clutch

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . Disassembling the 4WD clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Reassembling the 4WD clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 E . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.1

4-wheel drive clutch

08E01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch

A . General

B . Operation

The front axle clutch assembly is fitted in the lower part of the gearbox. The transmission module must be removed in order to gain access to the 4WD clutch. It comprises: - a shaft (5) turning on two ball bearings fitted in the bore of the unit housing, - a hydraulic clutch assembly integral with the rotating gear (15), - a disc carrier (9) centred on the shaft by needle bearings, which drives the clutch discs.

Declutching The 4WD solenoid valve sends the 17 bar pressure into the shaft (5) via a channel drilled in the gearbox housing. The pressure moves the piston washer (20) which presses against the spring washers (17) via the piston (18), thus releasing the discs (30). The disc carrier (9) integral with the shaft no longer turns.

Clutching

The helical gear (15) is constantly meshed to the idling gear on the drive pinion.

When the pressure is cut-off, the spring washers are released and push the piston and piston washer assembly, which compresses the discs (30), allowing the disc carrier (9) integral with the shaft to turn.

4WD clutch - exploded view 17 6

21

5

23 9

6 30

41

2

43

1 7 3 32

40

12 8

33 42

10

14

31

28

44

26 11

25

15

27 16 17 36

18 19 37

35

22 MA-05-04240A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

20

Fig. 1

08E01.3

4-wheel drive clutch Legend Ref. Description

Ref.

Description

1

Cover

22

Lip seal

2

Circlip

23

Thrust plate

3

Bearing

25

Clutch cover

5

Shaft

26

Pin

6

Screw

27

Washer

7

Ring with rectangular section

28

Circlip

8

Ring with rectangular section

30

External disc

9

Disc carrier

31

Internal disc

10 Oil seal

32

Thrust plate

11 Snap ring

33

Circlip

12 Needle bearing cage

35

Protective guard

14 Circlip

36

Screw

15 Pinion

37

Washer

16 Drive pinion

39

Bearing

17 Set of spring washers

40

Spi seal

18 Piston

41

Bearing

19 Lip seal

42

Washer shim

20 Piston washer

43

Circlip

21 O’ring

44

O’ring

08E01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch Cross-section view of 4WD clutch

1

2

6

7

3

7

9

14

15

10

5

12

16

18

17

19

8

21

8

22

23

20

30

25

32

31

26

33

35

28 27

MA-05-04241A

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.5

4-wheel drive clutch

Page left blank intentionally

08E01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch

Overall view

35

32

30

23

8

8

17

16

31

25

20

22

21

19

18

15

9

3

6

1

10

14

7

7

2

26

28

27

33

12

5

MA-08-04001A

Fig. 3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.7

4-wheel drive clutch

Page left blank intentionally

08E01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch

C . Disassembling the 4WD clutch The following operations must first be carried out: 1. Drain the transmission oil (approx. 65 litres). 2. Remove the universal joint shaft. 3. Remove brake pipes and hydraulic pipes which obstruct access. 4. Remove the transmission unit. NOTE: For easier reading, the work is carried out on a scale model. 5. Remove the suction pipe (Fig. 4). 6. Remove M8 screws and take out the retaining washer. Fig. 4

7. Extract the suction pipe from the filter housing.

Fig. 5

8. Take off the closing plate. 9. Take out the suction filter.

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.9

4-wheel drive clutch 10. Take the housing out of the suction filter. (Specific locally made tool).

Fig. 7 11. Specific locally made tool.

Fig. 8

12. Remove the drive pinion speed sensor.

Fig. 9

08E01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch 13. Pull the shaft (5) backwards.

CAUTION: When the shaft has been removed, the front axle drive clutch is no longer controlled. There is a risk of injury.

Fig. 10

14. Extract the whole front axle drive clutch along with its guard. (35)

Fig. 11

15. Fit a stirrup (locally made). Using a press, compress the spring washer set assembly (17) until the circlip (2) is released.

Fig. 12

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.11

4-wheel drive clutch 16. Remove the circlip (2) and carefully release the load exerted by the press.

Fig. 13

17. Extract the pinion (15).

Fig. 14

18. Remove the set of spring washers (17).

Fig. 15

08E01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch 19. Take out the piston (18), the piston washer (20) and the thrust plate (23).

Fig. 16

20. Remove the set of discs (30-31), the thrust plate (32) and the disc carrier (9).

Fig. 17

21. Discard the O’ring (21) and the lip seal (19).

Fig. 18

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.13

4-wheel drive clutch

D . Reassembling the 4WD clutch 22. Fit the disc carrier (9) with a new O'ring (21) and a new lip seal (19). NOTE: Grease the O’ring (21) and lip seal (19). The lip seal groove is directed to the oil chamber (arrow Fig. 19).

Fig. 19 23. Fit the disc carrier (9) in the clutch cover (25). 24. Fit the thrust plate (32). The groove should face the clutch cover (25) (arrow Fig. 20).

Fig. 20 25. Starting with an internal disc (31), assemble the set of discs. 26. Oil the internal discs. 27. Fit the internal discs (31) and external discs (30) alternately.

Fig. 21

08E01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch 28. Fit the thrust plate (23). The groove (arrow Fig. 22) should face the internal disc (30).

Fig. 22 29. Fit a new lip seal (22) on the piston washer (20). NOTE: Grease the lip seal (22). The lip seal groove should be turned towards to the oil chamber (arrow Fig. 23).

Fig. 23 30. Fit the piston washer (20) in the piston (18). Position it correctly (arrow Fig. 24).

Fig. 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.15

4-wheel drive clutch 31. Fit the piston (18) fitted with the washer (20).

Fig. 25 32. Fit the set of spring washers.

Fig. 26

33. Fit pinion (15).

Fig. 27

08E01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch 34. Install the shaft (5) in the centre of the front axle drive clutch.

Fig. 28 35. Fit the front axle clutch with its shaft (5) under a press.

Fig. 29

36. Using a locally made stirrup, and the press, compress the set of spring washers (17). 37. Fit the circlip (2).

Fig. 30

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.17

4-wheel drive clutch 38. Fit the assembled front axle clutch and hold it in place with a shim.

Fig. 31 39. Grease and fit the 4 rings with rectangular sections (arrows Fig. 32) in the grooves of shaft (5). Offset the openings in relation to one another. NOTE: Screw the threaded rods (6) into the shaft (5) after smearing the shaft thread with binder (Ref. X903.050.091): The shaft thread must be completely free of grease. Allow the binder to harden for 12 hours.

Fig. 32 40. Fit the shaft (5), remove the shim and fit the guard (35). NOTE: The bearing (32) must not be damaged. Engage the shaft carefully.

Fig. 33

08E01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch 41. Fit the suction filter housing. 42. Fit the suction pipe fitted with a new seal (Pos. A Fig. 34) in the suction filter housing.

Fig. 34

43. Grease and fit new seals.

Fig. 35

44. Fit the retaining washer in the groove. 45. Tighten M8 screw.

Fig. 36

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.19

4-wheel drive clutch 46. Fit the closing plate with a new seal.

Fig. 37 47. Fit the drive pinion speed sensor with a sealing product (Ref. X 903.050.553) 48. Refit the transmission unit. 49. Refit brake pipes and hydraulic pipes which obstruct access. 50. Refit the universal joint shaft. 51. Fill transmission with hydraulic oil. (See “Filling the gearbox” section).

Fig. 38

08E01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

4-wheel drive clutch

E . Service tools Under development.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E01.21

4-wheel drive clutch

08E01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake

08E02 - Universal joint shaft brake

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Disassembling the universal joint shaft brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Reassembling the universal joint shaft brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Disassembling the universal joint shaft brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 E . Reassembling the universal joint shaft brake control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.1

Universal joint shaft brake

08E02.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake

A . General On MF 8400 series tractors, the universal joint shaft brake comprises 6 discs and 6 intermediate plates, distributed on either side of a mechanism and activated by a control piston and a pin. The control piston is located on the right-hand side of the gearbox. The brake piston pushes the control rod, which activates the brake plate. This then moves apart, and compresses the discs against the intermediate plates, which are splined together by pins (14). When released, the control plate springs ensure minimum clearance between the brake discs. Lubrication is ensured by an external hydraulic pipe coming from the lubricating circuit.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.3

Universal joint shaft brake Exploded view of the universal joint shaft brake

Fig. 1

Ref. Description

Ref.

Description

1

Shaft

12

Intermediate plate

3

Flange

14

pin

4

Dowel pin

16

Universal joint shaft brake control piston

5

Allen screw

17

Control rod

7

Brake plate

22

Seal

8

Ball

23

Cylindrical screw

9

Spring

25

Stud

10 Dowel pin

26

Nut

11 Disc

08E02.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake Cross-section view of the universal joint shaft brake

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.5

Universal joint shaft brake

B . Disassembling the universal joint shaft brake The following operations must first be carried out: 1. Drain the transmission oil (approx. 65 litres). 2. Split the tractor between the clutch housing and transmission housing. See chapter 2. 3. Remove the universal joint shaft. NOTE: For easier reading, the work is carried out on a scale model. References are relative to Fig. 1. 4. Remove the suction filter of the variable displacement pump, if it obstructs disassembly. (depending on model)

Fig. 3

5. Take off the internal leak pipe and deflector.

Fig. 4

6. Remove the lubricating oil pipe.

Fig. 5

08E02.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake 7. Remove the control piston of the universal joint shaft brake (16).

Fig. 6 8. Take off the sleeve.

Fig. 7

9. Remove the screws from the flange (5). 10. Push out the flange (3) with two M8 screws. IMPORTANT: When pushing out the flange, the drive shaft must not leave its seat.

Fig. 8

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.7

Universal joint shaft brake 11. Take off the flange (3), discs (11), intermediate plates (12) and brake plate (7).

Fig. 9

08E02.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake

C . Reassembling the universal joint shaft brake IMPORTANT: Before reassembly, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. 12. Fit the studs (4).

Fig. 10

13. Starting with an intermediate plate (12), fit 3 intermediate plates (12) and three discs (11) alternately. 1. The first intermediate plate is fitted in position A. IMPORTANT: Use new intermediate plates (12) and new discs (11). Oil the discs before assembly.

Fig. 11 2. The second intermediate plate is fitted in position B, and so on alternately.

Fig. 12

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.9

Universal joint shaft brake 14. Fit the brake plate (7). The control pin (arrow) must be opposite the drilled hole (arrow).

Fig. 13

15. Fit the control piston of the brake (16) with a new seal (22).

Fig. 14

16. Assemble the activating corner correctly as shown (arrow) on the brake plate (7).

Fig. 15

08E02.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake 17. Fit the remaining discs (11) and intermediate plates (12).

Fig. 16

18. Clean the mating face of the cover and smear with sealing product (ref. X 903.050.074). 19. Fit the flange (3) and tighten the screws (5) to a torque of:

50 Nm

Fig. 17

20. Check the axial clearance of the universal joint shaft with a dial gauge. Specified value: 0.3 + 0.1mm

Fig. 18

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.11

Universal joint shaft brake 21. If outside the specified value, correct the clearance with compensating shims.

Fig. 19

22. Fit the lubricating pipe, return pipe and deflector.

Fig. 20

23. Fit a new suction filter.

Fig. 21

08E02.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake 24. Grease and install a new O’ring. 25. Insert the sleeve on the shaft (1).

Fig. 22 Adjusting the brake control piston: 26. Unscrew the locknut. 27. Tighten the adjustment rod with a torque wrench (or the corresponding torque gauge, ref. X 899.980.151); to a torque of:

4 to 5 Nm

Fig. 23 28. Unscrew the rod by 3.6 turns and lock it in this position. 29. Assemble the tractor between the clutch housing and transmission housing. 30. Refit the universal joint shaft. 31. Fill up the transmission oil.

Fig. 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.13

Universal joint shaft brake

D . Disassembling the universal joint shaft brake control 32. Remove the hydraulic pipe.

Fig. 25

33. Loosen and remove the brake cylinder attachment screws.

Fig. 26 34. Remove the brake cylinder and control rod. 35. Discard the paper gasket.

Fig. 27

08E02.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Universal joint shaft brake

E . Reassembling the universal joint shaft brake control 36. Clean the mating faces of the gearbox and brake cylinder. 37. Smear the control lever ball joint with miscible grease. 38. Fit the control rod in the brake cylinder. 39. Oil and fit a new paper gasket.

Fig. 28

40. Fit the control rod / brake cylinder assembly in the gearbox housing.

Fig. 29

41. Fit and tighten the brake cylinder attachment screws. 42. Reconnect the hydraulic pipe. 43. Bleed the brake. See "Bleeding the brakes" paragraph.

Fig. 30

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

08E02.15

Universal joint shaft brake

08E02.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulics

09 - Hydraulics CONTENTS 09A01 - Description of the circuit 09B01 - Illustrated diagram 09C01 - Hydraulic legends and diagrams 09D01 - Layout of components 09E01 - Trailer braking and ParkLock 09F01 - Auxiliary spool valves 09G01 - Lift control valve 09H01 - Load Sensing hydrostatic steering 09I01 - Main braking circuit 09J01 - Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 09K01 - Auxiliary hydraulics tests

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Hydraulics

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Description of the circuit

09A01 - Description of the circuit

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Characteristics of the components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.1

Description of the circuit

09A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit

A . General The hydraulic system on MF 8400 tractors is of closed centre with flow rate and pressure control. It comprises two separate high and low pressure circuits supplied respectively by a variable displacement pump and a fixed displacement pump.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.3

Description of the circuit Parts list (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36)

19cc fixed displacement pump 60cc variable displacement pump Steering priority valve Steering spool valve Steering ram 300 µm strainer 450 µm strainer 10 µm filter Cooler By pass (5 bar) Distribution block 200 bar pressure relief valve Braking circuit priority valve Trailer braking valve Trailer brake control proportional solenoid valve Trailer brake control safety solenoid valve LS signal breaker solenoid valve Make and break valve (braking circuit load) Auxiliary spool valves assembly Lift control spool valve Lift rams Accumulator (ParkLock circuit) Accumulator (braking circuit) ParkLock ParkLock lever ParkLock ram Tractor braking valve Brake pedals Rear brakes Pressure sensor Front axle shaft brake Front axle shaft braking valve Pump (18 bar transmission circuit) Pressure reversing solenoid valve Pressure switches Trailer brake coupler

09A01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit

25 26

19

24

27

34

29 28

21 22 20

30

23

17

31

18

13

10 32 35

16

9

5

36

12

15 4 3

14

11

33

1 2

8

6 7 MA-09-03627A

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.5

Description of the circuit

9

5

27 3 4 8 7

1

6

2

31 18 23 17 22

16

25

15 11

26

14

19

13

20

12 10

29 High pressure circuit Cooling system Braking circuit Tank return Load Sensing Suction MA-09-03628A

29 32

34 21 Fig. 2

09A01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit Description of the circuits “Open centre” steering circuit The steering circuit is supplied by the fixed displacement pump (1), which sucks via a hose from the hydraulic tank. The pump discharge is directed to a priority valve (3) which ensures priority of the Orbitrol (4) and sends excess flow to the distribution block (11), then to the cooling circuit (9). A valve (10) located in the distribution block is fitted parallel to the cooler (9). This valve prevents the differential pressure exceeding ∆P 5 bar at the cooler outlets; however, when starting the tractor in cold weather, the pressure on the return filter can reach 4.5 bar, which means that the maximum pressure on the cooler supply is 4.5 + 5 = 9.5 bar. The maximum flow rate of this circuit is provided by the fixed displacement pump. Distribution circuit of the Load Sensing circuit variable displacement pump The Load Sensing circuit is supplied by the variable displacement pump (2), which sucks via a hose from the hydraulic tank. The pump discharge is directed to the distribution block (11) by a hose. When the tractor is being operated but the hydraulic controls are not used (auxiliary spool valves, brake system), the pressure in the discharge circuit of the variable displacement pump is 18 bar ± 2 and the pump flow rate is equal to the control leak of the pressure and flow rate regulation. When a hydraulic control is activated, the Load Sensing line controls the flow rate regulation and the pump (2) changes capacity to maintain a ∆P of 14 bar between the discharge pressure and useful pressure.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Trailer braking valve The trailer braking valve block includes a priority valve (13) which directs the flow giving priority to the trailer braking valve (14) and the make and break valve (18). Trailer brake pressure is proportional to the control pressure increased by a factor of 8 or 9. For “XFR” control pressure of 10 bar, the pressure at the trailer brakes “FR” is 80 to 90 bar.

Operation of the priority valve Reducing the flow rate to the auxiliaries and reducing pressure When the maximum pump flow rate is used by the auxiliary parts, the valve reduces the flow to these parts to direct flow to the trailer brake when the brakes are activated. Pressure “Paux” remains constant. Maintaining flow rate to the auxiliaries When the flow rate used is less than the maximum pump output, the brake valve controller can be adjusted so that the flow rate regulator corrects pump capacity. Flow rate to the auxiliaries is maintained, pressure "Paux" becomes equal to the highest useful pressure of the circuit, and the spool valve pressure is maintained by the auxiliary spool valve pressure balance.

09A01.7

Description of the circuit

B . Characteristics of the components Characteristics of the pumps “Open centre circuit” steering circuit pump -

DANFOSS SNP2/19 gear pump 19cc fixed capacity Maximum pressure: 210 bar Maximum rotational speed : 3000 rpm Suction pressure: 0.8 to 3 bar. Gear ratio: 67/58 Pump flow rate with different engine speeds: Engine speed rpm

pump flow rate in l/min

pump rotation in rpm

nominal 2200

48

2541

min. 850

19

982

max. 2350

52

2715

Load Sensing circuit variable displacement pump -

DANFOSS Frame J60 variable displacement pump Maximum pump capacity: 60cc Maximum pressure: 400 bar Maximum rotational speed : 3120 rpm Nominal pressure: 310 bar Suction pressure: 0.8 bar Regulation: DFR type pressure-flow rate regulator Differential pressure ∆P at flow regulator: 14 bar “Stand-by” flow cancellation pressure: 18 bar ± 2 Flow cancellation pressure: 200 bar ± 10 Gear ratio: 67/58 Pump flow rate with different engine speeds: Engine speed rpm

pump flow rate in l/min

pump rotation in rpm

nominal 2200

152

2541

min. 850

59

982

max. 2350

163

2715

09A01.8

¤ H

Characteristics of distribution block (Fig 3) Description of the distribution block and trailer braking valve functions To ensure the tractor hydraulic components are kept supplied: - Linkage - Auxiliary spool valves - Cooling - Trailer braking valve Excess flow that is not used by the steering unit is redirected to the distribution block, then to the hydraulic cooler. The distribution block is fitted with a safety by-pass valve (10) for the cooler. A 230 bar safety valve (12) protects the variable displacement pump. The hydraulic distribution of this pump is ensured by the circuit selectors (S) on the Load Sensing line and by the bypass circuits of the pressure line on this block. The block containing the trailer braking valve flanges on the distribution block. It consists of the following: - a priority valve (13) - the trailer braking valve (14) - the make and break valve (18) - the control solenoid valves (15) and (16) of the trailer braking valve (14) - the LS signal breaker solenoid valve (17) The trailer braking valve (14) and make and break valve (18) have priority on all functions supplied by the Load Sensing variable displacement pump. All tank returns are directed to the distribution block; in this way all returns are filtered into the tank. A valve (C) is fitted on the “Open Centre circuit” return line to avoid possible overloads in the variable displacement pump return.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

2

1

MA-09-03578A

FS

P

T

Px

Tx

F2

A2

A1

15

16

13

11

135 bar

9

TRAILER BRAKING VALVE

12

FR

22 bar

14

10

6

3

Pp

7

230 bar

5

8

DISTRIBUTION BLOCK

PPp

¤ H 5 bar

ParkLock

4

T

Pp

TC

AC Pp

T DIR

T AUX

T OPT

X AUX

X OPT

P DIR

P AUX P OPT

Description of the circuit

Diagram of the distribution block and trailer braking valve assembly

Fig 3

09A01.9

Description of the circuit ParkLock function of the block The make and break valve (18) maintains pressure in the accumulators (22) and (23) between 135 and 165 bar. The pressure of the accumulator (22) supplies the ram of the ParkLock (26) to release the tractor brakes. The accumulator (23) is used for the tractor braking circuit. When the accumulator pressure drops below 135 bar the make and break valve (18) status changes, the Load Sensing line sends a message to the pump regulation to increase its capacity and loads the accumulators. A time delay relay activated when the starter is switched on allows the solenoid valve (17) to break the LS signal when the tractor is started. If the signal is not broken when the engine is started, the pressure needed by the make and break valve would require the pump to regulate an excessive pressure level that would overload the starter. When powered, the solenoid valve (34) of the ParkLock function allows the valve chamber of the ParkLock (26) to communicate with the accumulator (22) to release the tractor brakes. The pressure reversing valve (24) is activated by the lever (25) located in the cab. It allows the pressure in the valve (26) to be released when the lever (25) is activated. It also maintains the pressure in the ParkLock valve at 120 bar.

Trailer braking valve function The trailer braking valve (14) is controlled by the proportional solenoid valve (15) or the solenoid valve (16). The trailer braking line is linked to the tank when the valve is not controlled; when the tractor brakes are activated, pressure builds in the pilot flow housing of the trailer braking valve and the trailer braking line communicates with the pump supply. The control pressure and trailer brake pressure are proportional until the pressure reaches 150 bar. The proportional solenoid valve (15) is controlled by the Autotronic 5 according to the signal received by a pressure sensor located on the front brake control. The proportional solenoid valve (15) is supplied with 18 bar pressure (hydraulic transmission circuit) and controls the trailer braking valve between 0 and 17 bar, depending on the signal received. The solenoid valve (16) ensures the trailer braking valve (14) is controlled when the emergency handbrake (lever 25) is activated, if the ParkLock switch on the reverse shuttle lever is not engaged. A circuit selector allows the trailer braking valve to be controlled by one of the two solenoid valves.

09A01.10

¤ H

Characteristics of the braking block elements Priority valve (13) It ensures priority to the trailer braking valve (14) and the make and break valve (18) to load the accumulators (22) and (23); excess flow is sent to the linkage spool valve and auxiliary spool valves.

Make and break valve (18) The make and break valve allows the accumulators (22) and (23) to remain loaded to operate the ParkLock (26) and tractor braking valve (27) respectively. Opening pressure: 135 bar Cut-out pressure: 165 bar Accumulator supply flow rate: 5 l/min

Trailer braking valve Valve proportional to trailer braking pressure “FR” between 10 and 150 bar depending on the control pressure regulated by the proportional solenoid valve (15). The maximum trailer braking valve pressure is between: 140 bar < max. "FR" < 150 bar. - Valve brake flow rate > 50 l/min - Maximum control pressure: 30 bar - Control pressure to obtain maximum trailer brake pressure in FR: 17 bar - Hysteresis < 10%

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit Control proportional solenoid valve of the trailer braking valve (15) The control proportional solenoid valve of the trailer braking valve is supplied with pressure between 30 and 18 bar by the transmission hydraulic circuit in Px. The return in Tx is to the transmission hydraulic circuit tank. Voltage supply: 12 V Maximum current: 2000 mA Maximum pressure in P: 30 bar

Pressure switch The pressure switch signals a fault in the charging of the accumulators. An indicator light or buzzer alerts the user in case of a brake valve supply pressure fault. Contact opening pressure: 105 bar

Control safety solenoid valve of the trailer braking valve (16) Voltage supply: 12 V Maximum current: 2000 mA Maximum pressure in P: 30 bar

Control solenoid valve (34) of the ParkLock ram pressure reversing valve Voltage supply: 12 V Maximum current: 2000 mA Maximum pressure in P: 230 bar Flow rate: 5 l/min. with ∆P = 5 bar

Pressure reversing valve (24) The pressure reversing valve ensures the emergency brake function, and allows pressure in the pressure reducing ram to reduce gradually from 120 to 0 bar. It also ensures limits pressure in the ram to 120 bar, as the supply pressure of this valve is between 135 and 165 bar.

Solenoid valve (17) to break LS signal when tractor is started This solenoid valve is controlled by a time delay relay with: - Solenoid valve supply on the starter supply - Solenoid valve circuit broken 5 seconds after starter circuit has been cut.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.11

Description of the circuit Characteristics of hydraulic tank and filter Return filter, by-pass and clogging indicator light The return filter is fitted to the upper part of the tank, and collects return flow coming from the variable displacement pump and fixed displacement pump. When the tractor is operated without the hydraulic controls being activated, the capacity setting of the variable displacement pump is equal to the regulation leaks. These leaks are collected by the pump drain and are sent straight to the tank without passing through the return filter; only the fixed displacement pump flow rate is collected by the return filter. If the engine runs at 2,200 rpm, with a maximum flow rate from the variable displacement pump circuit, the flow rate collected by the return is: 152 + 48 = 200 l/min. Maximum flow through filter: Qmax = 200 l/min Filter size: 10 µm ß15 > 100 By-pass setting: 5 bar. The by-pass is included in the filter element, and is replaced each time the element is changed. The clogging indicator light located on the filter head informs the operator of the clogging level of the filter element; it includes the following features: - Contact closing pressure: 3 bar ± 0.4 - Electrical protection: IP67 - Operating temperature: -30°C to +100 °C - Connection: Deutsch DT 04-2P - Maximum voltage: 42 Volt The temperature probe is located at the bottom of the hydraulic tank, and it has the following functions: - It cuts the clogging signal when the temperature in the tank is lower than 20°C. - Its buzzer warns the operator when the temperature in the tank exceeds 95°C. - The tank oil level is displayed on the DCC2 for a few seconds when the engine is started. An electronic gauge located in the spacer that serves as a tank sends information to the DCC2. The level can be checked at any time on a DOT MATRIX screen.

09A01.12

¤ H

Characteristics of pump suction strainers The pump suction strainers are located in the hydraulic tank, and their purpose is to prevent possible pollution of the pumps when topping up the tank, or when filling the tank after draining. For the Open Centre: - Filter element surface: 720 cm² - Filter size: 300 µm For the Load Sensing circuit: - Filter element surface: 800 cm² - Filter size: 450 µm

Auxiliary spool valves and lift control valve (Fig 4, Fig 5 and Fig. 6) Characteristics of auxiliary spool valves The hydraulic auxiliary spool valve set can have different configurations, and can comprise 4, 5 or 6 electronically controlled spool valves. Spool valve operation is controlled by the electronics, allowing for the following functions: - infinite and time delay : the spool valve is maintained in open position, regardless of the pressure. - ZF: zero leak or anti-return controlled valve on port B (2) of the spool valve to maintain a load in the chamber supplied by port B. - Floating: spool (1) position or ports A and B on T are linked by moving the joystick forward. - Flow rate adjustment in % : using the on-board computer, flow rate can be adjusted either from P to A or from P to B.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit Diagram of an electronically controlled spool valve with anti-return valve on port B

1

2

B A

R

LS

MA-09-04038A

P

X

Rx

4

3

Fig 4

The spool valves are fitted with pressure balances (3 Fig 4). The role of these balances is to regulate the flow rate, depending on the load. When using 2 hydraulic functions simultaneously, the pump locks depending on which function has the higher demand, the balance of the spool valve with the lowest pressure operates at reduced pressure and creates a ∆P of the difference between use pressure and pump pressure. The flow rate used by this spool valve remains stable regardless of other functions used, provided that the pump capacity is adequate. The flow rate is adjusted by the spool (1); the electronics adjust the spool opening depending on the flow rate percentage required.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.13

Description of the circuit Diagram of closing plate with supply to control solenoid valves of the electronically controlled spool valves 1

X3

P3

R

P

X

Rx

MA-09-04044A

3

2

Fig 5

The solenoid valve (1 Fig 5) located on the closing plate allows pressure to be maintained between 21 and 24 bar to control the electrohydraulic spool valves. The control solenoid valves located in each spool valve then use this pressure to move the spools of the spool valves (1 Fig 4). Lines X and Rx direct the pressure to the control solenoid valves. The filter (2 Fig 5) secures the entire pollution control section and the valve (3 Fig 5) protects the Rx control line governing possible overloads on the R lines or return lines of other applications.

General characteristics of electronically controlled spool valves The following data are for a viscosity of 35 cst for a spool valve with anti-return valves in A and B: - Maximum flow rate: 100 l/min. - ∆P in spool valve from P to A or B: 14 bar at 80 l/min. - ∆P in spool valve from B to R: 10 bar below 80 l/min. - ∆P in spool valve from A to R: 7 bar below 80 l/min. - ∆P from control to pressure balance: 7 bar at 80 l/min.

09A01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Description of the circuit Diagram of the lift control valve 2

R

LS

P

X

4

1

5

Rx A

R1

MA-09-04040A

6

3

Fig. 6

Characteristics of lift control valve (Fig. 6) The lift control valve comprises 2 electronically controlled proportional valves: one valve (1) for lifting and the other valve (2) for lowering. The pressure balance (3) allows to control the flow rate to the lift rams when used simultaneously with other hydraulic components. The valve (4) maintains the load in the ram chambers when the lift valve is not used. The pressure relief valve (5) is set at 225 bar, and limits the pressure in the lift ram chambers in case of heavy shocks to the lift arms. The circuit selector (6) informs the Load Sensing pump of pressure and flow rate requirements. Lift control valve specifications The following data are given for a viscosity of 35 cst. - Maximum flow rate: 100l/min. - ∆P in spool valve from P to A: to be set below 90 l/min. - ∆P in spool valve from A to R1: 22 bar below 90 l/min.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09A01.15

Description of the circuit Steering unit OSPFD 80/240 steering unit

Diagram of the OSPFD 80/240 steering unit

1

8

7

3

160 bar

T LS

P DIR

MA-09-03577A

2

4

6

5 Fig 7

Characteristics of the steering unit OSPFD 80/240 (Fig 7) - Shock valves (1 et 2) setting: 225 -245 bar - Supply valve (3) setting: 155 - 160 bar - Steering unit (5) capacity: 240 cc / rev. - Steering unit (8) capacity: 80 cc / rev. - Supply valve (6) setting: 10 bar - Torque of spool valve return to neutral springs (4): 1.5 daN The specified number of steering wheel turns from stop-to-stop is 4.7 revs.

09A01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Illustrated diagram

09B01 - Illustrated diagram

CONTENTS A . Auxiliary hydraulics illustrated diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09B01.1

Illustrated diagram

09B01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Illustrated diagram

A . Auxiliary hydraulics illustrated diagram Parts list (Fig. 1) (1)

Auxiliary hydraulic pumps / Orbitrol priority valve assembly (2) Orbitrol (3) Priority block / trailer braking valve assembly (4) 18 bar circuit hydraulic pump (5) ParkLock and ParkLock accumulators (6) Main brake master cylinders (7) Rear brakes (8) Front brake (9) Auxiliary hydraulic spool valves and lift spool valve (10) Connectors to add spool valves

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09B01.3

Illustrated diagram

Page left blank intentionally

09B01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Illustrated diagram

X aux P aux T aux

B A

B A

10 5 3

7

P 3/4

B A

T 3/4 X SUS

P SUS

T SUS LS 3/8

6

FS

135 bar A1

B A

P SUS P AUX P OPT

T 22 bar

P P DIR

9

A2

F2

X OPT

B A

X AUX X SUS

230 bar Tx Px

T OPT T SUS T AUX T DIR AC

LS PV

Pp 5 bar

FR Pp

TC

B A

Pp

PPp

Pp

8

T

OSPFD 80/240

T 160 bar LS

4 P DIR

7 bar

2 60 cc

19 cc 1

1

90 2 A 2

B

90 3

A

3

B

180

1

1

2 1 180

MA-09-03585A 2

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09B01.5

Illustrated diagram

09B01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

09C01 - Hydraulic legends and diagrams

CONTENTS A . Legend of transmission hydraulics diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Legend of auxiliary hydraulics diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Transmission hydraulics diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 D . Auxiliary hydraulics diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09C01.1

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

09C01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

A . Legend of transmission hydraulics diagram Component

Description Different circuits

1

Valve block (boosting / lubricating)

2

Hydrostatic loop

3

Adjustment

4

Transmission control unit

5

Rear axle beam brakes

6

Solenoid valve block on rear axle beam

7

Front power take-off Pumps

1P1

Service pump

1P2

Lubricating pump

2P1

Hydrostatic pump Drive components

2A1

Hydrostatic motor

2A2

Hydrostatic motor

3A1

Piston for setting the hydrostatic pump displacement

3A2

Piston for setting the hydrostatic motor displacement

3A3

Ground speed limiter in limp home mode

4A1

Forward range selector

5A1

Right-hand brake cylinder

5A2

Left-hand brake cylinder

5A3

Universal joint shaft brake

6A1

Rear PTO clutch

6A2

540 (or 750) rpm PTO selector piston (depending on equipment fit)

6A3

1000 rpm PTO selector piston

6A4

Front axle clutch

6A5

Rear axle differential lock

6A6

1000 rpm PTO selector piston

6A7

Front axle differential lock

7A1

Front PTO clutch

7A2

Front PTO brake Sensors

1S1

Transmission oil temperature sensor

1S2

Pressure filter clogging switch

4S1

HP loop pressure sensor

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09C01.3

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

Component

Description Other components

1Z1

Suction filter with bypass

1Z2

Pressure filter with bypass

1Z3

Transmission oil cooler

1Z4

Transmission lubrication

3Z1

Actuator shaft

3Z2

Actuator unit

4Z1

Clutch pedal with sensor cylinder

4Z2

Accumulator

5Z1

Brake pedal with master brake cylinder

5Z2

Rear PTO lubrication

5Z3

Differential and right-hand brake lubrication

5Z4

Differential and left-hand brake lubrication

5Z5

Universal joint brake lubrication Valves (or spool valves / solenoid valves)

1V1

Cooler bypass valve

1V2

Flushing pressure relief valve

1V3

Booster pressure relief valve

1V4

Lubricating pressure relief valve

1V5

Service pump pressure relief valve

1V6

Servocircuit pressure relief valve

2V1

Forward booster non-return valve

2V2

Reverse booster non-return valve

2V3

Forward high-pressure relief valve

2V4

Reverse high-pressure relief valve

2V5

Scavenging valve

2V6

Shuttle valve

3V1

Hydrostatic pump spool valve

3V2

Hydrostatic motor spool valve

4V1

Hare range solenoid valve

4V2

Tortoise range solenoid valve

4V3

Ground speed limiting solenoid valve

4V4

Coupler function solenoid valve

4V5

Clutch function spool valve

4V6

Rear axle pressure relief spool valve

5V1

Cooling oil valve, right-hand brake

5V2

Cooling oil valve, left-hand brake

5V4

Universal joint brake control valve

5V5

Cooling oil valve, universal joint brake

09C01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

Component

Description

5V6

Brake distribution spool valve

6V1

Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve

6V3

540 (or 750) rpm PTO control solenoid valve (depending on equipment fit)

6V4

Front axle clutch solenoid valve

6V5

Differential lock solenoid valve

6V6

1000 rpm PTO control solenoid valve

7V1

Front PTO clutch solenoid valve

7V2

Front PTO brake solenoid valve Measuring points

M1

Pressure upstream of cooler

M2

Lubricating pressure

M3

Flushing pressure

M4

Booster pressure

M5

Service pump pressure

M6

Transmission system pressure

M7

Range 1 (Tortoise) shifting pressure

M8

Range 2 (Hare) shifting pressure

M9

High pressure

M10

Rear axle beam and braking system pressure

M11

PTO clutch pressure

M13

540 (or 750) rpm PTO selector pressure (depending on equipment fit)

M14

Front axle clutch pressure

M15

Differential lock pressure

M16

1000 rpm PTO selector pressure

M17

Brake service pressure

M18

Brake service pressure

M21

Front PTO clutch pressure

M22

Oil leak from clutch or coupler function valve

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09C01.5

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

B . Legend of auxiliary hydraulics diagram Component 1

Distribution block

2

Trailer braking valve (according to equipment fit)

3

Steering unit

4

Braking unit

5

ParkLock

6

Variable displacement pump

7

Auxiliary pump

8

Filtration

9

Oil cooler

10

Pressure relief valve

11

Pressure connectors

12

Auxiliary spool valve

13

Auxiliary spool valve

14

Auxiliary spool valve

15

Auxiliary spool valve

16

Auxiliary spool valve + front linkage

17

Auxiliary spool valve + auto hitch

18

Lift control valve

19

Spool valve closing plate

20

Front linkage valves

21

Auto hitch valves

22

Rear brakes

23

Front brake

09C01.6

¤ H

Description

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

C . Transmission hydraulics diagram 7A1

7A2 5Z2

6A7

5A1

M21

7V1

6A1

6A3

1000

750

6A6

6A5

5A2

7V2

5V4

5V6

6V1

6V4

6V5

6V6

6V3

7 5V3

5

6 M17

M18

M11

M10

M14

M13

M16

M15

4Z2 4S1 I

M9

P

(PH)

M22

4V5

V=0.3l p=10bar

M6

(P)

M8

4V4 p=18bar

4Z1

M7

4V6

4V3

4V1

4V2

Ø 0.3

5Z1 4Z3

1Z4

5Z5

5A3

3Z2

4

3A3 3Z1

M

(SM) p=25bar

M2

3V2

3V1

1V6

4A1

1S2 Ø 2%

p=3.5bar

Ø 2%

Ø 3%

Ø 3%

p=5bar

p=7bar

1V1 3A2

3A1 1V2

1Z3

p=6.5bar

M1

1V3

p=6.5bar

p=50bar

3

10µ 1Z2

1V5

1P2

T

p=10bar

M3 U

1S1

1V4 23.4 cc

(AS)

M4

(ES)

p=7bar

2V4

1

Ø 1%

2V5

2P1 2V1

M5

p=0-500bar

6A4

2V6 14 cc

2V3

1P1 223 cc

223 cc

2V2

Ø 1%

2A1

223 cc

2A2

p=0-500bar

1Z1 p=0.25bar

200µ

2

15µ

Fig. 1 MA-07-04147A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09C01.7

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

Page left blank intentionally

09C01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

D . Auxiliary hydraulics diagram 11 X aux P 3/4 P aux T 3/4 T aux LS 3/8

2

1

B A

5

12 X SUS

P SUS

T SUS

22 B A

13

FS

135 bar

P SUS P AUX P OPT

T A1

22 bar

P

B A

P DIR A2

10

F2

14

X OPT

X AUX X SUS

4 230 bar Tx Px

T OPT T SUS T AUX

B A

T DIR AC

LS PV

Pp 5 bar

FR Pp

15

TC

9

Pp

PPp

Pp

T

B A

16

OSPFD 80/240

B A

T 160 bar

23

17

LS

P DIR

7 bar

18

7 3

6

60 cc

19 cc

19 8 125µ

125µ 15µ

21

1

1

90˚ 2 A 2

B

90˚ 3

A

3

B

180˚

MA-09-03579A

1

2 1 180˚

2

20

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 2

09C01.9

Hydraulic legends and diagrams

09C01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Layout of components

09D01 - Layout of components

CONTENTS A . Main components of the hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Layout of hydraulic circuit components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09D01.1

Layout of components

09D01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Layout of components

A . Main components of the hydraulic circuit Reference (Fig. 1)

Components

1

Variable displacement pump

2

Fixed displacement pump

3

Steering priority valve

4

Suction strainer

5

Clogging sensor

6

Temperature sensor

7

Tank return filter

8

Distribution block

On top of the rear axle

9

High pressure relief-valve

On the distribution block

10

Braking valve

On top of the rear axle

11

Trailer brake control proportional solenoid valve

12

Trailer brake control safety solenoid valve

13

Pressure switches

14

ParkLock

15

Accumulators

16

Pressure reverse valve control solenoid valve

In the ParkLock unit

17

Load sensing signal breaker solenoid valve

In the braking valve block

18

Rear brakes

In the rear axle

19

Front brake

In the transmission housing

20

Auxiliary hydraulic spool valves

21

Lift control valve

22

Brake master cylinder

At the front of the cab

23

Trailer brake pressure sensor

On the master cylinder

24

PTO, front axle, differential solenoid valves

On top of the rear axle

25

Transmission control components

26

High pressure filter

27

18 bar circuit hydraulic pump

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Layout

In the cast iron tank housing

In the sheet metal tank

In the braking valve block

On top of the rear axle

On top of the rear axle

On the right-hand side of the gearbox

09D01.3

Layout of components

Page left blank intentionally

09D01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Layout of components

B . Layout of hydraulic circuit components

22

23

18 24

25

27 26

4

1

2

5

3

6

7

16 19 17

15 8 14

MA-09-03580A

10

13

11

12

9

20 21

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09D01.5

Layout of components

09D01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

09E01 - Trailer braking and ParkLock

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Distribution block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Diagram of the trailer brake and ParkLock assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 D . Braking valve and ParkLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 E . Priority valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 F . Trailer brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 G . ParkLock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 H . Removing and refitting the distribution block and spool valve support. . . . . . . . . 18 I . Removing and refitting the distribution block and braking block - ParkLock . . . . 20 J . Removing and refitting the ParkLock ram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 K . Tractor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.1

Trailer braking and ParkLock

09E01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

A . General MF 8400 series tractors are fitted with a trailer braking system and an electrohydraulic ParkLock (parking brake) controlled by the Autotronic 5. The two systems are assembled in a hydraulic unit (1 Fig. 1) located above the gearbox and are supplied by the variable displacement pump of the tractor auxiliary hydraulics circuit. The priority of these safety functions is ensured by the priority block (2 Fig. 1) which also ensures distribution of the hydraulic flow to the various hydraulic functions of the tractor (linkage, auxiliary spool valves).

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.3

Trailer braking and ParkLock

B . Distribution block Identification of ports Parts list (Fig. 2 and Fig. 4) (Ppv)

Supply (high pressure hydraulic pump)

(Paux)

Auxiliary and lift spool valves supply

(Popt)

Supply (to optional unions)

(Psus)

Suspended front axle supply

(T)

Return to main tank

(Taux)

Auxiliary spool valves return

(Topt)

Optional unions return

(Tsus)

Front suspension linkage spool valves return (if fitted)

(Xaux)

Load Sensing line - auxiliary and linkage spool valves

(Xopt)

Load Sensing line - optional unions

(Xsus)

Load Sensing line - front suspension (if fitted)

(LSpv)

Main Load Sensing line to pump

(Tdir)

Steering circuit return (Orbitrol excess flow)

(AC)

To cooler

(TC)

Cooler return

(PpPPV) Pressure connector (high pressure hydraulic pump) (PpT)

Pressure connector (tank return)

(PpLS) Pressure connector (Load Sensing line) (PpAC) Pressure connector (cooler) (1)

Pressure relief valve (210 bar)

09E01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

Front*

Left-hand side*

Back*

Right-hand side*

* orientation as compared with the tractor direction travel

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 2

09E01.5

Trailer braking and ParkLock Functions of the distribution block The distribution block allows hydraulic flows to be directed to the different elements of the circuit depending on the priorities and the requirements of these elements.

T opt

210 bar

T sus T aux Tdir AC

5 bar

Pressure relief valve A safety valve (1 Fig. 2) is fitted to the distribution block and limits the auxiliary hydraulic circuit pressure to 210 bar maximum. A pressure connector (PpPPV Fig. 2) located on the block allows the safety valve setting to be checked.

TC

1

T

Cooling Excess flow from the steering circuit is directed to the distribution block via (Tdir), then to the cooler located at the front of the tractor. A 5 bar by-pass valve is fitted parallel to the cooling system to avoid overloading the cooler. A pressure connector (PpAC) fitted to the block allows the pressure of the cooling system to be checked.

PpAC

MA-09-03588A

Fig. 3

Tank return All circuit returns are centralised on the distribution block and return to the tank via a single hose (T Fig. 2). NOTE: In order to avoid increasing the cooling system pressure due to the high pressure circuit return, a non-return valve is located on the cooler return (1 Fig. 3).

09E01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

C . Diagram of the trailer brake and ParkLock assembly

135 bar

P SUS P AUX

A1 22 bar

P OPT

A2

F2 X OPT

X AUX X SUS

T OPT T SUS T AUX T DIR

210 bar Tx Px

5 bar

AC

FR

PpAC TC

PpT T PpLS PpPpv LSpv

MA-09-03632A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Ppv

Fig. 4

09E01.7

Trailer braking and ParkLock

D . Braking valve and ParkLock Identification of ports Parts list (Fig. 4 and Fig. 5) (A1) (A2) (F2) (Fr) (Px) (Tx)

Accumulator and ParkLock Accumulator To brake master cylinder Trailer braking coupler Transmission 18 bar hydraulic circuit Tank return

(1)

Trailer braking valve control proportional solenoid valve Trailer brake control safety solenoid valve LS line breaker solenoid valve (starting aid)

(2) (3)

NOTE: Tractors not fitted with trailer braking are fitted with the same block. Only the channels from the block to the coupler are plugged.

Characteristics of the accumulators (A1) and (A2) - Volume: 0.75 l - Gas used: nitrogen - Load pressure: • A1 Accumulator (ParkLock): 108 bar • A2 Accumulator (tractor braking): 44 bar

09E01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

Front*

Back*

* orientation as compared with the tractor direction travel

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Left-hand side*

Right-hand side*

Fig. 5

09E01.9

Trailer braking and ParkLock Parts list (Fig. 6)

E . Priority valve The trailer braking and ParkLock block comprises a priority valve (4 Fig. 6). This valve is a proportional valve that ensures minimum flow of 50 l/min to the priority elements (trailer brake, ParkLock).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Trailer braking valve Trailer brake control proportional solenoid valve Trailer brake control safety solenoid valve Priority valve Trailer brake coupler To ParkLock To tractor braking spool valve Transmission 18 bar circuit

135 bar

6

A1

22 bar

4 A2

2 7

F2

1 8

Tx Px

FR

5 MA-09-03582A

3 Fig. 6

09E01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

F . Trailer brake operation General (Fig. 6) The trailer braking valve (1) is controlled by the Autotronic 5. The calculator receives pressure data from the tractor braking circuit, and controls the braking valve (1) via a proportional solenoid valve (2). The trailer braking valve (1) can also be controlled by a safety solenoid valve (3). A circuit selector allows the valve to be controlled by one of the two solenoid valves. The valve is controlled on the transmission 18 bar circuit, the pressure being supplied by a fixed displacement pump located on the gearbox. NOTE: The safety solenoid valve (3) supplies the trailer braking valve when it is not powered. It is switched on when the tractor is started. NOTE: When the emergency handbrake (lever 6 Fig. 11) is applied, the safety solenoid valve (3) returns to standby position and the trailer brake is supplied.

Neutral position When the tractor brakes are not activated, the control solenoid valve (2) is at neutral. The safety solenoid valve (3) is powered. The braking valve (1) is not controlled. The trailer braking coupler communicates with the tank.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.11

Trailer braking and ParkLock Braking position (Fig. 7) When the brakes are activated, the Autotronic 5 controls the proportional valve (2) depending on the pressure measured by the sensor located at the braking spool valve on the tractor front axle braking circuit (TR34). When braking, the proportional solenoid valve (2) controls the trailer braking valve with pressure Px. The braking valve (1) connects line FR with the high pressure circuit. The control pressure and trailer brake pressure FR are proportional until trailer braking pressure reaches 150 bar.

Control circuit High pressure circuit

135 bar A1

22 bar

4

A2

2

F2

1 Tx Px

TR34 FR

5 MA-09-03583A

3 Fig. 7

09E01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

G . ParkLock operation General The ParkLock is an electrohydraulic system used for the parking brake. It can also be used as an emergency handbrake in the relevant circumstances. It comprises a ram (1 Fig. 8) mechanically connected to the tractor brakes. The ParkLock ram comprises two springs which activate the brakes. These are released by the hydraulic pressure applied to the ram. The ram comprises two helical springs, a hydraulic piston and a cable mechanism linked to the brakes. When the pressure in the ram chamber is neutral, the springs activate the brakes; when the chamber is pressurised, the piston compresses the springs to release the brakes. The assembly is controlled by an Autotronic 5 type electronic calculator (see chapter 11). The ram is supplied by a circuit comprising an accumulator (3) maintained at 135 - 165 bar pressure by the make and break valve (4). For safety reasons, two pressure switches (5) are fitted on the make and break circuit to detect any circuit failure (Fig. 9).

DANGER: The ParkLock ram must under no circumstances be disassembled. The springs in the ParkLock ram are constantly compressed and can cause serious injury to the operator.

1

MA-09-03611A

Fig. 8

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.13

Trailer braking and ParkLock Parts list (Fig. 9 to Fig. 12) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (P) (T) (X)

ParkLock ram Accumulator (tractor braking circuit) Accumulator (ParkLock circuit) Make and break valve Pressure switches Emergency handbrake lever Solenoid valve Pressure reversing valve Priority valve LS line breaker solenoid valve ParkLock button Valve supply Tank return To ram

6

1

FS

T X P

7 8

5 4

9

10

3

135 bar A1

2

22 bar

A2

MA-09-03589A F2

Fig. 9

09E01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock Use Parking brake (A Fig. 13) The ParkLock is usually activated by the button located under the reverse shuttle lever to the left of the steering wheel (11 Fig. 10). When activated, the button controls the solenoid valve (7 Fig. 9) via the calculator. When the solenoid valve is supplied, it connects the ram chamber with the tank, and the ParkLock is engaged. When the operator activates the button (11) to disengage the ParkLock, the solenoid valve is no longer supplied. The ram receives the pressure, the springs are compressed and the brakes are released.

Emergency handbrake (B Fig. 13)

Fig. 10

In case of emergency, the ParkLock can be activated by the lever (6) located to the left of the driver's seat in the cab. The lever acts mechanically on a proportional spool valve (8) which connects the ram chamber with the tank return and activates the brakes. When using the emergency handbrake, the trailer brake is also supplied by the safety solenoid valve (3 Fig. 7). To use the emergency handbrake, see the Operator Instruction Book.

Fig. 11

8

T

6

T

P X

P X

7 MA-09-03633A

Fig. 12

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.15

Trailer braking and ParkLock

button ON (A Fig. 13) button OFF (ParkLock engaged) (ParkLock disengaged)

lever ON (B Fig. 13) (ParkLock engaged)

lever OFF (ParkLock disengaged)

Solenoid valve (7)

0V

12 V

12 V

12 V

Trailer braking safety solenoid valve (3 Fig. 6)

12 V

12 V

0V

12 V

11 6

A

B

6

FS

1

1

FS

T

T X

X

P

P

P

P

7 MA-09-03590A

8

Fig. 13

09E01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock Make and break valve The make and break circuit is located in the braking block. It is supplied by a priority valve in the braking circuit (9 Fig. 14). The make and break valve maintains the pressure in the two accumulators between 135 and 165 bar. One accumulator is used for the ParkLock; the other for the tractor braking circuit.

4

9

135 bar

Parklock

22 bar

Valve opening (Fig. 14) When the accumulator pressure drops below 135 bar, the valve opens to load the circuit. The spool connects the ParkLock Load Sensing line with the pump flow so that the pump can increase the flow rate as required to load the accumulators. MA-09-03591A

Fig. 14

Valve closing (Fig. 15) When the pressure reaches 165 bar, the pressure shifts the spool. In this position, the ParkLock Load Sensing line connects with the tank to release pressure in the Load Sensing line and reduce the pump flow rate. A non-return valve (A) maintains the pressure in the ParkLock circuit.

Starting aid solenoid valve (10)

4

A

9

135 bar

Parklock

22 bar

A solenoid valve (10 Fig. 16) is fitted to the ParkLock Load Sensing line. When the tractor is started, the solenoid valve closes the ParkLock LS line so that the pump is not is operating at full flow rate, thus helping the engine to start. This solenoid valve is controlled by acting on the starter. MA-09-03592A

Fig. 15

10

135 bar

Parklock

22 bar

MA-09-03593A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 16

09E01.17

Trailer braking and ParkLock

H . Removing and refitting the distribution block and spool valve support Preliminary operations

DANGER: Before carrying out any work on the distribution block, its pressure must be bled as follows: - Stop the engine. - Release the rear brake bleed screws. - Press down the brake pedals half way without releasing, until the effort on the pedals reduces slightly. - Tighten the bleed screws again.

Fig. 17

1. Chock the wheels of the tractor. Fit stands under the rear axle. Take off the rear wheels of the tractor. 2. Sling the cab.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9.

10.

CAUTION: Ensure the tractor doors and rear window are closed when hitching the slings. Take off the front and rear cab supports. Mark and disconnect the electrical harnesses and hydraulic hoses. Using a hoist, remove the cab. Disconnect and remove the supply pipes of the Dromone hitch and front linkage if fitted (Fig. 17). Remove the trailer electrical socket and the Dual Control connector (if fitted). Pass the harnesses through the slots (1) in the support (Fig. 18). Take off the 3rd point linkage support. Mark and disconnect the harnesses: - of the lift control valve, - of the spool valves, - of the solenoid valves. Mark and disconnect the hoses: - of the lift rams - of the spool valve leak recovery tanks.

09E01.18

¤ H

Fig. 18

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock 11. Mark and disconnect the following hoses on the distribution block: - high flow rate pump supply, - tank return, - cooler supply and return, - 18 bar circuit supply and return (trailer brake control), - to the ParkLock and braking accumulators, - to the tractor braking valve, - from the steering pump (excess flow).

Removing the support 12. Take out the two Allen screws (1 Fig. 19) located at the rear of the spool valve couplers. 13. Remove the two locknuts (2 Fig. 20). 14. Sling the support assembly with the distribution block and auxiliary spool valves. 15. Take out the two lower attachment screws from the support. 16. Using a hoist, raise the assembly and remove it.

Fig. 19

Refitting the support 17. Using a hoist or a suitable lifting tool, fit the support, distribution block and spool valve assembly on the transmission and fit the two lower attachments screws on the support. 18. Lower the hoist and refit the assembly on its support. Fit the two locknuts (2 Fig. 20). 19. Refit the two Allen screws (1 Fig. 19).

Final operations 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Fig. 20

Carry out the operations 11 to 1 in reverse order. Refit the tractor wheels and take out the stands. Start the engine. Bleed the tractor and trailer brakes (see chapter 9). Check the operation of the hydraulic circuit.

Fig. 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.19

Trailer braking and ParkLock

I . Removing and refitting the distribution block and braking block ParkLock Removal 25. Remove the distribution block and spool valve support (see § H). 26. Take off the hoses connected to the small chambers of the linkage rams (Fig. 22). 27. Disconnect the supply, return and Load Sensing pipes from the optional unions (2 Fig. 18). 28. Remove the supply pipe from the trailer brake (3 Fig. 18). 29. Disconnect the supply, return and Load Sensing pipes (P, T and LS respectively Fig. 23) from the spool valves. 30. Remove the lift control valve return pipe (Fig. 24). 31. Remove the attachment screws from the distribution block.

MA-09-03651A

Fig. 22

Refitting 32. Refit the distribution block on the support plate. Fit the attachment screws. 33. Carry out the operations 26 to 31 in reverse order. 34. Refit the distribution block and spool valve support (see § H).

Fig. 23

Fig. 24

09E01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock

J . Removing and refitting the ParkLock ram

DANGER: The ParkLock ram must under no circumstances be disassembled. The springs in the ParkLock ram are constantly compressed and can cause serious injury to the operator.

DANGER: Care must be taken when removing the ParkLock ram. Ensure that noone activates the ParkLock during the ram removal or refitting operations.

Fig. 25

Preliminary operations 35. Park the tractor on a flat surface. Chock the rear wheels of the tractor.

DANGER: As the tractor has no parking brake during this operation, the tractor wheels must be chocked correctly to keep the tractor completely stationary. 36. With the engine running, disengage the ParkLock. 37. Disconnect the position sensor harness (11) (Fig. 25). 38. Take out the two attachment screws and remove the support plate of the position sensor (11) (Fig. 26). 39. Remove the cotter pin and take out the pin (8) (Fig. 27).

Fig. 26

Fig. 27

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09E01.21

Trailer braking and ParkLock 40. Engage the ParkLock to release the pressure in the ram (6). Ensure that it disengages correctly from the lever (1).

DANGER: Keep your hands clear from the ram. 41. Stop the engine. 42. Release the pressure in the high pressure circuit (see following procedure).

Depressurizing the high pressure circuit

DANGER: Before carrying out any work on the ParkLock, its circuit pressure must be bled as follows: - Stop the engine. - Release the rear brake bleed screws. - Press down the brake pedals half way without releasing, until the effort on the pedals reduces slightly. - Tighten the bleed screws again.

Fig. 28

CAUTION: Do not restart the engine while the ram hose is disconnected.

Removing the ram 43. Disconnect the supply hose from the ParkLock ram. 44. Remove the attachment screws from the ram (10). 45. Remove the ram (6).

09E01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Trailer braking and ParkLock Refitting the ram and adjusting the ParkLock ram rod linkage (Fig. 29)

51. Fit the locknut (5) on the threaded rod of the ram. Fit the clevis (4) and adjust it to insert the pin (8) in the clevis (4) and lever (1), while maintaining distance X. 52. Fit a new cotter pin in the pin (8). Tighten the locknut (5). 53. Refit the support plate of the position sensor (11). 54. Bleed the braking circuit. Check the correct operation of the ParkLock, braking and the tractor high pressure circuit.

46. Before refitting the ram, check that distance X between the lever (1) and the housing of the linkage pin (2) is between 4 and 5 mm. If not, adjust the length of the right- and left-hand swivel arms (3) to obtain this value. 47. Remove the clevis (4) and the locknut (5) from the ram rod. 48. Assemble the ram (6) on its support (7). 49. Connect the ram supply hose. 50. Start the engine. Move the ParkLock switch (11 Fig. 10) located under the reverse shuttle lever to "ParkLock engaged" position, then to "ParkLock disengaged" position.

DANGER: Keep your hands clear from the ram.

8 9 1

4 5 2

X 6

5

4

11

12 13

7

MA-09-03634A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

10

3

1

Fig. 29

09E01.23

Trailer braking and ParkLock

K . Tractor Towing During certain tractor breakdowns (engine unable to start, hydraulic system failure, etc.) the ParkLock stays on and automatically brakes the tractor rear wheels. To tow the tractor, the brakes must be released as follows: - Chock the wheels of the tractor. NOTE:The tractor transmission must be in neutral. - Loosen the locknut (13) (Fig. 29). - Take out the screw (12) and remove the protective spacer (14). - Refit the screw. Tighten the screw until it is in contact with the lever (1). - Retighten the screw by 6 turns. MA-09-03920A-MF

Fig. 30

12

12

14

14

MA-09-03921A

Fig. 31

1

0mm

12

x5

12

14

MA-09-03922A

Fig. 32

09E01.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

09F01 - Auxiliary spool valves

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Layout of components and identification of ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 C . Spool valve operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 E . Removing and refitting hydraulic couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 F . Removing and refitting the auxiliary spool valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.1

Auxiliary spool valves

09F01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

A . General MF 8400 series tractors may be fitted with a maximum of four to six spool valves. The spool valves are all electrohydraulic.

Description of the components The SB23LS - EHS BOSCH spool valves that control the supply to the hydraulic couplers comprise two parts:

The spool valves are located above the rear axle. They are stacked on top of one another, with the lift control spool valve under the auxiliary spool valves. The assembly includes internal channels to distribute the flow to the different stages. Under the assembly, a closing plate is fitted with a pressure relief valve to control the spool valves and acts as a plug to the various channels. Above the assembly, an additional stage receives connections to the distribution block.

Hydraulic part See operation below. Electrohydraulic part comprising: - an ON / OFF solenoid valve and a 3-way pressure relief valve located on the end plate of the distribution block - a pilot valve fitted in the electrohydraulic unit. This section only deals with the hydraulic part. For the electronic part, see Chapter 11. The electrohydraulically controlled SB23LS EHS spool valves operate in a Closed Centre circuit. They are supplied with high pressure, high flow rate oil from the priority block. If no priority function is activated, all flow is directed to the spool valves. When certain priority functions are activated, the excess flow then remains available for the auxiliary spool valves. The adjustment of the flow rate, expressed as a percentage, may be displayed on the onboard computer (Datatronic) by the operator (see chapter 11 - Electronics). The electrohydraulic spool valves have a floating position, time delay and zero leak valve on port B. The main spool of the spool valve directs oil towards the outlet ports A or B. The spool valves consist of both electronic and hydraulic components, the latter containing spools and valves. Some elements cannot be repaired as spare parts.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.3

Auxiliary spool valves Parts list (Fig. 2) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Auxiliary and lift control spool valves assembly Upper oil manifold Optional auxiliary spool valve 6 Optional auxiliary spool valve 5 Auxiliary spool valves 1 to 4 Lift control spool valve Lower closing plate with pressure relief valve

2

Spool valve control 1

The spool valves are controlled either by the Joystick (1 Fig. 1) (2 spool valves) or by the levers (2 Fig. 1) located on the right-hand console in the cab 4 spool valves). MA-09-03616A

Fig. 1

The electrohydraulic spool valve parameters can be set via the Datatronic 3 (if installed) or the DOT MATRIX (Joystick only). See the “Electronics” chapter for further information.

09F01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

2

3 241

4

5 1

5

5

5

6

7

MA-09-03601A

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.5

Auxiliary spool valves Configuration of spool valves depending on the tractor hydraulic equipment

Equipment

Spool valve colour code Red

Green

Black

Yellow

Dromone hook FRONT LINKAGE FRONT LINKAGE Front / rear Dual Control FRONT LINKAGE Front push-pull FRONT LINKAGE Front push-pull Front / rear Dual Control FRONT LINKAGE Dromone hook Dromone hook Rear Dual Control FRONT LINKAGE Dromone hook Front push-pull FRONT LINKAGE Dromone hook Front push-pull Front / rear Dual Control NOTE: The spool valve arrangement is the same regardless of the number of spool valves fitted.

09F01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves Correspondence between spool valves and couplers (Fig. 3)

6 5 4 3 2 1

MA-09-03595A

5

6

3

4

1

2

MA-03596A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 3

09F01.7

Auxiliary spool valves

B . Layout of components and identification of ports

P

Ports on spool valve (Fig. 4) and oil manifold (Fig. 5) P High pressure inlet from variable displacement pump via the distribution block T Return to tank via the distribution block LS Signal to pump Load Sensing pump regulator via the distribution block Ports on spool valve (Fig. 4) A Spool valve A outlet to corresponding hydraulic coupler B Spool valve B outlet to corresponding hydraulic coupler

A

LS

T

B

Fig. 4

MA-09-03603A

P LS T

MA-09-03604A

Fig. 5

09F01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

C . Spool valve operation P

The electrohydraulically controlled spool valves use pressurised oil (21 - 24 bar) to move the spool. A pressure relief valve (10 Fig. 6) located in the spool valve assembly creates this control pressure.

10 8

Parts list (Fig. 6 and Fig. 7) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (P) (R)

Main valve spool Electrohydraulic unit Return spring Piston Pilot valve Digital electronic system Displacement sensor Solenoid valve 3-way pressure relief valve Pressure relief valve block Pressure Return

T LS P R Rx

X3

FP

Operation of the pressure relief valve (7 Fig. 6) When the ON - OFF solenoid valve (8) located on end plate (7) is open, the flow from the pump is directed to the 3-way pressure relief valve (9) (Fig. 6). The latter supplies the pilot valve (5) (Fig. 7) with a pressure of 21 to 24 bar via a pressure balancing valve. The channels R (supply) and Rx (return) direct oil under 21 - 24 bar pressure to the pilot valves, which control the position of the spool via the piston (4) (Fig. 7). The pilot valve receives a signal from the digital device (6) and moves the main spool (1) according to the information received from the Joystick or lever. The digital device is informed of the position of the main spool by a displacement sensor (7) (Fig. 7). The pilot valve and the digital device are housed in the unit (2) (Fig. 7) fixed on the end of the spool valve.

9

MA-09-03602A

X3 FP X3 R Rx P T LS

: Filter : Location of diagnostics connector : Pilot valve supply : Pilot valve return : Pressure : Tank return : Load Sensing line Fig. 6

NOTE: Channels P and R are connected to the auxiliary spool valve.

Fig. 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.9

Auxiliary spool valves Operation of the auxiliary spool valve (Fig. 8 and Fig. 9) When spool (1) is moved electrohydraulically upwards by the pilot valve (5) (Fig. 7), high pressure oil penetrates via channel P, passes through restrictor C and grooves D. It is then directed to channel E, where it pushes ball (2) and enters chamber F. Simultaneously, the ramp on the spool raises valve (3) and oil flows via port B. Port A is supplied by moving spool (1) downwards.

D

E P

R C A LS F

B

MA-09-03605A

Fig. 8

09F01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

1

A 5

3 B

2 MA-09-03606A

Fig. 9 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.11

Auxiliary spool valves

D . Diagram Parts list (Fig. 10) (2) (5) (6) (7)

Upper oil manifold Auxiliary spool valves Lift control spool valve Lower closing plate with pressure relief valve

09F01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves

2

X aux P aux

P

LS

T

T aux

Rx R

B A

B A

5

A

6

Rx R

7 MA-09-03607A

Fig. 10 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09F01.13

Auxiliary spool valves

E . Removing and refitting hydraulic couplers Preliminary operations 1. Disconnect the channels from the optional unions (2) marked P, T, LS and D (Fig. 11). Repeat the operation for the trailer brake (3). 2. Remove the support plate from the trailer electrical socket.

Removing the hydraulic couplers 3. Mark the channels between the distribution block and the hydraulic couplers. 4. Disconnect and remove the channels between the distribution block and the hydraulic couplers. 5. Disconnect and remove the leak recovery tank channels.

Fig. 11

If the couplers must be separated, carry out operation 6.

8 6. Unscrew the cap nuts (8). Remove the upper plate (6) and coupler stages (4) (Fig. 12). NOTE: The O’rings (5) inserted between each stage are used for the leak recovery circuit. 7. Remove the screws (9). Take off: - the leak recovery tank supports (10) with the threaded rods (7) if the couplers have been previously removed. - the complete coupler blocks (4) fitted on the plate (10).

7

6

4

5

9

10 11

MA-09-03609A

Fig. 12

09F01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary spool valves Refitting the hydraulic couplers 8. Carry out operations 5 to 7 in reverse order. 9. Refit the pipes between the couplers and distribution block as marked at operation 3.

F . Removing and refitting the auxiliary spool valves Removing the auxiliary spool valves 10. Take off the support plate from the distribution block / spool valve assembly (see Trailer braking and ParkLock section in Chapter 9). 11. Take off the coupler assemblies (see § E). 12. Remove the hydraulic supply pipes, Load Sensing pipes and return pipes on the upper plate of the spool valve block (Fig. 13). 13. Disconnect the supply hoses from the lift rams. Remove the lift control spool valve return pipe (Fig. 13). 14. Unscrew and remove the three spool valve block attachment nuts and their washers. 15. Mark the order the different spool valve stages, lift control valve and closing plates are arranged. 16. Separate the distribution block components. Discard the O’rings inserted between the elements.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

MA-09-03612A

Fig. 13

09F01.15

Auxiliary spool valves Refitting the distribution block 17. Clean and check the condition of each spool valve and ensure no ports are blocked. 18. Lightly smear the end of the rod threads (Fig. 14) with Loctite 241 or equivalent. Screw the threaded rods into the upper closing plate (manifold). 19. Clean the mating faces between each distribution block element. 20. Check the presence of new O’rings (J Fig. 15) between each element. 21. On a workbench, assemble the distribution block elements vertically to ensure the correct positioning of the seals. Stack the elements in the order noted at operation 15. 22. Fit the distribution block on the support. Fit and tighten the three attachment nuts with their washers. 23. Reconnect the supply hoses to the lift rams. Refit the spool valve return pipe. 24. Refit the supply pipes, Load Sensing pipes and return pipes on the upper plate of the spool valve block (Fig. 13). 25. Refit the coupler assembly (see § E). 26. Refit the support plate on the distribution block / spool valve assembly (see Trailer braking and ParLock section in Chapter 9).

241

MA-09-03657A

Fig. 14

J

MA-09-03652A

Fig. 15

09F01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Lift control valve

09G01 - Lift control valve

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Layout of components and identification of ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Removing - Refitting the distribution block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E . Neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 F . Lifting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 G . Lowering position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 H . Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09G01.1

Lift control valve

09G01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Lift control valve

A . General The function of the lift control valve is to regulate the oil flow to and from the lift rams according to the signals transmitted by the ELC calculator. This spool valve contains an LS port for the Load Sensing system. This control port allows the spool valve to send pressure information to the priority block. This spool valve is made up of elements themselves comprising spools and valves. Some of the elements cannot be repaired as spare parts.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09G01.3

Lift control valve

B . Layout of components and identification of ports Layout of components The Bosch lift control valve is made up by two parts: The hydraulic part (spool valve) (Fig. 1) (1) (2) (4) (5) (6) (9) (10) (11)

Non-return valve, maintaining the oil in the rams Spool valve assembly used in the lowering phase Control spool valve Flow regulating spool valve Shock valve Flow regulating spool spring Control spool spring Spool valve assembly spring

The electrical part (solenoid valves) (Fig. 1) (7) (8)

Lowering solenoid valve Lifting solenoid valve

NOTE: To determine whether a fault is hydraulic or electrical, press the push-buttons at the ends of the solenoid valves; this eliminates the electronic effect of the lift function.

Fig. 1

09G01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Lift control valve Identification of ports Because the lift control valve and auxiliary spool valves are stacked together, they share supply, return and LS signal pipes. (12) High pressure supply from the pump via the priority block (13) Load Sensing signal to priority block (15) Auxiliary spool valve tank return (16) HP ram supply (17) Lift control valve tank return

C . Removing - Refitting the distribution block To carry out the removal - refitting of the distribution block (lift control valve and auxiliary spool valves), see the “Auxiliary spool valves” section.

NOTE: The lift rams used are double acting. The small chambers (ram rod side) are connected respectively to the tank return and cooling system.

12

13

15

16 MA-09-03597A

17

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09G01.5

Lift control valve

D . Diagram T

X

P

1 B A

2

B A

3

4

5 MA-09-03594A

1 2 3 4 5 P T X Tr

Upper closing plate First hydraulic spool valve Last hydraulic spool valve Lift control spool valve Lower closing plate Pump Return to auxiliary spool valve tank Load Sensing circuit Return to lift control valve tank

09G01.6

¤ H

Tr

Fig. 3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Lift control valve

E . Neutral position When the engine is not running and the spool valve is in the neutral position, the control spool (4) and the spool valve assembly (2) are maintained respectively by the springs (10) and (11). The flow rate control valve (5) is pushed to the left by the spring (9). With the engine running and the spool valve on standby, no pressure data is transmitted to the priority block. The LS line communicates with the return.

Fig. 4

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09G01.7

Lift control valve

F . Lifting position When the Lift solenoid valve (8) is activated, the control spool (4) is moved to the right. The LS pressure data is transmitted to the upper face of the flow regulating spool valve (5) (on the spring (9) side) and moves the spool downwards or towards the left thus directing the oil flow to the control spool and the non-return valve (1).

The movement of the flow regulating spool valve is dampened by the volume of oil present in chamber d. As soon as the pressure on the valve (1) is greater than that in the rams, the lifting arms rise. The LS line is connected with the output line (16) to the lift rams, thus informing the priority block. If the pressure in the rams is too high (shocks received by the lifting arm), the valve (6) opens and the excess pressure is directed to the return.

Fig. 5

09G01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Lift control valve

G . Lowering position When the solenoid valve (7) is activated to lower the lift arms, the spool valve assembly (2) allows the oil coming from the rams to flow into the return. The LS pressure data is transmitted to the face of the flow regulating spool valve (5) (spring (9) side) and on the priority block.

H . Assembly procedure To assemble the distribution block (lift control valve and auxiliary spool valves), see “Auxiliary spool valves” section.

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09G01.9

Lift control valve

09G01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

09H01 - Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . The Load Sensing principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Orbitrol operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Disassembling and reassembling the Orbitrol steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 E . Removing - refitting and disassembling - reassembling the steering ram . . . . . . . 15 F . Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 G . Removing and refitting the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 H . Removing and refitting the control lever assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 I . Removing and refitting the column tilt mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 J . Removing and refitting the column locking up mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 K . Disassembling the lower bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.1

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

09H01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

A . General The steering system used on tractors fitted with a DYNA VT transmission and closed centre hydraulics is dynamic, and there is no mechanical link between the steering wheel and the steering ram. Its control principle is of the "Load Sensing" type. The system comprises the following main components: - a pressurised oil supply, from a fixed displacement pump via a priority valve, - an Orbitrol steering unit: OSPDF 80/240 LS Dynamic 4WD with closed centre, by-pass mounted on tractors fitted with a 4WD Dana AG210 or AG280 front axle. - a double acting steering ram fitted to the 4WD front axle. The Orbitrol is supplied by a fixed flow rate pump via a priority block. The priority block is controlled by the steering unit Load Sensing line, and directs priority oil flow to the steering circuit; excess flow is redirected to the distribution block then to the cooling circuit. When steering remains in neutral, all pump flow is directed to the cooling system. When the steering wheel is turned, the necessary flow of oil is directed to the corresponding side of the steering ram. The other side of the ram is connected to the tank return ports. In case of engine breakdown or fixed displacement pump failure, the Orbitrol acts as a hand-operated pump so that the steering can be controlled. This obviously requires a much greater effort to be applied to the steering wheel.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.3

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Description of the Orbitrol steering unit The Orbitrol comprises a selector spool valve, a spring centred supply sleeve and a drive shaft linked to the steering column. It has five hydraulic ports: - pressure - return to the selector cover - two supplies to the steering ram - Load Sensing The circuit is protected by a safety valve and two shock valves as well as two suction valves. The Orbitrol OSPDF 80/240 comprises twin stator rotors (5)(8) of different capacities. Specifications: - Shock valves (1)(2) setting: 225 -245 bar - Supply valve (3) setting: 155 -160 bar - Steering unit (5) capacity: 240 cm3 / turn - Steering unit (8) capacity: 80 cm3 / turn - Supply valve (6) setting: 10 bar - Return to neutral springs torque (4): 1.5 daNm

1

8

7

3

160 bar

T LS

P DIR

MA-09-03577A

09H01.4

¤ H

2

4

6

5

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

B . The Load Sensing principle Orbitrol steering unit The Load Sensing port is either connected with the tank when the steering is in neutral position, or connected with the pressure supply line as soon as the steering wheel is turned. The Load Sensing line communicates with the pump priority valve. The standby pressure to the Orbitrol supply (on standby) is 12.5 bar.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.5

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Steering unit parts list (Fig. 2, Fig. 3) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)

Lip seal Centring springs Bush O’ring Cotter pin Sleeve Spool valve O’ring Link shaft O’ring Plate O’ring Plate O’ring Spacer O’ring O’ring Integrated spool Spool body Seals O’ring Washer Needle bearing Washer Relief valve Block

(27) Rotor (gear type 80 cm3) (28) Stator (gear type 80 cm3) (29) O’ring (30) Stator (gear type 240 cm3) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42)

Rotor (gear type 240 cm3) Plate Spring O’ring Closing plate Screw Shock valves Non-return valve Spacers Non-return valve Suction valve Cotter pin

09H01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

Overall view

1

21

2

22

3

23

4

24

5 6

25

7 8 9

26

10

27

11

28

12

29

13

30

14

31

15

32

16

33

17

34

18

35

19

36

20

MA-09-03641A

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.7

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

Exploded view 37 37 1 41 39 4 22 23 24 3

25

5 26 6

40 38 15

8 12

7 28

9

29

2

10 11 27

14

13 31 30 33 16 32 17 19 18 42 34 MA-09-03642A

35 20 36

Fig. 3

09H01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

C . Orbitrol operation Neutral position (engine running) (Fig. 4) In this position the spool valve (7) is centred in relation to the sleeve (6) by the springs (2). The channels P1 L - R are not supplied. The flow from the fixed displacement pump is directed to the cooling system by priority valve B. Two shock valves and two suction valves are located in ports L and R of the steering unit. The shock valves protect the circuit between the two steering ram chambers and the steering unit from shocks to the front wheels. The suction valves allow the oil released by the shock valves to flow from the right-hand channel to the left-hand channel, or vice versa.

L

R

T

P1

P

LS B

MA-09-03613A

P B LS P1

High flow rate supply from the fixed flow rate pump Steering priority valve Pilot flow Supply to the metering devices

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

T L R

Tank return Steering ram left-hand supply Steering ram right-hand supply Fig. 4

09H01.9

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Steering on lock position (engine running) (Fig. 5) Any action on the steering wheel (left or right) produces an angular offset of the spool valve (7) and opens the Orbitrol closed circuit. A control pressure allows the necessary flow to be supplied, via the priority valve B, to the Orbitrol and metering devices (27)(31) and (28)(30). The rotors (27)(31) are driven in rotation and discharge a quantity of oil proportional to the degree of rotation towards the rams. The rotation of rotors (27)(31) is equal to that of the steering wheel. Depending on the direction of rotation, the flow of oil from the rotors is sent to one side or the other of the ram.

A one-way valve is screwed into the steering unit supply port. This valve prevents excessive pressure exerted to the front wheels from being transmitted to the pump when the steering lock is applied. If the pressure in the steering circuit becomes too high, the relief valve (25) located inside the steering unit is activated and the excess pressure is directed towards channel T.

L

R

T

P1

P

LS B

MA-09-03614A

P B LS P1

High flow rate supply from the fixed flow rate pump Steering priority valve Pilot flow Supply to the metering devices

09H01.10

¤ H

T L R

Tank return Steering ram left-hand supply Steering ram right-hand supply Fig. 5

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Manual steering (engine stopped) (Fig. 4) When the pump is no longer providing pressure or when the pressure is too low, the rotors (27)(31) are no longer hydraulically driven. Steering is no longer power assisted. In this case, action on the steering wheel compresses the centring springs (2). The angular clearance between the pin (5) and sleeve (6) is cancelled and the metering devices (rotor and stator) and mechanically driven. The oil returning from the rams passes through the non-return valve (38) and supplies the metering device. The pressure generated is proportional to the torque applied to the steering wheel. A great effort is therefore required to turn the wheel in order to steer the tractor.

L

R

T

P1

P

LS B

MA-09-03614A

P B LS P1

High flow rate supply from the fixed flow rate pump Steering priority valve Pilot flow Supply to the metering devices

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

T L R

Tank return Steering ram left-hand supply Steering ram right-hand supply Fig. 6

09H01.11

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

D . Disassembling and reassembling the Orbitrol steering unit Disassembly 1. Remove the steering unit from the tractor. 2. Place the steering unit in a vice fitted with plastic jaws. 3. Mark the location of screws (36). Remove the screws (36) and seals (20). 4. Take off the closing plate (35), the O'ring (34), the body (19), the integrated spool (18) and spring (33). 5. Remove the O'ring (17). Locate the position of plate (32) and remove it. 6. Remove the O'ring (16). Remove stator (30) and rotor (31). Remove the O'ring (14). 7. Mark and remove plate (13). 8. Remove spacer (15), stator (28), rotor (27). Mark and remove plate (11). Remove the O'ring (10). 9. Take out the splined link shaft (9). 10. Unscrew the threaded bush and recover the ball from the non-return valve (38). 11. Take out the two axle pins and the balls from the suction valves (41) of the steering unit. 12. Extract the sleeve (6) and spool valve (7) assembly by pushing it out while checking that the pin (5) lies along the horizontal axis. 13. Take out washers (22)(24), the needle bearing (23) and bush (3) from the sleeve / spool valve assembly. Remove the pin (5), and the centring springs (2) by pressing on one of their ends. Remove the sleeve (6) from the spool valve (7). 14. Unscrew the plug from the relief valve (25). Using an 8 mm Allen wrench, disassemble the threaded bush and remove the seal, the spring and the valve (the crimped seat cannot be removed). 15. Unscrew the two plugs from the shock valves (37) and remove the seals. Using a 6 mm Allen wrench, disassemble the threaded bushes and take out the springs and balls (the crimped seats cannot be removed). 16. Extract the sealing ring (1) and O'ring (21). 17. Disassemble the non-return valve (40).

09H01.12

¤ H

MA-09-03619A

2 Fig. 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Reassembly 18. Check and clean the components. Replace any defective parts. Lubricate the components with clean transmission oil. 19. Reassemble the non-return valve (40). 20. Fit seal (1), O'ring (21) and the bush. 21. Place the valve balls and springs in the recesses of the shock valves (37). Screw in the threaded bushes, fit the seals and tighten the plugs. 22. Fit the valve and spring in the recesses of the relief valve (25), and screw in the threaded bush. Fit the seal and tighten the plug to a torque of 40 - 60 Nm. 23. Insert the spool valve (6) into the sleeve (7). Position the centring springs (2) according to Fig. 7 and insert the pin (5). 24. Position the bush (3) on the sleeve and spool valve assembly so that the chamfer facilitates assembly in the steering unit. 25. Fit washers (22)(24), with the chamfer of washer (24) turned towards the centring springs (2) and inserting needle bearing (23) between them. 26. Fit the sleeve and spool valve assembly in the steering unit by oscillating it slightly. Check that the pin (5) is held horizontally. 27. Fit the two valve balls and the two pins in the recesses of the suction valves (41). 28. Fit the valve ball in the recess of the non-return valve (38) and screw in the threaded bush. 29. Position the splined link shaft (9). 30. Fit the O'ring (10) and the plate (11). 31. Fit the rotor (27) so that the two concave depressions “C” lie along the axis of the slot in the splined link shaft (9) (Fig. 8). 32. Fit the O'rings (12)(29) on the stator (28). 33. Fit the stator (28) by turning it slightly without moving the rotor (27) so that it fixing holes align with those of the steering unit. Position the spacer (15) and plate (13). NOTE: The rotor (27) and the pin (5) must be in the position shown in Fig. 9. 34. Refit rotor (31) on the spacer (15) so that the two depressions “C” lie in the axis of the slot of splined shaft (9) (Fig. 8).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

9

27 31

C MA-09-03620A

Fig. 8

27 31

5 MA-09-03618A

Fig. 9

09H01.13

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering 35. Place the O'rings (14)(16) on the stator (30). Fit and move it with an angular movement so that the fixing holes align with those provided in the steering unit. NOTE: The rotor (31) and the pin (5) must be in the position indicated (Fig. 9). 36. Refit plate (32) in the position marked at disassembly. 37. Check that the bore of body (19) and the rim of spool (18) are not scratched. 38. Check that the spool moves normally in the body. 39. Slide the spool fitted with its oil tightness components into the body. Fit O'rings (17)(34) and spring (33). 40. Refit the cover plate (35). 41. Refit the new seals (20) and screws (36) as marked at disassembly. 42. Tighten opposing screws to a torque of 35 Nm. 43. Using a test bench or a suitable fixture, check the steering unit operation. Refit the steering unit on the tractor. 44. Check the oil tightness of the hydraulic unions.

09H01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

E . Removing - refitting and disassembling - reassembling the steering ram Removal 45. Disconnect and block off the hose feed pipes to the ram, carefully identifying their positions. 46. Drive out the steering ball joints (1 Fig. 10) using a suitable extractor. 47. Take out the screws (2) from the ram and remove it.

Refitting 48. Refit the ram. Fit and tighten screws (2) to 180 - 200 Nm after lightly smearing the thread with Loctite 270 or equivalent. 49. Fix the steering ball joints. Tighten the nuts (4) to 115 - 130 Nm and lock them with new pins. 50. Reconnect the hose feed pipes in the positions identified during disassembly. 51. Fit the wheel(s) and tighten the nuts to a torque of 400 - 450 Nm.

4

3 5

2 MA-09-03617A

1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 10

09H01.15

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Disassembly 52. Release and remove the ball joints (5) (Fig. 10). 53. Take off the lock rings (5) using a suitable locally made tool, while simultaneously turning the guide rings (3) (Fig. 11). 54. Take out the piston rod (6) from cylinder (4). 55. Discard all the seals (sealing ring, O'rings, dust guards and lock rings).

Reassembly 56. Clean the components. Replace any defective parts. Remark - Check the condition of the internal bore of the cylinder and the operational parts of the piston rod. Systematically discard all scratched components that may affect the oil tightness of the steering mechanism. 57. Lubricate the O'rings, bushes and internal bore with clean transmission oil. 58. Fit the relevant seals on the piston rod (6) and the guide bushes (3). 59. Slide the piston rod fitted with its seals in the cylinder bore. 60. Fit the guide bushes at each end of the cylinder, taking care not to damage the lip of the sealing rings. 61. Position the machined groove of each guide bush opposite the cylinder groove. Turn the guide bushes while simultaneously slipping in the lock rings. 62. Tighten and lock the ball joints (7) (Fig. 10) to a torque of 120 - 150 Nm, the threads previously smeared with Loctite 270 or equivalent. 63. Refit the steering ram on the tractor. 64. Check the ram supply and tightness.

Fig. 11

Final operation 65. Carry out a road test on the steering system.

09H01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

F . Steering column The steering column assembly comprises two parts: - the fixed lower part composed of a pipe and a body foot - the mobile upper part composed of a pipe with a welded stirrup, as well as a unit holding the steering wheel height and tilt adjustment systems.

Operation Height adjustment When the control lever (4) is moved upwards, the T rod makes the lever (6) pivot, lowering the arm (20). The screw (5) integral with the arm presses against the brake plate, freeing it and allowing the upper part of the steering column to move. The spring (3) returns the lever (4) to position. Tilt adjustment When the control lever (4) is moved downwards, press the T rod which pushes against the end of the notched lever (9)(10), freeing it from the steering rack (11)(12) and allowing the upper part of the unit (17) to tilt. Two silent blocks (24) absorb shocks to the tilt stop of the upper part of the column. The two return springs (25) and (26) facilitate steering wheel positioning.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.17

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Steering column parts list (Fig. 12, Fig. 13) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)

Washer Washer Spring Control lever Adjusting screw Lever Spring Boot Notched lever Notched lever Steering rack Steering rack Screw Nut Pin Nuts Column articulated housing Nuts Column fixed housing Arm Nut Pin Bushes Silent blocks Spring Spring

09H01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

Overall view

16 4

17

4

24

12 11

14 T 13

T

9 9 10

15

10

7

1

1 19

6

6 20

20 3 18

3

5 5

21

MA-09-03646A

Fig. 12 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.19

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

Exploded view

8

11 12 13 14

7

15 9 24 4

10 6 26

20 T 5 21

25

2

1

22

3

23

19

MA-09-03645A

Fig. 13

09H01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

G . Removing and refitting the steering column

3

Removal 66. Using the lever located to the right under the steering wheel, pull the steering column as far as possible towards the driver. 67. Take off the steering wheel and the instrument panel lower cover (1). Disconnect the connectors of the reverse shuttle, wiper control unit and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). 68. If there is not sufficient access space, also take out the upper cover (2) and instrument panel (3) (Fig. 14). 69. Remove the 4 attachment screws fixing the column base to the cab support. 70. Take off the column assembly.

Refitting 71. Check all steering column positions function correctly. 72. Lightly smear the shaft (29) splines with Anti-Seize grease or equivalent. 73. Carry out the operations 67 to 70 in reverse order. NOTE: Tighten the steering wheel nut to a torque of 57 - 78 Nm. 74. Check the correct operation of the electrical equipment, reverse shuttle lever, ParkLock, etc.

H . Removing and refitting the control lever assembly Removal 75. Remove the steering column. Carry out operations 66 to 70. 76. Remove the half housings around the steering column. Take off the reverse shuttle control, lighting switch and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). 77. Remove and discard the retaining washers (1)(2). Remove the spring (3) and lever (4) with the boot (8) and lever (6).

2

1 MA-09-03643A

Fig. 14

I . Removing and refitting the column tilt mechanism Removal 81. Remove the steering column. Carry out operations 66 to 70. 82. Remove the half housings around the steering column. Take off the reverse shuttle control, lighting switch and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). 83. Remove and discard the retaining washers (1)(2). Remove the spring (3) and lever (4) with the boot (8) and lever (6). 84. Press on the notched levers (9)(10) to compress the spring (7). Take off the nuts (14). Take off the steering racks (11) and (12). 85. Drive out the pin (15). Remove the notched levers (9)(10) and the spring (7).

Refitting 78. Refit the levers (6) and (4) and spring (3). Refit the retaining washers (1)(2). 79. Adjust the lever (6) so the T rod touches the notched levers (9)(10). 80. Carry out operation 76 in reverse and proceed to operations 71 to 74.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09H01.21

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering Refitting 86. Carry out operation 85 in reverse order. 87. Compress the spring (7). Fit the steering racks (11) and (12). Fit and tighten the screws (14) greased with Loctite 241. 88. Refit the lever (4), T rod and spring (3). Refit the retaining washers (1)(2). 89. Adjust the lever (4) so that the T rod comes into contact with the notched levers (11) and (12). 90. Carry out operation 82 in reverse and proceed to operations 71 to 74.

16

17

J . Removing and refitting the column locking up mechanism Removal 91. Remove the steering column. Carry out operations 66 to 70. 92. Remove the half housings around the steering column. 93. Carry out operations 82 to 85. 94. Take out the adjusting screw (5) (3mm Allen key). 95. Disassemble the nuts (16) and their respective screws, and separate the upper articulated part (17) of the column. 96. Disassemble the nuts (18) and their respective screws, and separate the lower part (19) of the column. 97. Remove the arm (20) and brake plate and nut (21).

19 18

MA-09-03644A

Refitting 98. Carry out the operations 95 to 97 in reverse order. 99. Fit and adjust the screw (5). 100.Refit the tilt adjustment mechanism (operations 86 to 90).

09H01.22

¤ H

Fig. 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

K . Disassembling the lower bush Disassembling the bush (23 Fig. 13) 101.Using the lever located to the right under the steering wheel, pull the steering column as far as possible towards the driver. 102.Take off the steering wheel and the instrument panel lower cover (1). Disconnect the connectors of the reverse shuttle, wiper control unit and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). 103.If there is not sufficient access space, also take out the upper cover (2) and instrument panel (3) (Fig. 14). 104.Remove the 4 attachment screws fixing the column base to the cab support. 105.Take off the column assembly. 106.Remove the half housings around the steering column. Take off the reverse shuttle control, lighting switch and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). 107.Remove and discard the retaining washers (1)(2). Remove the spring (3) and lever (4) with the boot (8) and lever (6). 108.Press on the notched levers (9)(10) to compress the spring (7). Take off the nuts (14). Take off the steering racks (11) and (12). 109.Drive out the pin (15). Remove the notched levers (9)(10) and the spring (7). 110.Take out the adjusting screw (5) (3mm Allen key). 111.Disassemble the nuts (16) and their respective screws, and separate the upper articulated part (17) of the column. 112.Disassemble the nuts (18) and their respective screws, and separate the lower part (19) of the column. 113.Remove the arm (20) and brake plate and nut (21). 114.Extract the bush (23) from the housing (19).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Reassembly 115.Refit the bush (23). 116.Refit the arm (20) and brake plate and nut (21). 117.Assemble the lower part (19) of the column. Reassemble the nuts (18) and their respective screws. 118.Assemble the upper articulated part (17) of the column. Reassemble the nuts (16) and their respective screws. 119.Refit the notched levers (9)(10) and spring and fit the pin (15). 120.Compress the spring (7). Fit the steering racks (11) and (12). Fit and tighten the screws (14) greased with Loctite 241. 121.Refit the lever (4), T rod and spring (3). Refit the retaining washers (1)(2). 122.Adjust the lever (4) so that the T rod comes into contact with the notched levers (11) and (12). 123.Refit the reverse shuttle control, lighting switch and DOT MATRIX keyboard (if fitted). Refit the half housings around the steering column. 124.Check all steering column positions function correctly. 125.Lightly smear the shaft (29) splines with Anti-Seize grease or equivalent. 126.Carry out the operations 67 to 70 in reverse order. 127.Refit the column assembly. 128.Fit the 4 attachment screws fixing the column base to the cab support. Tighten the screws to a torque of 57 - 78 Nm. 129.Refit the removed covers and instrument panel (if disassembled). 130.Check the operation of electrical equipment, reverse shuttle lever, ParkLock, etc.

09H01.23

Load Sensing hydrostatic steering

09H01.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

09I01 - Main braking circuit

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Braking valve control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Relations between the different tractor braking circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 E . Rear brake cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 F . Removing the universal joint shaft brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 G . Bleeding the brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.1

Main braking circuit

09I01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

A . General

Characteristics of braking components Braking valve

Tractors with a DYNA VT transmission are fitted with a hydraulic braking system operating on the high pressure auxiliary circuit for the rear brakes and on the transmission low pressure circuit for the front axle shaft brake. They are both controlled by a braking valve activated by two pedals that can operate coupled or uncoupled. The braking valve, located at the front of the pedal, receives and directs pressure to the various components. It controls: - The right- and left-hand brakes located under the rear axle, and operating simultaneously or separately, - the front axle shaft brake control, - the trailer brake control via a pressure sensor located on the valve.

- Braking pressure: 0 to 70 bar. - Working travel: 16 mm Rear brakes - Piston diameter: 50.8 mm - Piston stroke: 3.7 mm - Maximum volume used by piston: 12.25 cm3 on each side Front brakes -

Piston diameter: 62 mm Piston stroke: 6.1 mm Rear brake / front brake pressure ratio: 2.04 bar Maximum braking pressure: 18 bar

Rear brakes Located in the rear axle, the two disc brakes are independent. Each brake is controlled hydraulically by a cylinder, or mechanically by the ParkLock ram. The braking valve is supplied by the make and break valve located under the distribution block with an accumulator that maintains a pressure reserve of 135 - 165 bar (see "Trailer braking and ParkLock” section). The braking valve includes a pressure relief valve (0-70 bar). The pressure is distributed to the brake by two spools located on either side of the pressure relief valve.

Front axle shaft brake The front axle brake is located at the front of the gearbox. It is a hydraulically controlled multidisc brake. The main braking valve controls a power-assisted braking valve which operates the front brake under a 18 bar max. pressure (transmission low pressure circuit).

Trailer brake The trailer brake is controlled electro-hydraulically. A pressure sensor informs the Autotronic 5 calculator of the pressure in the braking circuit. This then activates a proportional solenoid valve that controls the trailer brake valve via the transmission 18 bar circuit (see “Trailer braking and ParkLock” section).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.3

Main braking circuit

B . Braking valve control Parts list (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

Main braking valve block Braking pressure regulator Left-hand brake control Right-hand brake control Pedals Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Sensor Spring

11 1

Identification of ports (Fig. 2) (P) (T) (X)

High pressure supply Tank return Control of front axle shaft brake and trailer brake pressure sensor (F1) Left-hand brake supply (F2) Right-hand brake supply

Braking control The pedals are pressed against the braking valve rods via bearings (6) (7) (8) (9). Each pedal simultaneously controls the pressure regulator (2 Fig. 2) and corresponding spool valve (3) or (4).

8

1

5

7

6

9

8

10

MA-09-03623

5

Fig. 1

09I01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

1

3

2

4

MA-09-03622A

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.5

Main braking circuit

C . Relations between the different tractor braking circuits The braking circuits of the rear axle, front axle and trailer are hydraulically or electrically linked. These circuits must react simultaneously to a single action on the brake pedals.

Parts list (Fig. 3) (P1)

High pressure variable displacement pump

(P2)

Transmission low pressure hydraulic pump

(PB)

Trailer brake and ParkLock priority valve

(CD)

Make and break valve

(TV)

Trailer braking valve

(BV)

Tractor braking valve

(EV)

Trailer brake control proportional solenoid valve

(AC1)

Accumulator (ParkLock)

(AC2)

Accumulator (rear brakes)

(TB)

Trailer brake

(BR1)

Rear brake

(BR2)

Rear brake

(BP1)

Pedal

(BP2)

Pedal

(M)

Pressure sensor

(FD)

Front brake control valve

(BF)

Front brake

(AUX)

To non-priority components

(AUTO 5)

Autotronic 5 calculator

Action on tractor brakes Pedals coupled When one of the two pedals (BP1) and (BP2) is activated, the pressure regulator located in the braking valve regulates the pressure coming from the make and break valve (CD) and accumulator (AC2). The braking valve then distributes this pressure to the rear brakes (BR1) and (BR2). Simultaneaously, the braking valve sends a pressure signal to the spool valve (FD) and pressure sensor (M). The spool valve (FD) controls the front axle brake (BF) with pressure from the pump (P2) (transmission 18 bar circuit). The sensor (M) allows the Autotronic 5 to control the trailer brake via the proportional solenoid valve (EV) (see “Trailer braking and ParkLock” section). Pedals uncoupled If the driver presses on just one pedal, this acts on the braking valve pressure regulator and on a brake spool valve. The pressure is directed to the corresponding brake. The “&” valve in the braking block ensures no pressure signal is supplied to the spool valve (FD) or sensor (M). The front brake (BF) and trailer brake (TB) are only activated when both brake pedals are simultaneously activated. “&” Valve The “&” valve (7 Fig. 4) is fitted in the braking block. It allows pressure to be supplied to the trailer brake and front brake only if the two pedals are activated. The pressure directed to the rear left- and right-hand brakes must be identical to enable operation of the front brake and trailer brake.

(PARKLOCK) ParkLock assembly (ram and control)

09I01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

AUX

Parklock

PB

P1

Electrical connection

High pressure

Control circuit

TB

TV

CD

AC1

EV

AC2

BR1

AUTO 5

BV

BR2

BP1

BP2

M

FD

P2

BF

Tractor braking principle

MA-09-03621A

Fig. 3 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.7

Main braking circuit

D . Diagram Parts list (Fig. 4) (1) Tractor braking valve (2) Pressure relief spool (3) Right-hand brake spool (4) Left-hand brake spool (5) Right-hand brake (6) Left-hand brake (7) & Valve (8) Accumulator (braking circuit) (9) Accumulator (ParkLock circuit) (10) Transmission low pressure circuit pump (11) Front axle shaft brake control spool (12) Front axle shaft brake (M1) Braking circuit load pressure switch (M2) Braking circuit load pressure switch (TR 34) Trailer braking pressure sensor (A) Trailer brake control (B) To ParkLock (C) Braking circuit supply pressure from make and break valve (135 - 165 bar)

09I01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

M1

M2

9 B C

8

6

4 7 1 12 2 11 TR 34 3 5

10

A

MA-09-03625A

Fig. 4 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.9

Main braking circuit

E . Rear brake cylinders The rear brake cylinders are located on the rear axle, beside the trumpet housings.

Description (Fig. 7) The rear axle braking system consists of a brake cylinder (1), a piston (2), and a rod (5) that acts on an assembly (3) comprised of discs (6) and intermediate plates (7) (see chapter 6). The brake disc assembly is fitted before the final drive unit (4) in the rear trumpet housing. The piston acts on the rod (5) whose triangular end allows the two intermediate plates (9) and (10) to swivel in relation to each other. When swivelling, the intermediate plates (9) and (10) are kept separate by balls (8). Return springs (18) restore the intermediate plates (9) and (10) to position when the brakes are released. The port (16) is linked to the bleed circuit by a pipe (see § G).

Fig. 5

MA-09-03636A

Operation Braking can be activated hydraulically (brake pedals) or mechanically (ParkLock). Pedal braking The braking pressure (coming from the braking valve) arrives at the cylinder via the port (14) (Fig. 7). The piston (2) is forced down by the pressure, driving down the lower part of the piston (17) and rod (5) and activates the braking mechanism.

11 5

17

MA-09-03637A

Mechanical braking (ParkLock)

Fig. 6

When the brakes are activated by the ParkLock ram, the levers (18) activate the cams (11 Fig. 6). As they rotate they drive the lower part of the pistons (17) and rod (5) and activate the braking mechanism. When the lower part of the piston (17) has lowered, the spring (15) keeps the upper part of the piston (2) at the top of the cylinder.

09I01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

10

9

18

8 5

17

MA-09-03635A

15

13

1

2

16

14

11

6

7

3

1

2

5

4

Main braking circuit

Fig. 7 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.11

Main braking circuit

F . Removing the universal joint shaft brake The front axle shaft brake is located at the front of the gearbox.

19

Operation The front axle shaft brake operates in a similar manner to the rear brakes. A piston (20 Fig. 8) pushes a rod (21) with a triangular end. The triangular part allows two intermediate plates (22 Fig. 9) to swivel in relation to each other, while they are held apart by balls (23).

20

21

MA-09-03638A

Fig. 8

09I01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Main braking circuit

26

22 19 25

21 23 24

MA-09-03639A

24

26

25 MA-09-03640A

23

22

Fig. 9 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09I01.13

Main braking circuit

G . Bleeding the brakes 2 The tractor brakes are bled through bleed plugs (Fig. 10) located at the rear right-hand side of the tractor beside the auxiliary spool valves: (1) Front axle shaft brake (2) Rear left-hand brake (3) Rear right-hand brake

1 3

The trailer brake is bled through the bleed plug located on top of the distribution block (Fig. 11). NOTE: The brakes must be bled every 1200 hours, or when working on the braking circuit.

Bleeding method 1. Start the engine. 2. Open the right-hand (3), left-hand (2) and front (1) bleed plugs (Fig. 10). 3. Press moderately on the coupled brake pedals, with pedal travel of approximately 20 mm. NOTE: Never press the pedals down more than 25 mm when the bleed plugs are open. A jet of oil under pressure will spurt out of the bleed plugs. 4. Let the air bleed out at the plugs. 5. Close the plugs again when the fluid coming out no longer shows any trace of foam or air bubbles. Release the pedals. 6. Open the bleed plug on the trailer brake valve (Fig. 11). 7. Repeat the operations 3 to 5. 8. Check the oil levels in the auxiliary hydraulics and gearbox.

MA-09-03624A

Fig. 10

MA-09-03626A

Fig. 11

09I01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

09J01 - Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Disassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . 8 C . Reassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . 16 D . Disassembling the service pump (18 bar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 E . Reassembling the service pump (18 bar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 F . Disassembling the lubricating pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 G . Reassembling the lubricating pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.1

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

09J01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

A . General The steering pump is fitted at the end of the variable displacement pump. It is a 19cc fixed displacement pump, with a 120 bar maximum pressure and a gear ratio of 67/58. It is fitted to the variable displacement pump by two CHC M8 screws. It rotates around a coupling sleeve.

The variable displacement pump has maximum capacity of 60cc, and a 400 bar maximum pressure. The gear ratio is 67/58. Drive is transmitted directly to the gearbox by a gear train. The pump is fitted to the gearbox housing by two HM 12 screws. The service pump (18 bar) is a 14cc fixed displacement pump fitted to the gearbox housing, and is driven by a gear train. The lubricating pump is a fixed displacement pump. It is a gear pump and is fitted to the same drive pinion as the service pump. It’s capacity is 23.4cc.

Diagram of the variable displacement pump and steering pump

86 N.m 50 N.m

25 N.m Variable displacement pump VD pump control Steering pump Priority block MA-09-04107A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 1

09J01.3

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

Exploded view of the variable displacement pump.

14 15 16 17 18 10

19

9 8

13

7 6

12

5

11

4 3 20

2 21

1 22

26 23

25 24

Fig. 2

MA-09-04133A

Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

1

O’ring

14

O’ring

2

Flange

15

Union

3

Screw

16

O’ring

4

Hose

17

Elbow union

5

Gasket

18

Hose

6

Plug

19

Screw

7

O’ring

20

Flange

8

Washer

21

O’ring

9

Rigid pipe

22

Collar

10

Screw

23

Hose

11

O’ring

24

O’ring

12

Union

25

Screw

13

Rigid pipe

26

Washer

09J01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

Exploded view of the steering pump

27 28 29 30 31 32

50 47 46

49 48

45 44

33

43

34

42

35

41

36

40

37

39 38

Fig. 3 MA-09-04134A

Ref.

Description

Description

27

Screw

40

Union

28

Union plate

41

Seal

29

Hose

42

Union

30

Union

43

Rigid pipe

31

Screw

44

Union

32

O’ring

45

O’ring

33

Hose

46

Washer

34

Union

47

Screw

35

O’ring

48

O’ring

36

O’ring

49

Union

37

Union

50

Hose

38

Strainer

39

Seal

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Ref.

09J01.5

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

Exploded view of the service pump (18 bar)

58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 Fig. 4

MA-09-04135A

Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

51

Screw

60

Cover

52

Rigid pipe

61

Catchdog

53

Union

62

O’ring

54

Screw

63

Hydraulic pump

55

Union

64

O’ring

56

O’ring

65

Insert

57

O’ring

66

Screw

58

Screw

67

Screw

59

O’ring

09J01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

Exploded view of the lubricating pump

74

75

76

77

78

79

73

72

71

70

69

68

80 81

82

MA-09-04136A

83

84 Fig. 5

Ref.

Description

Description

68

Key

77

Suction filter

69

Washer

78

O’ring

70

Screw

79

Circlip

71

Screw

80

Pipe

72

O’ring

81

O’ring

73

O’ring

82

Pump

74

Filter

83

Drive pinion

75

Screw

84

Circlip

76

Cover

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Ref.

09J01.7

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

B . Disassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump NOTE: The pumps are removed and refitted through the spacer hole, but to improve visibility the photos show a scale model without an engine and with the spacer removed in certain cases. The references in the text refer to the following figures (Fig. 2, Fig. 3, Fig. 4 and Fig. 5).

Preliminary operations: 1. Chock the tractor and take off the rear right-hand wheel. 2. Remove the exhaust system. 3. Take off the right-hand protective guards. 4. Take off the protective guard over the right-hand footstep. 5. Remove the right-hand footstep. 6. Drain and remove the fuel tank. 7. Drain the hydraulic oil. 8. Remove the protective housings that might obstruct access. 9. Disconnect the hydraulic pipes connected to the tank (Fig. 6 and Fig. 7).

Fig. 6

Fig. 7 10. Disconnect the hose (33) from the steering pump priority block.

Fig. 8

09J01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 11. Take out the attachment screws (10) from the hydraulic pressure pipe of the variable displacement pump.

Fig. 9

12. Take out the tank attachment screws.

Fig. 10

13. Remove the oil tank.

Fig. 11

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.9

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 14. Take out the rigid pipe (9) through the port, then disassemble it.

Fig. 12

15. Remove the hose (50) from the steering pump priority block.

Fig. 13

16. Take out the attachment screws (27) from the union plate (28).

Fig. 14

09J01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 17. Gently remove the plate from the spacer, and disassemble the hydraulic union from the priority block.

Fig. 15

18. Remove the “Load Sensing” control pipe from the variable displacement pump.

Fig. 16

19. Disconnect the hose (33) from the steering pump priority block.

Fig. 17

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.11

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 20. Loosen the collar (22), then disconnect the variable displacement pump suction hose (23).

Fig. 18

21. Take off the rigid pipe (43) fitted with its strainer (38). NOTE: Access to the union is limited, so a 41 mm pipe wrench is recommended.

Fig. 19

22. Remove the union (44) from the pump.

Fig. 20

09J01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 23. Take out the attachment screws (47) from the steering pump.

Fig. 21

24. Remove the steering pump. 25. Discard the O’ring.

Fig. 22

26. Remove the coupling sleeve.

Fig. 23

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.13

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 27. Loosen and take out the screws (3), then remove the pressure union of the variable displacement pump. NOTE: Access is limited, so a 10 mm multipurpose wrench is recommended.

Fig. 24

28. Remove the return rigid pipe (13) to the variable displacement pump tank. NOTE: Access is limited, so a 27 mm pipe wrench is recommended.

Fig. 25

29. Remove the screws (25) from the variable displacement pump flange. NOTE: Access is limited, so an 18 mm offset pipe socket is recommended.

Fig. 26

09J01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 30. Support the variable displacement pump across the housing with a wooden shim, and pull the pump away of the gear teeth.

Fig. 27

31. Take the pump out of the spacer; 32. Discard the paper gasket. NOTE: It is recommended to turn the suction channel of the pump upwards and to remove an attachment stud from the tank to extract the pump more easily.

Fig. 28

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.15

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

C . Reassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump IMPORTANT: Before reassembling, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any rust, mud or water must be removed. 33. Grease and fit new seals. 34. Screw two M12 guide studs into M12 screw holes to assist pump assembly. 35. Insert the variable displacement pump into the spacer and slide it onto the studs. NOTE: A wooden shim can be fitted to assist pump positioning.

36. Take out the guide studs and attach the pump using the two M12 attachment screws (25). 37. Tighten the M12 screws (25) to a torque of:

Fig. 29

86 Nm

38. Fit the return rigid pipe (13) to the variable displacement pump tank. NOTE: Access is limited, so a 27 mm pipe wrench is recommended.

Fig. 30

Fig. 31

09J01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 39. Fit the variable displacement pump pressure hose (4). 40. Tighten the screws (3) to a torque of:

50 Nm

Fig. 32

41. Fit the coupling sleeve of the two pumps.

Fig. 33 42. Fit a new O’ring on the steering pump centring diameter, and fit the steering pump in its housing.

Fig. 34

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.17

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 43. Fit and tighten the steering pump screws (47) to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 35 44. Fit the steering pump union (44).

Fig. 36 45. Fit the steering pump rigid pipe (43) fitted with its strainer (38).

Fig. 37

09J01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 46. Connect the hose (23) on the variable displacement pump suction channel, and tighten the collar (22).

Fig. 38

47. Attach the hose (33) on the steering pump priority block.

Fig. 39

48. Fit the elbow (17) on the variable displacement pump.

Fig. 40

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.19

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 49. Fit the steering pump priority block hose (50) and tighten the three screws (27) to a torque of:

10 Nm

Fig. 41 50. Fit the hose (50) on the steering pump priority block.

Fig. 42 51. Take out the pressure hose (4) from the variable displacement pump through the spacer plug (6), and connect it to the rigid pipe (9) of the washer (8).

Fig. 43

09J01.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 52. Refit the stud if removed when extractng the pump. 53. Clean the mating faces of the tank and spacer. 54. Smear one of the cleaned surfaces with sealing product (ref. X903.050.074). 55. Fit the hydraulic tank.

Fig. 44 56. Fit and tighten the tank attachment screws.

Fig. 45

57. Tighten the screws (10) of the washer (8).

Fig. 46

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.21

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 58. Fit the hose to the union (30).

Fig. 47 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66.

67. 68. 69.

Fit the tank hydraulic channels. (Fig. 48 and Fig. 49) Refit the protective housings that were removed. Refit the fuel tank. Refit the footstep. Refit the protective guard over the right-hand footstep. Refit the right-hand protective guards. Refit the exhaust system. Top up the hydraulic oil (approximately 65L). NOTE: The recommended oil quality and quantity should be respected. Check the operation and tightness of the hydraulic circuit. Repair any defective elements or seals. Refit the rear right-hand wheel. Fig. 48

Fig. 49

09J01.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

D . Disassembling the service pump (18 bar) NOTE: The service pump is removed and refitted through the spacer hole, but to improve visibility the photos show a scale model without an engine and with the spacer removed in certain cases. The references in the text refer to the following figures (Fig. 2, Fig. 3, Fig. 4 and Fig. 5).

Preliminary operations: 70. take out the variable displacement pump from the spacer (see “Disassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump” section). 71. Loosen the screws (54) of the service pump union (55). Fig. 50

72. Take out the attachment screw from the union (55) on the gearbox housing and remove the suction pipe. 73. Discard the O’rings (56) and (57).

Fig. 51

74. Loosen the rigid pipe of the service pump pressure pipe and remove the hydraulic pipe (52).

Fig. 52

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.23

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 75. Take out the screws (51) from the service pump and remove the pump. 76. Discard the O’ring (62).

Fig. 53

77. Check the condition of the service pump catchdog (61) (arrow Fig. 54).

Fig. 54

09J01.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

E . Reassembling the service pump (18 bar) 78. Smear the service pump groove with miscible grease and fit it with a new O’ring (62).

Fig. 55

79. Remove the insert (65). 80. Discard the O'ring (64). 81. Smear a new O’ring (64) with miscible grease and fit it in the union flange groove.

Fig. 56 82. Refit the insert (65). 83. Tighten the diametrically opposed screws (66) and (67) to a torque of:

10 Nm

Fig. 57

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.25

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 84. Fit the catchdog (61) on the service pump pin. NOTE: The service pump drive pin and gearbox drive pin are at a right angle to each other. To avoid incorrect refitting, the catchdog is grooved on the pump side.

Fig. 58 85. Fit the pump in its housing. 86. Insert and tighten the screws (51) to a torque of:

49 Nm

87. Smear the O’rings (56) with miscible grease, and fit them in the union (55) grooves. 88. Smear the O’ring (57) with miscible grease and fit it in the suction flange groove.

Fig. 59

Fig. 60

09J01.26

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 89. Fit the suction elbow with the flange, and hold it in position by fitting the attachment screw on the gearbox. (arrow Fig. 61).

Fig. 61 90. Fit and tighten the screws (54) on the suction flange.

Fig. 62

91. Fit and tighten the rigid pipe (52). 92. Refit the variable displacement pump. See “Reassembling the steering pump and the variable displacement pump” section.

Fig. 63

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.27

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

F . Disassembling the lubricating pump Preliminary operations: 93. Remove the transmission unit. See “Disassembling the Dyna VT module” section. NOTE: The references in the text refer to the following figures (Fig. 2, Fig. 3, Fig. 4 and Fig. 5). 94. Take out the screws (75), then remove the cover (76).

Fig. 64

95. Remove the filter (74).

Fig. 65 96. Loosen the pipe on the pressure filter side.

Fig. 66

09J01.28

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 97. Loosen the pipe on the rear axle side.

Fig. 67 98. Remove the circlip (79) from the suction pipe.

Fig. 68

99. Fit home the suction pipe in the suction filter pipe to release it from the pump.

Fig. 69

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.29

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 100.Loosen and remove the 2 screws (71).

Fig. 70

101.Remove the lubricating pump.

Fig. 71

102.Remove the suction pipe. 103.Discard the O’rings.

Fig. 72

09J01.30

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 104.Take off the pump pinion circlip (84).

Fig. 73 105.Remove the pump pinion (83).

Fig. 74

106.Take off the key (68). 107.Check the pump condition, and replace it if required.

Fig. 75

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.31

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps

G . Reassembling the lubricating pump IMPORTANT: Before reassembling, all components, mating faces and grooves must be clean. Any mud, rust or water must be removed. 108.Fit the key (68) in its housing.

Fig. 76 109.Fit the drive pinion (83).

Fig. 77 110.Fit the shaft circlip (84).

Fig. 78

09J01.32

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 111.Fit the pump in its housing in the gearbox. Hold it in position using 2 screws. 112.Refit the pipe on the pressure filter side and rear axle side (arrow Fig. 79).

Fig. 79 113.Prepare the suction pipe. 114.Fit the 2 O’rings (81) and circlips (79) as shown in (Fig. 80).

Fig. 80

115.Fit the side not fitted with the O’ring in the suction filter pipe (77).

Fig. 81

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.33

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 116.Smear the O'ring with miscible grease and fit home the pipe in the suction pump. NOTE: The circlip groove on the suction filter pipe side must be cleared.

Fig. 82

117.Smear it with miscible grease, then slide the O’ring into its groove.

Fig. 83

118.Fit the circlip in its groove.

Fig. 84

09J01.34

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 119.Fit the pipe into the suction filter until it abuts against the circlip. NOTE: The circlip groove on the pump side must be cleared.

Fig. 85

120.Fit the circlip on the pipe, on the pump side.

Fig. 86

121.Definitively tighten the pump attachment screws to a torque of:

25 Nm

Fig. 87

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09J01.35

Disassembling and reassembling the pumps 122.Fit the suction filter (74).

Fig. 88

123.Fit the cover (76) using the 3 screws (75).

Fig. 89

124.Tighten the screws (75) to a torque of:

25 Nm

125.Refit the transmission unit. See “Reassembling the Dyna VT module” section.

Fig. 90

09J01.36

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

09K01 - Auxiliary hydraulics tests

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Steering and cooling circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 C . High flow rate auxiliary hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.1

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

09K01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

A . General The hydraulic system fitted on tractors equipped with a DYNA VT transmission is made of two parts: - the transmission hydraulic circuit - the auxiliary hydraulic circuit

Auxiliary hydraulic circuit The auxiliary hydraulic circuit comprises two pumps. One is a 19cc fixed displacement pump and the other is a 60cc variable displacement pump. The fixed displacement pump supplies the following components: - the steering spool valve, - the cooling system. The variable displacement pump supplies the following components: - trailer braking, - ParkLock circuit, - auxiliary spool valves, - lift control spool valve, - optional equipment fitted on the auxiliary spool valves circuit. Both pumps are installed in the cast-iron hydraulic tank used as a spacer between the gearbox and the engine.

Transmission hydraulic circuit The transmission hydraulic circuit comprises two fixed displacement pumps. Their displacement is of 14 cc and 23.4 cc. They supply: - 14 cc pump: the transmission control circuit (solenoid valves, clutches) - 23.4 cc pump: the gearbox lubricating and cooling circuit (hydraulic cooler, lubrication) For the hydraulic tests concerning the transmission circuit, see chapter 5.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Preliminary operations Before starting the tests, run the engine at 2000 rpm to raise the oil temperature to 60 °C (132 °F) minimum. To assist the rise in temperature, connect a flow meter to an auxiliary spool valve and limit the flow rate in the flow meter. As soon as the oil temperature reaches or exceeds 60°C (132°F), switch off the auxiliary spool valve and open the flow meter valve to the maximum. To carry out the tests indicated in this section, it is recommended to use the following equipment, available in the AGCO network: - MF 3001: Pressure gauge kit; - MF 3016: 4 - 160 l/min (0.9 - 36 Gal/min) turbine flow meter kit; - MF 3017: Pipe assembly for MF 3016 flow meter; - 3582045M1: Female diagnostics coupler; If not available, use equivalent equipment; - AG01A: Hydraulic measurement and testing instrument kit (see § D). REMINDER: In all cases, ensure the direction of oil flow is correct in order to avoid any damage to the flow meter. Also choose pressure gauges, pipes and unions of sufficient capacity and strength for the checks to be carried out. NOTE: It may be necessary to adapt the tests proposed in this manual according to the function to be tested. In all cases, ensure that the suitable test equipment is used. In the case of pressure gauges, always use a pressure resistance greater than the pressure of the tested function.

09K01.3

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Main functions tested Pressures (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) Values (bar) min.

max.

Pressure gauge to use

5

10

30

160

270

-

225 to 245

270

Variable displacement pump discharge pressure

22

200

270

P5 (PpLS)

XLS control line pressure

4

210

30 or 270

P6

Trailer braking pressure

0

140

270

P7

Lift control shock valve opening pressure

225

270

P8 (PpT)

Tank return line pressure

5

270

Ref.

Description

P1 (PpAC)

Cooling circuit pressure

P2

Max. steering circuit pressure

P3

Orbitol shock valve opening pressure

P4 (PpPPV)

0

Flow rates (Fig. 3) Ref.

Description

Values (L/min)

Q1

Max. flow rate of the 19cc pump at 2,200 rpm (steering / cooling circuit)

48

Q2

Max. flow rate of the 60cc pump at 2,200 rpm (high flow rate circuit)

140

Q3

Max. flow rate of the trailer brake system at 2,200 rpm

50

Distribution block pressure connectors

Fig. 1

09K01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

Pressure tests

P2 P3

P1 P8 P5

P6

P7

P4

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.5

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

Flow rate tests

Q1

Q2

Q3 Fig. 3

09K01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

B . Steering and cooling circuit Maximum 19cc pump flow rate - Connect a flow meter in series with the hydraulic cooler. NOTE: The flow meter should be connected using locally made unions. NOTE: Check that the flow meter load valve remains fully open. - Without turning the steering wheel, check the Q1 max. flow rate. Engine speed

Flow rate (no action on steering)

1000

19 L/min

2200

48 L/min

Fig. 4

Cooling circuit pressure The cooler is protected by means of a by-pass valve calibrated to 5 bar. It is fitted in parallel at the level of the distribution block. - Connect a pressure gauge (max. 30 bar) to the “PpAC” diagnostics connector (P1) (Fig. 4) located at the front of the distribution block. - Check that the maximum pressure of the circuit: P1 = max. 10 bar.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.7

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Maximum steering circuit pressure - Connect a T union between the steering ram and one of the ram supply hoses. - Connect a pressure gauge with a maximum capacity of approximately 270 bar to the T union (Fig. 5). - Start the engine. - Turn the steering wheel to full lock. - Check that the max. pressure P2 = 160 bar+/-10

Orbitol shock valve pressure - Connect a T union between a steering ram supply hose and the ram. - On the T union, connect a hand calibrating pump fitted with a 300 bar pressure gauge. - With the engine stopped, pump until the Orbitol shock valve opens. - Check that the max. pressure P3 = 225 - 245 bar.

Fig. 5

Steering circuit leaks - Run the engine at 1000 rpm. - Turn the steering on full lock and apply a torque of 4 Nm to the axis of the steering wheel. The wheel must not turn more than 2 rpm. If the wheel turns more than 2 rpm, disconnect the pipes that supply the rams, block the two ports and then apply the same torque (4 Nm) to the steering wheel. If it turns at less than 2 rpm, there is a leak at the level of the ram.

09K01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

C . High flow rate auxiliary hydraulic circuit Checking the maximum pump pressure - Connect a pressure gauge with a capacity of approximately 270 bar to the PpPPV (P4) pressure connector located to the right of the distribution block. - Connect a flow meter to an auxiliary spool valve. CAUTION: Ensure that supply and return pipes are connected in the correct direction (Fig. 6) in order to avoid damaging the flow meter. - Start the engine. - Activate the concerned spool valve in fully open position. - Close the flow meter valve until the maximum pressure P4 = 200 +/-5 bar is reached.

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.9

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Checking the maximum pump flow rate - Connect a pressure gauge to the PpPPV pressure connector (P4) located to the right of the distribution block (Fig. 6). - As the flow rate per spool valve is limited to approximately 95+/-5 l/min, connect a flow meter to two auxiliary spool valves. NOTE: Make a local assembly to connect two spool valve supplies and two returns to the same flow meter. Ensure that suitable unions are used and that the supplies and returns are connected in the correct direction. - Activate the concerned auxiliary spool valves in fully open position. - Progressively close the flow meter valve, check the P4 pressure and corresponding Q2 flow rate.

at 1000 rpm Q2 flow rate

P4 pressure

66 l/min.

110 bar

65 l/min.

130 bar

65 l/min.

150 bar

64 l/min.

170 bar

61 l/min.

190 bar

0 l/min.

195 bar

at 2200 rpm

Fig. 7

Q2 flow rate

P4 pressure

140 l/min.

110 bar

140 l/min.

130 bar

135 l/min.

150 bar

110 l/min.

170 bar

90 l/min.

190 bar

0 l/min.

195 bar

09K01.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Checking the discharge pressure and XLS pressure Definition of pressures • The discharge pressure (P4) is measured at the variable displacement pump outlet. • The XLS pressure (P5) is the pressure necessary to activate the requested function. • The standby pressure or regulating pressure allows to maintain a constant differential pressure between the discharge pressure and the XLS pressure. • The standby pressure is measured on the pump discharge pressure connector, with the engine running and the high pressure functions at rest. IMPORTANT: In order to avoid damage to the low capacity pressure gauges used during these tests, do not activate any high pressure components (auxiliary spool valve, linkage, trailer brake). Check - Connect a pressure gauge with a capacity of approximately 30 bar to the PpLS pressure connector (P5) located to the left of the distribution block, then a second pressure gauge with a capacity of approximately 30 bar to the PpPPV pressure connector (P4) located to the right of the distribution block (Fig. 8). - These diagnostics connectors are located on the distribution block. NOTE: The PpLS pressure connector (P5) is difficult to access to. It may be necessary to make a union locally for connecting the pressure gauge. P4: Pump discharge pressure P5: XLS line pressure - Check P4 and P5. Engine speed (rpm)

P4 (bar)

P5 (bar)

1000

22

4

2200

22

4

Fig. 8

The P4 discharge pressure must be equal to the P5 XLS flow rate control pressure +18 +/-2 bar. P4 = P5 + 18+/-2 bar Note: The XLS pressure can be checked at the same time as another high pressure function test. Checking the XLS pressure on the P5 connector allows the Load Sensing control line to be checked during action on a high pressure function. In this case, pressure gauges with a capacity of approximately 270 bar must be used.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.11

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Maximum trailer braking pressure - Connect a pressure gauge with a capacity of 270 bar onto the trailer brake coupler (Fig. 9). - Press down the dual brake pedals. - Check the pressure reading: P6 = 140 +/-5 bar at 1,000 rpm and at 2,000 rpm.

Maximum trailer brake flow rate - Connect a pressure gauge between the trailer braking coupler and the optional tank return union (Fig. 10). - Check that the flow meter load valve is fully open. - With the engine running, fully press down on the brake pedals. - Check that the maximum trailer brake flow rate Q3 = 50 l/min.

Fig. 9

Fig. 10

09K01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Checking the SMS management system of electrohydraulic spool valves The electrohydraulic spool valves are used to regulate and store flow rates from the DOT MATRIX control screen or from the DATATRONIC 3 (according to option). This function, along with the Kick out and floating position functions, can be checked by connecting a flow meter to the auxiliary spool valve and a pressure gauge with a capacity of approximately 270 bar to the PpPPV pump discharge pressure connector (P4) located to the right of the distribution block. The connection is identical to that used for checking the pump Q2 flow rate (Fig. 11). The connection allows different functions to be tested: - Kick out - floating position - linkage / spool valve flow rate priority

Fig. 11

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.13

Auxiliary hydraulics tests Checking lift control shock valve opening pressure - Stop the tractor engine. - Connect a manual discharge pump to the unions of the pipes supplying the lift rams (Fig. 12). - Check that the pressure P7 = 225 bar

Checking the tank return line pressure - Connect a pressure gauge to the PpT pressure connector (P8) located on the front of the distribution block (Fig. 13). - Run the engine at 2200 rpm. - Actuate one or more high pressure circuit components (spool valve, linkage, brakes, etc.).

Fig. 12

Fig. 13

09K01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

D . Service tools - AG01A: Hydraulic measurement and testing instrument kit (Fig. 14).

Fig. 14

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.15

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

Page left blank intentionally

09K01.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

PRESSURE TESTS X aux P aux T aux

B A

B A

P 3/4

B A

T 3/4 X SUS

P SUS

T SUS LS 3/8

FS

135 bar A1

B A

P SUS P AUX P OPT

T 22 bar

P P DIR A2

F2

X OPT

B A

X AUX X SUS

230 bar Tx Px

T OPT T SUS T AUX T DIR AC Pp 5 bar

LS PV

FR Pp

TC

P1 B A

Pp

P6

PPp

Pp T

P8

P5

P7

P4 P2

OSPFD 80/240

160 bar

7 bar

P3 60 cc

19 cc 1

1

90 2

2

B

90 3

A

3

B

180

A

1

2 1 180

2

MA-09-03930A

Fig. 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

09K01.17

Auxiliary hydraulics tests

FLOW RATE TESTS X aux P aux T aux

B A

Q2

B A

P 3/4

B A

T 3/4 X SUS

P SUS

T SUS LS 3/8

FS

135 bar A1

B A

P SUS P AUX P OPT

T 22 bar

P P DIR A2

F2

X OPT

B A

X AUX X SUS

230 bar Tx Px

T OPT T SUS T AUX T DIR AC Pp 5 bar

LS PV

FR Pp

TC

Q1 B A

Pp

Q3

PPp

Pp T

OSPFD 80/240

T 160 bar LS

P DIR

7 bar

60 cc

19 cc 1

1

90 2

2

B

90 3

A

3

B

180

A

1

2 1 180

2

MA-09-03931A

Fig. 16

09K01.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Electrical equipment

10 - Electrical equipment CONTENTS 10A01 - Fuse box 10A02 - Electrical diagrams

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Electrical equipment

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Fuse box

10A01 - Fuse box

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Fuse box for Europe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Fuse box - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

10A01.1

Fuse box

10A01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Fuse box

A . General The fuse box elements are named depending on their function: F Fuse SH Shunt (shunts are fuses) R Relays The fuses used are of different powers and sizes: Amperage

Size

3

normal

5

min.

7,5

min.

10

min.

10

normal

15

min.

15

normal

20

normal

25

normal

30

normal

40

max.

50

max.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Colour

10A01.3

Fuse box

B . Fuse box for Europe Ref. F1

Amp Size 10

min.

min.

Direction indicator

15

min.

Direction indicator

SH14

15

min.

min.

10

min.

Direction indicator

R1

Handrail road lights (A)

Brake lights

R2

Fuel booster pump (ECU)

DynaVT electrical control unit, Headland/SV1/SV2 switches

R3

Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

R4

Reversing light (optional)

Electronic injection control unit (ECU) control relay, reversing lights relay

R5

Brake lights

R6

1st additional ON/OFF spool valve (optional)

Air conditioning compressor

R7

2nd additional ON/OFF spool valve (optional) Handrail dipped lights (A) Power socket

normal Front work headlights on grille min.

normal Direction indicator

SH13

15

10

normal Direction indicator

Front right- and rear left-hand side lights, backlighting of switches / console / cigarette lighter

F6

F11

15 15

F5

25

Dipped lights (B)

SH7

15

Instrument panel, gearbox / differential / 4WD / PTO / creeper unit switches

F10

Road lights (B)

min.

SH9

min.

min.

min.

10

SH11

10

5

15

SH5

Protected function

F4

F7

SH4

F12

15

min.

Autotronic 4 calculator

R8

F13

7,5

min.

Work headlights module

R10

F14

7,5

min.

Electric rear-view mirrors (optional)

R11

DynaVT actuator

F16

30

normal Injection pump stop solenoid valve, braking pressure sensor

R12

Wiper timer

R14

Air conditioning

F17

3

normal Brake switches

R15

+ ignition on

F18

7,5

R16

Cab suspension (optional)

R17

Front work headlights

F19

25

F21

7,5

F22

10

min.

Linkage, diagnostics, braking circuit pressure sensor

normal Pneumatic seat, fuel heater min. min.

Linkage TOC/BOC switch, ParkLock switch, buzzer, starter switch, reverse shuttle lever, throttle pedal position sensor, armrest, parameter display selector switch

R18

Rear work headlights

R19

Rear fender work headlights

R20

Footstep work headlights

R21

Left-hand direction indicator Right-hand direction indicator

F23

30

normal Cigarette lighter, radio, roof light

R24

F25

25

normal Hazard warning lights switch

R27

Flashing beacon Central direction indicator unit

F26

30

normal Power socket

R28

F28

20

normal Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

R29

Air conditioning compressor

F30

15

min.

R31

Front work headlights on grille

F31

15

min.

ECU

F32

10

min.

Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

F34

15

min.

Dipped lights

F35

7,5

min.

Horn

F36

15

min.

Road lights

F37

5

min.

Clutch safety switch

F38

7,5

min.

Front left- and rear right-hand side lights, instrument panel back lighting

Thermostart electronic injection control unit (ECU)

F39

20

F40

15

min.

F41

15

min.

5th auxiliary hydraulic spool valve (optional)

F42

5

min.

ECU

normal Side / road lights switch on handrails Left-hand direction indicator

F44

15

min.

Right-hand direction indicator

F46

15

min.

Rear windscreen wiper.

F47

10

min.

Radio

F49

50

max.

Cab suspension (optional)

F50

50

max.

Air conditioning

F51

15

min.

Instrument panel

F52

10

min.

Power socket

F53

25

F54

30

normal Front work headlights

F55

25

normal Rear work headlights

normal Front windscreen wiper

F56

25

normal Work headlights on rear fenders and/or handrails

F57

30

normal Footstep work headlights

F58

7,5

min.

Work headlights module

F59

10

min.

Flashing beacon

F60

10

min.

+ ignition on relay control

F61

25

F62

40

SH2

30

10A01.4

¤ H

(A): Tractors with Germany specifications only. (B) : All models except tractors with Germany specifications.

normal Hazard warning lights max.

Autotronic 4 calculator supply

normal Handrail work headlights on fenders

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Fuse box

R31

X14 X15 R29

RESERVE 2

BLINK

1

1

2

PLAFOND

R30

2

1 R27

BAF2

PILIER

R28 2

BAF1

1 SH3 SH2

BAF3

X5

SH1

BAF4 R19

R20

X3

SH14

SH13

R18

X13

X8

F61 F60 F59 F58 F62 40A

R17

F57 25A

X7 F56

10A 10A 7,5A

F55 R26

SH11

F54

30A SH12

F53

25A

X12

R16

25A

SH10

X9

R24 30A

R25

SH6 SH8

R15

25A

F47 10A F46 15A F45 7,5A F44 15A F43 7,5A

R22

R21 SH7 SH9 F40 15A

R6

R7

F42

F41 15A F39

5A

R8

R13 F49 50A F50 F51 50A F48 7,5A

R11

15A F52

R12

R10

R9 F26

R5

30A

10A F25 25A

F27 25A 20A SH5

F28 20A

F33 5A F32 10A F31 15A

F34 15A SH4 R1

X6

F23

F29 15A

F21 7,5A F19 25A

F30 15A R3

R2

30A

F18 7,5A

R4

F38 7,5A F37 5A F36 15A F35 7,5A

X10

R14

R23

F24 10A F22 10A

F17 3A F16 30A

TB1-B BAF8

1

2

F15 40A F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F11 F12 F13 F14

F7 F8 F9 F10 10A 15A 10A 10A 15A 10A 5A 15A 15A Res 10A 15A 7,5A 7,5A

X11

MA-10-06072A

Fig. 1 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

10A01.5

Fuse box

C . Fuse box - North America Ref. F1

Amp Size 10

min.

F59

10

min.

Flashing beacon

F60

10

min.

+ ignition on relay control

F61

25

F62

40

normal Hazard warning lights

Protected function

SH3

30

Front right- and rear left-hand side lights, backlighting of switches / console / cigarette lighter

SH4

15

min.

Road lights

SH5

10

min.

Dipped lights

SH6

10

normal Direction indicator normal Direction indicator

max.

Autotronic 4 calculator supply

normal Work headlights on footsteps and handrails

F2

15

min.

Roof direction indicators

F3

10

min.

Left-hand fender extension direction indicator

F4

10

min.

Instrument panel, gearbox / differential / 4WD / PTO / creeper unit switches

SH8

10

SH10

15

min.

F5

15

min.

Brake lights

SH12

15

min.

F6

10

min.

DynaVT electrical control unit, Headland/SV1/SV2 switches

R2

Fuel booster pump (ECU)

R3

Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

F7

5

min.

Electronic injection control unit (ECU) control relay, reversing lights relay

R4

Reversing light (optional)

R5

Brake lights

F10

25

F11

10

normal Front work headlights on grille min.

Direction indicator

R6

1st additional ON/OFF spool valve (optional)

Autotronic 4 calculator

R7

2nd additional ON/OFF spool valve (optional) Power socket

Air conditioning compressor

F12

15

F13

7,5

min.

Work headlights module

R10

F14

7,5

min.

Electric rear-view mirrors (optional)

R11

DynaVT actuator

F16

30

normal Injection pump stop solenoid valve, braking pressure sensor

R12

Wiper timer

R14

Air conditioning

F17

3

normal Brake switches

R15

+ ignition on

F18

7,5

R16

Cab suspension (optional)

F19

25

R17

Front work headlights

F21 F22

7,5 10

F23

30

F24

10

F25

25

min.

Direction indicator

min.

Linkage, diagnostics, braking circuit pressure sensor

normal Pneumatic seat, fuel heater min. min.

Linkage TOC/BOC switch, ParkLock switch, buzzer, starter switch, reverse shuttle lever, throttle pedal position sensor, armrest, parameter display selector switch

normal Cigarette lighter, radio, roof light min.

Right-hand fender extension direction indicator

R18

Rear work headlights

R19

Rear fender work headlights

R20

Footstep work headlights

R21

Left-hand direction indicator

R22

Direction indicator and brake light on left-hand fender extension

R23

Direction indicator and brake light on right-hand fender extension

normal Hazard warning lights switch

F26

30

normal Power socket

R24

Right-hand direction indicator

F28

20

normal Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

R25

Right-hand direction indicator on rear fender

F30

15

R26

Left-hand direction indicator on rear fender

min.

Thermostart electronic injection control unit (ECU)

F31

15

min.

ECU

F32

10

min.

Electronic injection control unit (ECU)

F34

15

min.

Dipped lights

F35

7,5

min.

Horn

F36

15

min.

Road lights

F37

5

min.

Clutch safety switch

F38

7,5

min.

Front left- and rear right-hand side light, instrument panel back lighting

F39

20

F40

15

min.

Left-hand direction indicator

F41

15

min.

5th auxiliary hydraulic spool valve (optional)

5

min.

ECU

F43

7,5

min.

Left-hand direction indicator on brake light

F44

15

min.

Right-hand direction indicator

F45

7,5

min.

Right-hand direction indicator on brake light

F46

15

min.

Rear windscreen wiper

F47

10

min.

Radio

F49

50

max.

Cab suspension (optional)

F50

50

max.

Air conditioning

F51

15

min.

Instrument panel

F52

10

min.

Power socket

F53

25

F54

30

normal Front work headlights

F55

25

normal Rear work headlights

Central direction indicator unit

R29

Air conditioning compressor

R31

Front work headlights on grille

normal Front windscreen wiper

F56

25

normal Work headlights on rear fenders and/or handrails

F57

30

normal Footstep work headlights

F58

7,5

¤ H

Flashing beacon

R28

normal Side / road lights switch on handrails

F42

10A01.6

R27

min.

Work headlights module

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Fuse box

R31

X14 X15 R29

RESERVE 2

BLINK

1

1

2

PLAFOND

R30

2

1 R27

BAF2

PILIER

R28 2

BAF1

1 SH3 SH2

BAF3

X5

SH1

BAF4 R19

R20

X3

SH14

SH13

R18

X13

X8

F61 F60 F59 F58 F62 40A

R17

F57 25A

X7 F56

10A 10A 7,5A

F55 R26

SH11

F54

30A SH12

F53

25A

X12

R16

25A

SH10

X9

R24 30A

R25

SH6 SH8

R15

25A

F47 10A F46 15A F45 7,5A F44 15A F43 7,5A

R22

R21 SH7 SH9 F40 15A

R6

R7

F42

F41 15A F39

5A

R8

R13 F49 50A F50 F51 50A F48 7,5A

R11

15A F52

R12

R10

R9 F26

R5

30A

10A F25 25A

F27 25A 20A SH5

F28 20A

F33 5A F32 10A F31 15A

F34 15A SH4 R1

X6

F23

F29 15A

F21 7,5A F19 25A

F30 15A R3

R2

30A

F18 7,5A

R4

F38 7,5A F37 5A F36 15A F35 7,5A

X10

R14

R23

F24 10A F22 10A

F17 3A F16 30A

TB1-B BAF8

1

2

F15 40A F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F11 F12 F13 F14

F7 F8 F9 F10 10A 15A 10A 10A 15A 10A 5A 15A 15A Res 10A 15A 7,5A 7,5A

X11

MA-10-06073A

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

10A01.7

Fuse box

10A01.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Electrical diagrams

10A02 - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . Cab equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Engine equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 C . Bulb types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 D . Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 E . Electronic units supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.1

Electrical diagrams

10A02.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

A . Cab equipment General power supply of fuse box with cut-out switch ....... 5 General power supply of fuse box without cut-out switch......................................................................... 6 Right-hand side cigarette lighter ................................ 7 Left-hand side cigarette lighter .................................. 8 Power socket ............................................................. 9 Horn ......................................................................... 10 Front windscreen wiper ........................................... 11 Rear windscreen wiper ............................................ 12 Cab suspension........................................................ 13 Pneumatic seat ........................................................ 14 Radio - Europe (except Germany) ............................ 15 Radio - North America .............................................. 16 Radio - Germany....................................................... 17 Manual air conditioning for standard roof................. 18 Manual air conditioning for high visibility roof .......... 19 Automatic air conditioning........................................ 20 Standard ventilation for standard roof ...................... 21 Standard ventilation for high visibility roof ............... 22 Extreme cold weather air conditioning..................... 23 Electrical rear view mirrors....................................... 24 Door switch.............................................................. 25 Instrument panel controls ........................................ 26 Radar ........................................................................ 27 Fieldstar.................................................................... 28 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge ................................... 29 Emergency handbrake ............................................. 30

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.3

Electrical diagrams

Page left blank intentionally

10A02.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams General power supply of fuse box with cut-out switch 2 3 5 20 25 46 FAI 13 FAI 35 FAI 137 FAI 138 FAI 139

Fuse box Start switch Supply terminal Cut-out switch Starter motor Alternator Fuse box supply harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Battery +12V fuse box supply harness Ignition on +12V fuse box supply harness Instrument panel +ignition on harness

20

-

+

2 X1 +12V X1.1/MASSE_BAF.1

1

-

+

3A

MASSE BAF N

1

FAI138

X2

X2.1/CAB120.1

1

R

+12V

CAB120

1

CAB120

1 X

1

Y

CAB120.1/S1.1

R

1

+12V

1

X4

1

X3

FAI139

25

S1

1 X3.1/CAB22.1

R

CAB32

R

R CAB34

1

X2.1/CAB21.1

FAI35

X2.1/CAB33.1

X2.1/CAB32.1

X2.1/CAB34.1

R

R

+12V ACC

CAB33

1

1

CAB21

225A 150A

1

XX

1

CAB22

S1.1/CAB24.1

M

46

3

1 CAB24

3

CAB121 1

1

CAB121.1/S1.1

CAB121

M

S1 S1.1/CAB23.1

M

2

1

5

CAB23

FAI137 S1.1/CAB25.1

M

1

4

1 CAB25

PLUS_CAB.1/CAB121.1 M X4.1/PLUS_CAB.1 M

FAI13

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

5 1

XXX

MA-10-06057A

1

PLUS CAB

10A02.5

Electrical diagrams General power supply of fuse box without cut-out switch 2 3 5 25 46 FAI 13 FAI 35 FAI 137 FAI 138 FAI 139

Fuse box Start switch Supply terminal Starter motor Alternator Fuse box supply harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Battery +12V fuse box supply harness Ignition on +12V fuse box supply harness Instrument panel +ignition on harness

2

-

+

+12V

X1

-

+

BAF X1.1/MASSE_BAF.1

1

N

1

FAI138

X2

X2.1/CAB120.1

1

R CAB120

1

CAB120

1

+12V AP. CONTACT

X

1

Y

CAB120.1/S1.1

R

1

+12V

1

X4

1

X3

25 FAI139

S1

1 X3.1/CAB22.1

R

CAB32

R

R

1

CAB34

X2.1/CAB21.1

FAI35

X2.1/CAB33.1

X2.1/CAB32.1

X2.1/CAB34.1

R

R

+12V ACC

1

CAB33

1

CAB21

1

225A 150A XX

1

CAB22

46 S1.1/CAB24.1

M

3

1 CAB24

3

CAB121 1

1

CAB121.1/S1.1

CAB121

M

S1 S1.1/CAB23.1

M

2

1

5

CAB23

FAI137 S1.1/CAB25.1

M

1

4

1 CAB25

MA-10-06058A

PLUS_CAB.1/CAB121.1 M X4.1/PLUS_CAB.1 M

FAI13

XXX 1

1 PLUS CAB

5

10A02.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Right-hand side cigarette lighter 2 18 FAI 31 FAI 35 CAB03

Fuse box Cigarette lighter Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Road lights switch

N

CAB28 1

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

N

CAB03

2 8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

BAF9 TB2

BAF9.5/S2.1

S2

R

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

+3

BAF9.15/S3.1

M

S3.1/BAF9.17

M

+6

1

-7

N

F23

F39

FAI35

M

1 3

4 6

7

8

9 11

16

13 15 17

18

14

12

10

5

2

2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S3.1/CAB3.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

2

2

5

CAB3

S3

CAB73 1 CAB94.1/CAB73.1.1

1

N

F1 CAB94

BAF12

1

2

3

6

5 7

8

9

10 12

11

1

15

16

17

18

13

F23 - 30A

14

F39 - 20A

4

F1- 10A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

BAF12.4/S6.1

S6

B

CAB95.1/S6.1

1

B

18

FAI31

CAB95

S11 BAF12.15/S11.1

M

BAF12.17/S11.1

M

S11.1/CAB96.1

1

M

CAB96

1

X4

MA-10-06044A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.7

Electrical diagrams Left-hand side cigarette lighter 2 19 FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 124 FAI 126

Fuse box Cigarette lighter socket Roof harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness LST pillar harness Lighting harness - Europe

2

2 F23 BAF12 17

18 16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F23 - 30A 1 X4

BAF12.15/S7.1

S11

M

S11.1/CAB97.1

M

FAI 31 CAB97

1 2 3 4

CAB97

1 2 3 4

4

3

2

1

X1

S3.1/R43.1

S3

M

S3.1/R2.6

M

6

5

4

3

2

1

6 5 4 3 2 1 R2

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

N N

6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI15

R43

1

3

1

6

4

R3

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF2.6/CAB_97.1

3

1

6

4

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF3

6

5

4

3

2

1

4

1

2

M

FAI126

FAI124

ROOF2

CAB103.3/ROOF3.6 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

3

CAB103.3/X1.1

N

1

CAB103 CAB103

N N 3

1

6

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6

5

4

3

2

1

MA-10-06041A

1 R10 R44

19

1

R44.1/R49.1

N

N

1 R49

10A02.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Power socket 2 63 FAI 31 FAI 70

Fuse box Cab interior electrical socket Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Cab interior electrical socket harness

2

FAI31 X4

F26 - 30A

FAI70

6

5

4

3

2

1

3

2

1

6

5

4

S14.1/BAF12.18 BAF12.16/S14.1

CAB88 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF12.13/CAB88.6 R CAB88.5/CAB73.2.1 N CAB88.4/CAB73.2.1 N S14.1/CAB88.3 M CAB88.1/S14.1

S14

M

CAB88

16

15

14

13

2

1

4

3

17

5

18 2

1

1

3

1

4

2

6

1

5

3

7

1

8

4

9

1

10

5

M

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F52 - 10A

X1X5 1

2 4

5

3

R10

1

BAF12

X2

11

12

1

M

1

63

F26 CAB73 2

F52

1

R10

2

MA-10-06048A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.9

Electrical diagrams Horn Fuse box Start switch Wiper control unit Horn Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness

2

F53

ENG1

1

26

25

X4

1

X3

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 BAF8.6/S13.1 7 8 9 10

X1X5

(4) 56

X4.1/PLUS_CAB.1

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 M 3 2 1

M S13 S13.1/CAB17.3

CAB17

(3) (8) 30 Sx

(9) Dx

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

FAI13

+ CAB

1

2

12 24

8

3

27

23

4 13 14

7

4

11

1 5 15

26

22

13

6

5

R

7

CAB17.7/BAF9.12

8

B

9

BAF10.4/ENG1.28

10

B

11

ENG1.28/ENG12.1

12

N

13

ENG11.1/ENG9.1

14

1

15

2

16

3

17

4 10 3

1

1

18

6

14

5

16 27

F53 - 25A

9

6

16 15

25

7

24

17 28

28

6 5

13

8

4 12

21

8 2 7

29

F60 - 10A

20

31 19

17

1

11 23

86

FAI35

BAF8

18

ENG1

29

2 F35

87

30

18

R15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

30

30

7

F35 - 7.5A

85

19 2

9

8 9 3

R15

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BAF10

31

20 21 10 22

10

1

11

ENG9

FAI129

FAI35

12

ENG12

1

13

ENG11

14

1

15

1

16

1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

55

18

2 3 22 55 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 35 FAI 129

I

R

(13) J

O

(7) 53C

klaxon

J

II lave vitre

56b (5)

3

1

L (10)

H (2)

FAI35

CAB22

2

56a (6)

X3.1/CAB22.1

B

5

1

22

4

X1X5.1/MASSE_BAF.1 N

3

N 1

10A02.10

¤ H

FAI17

MA-10-06040A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Front windscreen wiper Fuse box Wiper control unit Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Fender lighting harness (US) US lighting harness Front windscreen wiper motor Windscreen washer pump

22 CAB17

1

2

3

4

F53- 25A

6 4

R

9

2

B

3

10

R

CAB17.12/S9.1

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(4) 56

(3) (8) 30 Sx

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(9) Dx

I

(13) J

O

(7) 53C

klaxon

J

II lave vitre

56b (5)

L (10)

56a (6)

H (2)

CAB17

X4

3

2

1

6

5

4

31

20

CAB41

21

22

CAB41.2/CAB17.11

87a

1 2 3 4 5 6

B

BAF8 86

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

87

1 X1X5

BAF8.2/CAB41.3

R

CAB41.3/BAF8.4

R

12

28 16

15

13 24

29 17

6 5

27

14 25

26

CAB41

CAB41 S9.1/BAF8.8 BAF8.10/S9.1

R R

S9 1

CAB20

1

2 6 8

4

5 7 9

10

3

2

1 2

1 2

FAI127

CAB20 LIG1.20/CAB20.2 CAB28 CAB41.6/CAB28.1

N

1

F60-10A

20

31 30

17

R15

1 LIG3

LIG23.1/LIG3.1

LIG23 R12

1 2

1 2 LIG23

LIG23

1 2

FAI36

N

12 13 24

14 26

23

4

15 27

22 11

1 5

16

GROUND

10 3

6

28

F53-25A

9 2

7

29

21

8 19

18

2

4

23

18 7

1

11

1 2 3 4 5 6

30 19

2 3

25

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

30

85

8 9

10

R12

LIG1.20/LIG23.2

1

6

87

8

X3

5

1 CAB41.1/BAF7.2 2 3 BAF7.4/CAB41.1 4 5 CAB17.13/BAF7.6 6 7 8 9 10

86

7

85

9

1

5

30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

7

11 12 13

FAI35

BAF7

B B

1

F60 - 10A

2

CAB17.1/CAB41.4 CAB20.2/CAB17.2

8

R15

10

2 22 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 127 CAB41 LIG23

LIG1 LIG1

MA-10-06042A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.11

Electrical diagrams

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

R

B

ROOF2 R2 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

S7.1/R7.8

B

R7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+8 1

+3

4

6

1

2

2

-7

5

M

R4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

R21.3/R7.2 R7.6/R21.2 R2.3/R21.1

4

3

4

5

6

2

3

7

4 3 2 1 R21

R

6

5

4 3 2 1

B B R

R21

1

2

CAB3.3/S2.1

7

BAF9.5/S2.1 R S3.1/CAB3.5

8

S2

R4

R4.6/S7.1

S3.1/BAF9.17

M

M

B

3

1

8

2

5

5

6

2 3

6

N N

1

4

1

1

4

R49 R7.7/R49.1 R21.4/R49.1

FAI35

CAB3

R15 CAB3.7/CAB28.1

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F39-20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+3

+6

R21 1

-7

2

2

MA-10-06055A

5

4 7

5

6 3

6 5

1 8

2

2

3 2

CAB3

1

CAB03

CAB28

10A02.12

¤ H

R

R7

4

S3

F46-15A

F1-10A

R2.3/R7.5

2

9

F60-10A

10

BAF9 BAF9

11

16

12

17

18

13

15

14

14

13

12

15

11

10

16

9

8

17

7

6

B

1

X4

R7.1/R7.6

3

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9.15/S3.1

F39 - 20A

5

6

FAI15

18

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

X3

3

5

S7

1

4

4

R7

1 2

4 5 6

3

5

4

2

ROOF2.3/BAF3.14

BAF3

1

7

7

F1-10A

2

3

4

86

F60-10A

2

2

8

30

87

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

X1X5

85

1

BAF3

F46-15A

R15

8

1

1

3

14

6

12

2

10

1

8

4

6

3

4

6

2

FAI124

5

13

8

11

7

9

9

7

10

5

11

3

12

1

14

Fuse box Roof harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness LST pillar harness Road lights switch Rear windscreen wiper switch Rear windscreen wiper motor

13

2 FAI 15 FAI 35 FAI 124 CAB03 R7 R21

1

Rear windscreen wiper

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Cab suspension 2 29 FAI 37 FAI 126 CAB108

Fuse box Control unit Fender lighting harness Lighting harness - Europe Suspended cab switch 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI126 LIG_1.23/X9.1 LIG_1.22/X9.1 X9.1/CAB108.2

R R

R

X1.1/CAB108.7

CAB108

+8

N

X1

CAB108 1 2 3 LIG_1.24/CAB108.3 4 5 6 7 8 LIG_1.25/CAB108.8

3

1

-7

N

2

B

B

1 8

1

2

20

31

3

30

CAB

7

4

5

17

22

15 26

24

X9

4

6

5

N

LIG3

28

6 16 15 27

14 25

3

7

29 17

1 5 13

25

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

18 7

4 12

1

8

1

30 19

3

23

N

31

2

11

12 24

B B

8 9

22

13 14

21 10

23

4 5

16 27

LIG1.22/LIG2.1 R LIG1.23/LIG2.2 R LIG3.1/LIG2.3 N LIG3.1/LIG2.4 N

LIG3.1/LIG2.7

LIG1 LIG1

11

1 6

28

10 3

LIG2

LIG1.25/LIG2.6 LIG1.24/LIG2.5

20

9

7

29

6

2

29

FAI37

21

8 19

18

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

26

1

F49 - 50A

2

X4

R16

1 30

85

86

X1X5

F49-50A

1

87

R16

X3 1

2

MA-10-06014A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.13

Electrical diagrams Pneumatic seat 2 Fuse box FAI 31 Cab Dyna VT transmission harness CAB103 Pneumatic seat adjustment control

2

CAB103

BAF12.12/S2.1 BAF12.11/S2.1

R R

CAB103

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

FAI31

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

15

1

16

S2

R

17

S2.1/CAB103.1

18

1 2

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

X2

F19 - 25A

1

+APC

BAF12

CAB73 2 CAB103.2/CAB73.2.1

N

1

2

F19

MA-10-06049A

10A02.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Radio - Europe (except Germany) Fuse box Laser radio Loudspeaker Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Roof harness (all countries except US) LST pillar harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Lights module and radio ground harness Road lights switch

F60-10A

F47-10A

F39-20A

36

37

37 R15

F1-10A

F23-30A

2

6

8

1

3

5

7

6

5

4

3

8

4

2

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R9

R9

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

R22.1/R9.6 N R41.1/R9.5 B R9.4/R20.1 N R9.3/R45.1 B

S2

BAF9.5/S2.1

S3

2

R

S3.1/BAF9.15

M

S3.1/BAF9.17

M

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

FAI 35

B M

R8

7

FAI 60

1

2 36 37 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 60 FAI 124 FAI 129 FAI 135 CAB03

R8.6/S7.1 S3.1/R8.7

CAB03

CAB3

+3

+6

1

2

-7

5

2

F39 - 20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S3.1/CAB3.5

M BAF12

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

N

1

CAB28

BAF12.15/S11.1

FAI 124 FAI 31

CAB97 S3

S3.1/R2.6

M

6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 60 6

5

4

3

2

1

R2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

M

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

4

1

2

S11.1/CAB97.1

1 2 3 4 CAB97

4

3

2

1

20

31

5

4

R1.3/R8.4

R

R8.8/R1.6

N

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

22 11 23

4 12

5

16

13 24

14

27 26

ROOF1.3/BAF3.13

10 3

1 6

28

1

2

9 2

7

29

21

8

18

4

15

1 2 3 4 5 6

25

R

R1.6/CAB38.1

N 3 2 1

FAI 124

3 2 1

CAB38 CAB38

1 S7

R4.6/S7.1

6

5

4

3

2

1

B

6 5 4 3 2 1 R4

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF4

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

3

2

1

6

5

4

B

2

3

F23 - 30A

1 X4

1 F60 - 10A

BAF3

17

ROOF1

F1- 10A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

X1-X5

BAF12

19

6

M M

M

30

5

6

R1

BAF12.17/S11.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

ROOF2

1

2

3

S11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

3

2

1

FAI 35

CAB38.1/ENG1.2

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

4 12

17 16

5 15

27

14 25

28

6

13 24

29

7 1

11 23

30 19

2 3

26

R15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

30

X3 85

86

87a

87

BAF3

FAI129 ENG22 ENG1.2/ENG22.1

N

1 ENG22

1

F47 - 10A

FAI135 ENG22.1/BAT1.1

N

1 BAT1

MA-10-06054A

ENG1 ENG1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.15

Electrical diagrams Radio - North America 2 36 37 FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 60 FAI 124 FAI 129 FAI 135 CAB03

Fuse box Laser radio Loudspeaker Roof harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Roof harness (all countries except US) LST pillar harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Lights module and radio ground harness Road lights switch

F60-10A

37

F47-10A

F39-20A

37

36

R15

F1-10A

F23-30A

FAI 15 2

2

1

3

R22.1/R9.6 R41.1/R9.5 R9.4/R20.1 R9.3/R45.1

4 3 2 1

4

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

N B N B

S2

BAF9.5/S2.1

R9 S3

M

S3.1/BAF9.17

M

1 2 3 4 B M

R8

R

S3.1/BAF9.15

2

FAI 35

4

3

R8.6/S7.1 S3.1/R8.7

1

CAB03

2

+6

5

2

F39 - 20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

-7

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S3.1/CAB3.5

M BAF12

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

N

1

CAB28

BAF12.15/S11.1

FAI 124 FAI 31

CAB97 S3

S3.1/R2.6

M

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

1

R2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

M

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

4

1

2

S11.1/CAB97.1

1 2 3 4 CAB97

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

20

R8.8/R1.6

4

3

R

N

26

ROOF1.3/BAF3.13

23

4 12 13 24

14

27

22 11

5

16 15

1 2 3 4 5 6

10 3

1 6

28

1

2

9 2

7

29

21

8

18

5

17

R1

R1.3/R8.4

25

R

R1.6/CAB38.1

CAB38

N 3 2 1

ROOF1

FAI 124

3 2 1

CAB38

1 S7

R4.6/S7.1

6

5

4

3

2

1

B

6 5 4 3 2 1 R4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

ROOF2

6

1 2 3 4 5 6

M M

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF4

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

2

3

3

2

1

B

FAI 35 3

2

1

6

5

4

F1- 10A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F23 - 30A

1 X4

1 F60 - 10A

BAF3

31

1

BAF12.17/S11.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

X1-X5

BAF12

19

2

S11

M

30

3

BAF9 BAF9

CAB3

+3

1

FAI 60

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB38.1/ENG1.2

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

12

17 16 15 27

14 25

28

6 5

13 24

29

7 1

4

23

30 19

2 3

11

26

R15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

30

X3 85

86

87a

87

BAF3

F47 - 10A

FAI129 ENG22 ENG1.2/ENG22.1

N

1

ENG22.1/BAT1.1

1

N

1

ENG22

FAI135

BAT1

MA-10-06039A

ENG1 ENG1

10A02.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Radio - Germany Fuse box Laser radio Loudspeaker Radio harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Roof harness (all countries except US) LST pillar harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Lights module and radio ground harness Road lights switch

F60-10A

F47-10A

F39-20A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

HP

HP

37

F1-10A

1

3

6

5 3

8

4

6

1

4

2

8

FAI 22

2

2 F23-30A

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

R41

1

R22

1

R45

1

R20

1

4 3 2 1

R22.1/R9.1 R41.1/R9.3 R9.2/R20.1 R9.1/R45.1

N B N B

S2

FAI 60 1

ALIM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

S3

FAI 35 CAB03

FAI 22

2

1

2

2

5

2

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S3.1/CAB3.5

M N

CAB28

BAF12.15/S11.1

S3.1/R8.2

FAI 31

CAB97 S3.1/R2.6

M

6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 60 6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4

M

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

4

1

2

S11.1/CAB97.1

1 2 3 4

S11

BAF12.17/S11.1

M M

M

CAB97

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

ROOF2

R8.1/S7.1

20

31

1

6

5

4

18

5

6

4

17

R1

ROOF1

3

R8.3/R1.3

R

R8.4/R1.6

N

1 2 3 4 5 6

26

ROOF1.3/BAF3.13

23

4 12 13 24

14

27

22 11

5

16 15

1 2 3 4 5 6

10 3

1 6

28

1

2

9 2

7

29

21

8 19

2

25

R

R1.6/CAB38.1

N 3 2 1

FAI 124

3 2 1

CAB38 CAB38

1 S7

R4.6/S7.1

6

5

4

3

2

1

B

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R4 ROOF4

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

3

2

1

6

5

4

2

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F1- 10A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

F23 - 30A

X4

1 X1-X5 F60 - 10A

BAF3

30

3

BAF9

BAF12

B

R2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

BAF12 CAB3.7/CAB28.1

FAI 124

S3

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F39 - 20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

4

3

M

+6

1

1

M

S3.1/BAF9.17

CAB3

+3

-7

1 2 3 4

R

S3.1/BAF9.15

4

3

M

R8

F002_RETRO_ECLAIRAGE_RADIO 0_6MM_BLANC F003_PLUS_PERMANENT_RADIO 1MM_MARRON F004_MASSE 1MM_NOIR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F001_PLUS_ACC_RADIO 1MM_ROUGE

ALIM

BAF9.5/S2.1

R9

7

5

37 R15

F005_HP_DROIT 0_6MM_BLANC F006_HP_DROIT 0_6MM_NOIR F007_HP_GAUCHE 0_6MM_BLANC F008_HP_GAUCHE 0_6MM_NOIR

36

7

2 36 37 FAI 22 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 60 FAI 124 FAI 129 FAI 135 CAB03

3

2

1

FAI 35

B

CAB38.1/ENG1.2

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

12

17 16 15 27

14 25

28

6 5

13 24

29

7 1

4

23

30 19

2 3

11

26

R15 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

30

X3 85

86

87a

87

BAF3

FAI129 ENG1.2/ENG22.1

F47 - 10A

FAI135 N

1

1

ENG22 ENG22

ENG22.1/BAT1.1

N

1 BAT1

MA-10-06037A

ENG1 ENG1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.17

Electrical diagrams Manual air conditioning for standard roof

FAI124

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

2

R15 30

1

ROOF4 R4

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

2

1

6

5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

R6 R4.6/S7.1

S7

B

B

CAB28

8

1

2

7

4

5

3

6

FAI15

S3.1/CAB3.5

BAF9.5/S2.1 86

S2

R

CAB3.3/S2.1

M

R

R6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+3

1

CAB3

2

-7

2

R6.1/S7.1 R1.1/R6.2 S2.1/R6.3 R1.4/R6.4

+6

B R R B

1 2 3 4

3

4

1

2

5

CAB3

R14

FAI35

M

M S3.1/BAF9.17

S3

BAF9.15/S3.1

1 3

4 6

7

8

9 11

16

14

15 17

18

13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

12

10

5

2

BAF9

87

85

4

2

B

2

1 3

8

5 7 9

14

10

11

12

13

F1- 10A

30

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

BAF3

F60 - 10A

85

6 3

1

X3

4

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness LST pillar harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Compressor electromagnetic clutch Air conditioning condenser pressure switch Air conditioning control

6

2 FAI 35 FAI 124 FAI 129 ENG13 ENG14 R6

ROOF1.2/X10.1 ROOF1.1/X10.1

86

87

3

2

1

6

5

4

6 5 4 3 2 1

R R

ROOF1

X1X5

6

5

4

3

2

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R1.2/S2.1

S2

R

R1

F39-20A 1

X10 1 F50-50A X4 1

F11 - 10A

+12V

X2 1

+APC

87

1

2 6

4

5

8 14

7 9

10

11

12

13

R29

86

3

26

22

23 12 24

25

BAF1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

BAF1.5/BAF1.6

BAF1.8/ROOF1.4

CAB38.3/BAF1.12

FAI124

B

B

FAI35 B

3 2 1

ENG1.21/CAB38.3

3 2 1

CAB38 CAB38

1

2

3

3

2

1

R29

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31 8

9 10

22 11

4 13 14

27

30

10 3

1 5 15

21

ENG1

9 2

7 6 16

85

21

8 19

18 17

20

20

31 30

29 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

30 19 18

2 1 4

12

17 16 15 27

14 25

28

6 5

13 24

29

7

3 11

23

26

FAI129 ENG1.21/ENG14.1

B

ENG14.2/ENG13.1

B

1

ENG14

1 2

1

ENG13

1

1 2

ENG1

F50 ENG14

ENG13

R14

F39

2

MA-10-06050A

F1

F11

10A02.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Manual air conditioning for high visibility roof 2 FAI 35 FAI 59 FAI 124 FAI 126 FAI 129 ENG13 ENG14 R6

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness Lighting harness - Europe SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Compressor electromagnetic clutch Air conditioning condenser pressure switch Air conditioning control

R6 1 R11

1 R10

2

R15 30

R6 85

86

6

5

4

3

2

1

CAB103

87

CAB103.3/X1.1

N

3

2

1

6

5

4

1

2

3

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

5

6

N N

CAB103

1 30

85

+12V ACC

3

2

1

6

5

4

R14 ROOF1.2/X10.1 ROOF1.1/X10.1

86

87

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF3

X3

5

4

2

1

R1.4/R6.1 R1.1/R6.2

B R

4

CAB103.3/ROOF3.6 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

FAI126 F60 - 10A

6 3

R R

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF1

X1X5

6 5 4 3 2 1

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

N N

R6.5/R11.1

N

R1.2/R6.7

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

7

R3

4 6

5

4

3

2

1

5

6 3

2

1

FAI59

6 5 4 3 2 1 R1

1

X10 F50-50A

1

X4 1

F11 - 10A

+12V

X2 1

+APC

15

BAF1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

BAF1.5/BAF1.6

BAF1.8/ROOF1.4

B

B

FAI35 CAB38 CAB38.3/BAF1.12

B

3 2 1

ENG1.21/CAB38.3

3 2 1

CAB38 3

1

2

24

2

1

87

13 25

FAI124

4 6 8

3 5 7 9

10

11

12

13

86

14

30

85

22

23 12

14 26

22 11

4

2

R29

3

2

1

31 8

9 10

10 3

1 5

27

21

ENG1

9 2

7 6 16

R29

21

8 19

18 17

20

20

31 30

29 28

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

30 19 18

2 1 4

17 16 15

13 24

27

14 25

28

6 5

12

29

7

3 11

23

26

FAI129

ENG1.21/ENG14.1

B

ENG14.2/ENG13.1

1

ENG14

1 2

B

1

ENG13

1

1 2

ENG1

ENG14

ENG13

R15 R14

F39

F50

MA-10-06047A

F1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

F11

10A02.19

Electrical diagrams Automatic air conditioning

5

1

5

CAB27.2/ENG2.28 ENG2.29/CAB27.1

CA4

B B

CA2

1

FAI

R33 2

3

3

2

1

2

CA9

1

4

5 4 3 2 1

CA9.3/CAB38.1 B S1.1/CA9.2 R

R

B R

S1.1/CA10.5

CA10.3/R34.1 S1.1/CA10.2

R S1.1/CA9.5

1

R49

1 2

R33.1/R49.1

B

CA1.23/CA10.1 B CA1.24/CA3.B B CA1.25/CA3.A B CA9.1/CA1.26 B

CA1.15/CA6.1 CA6.2/CA1.16 CA1.22/CA3.E

CA6.3/S1.1

R

CA3

CA3

A B C D E F G H

A B C D E F G H

R

3 2 1

M B B

CA6

6

CAB3

F1-10A

F23-30A +12V ACC

2

46 24 1

M

M

2

BAF12.15/S11.1

BAF12.17/S11.1

68 45 23

3

4 6

5 7

8

9

10

11

12 14

13

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

B

3

2

1

6

5

4

4

3

2

1

CAB97

M

1 2 3 4 5 6

F

C

E

D

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4.6/S7.1

S7

B

S7.1/R50.2

B

ROOF3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6

5

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

3

4

1

2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

CAB103.3/ROOF3.5 CAB103.3/ROOF3.6

CAB103

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

10A02.20

4 3 2 1

R10 R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

N N

1

FAI15

R6

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

2

1

6

5

4

S3.1/R2.6

M

S3

S3.1/R50.1

M

M

CAB97

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

N

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

3

2

1

6

5

4

N N

BAF1.8/ROOF1.4 R

CAB1

+12V

16

4

2

5

ROOF1.2/X10.1

CAB01

15

3

5

ROOF2 R2

CAB103.3/X1.1

17

2

6 3

CAB3

2

-7

FAI126

S3

18

CA2

1 2

B

1

CAB103

1

X3

2 1

ROOF4 R4

B

+6

S11.1/CAB97.1

F39-20A

1

+3

FAI31

R S2

S11

R14

1

B BAF9.5/S2.1

X4

F23 - 30A

R50

R6.1/S7.1

3

5

R

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB27

3

2

1

6

5

4

B

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R1.4/R6.4

B

R1.2/S2.1

R

R1

6

5

4

3

2

1

S2

S2.1/R50.3

ENG1

FAI35 CAB38.3/ENG1.21

CAB1.33/ENG1.27

21

8 19

18

9

15

1 2 1

ENG14

ENG2.29/S2.1 B ENG2.28/ENG27.1 B

1

1

ENG13

1 2

ENG27 ENG27

1 2

1

T° 31

20 21

8 9

29

7

ENG13

27

14

31 8

26

25

ENG2

18

16 27

26

10 11 23

4 12

5 15

13 24

14 26

22

3 1

6

28

21 9

2 7

29 17

28 16 27

15 14

8 19

29 17

6 5

13

20

31 30

18 7

1 4

12 24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

30

2 3

11 23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

19

9

15

13 25

20

22

16

5

12

10

28

6

24

21

17

1 4

24

analog

18

2 3

11

25

30 19

10

23

13 14

26

B

2

ENG1

23 12

S2

B

FAI129 ENG14.2/ENG13.1

22

11 4

5

27

S2.1/ENG1.27

22

3 1

6 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10

2 7

17

B

20

31 30

29 28

B

R

ENG2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

S2.1/ENG27.2

6 8

11

12 14

FAI35

BAF12

CAB27

2 1

S2.1/R6.3

2

4

CAB3.3/S2.1

X10

F50-50A

1

M M

16

1

7

M

BAF9.15/S3.1 S3.1/BAF9.17

15 17

8

B

87

1

CAB38-.1/S1.1

3 2 1

1

2

FAI124

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

1

F50 - 50A

CAB38

1 CAB28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

2 1

3 2 1

B

86

CAB38 CAB38

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

X1X5 85

1

CAB38

S3.1/CAB3.5

BAF9

CA4

S1

B

3

F39 - 20A

30

ENG1.21/CAB38.1

3 2 1

2

1

R14

4

5 7

3

F60 - 10A

18

87

13

9

1

2

3

4 6

7

8

9

10

11

86

13

85

12

30

14

R15

5

F1- 10A

10

86

4 3 2 1

3

1

BAF3

87

4

FAI56

+12V

1 2 3 4 BAF1.5/BAF1.6 R 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 BAF1.12/CAB38.3 B 12 13 14

87a

3

A

H

CA1.21/CA3.G

BAF1

85

2

B

G

FAI57

1

30

1

1 2

CA1.9/CA3.C B CA1.10/CA3.H B

X2

R29

R34

N

S1

F11 - 10A

R34

2 1

2

R33

3

2 1 CA10

B B

5 4 3 2 1

N B B

S1.1/CA1.17

2

2

B

CA1

1

1 2

1

CA3.F/CAB27.2 CA3.E/CAB27.1

1

4 3

CA1.5/CA7.1 CA1.6/CA3.F CA1.7/CA3.D

2

1

CA1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

3

CA3.D/CA4.4 B CA3.C/CA4.3 B CA3.B/CA4.2 B CA3.A/CA4.1 B

2 CA7

2

5

5

5

CA3.H/CA2.2 B CA3.G/CA2.1 B

3

5

1

¤ H

B

CA10

ENG1.21/ENG14.1

FAI 129 CAB01 ENG13 ENG14 ENG27

R34.2/R33.2

CA9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

FAI 57 FAI 60 FAI 124 FAI 125 FAI 126

Fuse box Automatic air conditioning control unit Roof harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Roof harness (all countries except US) Pillar harness Automatic air conditioning adapter harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DCC2 Instrument panel Compressor electromagnetic clutch Air conditioning condenser pressure switch Outside temperature sensor

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

2 34 FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 56

25

ENG14 CAB-38 1 2 3

1 2 3

S1.1/CAB38_.1

3

1

2

B

FAI125 MA-10-06046A

CAB-38 2

1

3

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Standard ventilation for standard roof 2 FAI 15 FAI 35 FAI 124 CAB03 R6

Fuse box Roof harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness LST pillar harness Road lights switch Ventilation control

6

5

4

3

2

1

FAI124

2

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4.6/S7.1

B

ROOF4 R4 1 2 3 4 5 6

B

1 2 3 4 5 6

R6 S7

2 4

3 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

5

F1- 10A

6

1

BAF3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

8

1

2

3

CAB28

7

4

5

6

FAI 15 CAB3.7/CAB28.1

BAF9.5/S2.1

S3.1/CAB3.5

M

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S__2

R

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

R6 +3

1

-7

2

2

R6.1/S7.1 R1.1/R6.2 S2.1/R6.3

+6

CAB03

B R R

1 2 3 4

3

4

1

2

5

CAB3

FAI 35

M

M

S3

BAF9.15/S3.1

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

S3.1/BAF9.17

6

1 3

4

5 7

8

9

10 12

15 17

14

11 85

18

13

R14

30

2

BAF9

ROOF1.2/X10.1 ROOF1.1/X10.1

86

87

R R

3

2

1

6

5

4

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF1

X1X5

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

1

R1.2/S2.1

R

S2

R1

F39-20A 1

FAI 124

X10 1 F50-50A X4 1

+12V

2 X3 1

30

85

+ACC

R60

R15

86

87

R15

F60-10A

R14 F39

F50

MA-10-06052A

F1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.21

Electrical diagrams Standard ventilation for high visibility roof 2 FAI 59 FAI 124 R6

Fuse box High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness Ventilation control

1 R11

R6 R6 R1.1/R6.2

R

R6.5/R11.1

N

R1.2/R6.7

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2 7 4

3

2

1

6

5

4

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF1

R1

R14

85

ROOF1.2/X10.1 ROOF1.1/X10.1

86

87

X1X5

2

1

FAI 59

FAI 124

30

5

6 3

R R

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

X10 1 F50-50A X4 1

+12V

X3 1

30

85

R60

+ACC

R15

86

87

R15

2

F60-10A

R14

F50

MA-10-06053A

10A02.22

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Extreme cold weather air conditioning 2 43 FAI 15 FAI 124 R6 R33

Fuse box Manual air conditioning control unit Roof harness Pillar harness Ventilation control Water pump motor

R49 1

R33.1/R49.1

N

F60-10A

R33 F46-15A R15

R33/R47 1 2

2

1 2

FAI 15

43

ROOF2 R2

ROOF2.3/BAF3.14

FAI124

R

3

2

1

6

5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

R34 R2.3/R21.1 6

5

4

3

2

1

R

R21.1/R34.1 R34.2/R33.2

R B

1 2

R6

1

BAF3

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

F46 - 15A

2 X4 1

+12V

R21 1 2 3 4

R15

F60

30

- 10A

4

1

2

X3 1

85

3

86

+12V ACC

87

X1X5 1 MA-10-06051A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.23

Electrical diagrams Electrical rear view mirrors

R2

2

FAI 49

2

+3

-7

F39-20A 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R2

R2

R4

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

R4

5

F1-10A

2

R4 R1.5/R4.1 B R4.2/S1.1 N R2.3/R4.3 R R1.2/R4.4 B S2.1/R4.5 B

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

N

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Electric rear view harness Roof harness (all countries except US) Pillar harness Road lights switch Rear view mirror adjustment switch Rear view mirror defroster switch Right-hand rear viw mirror Left-hand rear view mirror

+8

2 FAI 35 FAI 49 FAI 60 FAI 124 CAB03 R1 R2 R4 R5

1

3

2

R2.7/S1.1

F14-7.5A

4

ROOF3

N

R5 FAI 49

S1.1/R5.2

R R

1

R2.2/R1.8 R2.3/R5.3

N N

N B N

R10 R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

R N N

6 5 4 3 2 1

R40.2/S1.1 R40.3/R2.8 R1.4/S1.1

ROOF3.5/X1.1 X1.1/ROOF3.6

6 5 4 3 2 1

R40.1/R2.2

S1

R5

R5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

R3

X1

B

R4.6/S7.1

ROOF4

S7 R40.3/S7.1 B R49.1/R40.2 N R40.1/ROOF4.1 R B

3 2 1

B

3 2 1

5

S2

4

1

3

2

R40

1

1

2

B

1 2

R

R1.7/S2.1

4

2

1

5 4

6

5

2

BAF3.3/ROOF4.1

FAI 49 R40

S2.1/R5.5

FAI 60

3

F14 - 7.5A

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

F1- 10A

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B B

ROOF4

FAI124 BAF3

R1.1/R5.4 R1.6/R5.1

1

2

3

BAF3

3 1

M

FAI 35 CAB03 CAB3

BAF9.5/S2.1

R

S_2 CAB3.3/S2.1 S_3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-7

2

2

R1

R1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MIRRORS L

R

+6

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

CAB3

MA-10-06038A

4 7

5

1

2

X4

+12V 1

6

BAF9

1

X2

R

S3.1/CAB3.5 M

8

F39 - 20A

R1 FAI 49

R49/R12

M

S3.1/BAF9.17

3

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9.15/S3.1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB28

+12V

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

N

10A02.24

¤ H

1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Door switch Fuse box Roof light Roof harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness LST pillar harness Door switch

1

2

1

R24

6

3

7

8

9

10

5

X4

12

11

1

15

16

17

18

13

F23 - 30A

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BAF12.15/S11.1 15 16 BAF12.17/S11.1 17 18

F23

2

2

BAF12

14

2 48 FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 124 R24

FAI 31

M

S11

S11.1/CAB97.1

M

M

4

3

2

1

3

4

1

2

CAB97

1 2 3 4

CAB97

1 2 3 4

2

R24 1 2

S3.1/R46.1

M

S3

S3.1/R2.6

B

FAI 15

M

6

5

4

3

2

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R24.2/R11.1

R2

R24.1/R49.1

R47.1/R49.1

1

R11

1

R46

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

M

FAI124 3

1

6

4

ROOF2

N

N

R47 1

R49

48 MA-10-06056A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.25

Electrical diagrams Instrument panel controls Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness DCC2 Instrument panel DOT MATRIX control keyboard Display selector switch

CAB1

68

24

1 23

45

46

CAB01

2

FAI35

F22

CAB31

2 1 1

CAB31

2

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB1.52/CAB31.2

B

S5.1/CAB31.1

2 FAI 35 CAB01 CAB16 CAB31

S5

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

BAF8.5/S5.1

R

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F22 - 10A

X2 1

+APC

BAF8

MA-10-06045A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2

5 6 7

CAB15

1 2 3

4

CAB16 CAB15.1/CAB16.1 CAB15.4/CAB16.2 CAB15.5/CAB16.3 CAB15.7/CAB16.4 CAB15.6/CAB16.5 CAB15.2/CAB16.6 CAB15.3/CAB16.7

B B B B B B B

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB16

10A02.26

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Radar 2 FAI 35 FAI 129 FAI 130 CAB01 TR27

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness DCC2 Instrument panel Radar

CAB01

S24 CAB1.18/S24.1

TR31

1 8

4 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

FAI130

17

1

11 23

29

7

27

14 25

26

ENG10

TR27.1/TR31.1

1 2 3 4

TR27

S1.1/TR27.3

4

3

2

N R

ENG10.5/S1.1 TR27.2/ENG10.6 S1

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

R B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

ENG1.23/ENG10.6

S7.1/ENG10.5

R

B

S7

FAI129 6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

1

ENG10 ENG1.8/S7.1

R

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9 10

2 7

29 17

11

6

28

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

25

S24.1/ENG1.23

B

FAI35

BAF7.7/ENG1.8

B

CAB01

46 24 1

ENG1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

68 45 23

TR27

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21

8 19

18

18

2

30

ENG1

30 19

9 3

20

31

31

20 21 10 22

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB01

BAF7 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F16 - 30A

X2 1

2

+12V

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

BAF7

MA-10-06043A

F16-30A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.27

Electrical diagrams Fieldstar

1

FS5

9

FS5.7/S7.1

B FS4

FS5.2/S6.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS4

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FS3

S7.1/FS3.6 S6.1/FS3.5

B B

S4.1/FS5.1

B B B B

R

FAI 68

FS3

F52

S4.1/FS3.1 FS3.2/S3.1 FS5.8/S3.1

BAF12

2 4 1

5

3

R10

M

R10

F26

CAB88

FAI 31

S14 S14.1/CAB88.1

M

S14.1/CAB88.3 M CAB73.2.1/CAB88.4 N CAB73.2.1/CAB88.5 N BAF12.13/CAB88.6 R

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 CAB88

BAF12 1 CAB73 2

CAB88A.1/CAB88.1 CAB88A.2/CAB88.2 CAB88A.3/CAB88.3 CAB88A.4/CAB88.4 CAB88A.5/CAB88.5 CAB88A.6/CAB88.6

K J

M B M N N R

H

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

R N N M M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

3 2 9

4 1

5

FS1 N

BAF12.16/S14.1

M

S2

S3.1/CAB88.4

BAF12.18/S14.1

N

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F G

FS1 FS1.1/S3.1

FS1.6/S4.1 S3.1/FS1.7 S3 FS1.2/S3.1 FS1.3/S2.1 S2.1/FS1.4 M

F52 - 10A

X4

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB88.5/S3.1

1

A B

S4

CAB88.3/S2.1

F26 - 30A

R N N

E D C

FS2

+12V

2

FS2

P

N M L

R N N

1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9

FS4.26/FS3.9 FS4.25/FS3.8 FS4.24/FS3.7 S7 S7.1/FS4.5 S6 S6.1/FS4.6 B

M

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P

R

FS3

S4.1/FS4.31 R

FS5

FS2 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P

S4.1/FS4.37 FS2.E/S3.1 FS4.36/S3.1

1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FS2.P/S2.1

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 22 28 33 37

B

FS5

33

4

5 10 16 23 29 34

FS2.H/S4.1 R CAB88.6/FS2.F

Fuse box Fieldstar terminal Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Fieldstar harness Cab interior electrical socket harness LBS+ Fieldstar connector Fieldstar Com Unit RS232 Fieldstar connector GPS Fieldstar connector

FS4.7/FS3.4

2 33 FAI 31 FAI 68 FAI 70 FS1 FS2 FS3 FS4

CAB88.1/S2.1

M

CAB88 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

FAI 70

CAB88A MA-10-06059A

1

X2 +12V

X1X5 1

10A02.28

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 128 FAI 130 CAB01 TR35

Cab linkage harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Linkage with DUAL CONTROL harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness DCC2 Instrument panel Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge FAI23

L14.23/L20.8

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14

L14

TR35 1

FAI128

TR31

FAI130 TR36 TR35 TR36.2/L14.23

B

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

TR36.2/TR35.1 TR35.2/TR31.1

B N

1 2

TR36

L20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB18

FAI31

L20.8/CAB18.7

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI35 CAB18.7/CAB10.61

B

CAB18

L20

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB01

CAB01

MA-10-06013A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.29

Electrical diagrams Emergency handbrake FAI 31 FAI 130 CAB54 TR20

Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Autotronic 4 Emergency handbrake switch

CAB54

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50 30 19 18

9

17

11

15

12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

16 27

22

3 1

6

28

10

2 7

29

21

21

8

25

CAB54.21/CAB50.20

B

FAI 31

CAB50.10/CAB54.1

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20

20

31

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CAB50

8

30

9 10 22

19 18

2

17

1

11 4

23

16 15

13

27

14

24 25

28

6 5

12

29

7

3

26

TR20.3/CAB50.20

B

FAI130

CAB50.10/S2.1

N

S2

4

TR20.4/S2.1

3

2

N

4 3 2 1

TR20

4 3 2 1

TR20

1

TR20

MA-10-06066A

CAB54

10A02.30

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

B . Engine equipment Air filter vacuum sensor ........................................... 33 Fuel gauge ............................................................... 34 Sisu engine power relay........................................... 35 Vistronic ................................................................... 36 Fuel preheater .......................................................... 37 Battery charge and engine start ............................... 38

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.31

Electrical diagrams

Page left blank intentionally

10A02.32

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Air filter vacuum sensor

1

24

Air filter vacuum sensor Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DCC2 Instrument panel 46

24 FAI 35 FAI 129 CAB01

24

1

ENG15

1

ENG16

ENG39 1

ENG15.1/ENG39.1

ENG1.20/ENG16.1

N

B

FAI129

N

17

11

1 6

28

15

12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

16 27

22

3

25

68 8 9 10

10

22

18 17

1 4

16 15

13

27

14 25

28

6 5

12 24

29

7

3

23

30 19

2

11

B

31

20 21

9 2

7

29

CAB1.36/ENG1.20

21

8 19

18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

20

31 30

ENG1

26

23

1

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

45

ENG1

CAB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB01

MA-10-06060A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.33

Electrical diagrams Fuel gauge DynaVT dipstick Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness DCC2 Instrument panel

FAI 35 31

20 21

8 9

10 22

30 19 18

2

17

1 4

28

6

12

16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3 11

23

CAB1.12/ENG1.25

27

14 25

26

ENG1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG1

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9

17

11

15

12 13 24

14

ENG9

25

ENG10.2/ENG9.1

N

1

FAI129

ENG10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

ENG10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

B

S3.1/ENG10.2

N

26

23

4 5

16 27

22

3 1

6

28

10

2 7

29

21

8 19

18

ENG1.25/ENG10.1

20

31 30

1

TR22.1/S3.1

N

TR21.1/ENG10.1

FAI130

S3

TR21

1

TR22

39

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

46 24 1

CAB1 CAB1

CAB01

68 45 23

39 FAI 35 FAI 129 FAI 130 CAB01

MA-10-06062A

10A02.34

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Sisu engine power relay

20

31 30

22

ENG4

B ENG2.15/ENG4.15

ENG2.12/ENG4.7 B

1

26

24 25

2

27

14

3

13 25

28 16

15

4

17 6

5

24

29

7 1

4 12

6

18

2 3

11 23

5

10 22

30 19

7

8 9

8

31

20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

9

FAI129

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10

26

23

13 14

26

27

14 25

15 27

11

24

ENG2

12

15

12

13

16

5 13

22 11

4 5

16

14

12

28

6

10

1 6

28

17

1 4

21 9 3

17 29

7

3 11

23

18

2

2 7

29

15

10

18

30 19

16

8 9

8 19

31

20 21

17

Fuse box Grid Heater relay Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Electronic injection harness junction

18

2 61 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 35 FAI 129 ENG4

FAI35

S14 BAF10.5/ENG2.12

S14.1/ENG2.15

BAF10.7/S14.1

B

B

2 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 B 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

5

3

R3

4 1

F30 - 15A

BAF10

FAI13

F42 - 5A

+CAB PLUS_CAB.1/X4.1

1

R

1 X4 1

X1X5

ENG2

F42

MASSE_BAF.1/X1.1

N

FAI17

F30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 R3

2 1

ENG4

61 FAI129

ENG29_B/ENG25.1 R 1 1

ENG25

1

ENG25

FAI129

ENG29B

F- 225A

ENG29

ENG29.1/S11.1

M

S11

S11.1/ENG32.1

M

1 ENG32

1 MA-10-06061A

+BATT

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.35

Electrical diagrams Vistronic

8

18

4 12

17 16 15

13

27

14 25

28

6 5

24

29

7 1

11 23

30

30 19

2

26

FAI35

CAB1

68

1

24

CAB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

ENG1.5/CAB1.3

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG1

ENG1

9

11

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

6

500-2/3W-+/-5%

10

2 7

17 28

21

8 19

18 29

25

2 1

6 6

5

4

3

2

5

2

3

4

1

1

ENG19 ENG1.6/ENG19.1 B ENG9.1/ENG19.2 N ENG9.1/ENG19.3 N ENG1.5/ENG19.4 B ENG1.14/ENG19.5 B

FAI129

1

ENG9

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

ENG19.1/S1.1

S1

B

ENG19.5/S2.1

B

S2

ENG19

FAI20

FAI35

1

ENG1.6/CAB1.62

R1

2

3

4

5

5 4 3 2 1

ENG33

B

CAB1.66/ENG1.14

R

23

45

46

CAB01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B B

9 3

20

31

31

20 21 10 22

R1.2/S1.1 R1.1/S2.1

Vistronic harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DCC2 Instrument panel

ENG33.5/S2.1 B ENG19.4/ENG33.4 B ENG19.3/ENG33.3 N ENG19.2/ENG33.2 N ENG33.1/S1.1 B

FAI 20 FAI 35 FAI 129 CAB01

MA-10-06063A

10A02.36

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Fuel preheater 2 FAI 35 FAI 129 ENG20

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Fuel preheater

ENG9 ENG20.2/ENG9.1 N

1

2

ENG20

FAI129

1 2

ENG20

F19 1 20

31 30

17

4

15 26

23

23

4

24

28

6 16 15 27

14 25

25

29 17

5 13

24

2

18 7

1

12

12

30 19

2 3

11

13 14

27

22

22

11

1 5

16

10

10 3

6

28

8 9

9 2

7

29

21

21

8 19

18

31

20

26

ENG1

FAI35

BAF8

1

2

B

4 6

3 5

2

8

X2

BAF8.3/ENG1.4

7

1

9

+APC

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

F19 - 25A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

ENG1.4/ENG20.1

B

MA-10-06064A

ENG1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.37

Electrical diagrams Battery charge and engine start 2 3 25 32 46 47 FAI 11 FAI 35 FAI 129 FAI 130 CAB01 ENG5 L8

Fuse box Start switch Starter motor Safety switch Alternator Battery BOC - safety switch harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness DCC2 Instrument panel Start relay LS signal breaker solenoid valve

+ F51

CAB01

47

2

F16

ENG29B.1/ENG25.1 M

F37

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB01

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB01

Y

25

225A

1

2 4

3

BAF7.7/ENG1.8

1 F16 - 30A

5

6

7

8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

+12V APC

10

BAF7 BAF7

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

12

17 16

5 15

27

14 25

28

6

13 24

29

7 1

4

23

30 19

2 3

11

26

+12V

1

BAF10 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F37 - 5A

1

2

3

6

4

5 7

8

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FAI 129

ENG1.8/S7.1

17

22 11 23

4 12

5 15

13 24

14

27

1

10 3

1 6

16

ENG26

1

9 2

7

28

1

ENG29

21

8 19

18

ENG29

20

31 30

29

S7

B

26

25

1 2 3 5

30

1 2 3 5

2

ENG24 ENG9

M

3 1

85

FAI129

ENG5

4

ENG5

ENG24.1/S11.1 ENG1

86

ENG5

ENG1.29/ENG5.1 B ENG5.2/ENG9.1 N ENG5.1/S11.1 M S11 ENG5.5/S3.1 B S3

87

46

1

9

10

11 13

ENG18 ENG18.1/ENG30.1 B

14

12

1

16

32

BAF10.2/ENG1.29

15

2

17

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

F51 - 15A

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

B

N

CAB28

X4

1

ENG29.1/S11.1 M

FAI 35 CAB28.1/CAB1.23

X2

1

ENG29B

1

M ENG1

1

ENG29B

S3.1/ENG26.1

BAF7.8/CAB1.68

ENG25

1

46 24 1

68 45 23

-

+

1

BAF10 BAF9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

BAF9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

ENG30.2/S7.1

2 1

SECU1

1

SECU2

3

1 CAB14.2/SECU2.1

CAB14

B SECU1.1/CAB14.1

FAI 11

6 3

ENG31.2/ENG9.1 N S3.1/ENG31.1 B

5

4

2

1

B

6 5 4 3 2 1 CAB14

6 5 4 3 2 1

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

CAB14.1/BAF9.14 3

2

1

6

5

4

B

FAI 35

B

2 1

ENG30

2 1

1

2

FAI130

1

2 1

ENG31.2/L8.2 L8.1/ENG31.1

N B

MA-10-06065A

L8

CAB35

1

10A02.38

¤ H

B

ENG31 ENG31

L8 CAB35.1/CAB14.2

2 1

2

2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

C . Bulb types

Road lights Europe Lighting

Bulb(s)

Type

Front road lights and dipped lights on grille H4 12V / 60W/55W

Road lights and dipped lights on handrails H4 12V / 60W/55W

Front side lights and direction indicators

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Position 12V / 5W

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.39

Electrical diagrams

Side lights / stop lights and rear direction indicators

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Side light / Stop light 12V / 21W/5W

Flashing beacon(s)

Flashing beacon H1 12V / 55W

Reversing light

Reversing light 12V / 21W

10A02.40

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

Work headlights Europe models Lighting Four front work headlights on grille

Description

Bulb(s)

Single bulb

Work headlight

Type

H9 12V/65W

Four front roof headlights

Two rear roof headlights

Single bulb

Work headlight

Double bulbs

H3 12V / 55W

Xenon bulb

Xenon bulb GDL D2S / 35W

Double bulbs

Work headlight

Xenon bulb

Handrail headlights

Single bulb

Single bulb

H3 12V / 55W Xenon bulb GDL D2S / 35W

Work headlight

Double bulbs

Fender headlights

H3 12V / 55W

H3 12V / 55W H3 12V / 55W

Work headlight

H3 12V / 55W

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.41

Electrical diagrams

Footstep headlights

Single bulb

Work headlight H3 12V / 55W

10A02.42

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

Road lights - North America Lighting Road lights and dipped lights

Bulb(s)

Description

Headlight H4 12V / 60W/55W

Front side lights and direction indicators

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Position 12V / 5W

Rear side lights / stop lights and direction indicators with fender extension (North America)

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Guard extension 12V / 21W

Side light / Stop light 12V / 21W/5W

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.43

Electrical diagrams

Roof front direction indicators

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Roof rear direction indicators

Direction indicator 12V / 21W

Flashing beacon(s)

Flashing beacon H1 12V / 55W

10A02.44

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

Work headlights - North America Lighting Four front work headlights on grille

Description

Bulb(s)

Single bulb

Work headlight

Type

H9 12V/65W

Two front roof headlights

Two rear roof headlights

Single bulb

Work headlight

Double bulbs

H3 12V / 55W

Xenon bulb

Xenon bulb GDL D2S / 35W

Double bulbs

Work headlight

Xenon bulb

Handrail headlights

Single bulb

Single bulb

H3 12V / 55W Xenon bulb GDL D2S / 35W

Work headlight

Double bulbs

Fender headlights

H3 12V / 55W

H3 12V / 55W H3 12V / 55W

Work headlight H3 12V / 55W

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.45

Electrical diagrams

Footstep headlights

Single bulb

Work headlight H3 12V / 55W

Work headlights - High Visibility model Lighting Two front roof headlights

Description

Bulb(s)

Type

Single bulb

Work headlight

H3 12V / 55W

Double bulbs

Two rear roof headlights

Single bulb Double bulbs

10A02.46

¤ H

H3 12V / 55W

Work headlight

H3 12V / 55W H3 12V / 55W

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

D . Lighting Instrument panel lighting ......................................... 49 Road lights and dipped lights - Europe..................... 50 Road lights and dipped lights - Germany.................. 51 Side lights - Europe .................................................. 52 High visibility and standard roof side lights .............. 53 Number plate lighting............................................... 54 Number plate lighting for high visibility roof............. 55 Standard roof direction indicator and warning lights Europe...................................................................... 56 High visibility roof direction indicator and warning lights - Europe.................................................................... 57 Standard roof and fender extensions direction indicator and warning lights - North America.......................... 58 High visibility roof and fender extensions direction indicator and warning lights - North America................. 59 Standard roof direction indicator and warning lights without fender extensions - North America ............. 60 High visibility roof direction indicator and warning lights without fender extensions - North America ............. 61 Work headlights module .......................................... 62 Footstep lighting - Europe ........................................ 63 Footstep lighting - North America ............................ 64 Flashing beacons...................................................... 65 Standard roof work headlights ................................. 66 Xenon work headlights for standard roof ................. 67 Work headlights on grille.......................................... 68 Fender and handrail work headlights ....................... 69 Roof work headlights - North America ..................... 70 Xenon roof work headlights - North America ........... 71 Reversing light ......................................................... 72

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.47

Electrical diagrams

Page left blank intentionally

10A02.48

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Instrument panel lighting 2 FAI 35 CAB01 CAB03

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness DCC2 Instrument panel Road lights switch

CAB28 CAB3.7/CAB28.1

1

CAB03

N

FAI35

S3.1/CAB3.5

S3 S2

2

CAB3.3/S2.1

M R

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+3

+6

1

-7

2

2

5

R S2.1/BAF9.18

S3.1/BAF9.17

N

R

Ole Object

CAB1.24/BAF9.16

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB28.1/CAB1.23

2

3

4 6

7

8

9

10

5

1

F38 - 7.5A

12

13

14

15

11

F39

18

17

F38

BAF9

M

CAB3

F39 - 20A 1 X4

FAI35

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

68

46

45

24

23

1

CAB01

CAB1

MA-10-06031A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.49

Electrical diagrams Road lights and dipped lights - Europe 2 22 FAI 35 FAI 129 FAI 132 CAB01 CAB03 ENG6 ENG7

Fuse box Wiper control unit Instrument panel Dyna VT with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness LST front headlights harness DCC2 Instrument panel Road lights switch Right-hand road lights and direction indicators Left-hand road lights and direction indicators 13

8

7

1

22 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI35

(4) 56

(3) (8) 30 Sx

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(9) Dx

I

1

B BAF9.9/CAB1.25

F53

4

1

M

2

BAF8.6/S13.1

3

F39 - 20A

F60

6

BAF7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

5

4

BAF8

8

1

2

3

8

6

7 9

10

5

ENG1 ENG1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7

23 12 24

25

9

26

22 11

4 13 14

27

10

10 3

1 5 15

R15

F60 - 10A

30

85

86

F53 - 25A 87

R15

FAI35

F39

CAB1

CAB17.4/CAB3.6 B S3.1/CAB3.5 M

SH5 F34 SH4

1 +12V

2

X4

1

X3

1

H (2)

CAB01

1

2

9 2

7 6 16

46

3

21

8 19

18 17

24

4

20

31 30

29 28

68

6

5

S13

23

7

S3

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

45

8

B

F34 - 10A

SH5

L (10)

56a (6)

M

9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CAB17.6/BAF9.10 10 11 12 CAB17.5/BAF9.13 B 13 14 BAF9.15/S3.1 M 15 16 S3.1/BAF9.17 M 17 18

S13.1/CAB17.3

10

ENG8.3/ENG9.1 N ENG8.4/ENG9.1 N

11

MASSE

12

MASSE

13

BAF10

14

F36 - 15A

SH4

16

26

BAF9

15

28 16 27

lave vitre

56b (5) 17

29 17

6 15 14

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

18 7

1 5 13

1

1

30 19

2

4 12 24

2

8 9 3

11 23

25

ENG9

31

20 21 10 22

3

B B

4

ENG7

S4.1/ENG7.3 S3.1/ENG7.2

6

ROUTE

3 2 1

ENG7

B

5

CROISEMENT

BAF10.9/ENG1.17

7

B

B

8

ENG1.17/ENG8.7

ENG1.19/BAF7.10

9

B

10

ENG1.19/ENG8.8 ENG8 ENG8

FAI35

11

FAI132

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12

ENG7.1/ENG8.4 N ENG8.3/ENG6.1 N

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13

B B

14

S4

ENG6

ENG8.8/S3.1 ENG8.7/S4.1

15

S_3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16

ENG6

S4.1/ENG6.3 B S3.1/ENG6.2 B

klaxon

J

17

18

ROUTE

FAI129 3 2 1

O

(7) 53C

II

CAB17

CROISEMENT

(13) J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+3

+6

1

2

X1X5

CAB3

ACC

2

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

-7

2

5

CAB03

MA-10-06020A

F36

10A02.50

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Road lights and dipped lights - Germany

1 2

4

2

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

B B

FAI124

R19 1

3

2

1

6

5

4

R10 R3

R37.1/S1.1

N

R37.1/R10.1

1

1 R37

R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

N N

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF3 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

N

R37

6

ROOF3.5/CAB103.3 CAB103.3/ROOF3.6

1

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22

(4) 56

(3) (8) 30 Sx

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(9) Dx

I

6

4

3

2

1

5

5

BAF10

7

F36 - 15A

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CAB17.6/BAF9.10 10 11 12 CAB17.5/BAF9.13 B 13 14 BAF9.15/S3.1 M 15 16 S3.1/BAF9.17 M 17 18 8

R1

9

3

10

5

4

11

2

12

BAF9

2

B

S13

R8

F34 - 10A

1

20

31 30

21

8 19

18

9 10

2 7

29 17

11 12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

15 27

22

3 1

6 16

25

1

2

3

4 8

6

7 9

10

5

ENG1 ENG1

S3

3

4

28

(13) J

O

(7) 53C

klaxon

J

II lave vitre

56b (5)

13

ENG8.3/ENG9.1 N ENG8.4/ENG9.1 N

4

14

MASSE

1

5

15

MASSE

2

16

26

3 6

8

7

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

28 16 27

1 2 3 4 5 6

18

29 17

6 15 14

1

1

18 7

1 5 13 25

ENG9

30 19

2

4 12 24

2

8 9 3

11 23

3

ENG7

31

20 21 10 22

4

B B

6

S4.1/ENG7.3 S3.1/ENG7.2

B

5

ROUTE

3 2 1

ENG7

B

BAF10.9/ENG1.17

7

CROISEMENT

ENG1.19/BAF7.10

8

B

9

B

ENG1.17/ENG8.7

10

ENG1.19/ENG8.8 ENG8 ENG8

FAI132

FAI35

11

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12

ENG7.1/ENG8.4 N ENG8.3/ENG6.1 N

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13

B B

14

S4

ENG6

ENG8.8/S3.1 ENG8.7/S4.1

15

ENG6

S3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16

ROUTE

3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

13

17

R38

FAI129

1 2 3 4 5 6

CAB17

CROISEMENT

S4.1/ENG6.3 B S3.1/ENG6.2 B

1

CAB103

N 18

R38

4

2

B

R10.1/R38.1

1

5

BAF9.9/CAB1.25

N

6 3

FAI35

N N

BAF3 R38.1/S1.1

FAI127

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

BAF7 F39 - 20A

F60

2

F53

BAF8.6/S13.1

M

R15 30

F60 - 10A 85

86

F53 - 25A 87

R15

FAI35

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L (10)

56a (6)

H (2)

CAB01

1

R19

R2.5/R19.5 R2.4/R19.4

ROOF2

46

6 5 4 3 2 1

1

24

3

X1

ROOF2.5/BAF3.10 B ROOF2.4/BAF3.12 B

68

1 2

R2

6 5 4 3 2 1

H4

6 5 4

4

2

23

3

1

5

-7

45

2

2

2

M

1

5

+3

1

S13.1/CAB17.3

3 2 1

H4

6

4

S1

N B B

3 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

M

5

B

6 3

1 2

H4.3/S1.1 R19.5/H4.2 R19.4/H4.1

CAB05 +8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI15

3

6

S3.1/CAB5.2

R12

3

5

B B

CAB5.3/BAF9.11

R12

R2.5/R12.5 R2.4/R12.4

1

FAI34

6 5 4 3 2 1

2

4

2

H4

6 5 4 3 2 1

1

7

4

3

3

2

4

3

6

5

2

5

1

1

5

8

6 6

4

S1

7

3 2 1

N B B

9

H4

H4.3/S1.1 R12.5/H4.2 R12.4/H4.1

8

CAB5

10

3

N

Fuse box Wiper control unit Roof harness Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness LST pillar harness US lighting harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness ML200 front headlights harness DCC2 Instrument panel Road lights switch Handrail road lights switch Right-hand road lights and direction indicators Left-hand road lights and direction indicators Handrail road lights

CAB103.3/X1.1

2 22 FAI 15 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 124 FAI 127 FAI 129 FAI 132 CAB01 CAB03 CAB05 ENG6 ENG7 H4

CAB1

F39 R8 CAB17.4/CAB3.6 B S3.1/CAB3.5 M

F34 R1

1

X4

1

X3

1

X1X5

+12V

2

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CAB3

+3

+6

1

-7

2

2

5

CAB03

MA-10-06022A

F36

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.51

Electrical diagrams Side lights - Europe 2 38 FAI 35 FAI 37

Fuse box Trailer connector - Europe Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 60 Roof harness (all countries except US) FAI 61 Handrail lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 126 Lighting harness - Europe CAB03 Road lights switch LIG4 Rear right-hand side lights LIG5 Rear left-hand side lights H1 Front right- and left-hand side lights

LIG4 LIG4

LIG4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

LIG16

H1 R12

R12

1 2 3

1 2 3

1

1

2

1 2

LIG13.1/S7.1

S7 S7.1/LIG4.2

B

B

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

N

3

H1 1 2 3

B N

S1

3

R2.2/R12.3

B

3

1

38

R37.1/S1.1

1 2

3

4

1

2

LIG17

N

R12.3/H1.2 S1.1/H1.3

R37

LIG17.1/S8.1

B

FAI 37

R37

1

R37.1/R10.1

1

N

LIG5 R10

FAI 61

1

1

H1 1 2 3

B N

1 2 3

S1

R38.1/S1.1

1 2 3

R38

4

2

1

27

14 26

R2

1 2 3 4 5 6

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG1

ROOF2

1 2 3 4 5 6

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG1

3

4

1

2

R38

1

R10.1/R38.1

1

N

FAI124

1

2 6

3 5 7 9 11

12 16

13 17

18

15

14

10

8

4

BAF5 BAF5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

2

1

5

4

13

1

5

4

6

5

4

3

2

1

FAI126

S3.1/LIG1.1 S2.1/LIG1.2

24

14 26

2

23 12

5 15

3

22 11

4

16

6

10 3

1 6

27

CAB103

S2

9 2

7

28

21

8 19

18 17

CAB103

B B

20

31 30

29

6 5 4 3 2 1

S3

B B

3 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

S3.1/CAB103.1 S2.1/CAB103.2 BAF5.1/S3.1 BAF5.2/S2.1

ROOF2.1/CAB103.2 ROOF2.2/CAB103.1

B B

2

16 15

25

5

28

6

24

6 3

1 2 3 4 LIG5

17

1

13

B

29

5

12

R2.1/R19.3

18 7

4

23

3

N

30

2 3

11

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

B

19

10 22

N

R19.3/H1.2 S1.1/H1.3

8 9

R19

S8.1/LIG5.2 LIG5.4/LIG3.1

31

20 21

R19

3

S8

B B

2

1 2

LIG3

LIG1.2/S8.1 LIG1.1/S7.1

H1

LIG5

1

FAI 60

25

2

B B F39-20A

F38-7.5A

BAF9

F1- 10A

F39 - 20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

8 7 BAF9.5/S2.1

1 4

2 5

3 6

R S2 S3

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S3.1/CAB3.5

M

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

FAI 35

F1-10A

CAB03 CAB3

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+3

+6

1

-7

2

2

5

CAB3 BAF9.15/S3.1

M

S3.1/BAF9.17 S2.1/BAF9.18

M R

BAF9 F38 - 7.5A

1

CAB28 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1

X4

10A02.52

¤ H

MA-10-06016A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams High visibility and standard roof side lights Fuse box Trailer connector - Europe Trailer connector - North America Roof harness Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) LST pillar harness US lighting harness Road lights switch Rear right-hand side lights Rear left-hand side lights Front right- and left-hand side lights

LIG4

42 LIG4 LIG16 1

6

H1 1 2 3

2

4

3

B N

R12

R12

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

S1 N

R12.3/H1.2 S1.1/H1.3

5

3

1 2

4

3

1

LIG16.1/S7.1

S7 S7.1/LIG4.2

B

R2.2/R12.3

B

1 2 3 4

B

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

N

3

4

1

2

1 2 3 4

LIG17 1

LIG17.1/S8.1

B B

1 2

6 5

LIG4

R37

R37

1

1

R37.1/R10.1

38

N

FAI 36

LIG1.1/S7.1

H1

R37.1/S1.1

FAI 15

LIG5

R10 LIG5

FAI 34

1

1

1 2 3

2 3

R19

B N

1 2 3 4 5 6

S1

R38.1/S1.1

1 2 3

R19

5

2

4

3

21

24

R10.1/R38.1

1

N

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14 16

15 17

5

4

27

14

3

2

1

26

R2

1 2 3 4 5 6

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG1

R2

1 2 3 4 5 6

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG1

FAI 124

BAF5 BAF5

18

16 15

25

6

28

6 5

13

B

29 17

4

3

4

1

2

R38

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18 7

1

12

R2.1/R19.3

1 2 3 4

19 2

3

23

N

30

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6

R38

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

8

1 2 3 4

B

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

31

20

22

N

R19.3/H1.2 S1.1/H1.3

5 4

1

S8.1/LIG5.2

B

H1

6

S8

LIG1.2/S8.1

1

6

S3.1/CAB103.1 S2.1/CAB103.2

B B

H1

LIG5

LIG3

3

2

1

ROOF2.1/CAB103.2 ROOF2.2/CAB103.1

2 38 42 FAI 15 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 124 FAI 127 CAB03 LIG4 LIG5 H1

6

5

4

9

1

6

5

4

CAB103

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

6

5

4

3

2

1

11 23

4 12

5 15

2

22

3 1

6 16

3

10

2 7

28

21

8 19

18 17

6 5 4 3 2 1

B B

20

31 30

29

13 24

14

27 26

25

FAI127 F39-20A

BAF5.1/S3.1 BAF5.2/S2.1

S3

B B

S3.1/LIG1.1 S2.1/LIG1.2

S2

B B F38-7.5A

F1-10A BAF9 BAF9

F1- 10A

F39 - 20A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

BAF9.5/S2.1

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

CAB03 CAB3 CAB3

R S2

BAF9.15/S3.1

S3

M

CAB3.3/S2.1

R

S3.1/CAB3.5

M

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

FAI 35

S3.1/BAF9.17 S2.1/BAF9.18

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+3

+6

1

-7

2

2

5

M R

2 MA-10-06015A

F38 - 7.5A CAB28

1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1

X4

10A02.53

Electrical diagrams Number plate lighting 2 58 FAI 15 FAI 18 FAI 35 FAI 124 FAI 126 CAB03

Fuse box Number plate lighting Roof harness Number plate lighting harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness LST pillar harness Lighting harness - Europe Road lights switch

FAI18

2 R34B.1/R29.1

F39 - 20A

3

1

6

4

6

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF2

FAI15

R2

R34A.1/R29.1 ROOF2.1/CAB103.2 3

1

6

4

6 5 4 3 2 1

B

CAB103

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

58

1 R34B

FAI124

F38 - 7.5A

N

R29 R42.1/R29.1 R2.2/R29.2

B

1

R29 R34A

N B

1 2

1 2 R33B.1/R29.1

N

58

1

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

R33B 2

6

5

4

3

2

1

S3.1/CAB103.1

B

R29.1/R33A.1

B

S3 1

FAI126

2

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

BAF5.1/S3.1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 R33A

R42

B

BAF5

F38 - 7.5A

CAB28

1

FAI35 F39 - 20A

1

X4

BAF9

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

S2.1/BAF9.18

S3.1/BAF9.17 BAF9.15/S3.1

M M

R

S2

S3.1/CAB3.5

CAB3.3/S2.1

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

N

R

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB03 +3

+6

1

-7

2

2

5

M CAB3

S3 MA-10-06017A

10A02.54

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Number plate lighting for high visibility roof 2 FAI 35 FAI 59 FAI 124 FAI 126 CAB03 R41 R42

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness Lighting harness - Europe Road lights switch Number plate light for high visibility roof Number plate light for high visibility roof

2

2

5

4

2

1

6

4

R41

R41 1 2

1

3

F39 - 20A

6 3

1

FAI124

F38 - 7.5A

ROOF2 ROOF2.1/CAB103.2 3

1

6

4

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

R2 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

B

R2.2/R41.2

R42.2/R41.2

5

3

2

4

B

FAI59 R42 R42 R42.1/R11.1

6

B

S3.1/CAB103.1

B

N R41.4/R11.1

1 2

N

1 2

1

S3

FAI126 R11 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

BAF5.1/S3.1

1

1

R12

B Ole Object

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF5

2

F38 - 7.5A

CAB28

1

F39 - 20A

1

X4

TB2

FAI35 CAB3.7/CAB28.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

S2.1/BAF9.18

R

S2

CAB3.3/S2.1

N

R 8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB03 +3

1

-7

S3.1/BAF9.17 BAF9.15/S3.1

M

S3.1/CAB3.5

M

+6

2

2

5

CAB3

M S3 MA-10-06018A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.55

Electrical diagrams Standard roof direction indicator and warning lights - Europe 2

BAF9

2 4

1 5 7

8

9 15

16

17

13

11

10

6

3

LIG1.5/S10.1 LIG1.4/S9.1

LIG1

X1.1/ROOF3.6

6

5

4

3

2

1

N

X1

22

BAF3 BAF3

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

CAB103 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

3

2

1

6

5

4

6

1

5

2

4

3

N

B

R10.1/R18.1

3

2

1

6

5

4

ROOF4

FAI124

BAF3.7/ROOF4.4

B

ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

B

R4

6

5

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

N N

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

BAF2.1/CAB17.9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

1

5

4

B

CAB38.2/S12.1

1 2 3

B

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B BAF2.7/S12.1

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

B

FAI124

S12

3

FLASH PROGRAMING

(9) Dx

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(13) J

(7) 53C

J1_6 J1_12

L (10)

56a (6)

22

10

3

9

2

8

1

M CAB4

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

6

8

10

5

7

9

4 3

2 1

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

N

1 2 3

H1

1 2 3

1

S1.1/R37.1

S1

N

R37

FAI61 6

1

5

2

3 2 1

3 2 1

4

3

R19

R19

R19.2/H_1.1

B

H1.3/S1.1

N

1 2 3

H1

1 2 3

N

1

1

R38

R38

S1.1/R38.1

S1

N

5

J1-14

6

2 3

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

J1-16 J1-3

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

J1-17

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

DL4 DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

DL7

DL3

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

4

5

6

7

3

8

2

2

1

-7

CAB105

5

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1

2

CAB01

MA-10-06028A

1

10A02.56

¤ H

J1-8

TOUCHE 9

6

3

CAB04 8

4

TOUCHE 8

CAB105 +8

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B

J1-13

H (2)

7

11 12 13

56b (5)

4

X4

S13.1/CAB17.10

BAF8.7/CAB4.2 M CAB4.2/BAF8.9 M S12.1/CAB4.3 B

TOUCHE 7

J1-10

VERDE/VERTE

BAF8

S13

J1-7

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

II

F53 - 25A

M

J1-1

TOUCHE 6

J

87

BAF8.6/S13.1

1

TOUCHE 5

J1-15

O

86

F25 - 25A

+ J1-9

TOUCHE 4

J1-11

I

30

1

MICRO-PROCESSOR

(3) (8) 30 Sx

6

7

(4) 56

5

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

4

3 5

CAB17

SH14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

N

R12

CAB1

CAB38

R15 85

H1.3/S1.1

B

1

R10 3 6

FAI35

F60 - 10A 1

R12.2/H1.1

N N

CAB38

FAI35

X3

1

3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

BAF2.6CAB1.29 B BAF2.8/CAB1.28 B

8

SH13

3 2 1

FAI60 BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2

6

3 6

B

25

LCD

2 5

3

H1 R19.2/R4.2

J3

1 4

N

23

1 2 3 4 5 6

BAF2 BAF2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

46 24 1

F40-15A

F61-25A

F44-15A

11

1

5

11

3

13

B

R12

12

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

6

4

H1 R12.2/R4.4

24

R24

SH9- Eur

3

FAI37

10 3 4

CAB103

5

1 2

1

LIG3

13 14

26

6 5 4

FAI126

1

1

1 2 3 4

R37

9

1 5 15

BAF5

2

LIG4

R10.1/R20.1

21

2

6 16

1 2 3 4

20

7 17

27

LIG5

S9

8

18 29 28

1

S10

B

19

LIG1

B B

LIG18

B

31 30

BAF5.6/LIG1.5 BAF5.5/LIG1.4

1

1

68 45 23

SH1- EUR

12

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

14

BAF5 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG19

2

S9.1/LIG4.1

1 SH7- Eur

1

1

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

4 1 X-X5

LIG21

3

2

B

3

4

N

27 26

3

S10.1/LIG5.1

16 15

14

B

28

6 5

13 25

LIG18.1/S9.1

4 12 24

B

17

1

11 23

29

LIG19.1/S10.1

18 7

N

30 19

2

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

16

8 9 3

LIG4

4

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

6

1 3

4

5 7

8

15

21 10 22

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20

BAF9

2

LIG5

10

11

12

13

14

9

38

R21 5

B B

2

BAF9.1/CAB1.26 CAB1.27/BAF9.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

Fuse box Wiper control unit Trailer connector - Europe Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 60 Roof harness (all countries except US) FAI 61 Handrail lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 126 Lighting harness - Europe CAB01 DCC2 Instrument panel CAB04 Warning switch CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe LIG4 Rear right-hand side lights LIG5 Rear left-hand side lights H1 Front right- and left-hand side lights

18

2 22 38 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 37

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams High visibility roof direction indicator and warning lights - Europe 2

BAF9

B B

X1.1/ROOF3.6

3

2

1

N

X1

6 5 4 3 2 1

26

6 5 4 3 2 1

5

4

F40-15A

F61-25A

F44-15A

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2

B

BAF3.7/ROOF4.4

B

N LIG4.4/LIG3.1

23 12

6

1

5

2

4

3

24

3

2

1

6

5

4

ROOF4 ROOF4

3

2

1

6

5

4

ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

6

5

4

3

2

1

N N

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

ROOF4.2/R19.2

B

ROOF4.4/R21.2

B

R10.1/R18.1

6

5

4

3

2

1

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

N N

N

2

1

5

4

B

B

CAB38.2/S12.1

1 2 3

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

FAI124

B

CAB38 S12

3

FLASH PROGRAMING

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(13) J

(7) 53C

O

L (10)

56a (6)

4 3

10 9

2

8

1

F53 - 25A

22

BAF8

S13.1/CAB17.10

M CAB4

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

B

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

6

8

10

5

7

9

4 3

2 1

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

J1_6 J1_12

N

4 5

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

J1-14

6

J1-16 J1-3

TOUCHE 9

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J1-17

DL4 DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

DL7

DL3

3

-7

2

4

5

6

6

3

1

CAB105

5

CAB04 8

2 3

J1-8

CAB105 +8

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

BAF8.7/CAB4.2 M CAB4.2/BAF8.9 M S12.1/CAB4.3 B

1

S13

7

M

8

BAF8.6/S13.1

1

J1-13

TOUCHE 8

H (2)

7

56b (5)

87

X4

J1-7

TOUCHE 7

J1-10

lave vitre

R15

F25 - 25A

TOUCHE 6

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) VERDE/VERTE

86

1

J1-1

klaxon

J

30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-15

X3 85

+ TOUCHE 4

J1-11

I

F60 - 10A 1

(9) Dx

II

11 12 13

FAI35

(3) (8) 30 Sx

6

6

SH14

(4) 56

MICRO-PROCESSOR

CAB17

5

5 7

SH13

8

3

3 6

4

1

LCD

2 5

3

H1

R37.1/S1.1

R12.2/H1.1

B

S1.1/H1.3

N

1 2 3

1 2

H1

3

S1

N

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R19

R19

1

6

1

5

2

4

3

H1 R19.2/H1.1 S1.1/H1.3

R38.1/S1.1

N

B N

1 2 3

H1

1 2 3

S1

R38

CAB1

J3

1 4

2

1

CAB38

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B BAF2.7/S12.1

1 R37

R18

R10 3 6

FAI35 BAF2.1/CAB17.9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 R20

1

FAI59

BAF2.6CAB1.29 B BAF2.8/CAB1.28 B

BAF2 BAF2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

N

25

FAI124

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

R12

1

5

FAI37

BAF3 BAF3

1

R21

6

4

FAI34

3

SH9- Eur

6 5 4 3 2 1

S9

CAB103 2

R10.1/R20.1

13 14

27

CAB103

6 5 4 3 2 1

1

22

4

15

4

LIG3

11

5

16

5

1 2 3 4

10 3

1 6

28

6

3

9 2

7 17

BAF5

LIG4

1 2

21

8

18 29

1 2 3 4

6 5 4

S10

B B

20

31 30

LIG1 LIG1

1

B

LIG1.5/S10.1 LIG1.4/S9.1

19

FAI126

2

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1

2

46 24 1

BAF5.6/LIG1.5 BAF5.5/LIG1.4

LIG5

1

S9.1/LIG4.1

J

1

3

2

N

H

LIG18

4

B

16

15

X

1

3

S10.1/LIG5.1

L K

LIG19

LIG4

4

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

M C B

1

B

D A

G W

LIG21

LIG18.1/S9.1

14

13

P N

E

V

38

B

1

6

2

3

4

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14 16

1 3

4

7

8

9

10

11

12

R

S T U F

1

B B

31

68 45 23

SH1- EUR

5

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

BAF5

2

BAF9

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

LIG19.1/S10.1

SH7- Eur

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

N

1

LIG5

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

4 1 X-X5

15

3

17

5

18

2

BAF9.1/CAB1.26 CAB1.27/BAF9.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17

FAI 59 FAI 124 FAI 126 CAB01 CAB04 CAB105 LIG4 LIG5 H1

Fuse box Wiper control unit Trailer connector - Europe Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness Lighting harness - Europe DCC2 Instrument panel Warning switch Headlights module - NAO and Europe Rear right-hand side lights Rear left-hand side lights Front right- and left-hand side lights

18

2 22 38 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 37

CAB01

MA-10-06029A

1

10A02.57

Electrical diagrams Standard roof and fender extensions direction indicator and warning lights - North America

BAF9.1/CAB1.26

2

B

+12 V X1-X5

1

R13

42

X2

LIG4

LIG5

R13.1/R48.1 R13.2/S6.1

N B

R18.1/R48.1 R18.2/S5.1

N B

2

1

R13

2

1

R18

1

2

BAF5.3/LIG1.3 B

LIG1-11/LIG30.1 LIG1.10/LIG31.1

1

1 2 3 4

3

2

1

6

5

4

1

B B N

X1

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

4 1

R23 5

2

3

4 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

F44 droit

F40

F61

gauche

warning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6

1

5

2

4

3

R19.2/S5.1

B

N

LIG5.1/LIG1.3

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

LIG31.2/LIG3.1 LIG30.2/LIG3.1

6 5 4 3 2 1

5

4

2

1 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF4 R4

CAB104.2/ROOF4.3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

B

CAB104.1/ROOF4.5

B

FAI124 N N

FAI124

6

5

4

3

2

1

LIG31

2

1 2

LIG30

1 2

1

B

R4.4/S6.1

B

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

3

2

1

6

5

4

BAF2.1/CAB17.9

3

2

1

5

4

B CAB38.2/S12.1

B

R26.1/R42.1 R26.2/R4.5

N B

R32.1/R42.1 R32.2/R4.3

N B

R42

1

1

1 2 3

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

B

FAI124

3

FLASH PROGRAMING

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(13) J

(7) 53C

klaxon

J

7

22

6

10 9

2

8

1

3

5

8

M

CAB04

CAB4

X4

1 +12 V

X3

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

N

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

J1-8

5

J1-14

6

1

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15

DL4 DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

DL1 DL2 (ROJO) DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

DL3

3

CAB105

1

-7

2

5

8

1 +12 V

4

TOUCHE 8 TOUCHE 9

6

3

7

B

3

J1-13

CAB105 +8

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

4

9

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

M M B

5

BAF8.7/CAB4.2 CAB4.2/BAF8.9 S12.1/CAB4.3

3

S13.1/CAB17.10

J1-7

TOUCHE 7

H (2)

4

4

L (10)

56a (6)

6

11 12 13

56b (5)

10

S13

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-10

lave vitre

2

F25 - 25A

M

J1-1

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

II

1

87

+ J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-11

O

R15 1 2 3 4 5 BAF8.6/S13.1 6 7 8 9 10

MICRO-PROCESSOR

(9) Dx

TOUCHE 4/6

-

7

3

(3) (8) 30 Sx

I

2

1

(4) 56

5

1

2 4

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

6

5 7

CAB17

F60 - 10A

BAF8

B

S1.1/H1.3

N

1 2 3

1 2

H1

3

R37.1/S1.1

N

S1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

1

5

2

4

3

H1 R19.2/H_1.1 S__1.1/H_1.3

B N

1 2 3

1 2

H1

3

R19

1

1

R38

R38

R38.1/S1.1

N

S1

1 2

2

R26

1

1 2

2

1

R32

CAB1

CAB38

v9

F53 - 25A

H1 R12.2/H1.1

1

R48

B B

S12

FAI35

86

1 R37

3

R32

CAB38

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B BAF2.7/S12.1

N

2

N N

6

FAI35

v8

30

1 R37

2

R26 c0

R4.2/S5.1

R10

v7

85

B

FAI15 ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2 B ROOF4.3/BAF3.6 B BAF3.7/ROOF4.4 B ROOF4.5/BAF3.8 B

8

3 6

2 5

R12

1

5

B B R10.1/R18.1

6 3

LCD

1 4

R12

6

4

S10

J3

R28

6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI34

1

BAF2.6/CAB1.29 BAF2.8/CAB1.28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

N

6 5 4 3 2 1

R19

BAF3 BAF3

2

R10.1/R20.1

S9

B B

CAB103

R26

B

1 2 3 4

S5

CAB103

LIG1.10/CAB103.5 LIG1.11/CAB103.4 CAB103.3/X1.1

3

1

3

FAI127

R24 4

1 2

LIG3 LIG1.9/S9.1 LIG1.8/S10.1

LIG1 LIG1

2

6 5 4

R12.2/S6.1

B B

BAF5 BAF5 F24

5

LIG5

N

LIG4

B

LIG19

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

1

LIG20

B

FAI36

1

LIG21

1 2

LIG25

LIG4.1/LIG1.6

1 2

LIG26

S9.1/LIG19.1

16

S6

B

15 17

1

S10.1/LIG20.1

6

B

2

1

N

3

4

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

BAF5.15/LIG1.6

2

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

6

14

B B

1 2

24

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1

2

46 24 1

F3

LIG1.9/BAF5.14 LIG1.8/BAF5.12

R18

68 45 23

F2

SH6

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

25

B N

3

4

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

13 14

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

23 12

5 15

27

J

H

2 22 11 4

16 K

X

3

10 3

1 6

B

G W

4

9 2

7 17

14

11 5

2

18

13

SH10

R21

28

12

1

29

L

3

21

8 19

18 M C

LIG25.1/S9.1 LIG25.2/LIG3.1

5 7

8

9

10

4

30 N

D A

B N

3

3

5

2

4

R22

P

E F

4 20

31

R

S T U V

LIG26.1/S10.1 LIG3.1/LIG26.2

1

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

16

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

15

3

17

5

2

18

R25

BAF2 BAF2

CAB01

MA-10-06026A

1

10A02.58

¤ H

1 2

BAF9

SH12

1

SH8

2 Fuse box 22 Wiper control unit 42 Trailer connector - NAO FAI 15 Roof harness FAI 34 Handrail lighting harness FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness FAI 36 Fender lighting harness (US) FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 127 US lighting harness CAB01 DCC2 Instrument panel CAB04 Warning switch CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe LIG4 Rear right-hand side lights LIG5 Rear left-hand side lights LIG25 Right-hand fender extension direction indicator LIG26 Left-hand fender extension direction indicator LIG30 Additional left-hand direction indicator - NAO LIG31 Additional right-hand direction indicator - NAO H1 Front right- and left-hand side lights R13 Front left-hand roof direction indicator R18 Front right-hand roof direction indicator R26 Rear right-hand roof direction indicator R32 Rear left-hand roof direction indicator

B

CAB1.27/BAF9.2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams High visibility roof and fender extensions direction indicator and warning lights North America

BAF9.1/CAB1.26

B

CAB1.27/BAF9.2 + 12V 1

X1-X5

1

42

X2

B

LIG4

LIG5

BAF9

1

2

3

4 6

5 7

8

12 24 25

9

10

11

LIG1.9/BAF5.14 LIG1.8/BAF5.12

B B

BAF5.15/LIG1.6

B

BAF5.3/LIG1.3

B

2

2

1

3

2

1

1 2

LIG26

3

6

5

4

1

B B N

X1

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

1

R23 5

2

3

4 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

LIG20

1

LIG19

F44

F40

F61

gauche

warning

6 5 4 3 2 1

5

4

3

2

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

5

4

2

1

CAB104.2/ROOF4.3

FAI124

ROOF4

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

FAI124 N N

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4

1 2 3 4 5 6

B B

ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

3

2

1

6

5

4

1

5

2

4

3

N LIG5.4/LIG3.1

LIG31

LIG30

1 2

2

1 2

1

R19.2/R4.2

B

R4.4/R21.2

B

R10.1/R20.1 R10.1/R18.1

N N

R10

6

5

4

3

2

1

B CAB38.2/S12.1

1 2 3

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

B

FAI124

J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

O

7 6 4 3

9

2

M

CAB04

CAB4

+12 V PERMANENT PERMANENT + 12V

1

X3

+12 V ACCESSOIRES + 12V ACCESORIES

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

N

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-7

1

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

J1-16 J1-3

6

J1-17 J1-15

J1-10

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

DL1 DL2 (ROJO) DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

DL3

3

CAB105

1

-7

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

CAB105

6

3

2

5 7

B

+8

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

4

M M B

5

BAF8.7/CAB4.2 CAB4.2/BAF8.9 S12.1/CAB4.3

3

S13.1/CAB17.10

22

2

S13

+

J1-1

H (2)

5

11 12 13

L (10)

56a (6)

8

X4

klaxon

J

lave vitre

10

M

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

1

(7) 53C

1

F25 - 25A

1 2 3 4 5 BAF8.6/S13.1 6 7 8 9 10

(13) J

II

1

6 8

BAF8 F53 - 25A

87

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-11

8

4

5 7 9

10

R15 86

(9) Dx

TOUCHE 4/6

-

F60 - 10A

30

(3) (8) 30 Sx

I

v9

85

MICRO-PROCESSOR

2

1 3

4 6

5 7 1

2

3

(4) 56

56b (5)

1

5

2

4

3

S1

S__1.1/H_1.3

B N

1 2 3

1 2

H1 3

R19

R_37.1/S__1.1

1

N

R38

1

3

FAI35

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

CAB1

B B

CAB17

v8

FAI34

1

S12

v7

S1

N

N N

CAB38

8

3 6

2 5

H1

3

2

LCD

1 4

6 5 4 3 2 1 R19

B B

CAB38

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2

FAI59

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B B

R37.1/S1.1

1

R18

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

FAI35

BAF2.7/S12.1

1 2 3

R37

1 6 3

N

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

B S9.1/LIG19.1

LIG31.2/LIG3.1 LIG30.2/LIG3.1

1

BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2 B ROOF4.3/BAF3.6 B BAF3.7/ROOF4.4 B ROOF4.5/BAF3.8 B

BAF2.1/CAB17.9

6

S10 LIG4.1/LIG1.6 B LIG5.1/LIG1.3 B LIG1-11/LIG30.1 B LIG1.10/LIG31.1 B

6

B

S1.1/H1.3

H1

BAF2

R28

H1 R12.2/H1.1

1

LIG3

S9

B B

CAB104.1/ROOF4.5

BAF2

droit

3

1 2 3 4

LIG5

N

LIG1.9/S9.1 LIG1.8/S10.1

BAF2.6/CAB1.29 BAF2.8/CAB1.28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2

R19.2/H_1.1

BAF3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

LIG4

1

CAB103

4

1

5

R12

R20

BAF3

2

1

LIG21

1 2

LIG25

FAI36

CAB103

LIG1.10/CAB103.5 LIG1.11/CAB103.4 CAB103.3/X1.1

R24

R26

6

4

1

BAF5

1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R21

FAI127

F24

5

6 5 4 3 2 1

12

13

14 16

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF5

4

3

13 14

LIG1 LIG1

2

1 2

23

4 5

15 26

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4

11

1 6

16 27

J

H

N

7

8

9 11

12

13

16

14

15 17

18

28

K X

1

22

3

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

46 24 1

F3

L B

G W

3

2

10

2 7

17

V

4

1

68 45 23

F2

SH6

1

29

C

A

F

M

3

9

18

D

B

4

E

S10.1/LIG20.1

3

19

N

T U

4

21

8

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

5

2

30

B N

SH10

R21

10

1

P

2 20

31

R

S

LIG25.1/S9.1 LIG25.2/LIG3.1

6

5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

B N

3

3

5

2

4

R22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

LIG26.1/S10.1 LIG3.1/LIG26.2

1

2

1

15

3

4

17

5

2

18

R25

SH12

LIG26 LIG30 LIG31 H1

Fuse box Wiper control unit Trailer connector - NAO Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Fender lighting harness (US) High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness US lighting harness DCC2 Instrument panel Warning switch Headlights module - NAO and Europe Rear right-hand side lights Rear left-hand side lights Right-hand fender extension direction indicator Left-hand fender extension direction indicator Additional left-hand direction indicator - NAO Additional right-hand direction indicator - NAO Front right- and left-hand side lights

SH8

2 22 42 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 59 FAI 124 FAI 127 CAB01 CAB04 CAB105 LIG4 LIG5 LIG25

2

CAB01

MA-10-06025A

1

10A02.59

Electrical diagrams Standard roof direction indicator and warning lights without fender extensions North America

BAF9.1/CAB1.26

B

CAB1.27/BAF9.2 +12 V X1-X5

1

B

R13

X2

LIG4

42

LIG5

R13.1/R48.1 R13.2/S6.1

N B

R18.1/R48.1 R18.2/S5.1

N B

2

1

R13

2

1

R18

F3

B

BAF5.3/LIG1.3

B

FAI127

5

3

4

1

1

1

6

5

4

LIG1.10/CAB103.5 LIG1.11/CAB103.4 CAB103.3/X1.1

R24 2

2

B B N

X1

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF3

5

4

2

1 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

R26 5

2

3

4 1

5

2

3

4 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

6

5

4

3

2

1

CAB104.2/ROOF4.3

BAF3

FAI124

ROOF4

R4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

B

CAB104.1/ROOF4.5

B

FAI124

6

5

4

3

2

1

LIG31

2

1 2

LIG30

F44 droit

F40

F61

gauche

warning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2

1

B

R4.4/S6.1

B

N N

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

FAI35 B CAB38.2/S12.1

B

N

N B

R32.1/R42.1 R32.2/R4.3

N B

1

R42

1

1 2 3

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

R48

B

FAI124

FLASH PROGRAMING

O

L (10)

56a (6)

10 9

2

8

1

M

CAB04

CAB4

+12 V

X3

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

N

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-7

3

1

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

J1-16 J1-3

6

J1-17 J1-15

J1-10

1

10A02.60

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

DL1 DL2 (ROJO) DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

DL3

3

CAB105

1

-7

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

CAB105

6

3

2

5 6

B

+8

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5

M M B

3

BAF8.7/CAB4.2 CAB4.2/BAF8.9 S12.1/CAB4.3

7

X4

MICRO-PROCESSOR

4

6

S13.1/CAB17.10

22

3

5

8

S13

+ TOUCHE 4/6

H (2)

8

+12 V

1

klaxon

J

7

56b (5)

7

M

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

1

(7) 53C

2

4

(13) J

lave vitre

11 12 13

1

2

3

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

1

F25 - 25A

1 2 3 4 5 BAF8.6/S13.1 6 7 8 9 10

R19

B

S1.1/H1.3

N

1 2 3

H1

1 2 3

R37.1/S1.1

N

S1

FAI34 6

1

5

2

4

3

H1 R19.2/H1.1 S1.1/H1.3

B

1 2 3

N

H1

1 2 3

R38.1/S1.1

1

N

S1

R38

1 2

2

R26

1

1 2

2

1

R32

1

II

9

BAF8 F53 - 25A

87

R19

H1 R12.2/H1.1

CAB1

B B

J1-11

10

R15 86

6 5 4 3 2 1

3

1

-

F60 - 10A

30

(9) Dx

I

v9

85

(3) (8) 30 Sx

6

FAI35

v8

(4) 56

5

2

1 3

4 6

5 7 v7

6 5 4 3 2 1

2

MASSE

3

8

3 6

2 5

1 R37

1

R26.1/R42.1 R26.2/R4.5

LCD

1 4

1 R37

R38

J3

R28

R12

1

5

R32

S12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

R12

6

4

B B

CAB38

CAB17

B

2

CAB38

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B BAF2.7/S12.1

R19.2/S5.1

N N

R10

BAF2.1/CAB17.9

S5

6 5 4 3 2 1

R26 c0

R4.2/S5.1

BAF2.6/CAB1.29 BAF2.8/CAB1.28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3

FAI15

ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2 B ROOF4.3/BAF3.6 B BAF3.7/ROOF4.4 B ROOF4.5/BAF3.8 B

BAF2 BAF2

1 2

R10.1/R18.1

6 3

CAB103

6 5 4

N

6 5 4 3 2 1

S10

LIG31.2/LIG3.1 LIG30.2/LIG3.1 CAB103

B

1

LIG1 LIG1 3

3

R10.1/R20.1

S9

B B

1 2

1 2 3 4

LIG3 LIG1.9/S9.1 LIG1.8/S10.1

6 5 4

R12.2/S6.1

B B

BAF5 BAF5 F24

LIG5

N

1 2 3 4

B

LIG4

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

1

LIG5.1/LIG1.3

LIG19

N

16

1

B

15 17

FAI36

LIG1-11/LIG30.1 LIG1.10/LIG31.1

LIG20

1

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

6

BAF5.15/LIG1.6

LIG21

LIG4.1/LIG1.6

1

2

3

4

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

B B

S6

B

6

16

LIG1.9/BAF5.14 LIG1.8/BAF5.12

1 2

24

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

46 24 1

F2

SH6

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R18

68 45 23

4

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

25

S9.1/LIG19.1

3

BAF9

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

13 14

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

23 12

5 15

27

J

H

2 22 11 4

16 K

X

3

10 3

1 6

B

G W

4

9 2

7 17

B

5

2

18

13

SH10

R21

28

14

1

29

L

3

21

8 19

18 M C

S10.1/LIG20.1

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

4

30 N

D A

N

3

3

5

2

4

R22

P

E F

4 20

31

R

S T U V

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

1

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

15

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17

3

18

5

2

R23

¤ H

1 2

BAF9 R25

SH12

1

SH8

2 Fuse box 22 Wiper control unit 42 Trailer connector - NAO FAI 15 Roof harness FAI 34 Handrail lighting harness FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness FAI 36 Fender lighting harness (US) FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 127 US lighting harness CAB01 DCC2 Instrument panel CAB04 Warning switch CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe LIG4 Rear right-hand side lights LIG5 Rear left-hand side lights LIG30 Additional left-hand direction indicator - NAO LIG31 Additional right-hand direction indicator - NAO H1 Front right- and left-hand side lights R13 Front left-hand roof direction indicator R18 Front right-hand roof direction indicator R26 Rear right-hand roof direction indicator R32 Rear left-hand roof direction indicator

2

CAB01

MA-10-06024A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams High visibility roof direction indicator and warning lights without fender extensions North America

BAF9.1/CAB1.26

2

B

+12 V X1-X5

1

42

X2

LIG4

LIG5

4

B

FAI127

LIG21

FAI36

SH12

3

1

1

1

LIG1.9/S9.1 LIG1.8/S10.1

6

5

4

B B N

X1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

SH8

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

4 1

R23 5

2

3

4 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

2

1

F44 droit

F40

F61

gauche

warning

6

5

4

3

2

1

CAB104.2/ROOF4.3

FAI124

ROOF4 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF3

R3

B B

FAI124 ROOF3.6/CAB103.3 ROOF3.5/CAB103.3

N N

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4

3

2

1

6

5

4

5

2

4

3

N LIG30

1 2

1 2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

CAB38.2/S12.1

R19.2/R4.2

B

R4.4/R21.2

B

R10.1/R20.1 R10.1/R18.1

1 2 3

B

1 2 3

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

B

FAI124

J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

(12) (1) (11) 31b 53b 53

(13) J

(7) 53C

O

klaxon

J

7 6 4 1

3

9

2

8

10

22

S13.1/CAB17.10

M

CAB04

CAB4 BAF8.7/CAB4.2 CAB4.2/BAF8.9 S12.1/CAB4.3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+12 V

X4

1 +12 V

X3

B

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

CAB28 CAB4.7/CAB28.1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

N

3 4 5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

J1-16 J1-3

6

J1-17 J1-15

1

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

DL4 DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

DL1 DL2 (ROJO) DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

DL3

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

6

3

CAB105

1

-7

2

5

8

1

1

J1-13 J1-8

CAB105 +8

7

CAB4.6/CAB4.8

M M B

6

S13

4

M

5

F25 - 25A

1 2 3 4 5 BAF8.6/S13.1 6 7 8 9 10

3

F53 - 25A

J1-7

TOUCHE 7 TOUCHE 8

H (2)

5

11 12 13

L (10)

56a (6)

2

86

87

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-10

lave vitre

1

85

J1-1

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

II

R15 BAF8

+ J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-11

F60 - 10A

30

MICRO-PROCESSOR

2

1 3

4 6

5 7

(9) Dx

TOUCHE 4/6

-

4 6 8

3 5 7 9

10

(3) (8) 30 Sx

I

2

1

(4) 56

v9

FAI34

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6

1

5

2

4

3

S1

S__1.1/H_1.3

B N

1 2 3

1 2

H1 3

R19

R_37.1/S__1.1

1

N

R38

1

3

56b (5)

S1

N

CAB1

B B

S12

FAI35

R37.1/S1.1

1

1

CAB17

v8

H1

3

N N

CAB38

v7

1 2

2

N N

R10

B

8

3 6

2 5

1 2 3

R12

R37

R19

LCD

1 4

N

LIG4.4/LIG3.1

1

B B

BAF2

R28

B

S1.1/H1.3

H1

6

CAB38

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

R12.2/H1.1

FAI59

CAB17.8/BAF2.3 B BAF2.4/CAB4.5 B S12.1/BAF2.5 B B

H1

1

LIG3

R18

R3.6/R10.1 R3.5/R10.1

FAI35

BAF2.7/S12.1

3

1 2 3 4

1

BAF3.5/ROOF_4.2 B ROOF4.3/BAF3.6 B BAF3.7/ROOF4.4 B ROOF4.5/BAF3.8 B

BAF2.1/CAB17.9

2

ETAMAGE LIG31 2

BAF2.6/CAB1.29 BAF2.8/CAB1.28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LIG5

LIG31.2/LIG3.1 LIG30.2/LIG3.1

1

CAB104.1/ROOF4.5

BAF2

1

5

R19.2/H_1.1

BAF3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

S10

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB103

2

LIG4

1

S9

B B

BAF3

R26

LIG19

LIG4.1/LIG1.6 B LIG5.1/LIG1.3 B LIG1-11/LIG30.1 B LIG1.10/LIG31.1 B CAB103

LIG1.10/CAB103.5 LIG1.11/CAB103.4 CAB103.3/X1.1

R24 5

2

1

1

BAF5 BAF5 3

LIG20

1

R20

LIG1

LIG1

ETAMAGE

ETAMAGE

1 3 5

6 8

7 9 11

BAF5.3/LIG1.3

6

4

13

18

7

12

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

46 24 1

B

R21

N

16

12 24 25

10

B B

BAF5.15/LIG1.6

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

12

LIG1.9/BAF5.14 LIG1.8/BAF5.12

4

3

13 14

LIG5.4/LIG3.1

13

14

15 17

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F24

2

1 2

23

4 5

15 26

BAF9

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4

11

1 6

16 27

J

H

14

13

28

K X

1

22

3

B

7

8

9

L B

G W

3

2

10

2 7

17

V

4

1

68 45 23

F3

29

C

A

F

M

3

9

18

D

S9.1/LIG19.1

1

E

B

3

4

19

N

T U

4

21

8

S10.1/LIG20.1

5

2

18

11

R21

30

12

10

1

P

2 20

31

R

S

N

6

5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

LIG21.1/LIG3.1

3

3

5

2

4

R22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

16

1

2

1

15

3

4

17

5

2

18

R25

2

BAF9

SH10

1

SH6

Fuse box Wiper control unit Trailer connector - NAO Handrail lighting harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Fender lighting harness (US) High visibility roof harness LST pillar harness US lighting harness DCC2 Instrument panel Warning switch Headlights module - NAO and Europe Rear right-hand side lights Rear left-hand side lights Front right- and left-hand side lights

F2

2 22 42 FAI 34 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 59 FAI 124 FAI 127 CAB01 CAB04 CAB105 LIG4 LIG5 H1

B

CAB1.27/BAF9.2

CAB01

MA-10-06023A

10A02.61

Electrical diagrams Work headlights module 2 Fuse box FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 129 SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 135 Lights module and radio ground harness CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe

2

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+12V F58 - 7.5A 1 X4

F13 - 7.5A 1 X2

+12V

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB105

CAB105.6/BAF4.10

M

FAI 124 S1_ CAB105.5/BAF4.3

BAF4 BAF4

R

CAB105.12/S1.1

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105 3

13

18

7

12

1

6

CAB105 3

1

2

1

2

3

CAB38

20

31 30 18

9 10

2 7

17

11

1

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3

6

28

21

8 19

29

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

25

FAI129

ENG22.1/ENG1.2

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB38.1/ENG1.2

N

1 2 3

FAI35

1 2 3

CAB38.1/S1.1

N

F58-7.5A

CAB38

F13-7.5A 31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18 29

7

3

17

1

11 4

23

30 19

2

12

28

6 16

5 15

13

27

14

24 25

26

2

ENG1 ENG1

1

BAT1

ENG22 1 ENG22

1

ENG22.1/BAT1.1

N

FAI 135

10A02.62

¤ H

MA-10-06033A

1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Footstep lighting - Europe 2 FAI 35 FAI 124 FAI 129 FAI 130 CAB105 TR28 TR29

Fuse box Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness LST pillar harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness Headlights module - NAO and Europe Left-hand footstep lighting Right-hand footstep lighting

TR28

TR29

X4

F57 - 30A

1

TR29

FAI130

10

11 12

1

R

S

D

U

H

17

10 11 23

4

1

BAF10

BAF4

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

2

12

5 15

13 24

14 26

22

3 1

6 16 27

J

X1-X5

87

9 2

7

29 28

L K X

TR31

ENG1 ENG1

M

B

G W

86

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

C

A

F V

R20 30

85

21

8 19

N E

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+12V

20

31 30

P

T

1

9

2

8

3

2

7

4

3

7

6

4

8

5

5

11 10 9

7

6

12

8

6

9

5

10

4

3

11

2

12

ENG10 ENG10

1

13

B B

14

ENG1.31/ENG10.4 ENG1.30/ENG10.3

FAI35

15

R R

FAI129

B

16

ENG10.4/TR29.1 ENG10.3/TR28.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF10.16/ENG1.30

17

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

18

N

2 1

TR29.2/TR31.1

TR28

N

2 1

TR28.2/TR31.1

2

2

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

1

BAF10.18/ENG1.31

25

1

3

J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

2

MICRO-PROCESSOR

LCD

+ J1-9

TOUCHE 4 TOUCHE 5

J1-1

TOUCHE 6

J1-7

1 2 3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

J1-10

J1_6 J1_12

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

FAI124

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) VERDE/VERTE

DL5

R20

DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

DL7

DL3

CAB105

CAB105

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F57

CAB105.8/BAF4.12

B

CAB105.11/BAF4.9

B

13

18

7

12

1

6

MA-10-06032A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.63

Electrical diagrams Footstep lighting - North America

2

TR29

TR28

R

S

P

30 N

T E

W H

11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

J

22

3

17 28

K X

21 10

2 7

29

L B

G

9

18

M C

A

V

8 19

D

U F

20

31

13

F57 - 30A

24

14

27 26

X4

25

1

TR29

2 1

TR28

2 1

1

1

2

FAI130

2

FAI129

N

N

TR28.2/TR18.1

TR29.2/TR18.1

11 12

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+12V

R20 30

85

86

SH3

X1-X5

87

1

BAF10

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG1

ENG1

TR18

1

10

2

9

3

8

4

2

7

6

3

7

5

4

8

7

5

11 10 9

8

6

12

9

6

10

5

11

4

3

12

2

13

ENG10 ENG10

1

FAI35

14

B B

B

15

ENG1.31/ENG10.4 ENG1.30/ENG10.3

BAF10.16/ENG1.30

16

R R

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

17

ENG10.4/TR29.1 ENG10.3/TR28.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF10.18/ENG1.31

18

2 Fuse box FAI 15 Roof harness FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 127 US lighting harness FAI 129 SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130 Cab Dyna VT transmission harness CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe H2 Left-hand handrail lighting H3 Right-hand handrail lighting TR28 Left-hand footstep lighting TR29 Right-hand footstep lighting

BAF3

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF4

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1

FAI15

3

2

1

6

5

4

R3.3/R19.1 R12.1/R3.3 R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

ROOF3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

B B N N

6

5

4

3

2

1

FAI124

BAF3.2/ROOF3.3 B BAF3.1/ROOF3.3 B ROOF3.5/X1.1 N X1.1/ROOF3.6 N

CAB103 R37.1/R10.1 R10.1/R38.1

N N

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 R10

FAI127 1 2 3 4 5 6

X1 CAB103.3/X1.1

N

1

CAB103 6

1

6

1

5

2

5

2

4

3

4

3

FAI124 3

R19

1 2 3 4 5 6

R38

1

R12

1 2 3 4 5 6

R37

1

R19

1 2 3 4 5 6

R38

1

R12

1 2 3 4 5 6

R37

1

5

2

4

3

S1 R38.1/S1.1

H2.1/S1.1 N H2.2/H3.2 B

H2.1/S1.1

N

1

5

2

4

3

FLASH PROGRAMING LCD

S_1 R37.1/S1.1

N

+ TOUCHE 4/6

J1-9

SH3

1

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-7

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

J1-16

5 J1-3 6

N

R20

J1-17 J1-15

J1-11

N

J1-10

H2.2/H3.2

H2.1/S1.1

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

B N

B

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

H2.1/S1.1

R19.1/H2.2

6

MICRO-PROCESSOR

1

R12.1/H2.2

B

J3

6

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

F57

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2 (ROJO) DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

DL3

2 CAB105

2 1

H2

2 1

H3

2 1

H2

2 1

H3

3

H2

H3

H2

H3

CAB105

10A02.64

¤ H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105.8/BAF4.12

B

CAB105.11/BAF4.9

B

13

18

7

12

1

6

MA-10-06019A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Flashing beacons 2 FAI 60 FAI 124 CAB105 R23 R39

Fuse box Roof harness (all countries except US) LST pillar harness Headlights module - NAO and Europe Left-hand flashing beacon Right-hand flashing beacon

R27

F59-10A

3

CAB105 3 J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

2

MICRO-PROCESSOR

LCD

+ TOUCHE 4

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 6

J1-7

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

1

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

J1-10

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) VERDE/VERTE

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

J1_6 J1_12

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

DL7

DL3

2

14 13

B

FAI 124

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

R39 1

R39.1/R3.4

B

11

CAB105.3/BAF4.4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

12

B

9

CAB105.1/BAF4.2

10

BAF4

8

6

R39

7

12

1

6

18

5

13 7

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

3

CAB105

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

2

5

3

R27

4 1

X1-X5

BAF4

1 BAF3

+12V 14 13

2

11

1

4

12

3

6

9

5

8

10

7

10

8

9

12

7

11

14

1

6

13

X4

F59 - 10A

5

B

4

ROOF3.4/BAF3.9

3

ROOF3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

2

1

B

4

1

4

R23.1/R3.4

5

ROOF3 1 2 3 4 5 6

R23 1

2

5

2

FAI 60

R23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

6

3

3

6

FAI 124

BAF3 MA-10-06036A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.65

Electrical diagrams Standard roof work headlights 2 Fuse box FAI 15 Roof harness FAI 124 LST pillar harness CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe R14 Front work headlight R15 Front work headlight R16 Front work headlight R17 Front work headlight R27 Rear work headlight R28 Rear work headlight R30 Rear work headlight R31 Rear work headlight

F55 F54 3

CAB105

R18

X8

3 J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

X7

MICRO-PROCESSOR

LCD

+ TOUCHE 4

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 6

J1-7

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

1

R17

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

J1-10

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) VERDE/VERTE

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

J1_6 J1_12

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

DL7

DL3

2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

13

18

7

12

1

6

B B

CAB105

2

1

1

2 6 8

4

5 7 9

10

11 13

13

2

14

1

R17_ 30

85

86

87

F55 - 25A

2

11

B

12

B

CAB105.7/BAF4.13

9

CAB105.9/BAF4.11

10

1 2

R16

N B

8

R48.1/R16.1 R16.2/S4.1

7

1

R16

6

S4

5

R48

AV

4

N B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

R48.1/R15.1 R15.2/S4.1

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

2

R15

BAF4 BAF4

1

R15

3

F54 - 30A

12

1

2

N B

14

R48.1/R14.1 R14.2/S4.1

1 2

R14

CAB105.16/ROOF3.1 ROOF3.2/CAB105.17

R14

R18

FAI 124

30

R17 R48.1/R17.1 S4.1/R17.2

1 2

N B R3.1/S4.1 R3.2/S1.1

2

1

R17

85

B B

FAI 15 3

2

1

6

5

4

R3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF3.1/X7.1

B

X8.1/ROOF3.2

B

X7

X7

1

1

X8

X8

1

1

86

87

R27 R27.1/R42.1 S1.1/R27.2

N B

2

1 2

1

R27

1

R28 1 2

MASSE

N B

2

R28

1

AR

R28.1/R42.1 S1.1/R28.2

S1

X1

1

X4

+12V

R42 1

MA-10-06035A

R30 R30.1/R42.1 S1.1/R30.2

N B

2

1 2

1

R30

R31 R42.1/R31.1 S1.1/R31.2

N B

2

1 2

1

R31

10A02.66

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Xenon work headlights for standard roof Fuse box Roof harness Xenon flashing beacon adapter harness LST pillar harness Headlights module - NAO and Europe Xenon work headlight

F55 F54 3

CAB105

R18

X8

3 J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

X7 LCD

MICRO-PROCESSOR

2 FAI 15 FAI 58 FAI 124 CAB105 PX2

+ TOUCHE 4

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 6

J1-7

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

1

R17

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

J1-10

VERDE/VERTE

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

J1_6 J1_12

DL3

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

N B

1

2 4 6 8

3 5 7 13

11

9

1

2

1

1

2

2

N B

B

13

R48.1/R16.1 R16.2/S4.1

14

1 2

11

B

CAB105.7/BAF4.13

12

R17_ 30

85

86

87

F55 - 25A

BAF4 1

2

2

1

1

PX2 3

1 2

CAB105.9/BAF4.11 R16

9

2 1

PX2

N B

10

PX1 3 PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1

8

S4

7

R48

FAI 58

6

N B

2

AV

R48.1/R15.1 R15.2/S4.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

5

1 2

BAF4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

4

R15

F54 - 30A

10

R48.1/R14.1 R14.2/S4.1

3

1 2

1

PX2 2

N B

6

2

PX2

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

12

1

2 1

18

1

12

1 2

2

PX1 2

13 7

14

1 2

DL7

R14

2

1

PX2 1

N B

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

B B

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

1

2 1

PX2

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CAB105.16/ROOF3.1 ROOF3.2/CAB105.17

PX1 1

2

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

1

4

4

1

2

R18 30

1

R3 R3.1/S4.1 R3.2/S1.1

2

FAI 15

B B

1 2 3 4 5 6

R3

5

2

6

R48.1/R17.1 N S4.1/R17.2 B

3

1 2

3

1 2

2

1

PX2 4

N B

6

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1

2 1

PX2

R17

2

PX1 4

5

2

FAI 124 85

ROOF3.1/X7.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 X8.1/ROOF3.2

B

B

X7

X7

1

1

X8

X8

1

1

86

87

PX1 5 R27 1 2

1 2

R27.1/R42.1 S1.1/R27.2

N B

1

1 2

1

PX2 5

N B

1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

2 1

2

PX2

X1

1

X4

2

+12V

PX1 6 R28 2 1

1 2

R28.1/R42.1 S1.1/R28.2

N B

1

2

MA-10-06027A 1

PX2 6

1 2

1

PX2

N B

2

AR

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

2

S1

FAI 58

R42 1

PX1 7 R30

N B

1 2

R30.1/R42.1 S1.1/R30.2 1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1 2

N B

2

N B

1

PX2 7

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1

2 1

2

PX2

2

PX1 8 R31 R42.1/R31.1 S1.1/R31.2 1

1 2

N B

2

1

PX2 8

1 2

1

2 1

2

PX2

2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.67

Electrical diagrams Work headlights on grille 2 Fuse box FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 cab Dyna VT transmission harness FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 128 Linkage with DUAL CONTROL harness FAI 129 SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130 Cab Dyna VT transmission harness FAI 132 LST front headlights harness CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe PH1 Work headlights on grille PH2 Work headlights on grille PH3 Work headlights on grille PH4 Work headlights on grille

CAB105 3

3 J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

18

4

23

29

7 17

1

28

6 16

5

12

15

13 24

27

14 25

26

FAI128 3

1

4

1

4

2

3

2

ENG10.10/TR36.4 ENG10.11/TR36.3

R R

4 3 2 1

L14.21/TR36.4 L14.22/TR36.3

4 3 2 1

R R

TR36 TR36

19 18

9 10

2 7

29

15

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

2 3

J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

12

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

24

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

VERDE/VERTE

25 J1_6 J1_12

FAI23

L20.10/L14.21 L20.11/L14.22

J1-8

J1-10

13 14

26

4

TOUCHE 8

1

23

4 5

16 27

J1-13

11

1 6

J1-7

TOUCHE 7

22

3

17 28

TOUCHE 6

L20

L20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

R R

FAI31 4

3

3

4

2

1

1

2

CAB97.3/L20.10 CAB97.2/L20.11

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

DL7

DL3

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4 3 2 1

R R

4 3 2 1

CAB97.3/X15.1 CAB97.2/X15.1

B B

CAB97 CAB97 1

2

4

5

6

6

5

4

3

2

12

11 10 9

8

7

7

8

9

10

11 12

3

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

1

13

18

7

12

1

6

B

19 2

3 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

J1-1

FAI124

BAF1.2X14.1 R BAF1.1/X14.1 R

30

21

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

BAF1.4/CAB105.13

9 10 22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

20 8

+ TOUCHE 4

B

8

30

X15.1/CAB105.15

21

L14 31

31

20

L14

MICRO-PROCESSOR

LCD

X15

1

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF1

X14

1

X15

1

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF1

X14

1

1

X2

PH1

FAI130

PH1.1/S5.1 PH1.2/S1.1 1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

ENG9

1

B N

1 2

PH1

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

2

F10 - 25A

FAI132

R31

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG8 ENG8 ENG8.1/ENG9.1 N ENG8.2/ENG9.1 N

ENG10.11/ENG8.5 ENG10.10/ENG8.6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B B

ENG8.1/S1.1 ENG8.2/S2.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PH2

N N

S5 S1

PH2.1/S5.1 PH2.2/S1.1

B N

1 2

PH2 R31

ENG8.5/S5.1 B ENG8.6/S6.1 B

1

2 30

FAI129

85

ENG10 ENG10

5

8

4

1

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

87

PH3 S6 S2

PH3.1/S6.1 PH3.2/S2.1

1

B N

1 2

86

PH3

2

PH4 PH4.1/S6.1 PH4.2/S2.1

2

1

B N

1 2

PH4

2 1

X1X5

2

F10

MA-10-06034A

10A02.68

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Fender and handrail work headlights 2 FAI 37

Fuse box Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 60 Roof harness (all countries except US) FAI 61 Handrail lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 124 LST pillar harness FAI 126 Lighting harness - Europe CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe H2 Left-hand handrail lighting H3 Right-hand handrail lighting LIG13 Right-hand fender work headlight LIG14 Left-hand fender work headlight

SH2-30A

CAB105

R19 3

F56-25A 3 J3

H3

H2

FLASH PROGRAMING LCD

H3 MICRO-PROCESSOR

H2

+ J1-9

TOUCHE 4 TOUCHE 5

J1-1

TOUCHE 6

J1-7

1 2 3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

J1-16 J1-3

2

J1-17 J1-15 J1-11

J1-10

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

J1_6 J1_12

1

1 2

H2

1 2

H2

1 2

2

2

CAB105

N

1

2 4 6

3 5 9

B

8

H2.1/S1.1

R19.1/H2.2

1

3

2

5

2

3 1

3

1

4

1 6

13

N

14

R38.1/S1.1

11

B

12

R12.1/H2_.2

9

N

10

B

8

CAB105.14/BAF4.14

7

1 2 3

B

6

R19

CAB105.10/BAF4.7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

5

1

BAF4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

4

R37.1/S1_.1

6

3

R38

2

1 2 3

5

1 2 3

R19

6

R12

1

3

1

3

R37

R38 2

1 2 3

12

1 2

3

R12

1 2

1

18

1

2

S1

R37

13 7

2

H3.1/S1.1

N

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

S1

CAB105

7

1

1

FAI61

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

B

10

2

H2.2/H3.2

H3_.1/S1_.1

2

1

N

H3

1 2

2

B

H2_.1/S1_.1

1 2

1

H2_.2/H3_.2

H3

11

H3

1 2

12

1 2

DL3

14

H3

DL7

13

H2

1 2

4

1 2

DL1 DL2

(ROJO) (ROUGE)

1

2

H2

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

1 2

CONTACTO CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

LUMIERE/LUZ (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

VERDE/VERTE

X4 F56 - 25A

BAF4 R10.1/R38.1

N

1

FAI124 R3

FAI60

ROOF3 BAF3 BAF3

ROOF3.5/CAB103.3 CAB103.3/ROOF3.6

N N

1

3

4 6 8 14

5 7 9

10

11

12

13

R19_ X1-X5 30

1 85

87a

86

MASSE

X1.1/CAB103.3

SH2 - 30A

N

13

2

14

1

11

2

12

2

1 3

4 6

5 7

8

9

10 12

11 13

87

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

15

17

1

9

16

2

10

15

FAI126

18

B B

13

1

14

X1

11

1

8

7

26

12

2

6

27

LIG1.12/BAF5.17 LIG1.13/BAF5.18

5

16 15

14 25

28

6 5

13

9

¤ H

17

BAF5

10

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

4 12 24

29

8

LIG14

18 7

1

11 23

30 19

2

7

LIG13

8 9 3

6

2 1

31

20 21 10 22

5

LIG14

LIG13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

3

2 1

2 1

B

1

LIG1

4

LIG14

25

2

CAB103

1

2 1

24

LIG1.12/LIG13.1

N B

23 12

13 14

3

6 5 4 3 2 1

2

LIG13.2/LIG3.1 LIG1.13/LIG14.1

11 4

5 15 26

22

3 1

6 16 27

4

4

17

N

10

5

CAB103

3

9 2

7

29 28

FAI37

21

8 19

18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

2

20

31 30

1

4

R10

LIG1

LIG3

1

5

N 1

LIG14.2/LIG3.1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

R37.1/R10.1

3 6

B B

17

N N

BAF3.1/ROOF3.3 BAF3.2/ROOF3.3

1

R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

1 2 3 4 5 6

18

1 2 3 4 5 6

B B

2

R3.3/R19.1 R12.1/R3.3

BAF5

MA-10-06021A

LIG13

10A02.69

Electrical diagrams Roof work headlights - North America 2 Fuse box FAI 15 Roof harness FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness FAI 124 Pillar Dyna VT harness CAB04 Warning switch CAB105 Headlights module - NAO and Europe R14 Front work headlight R15 Front work headlight R16 Front work headlight R17 Front work headlight R27 Rear work headlight R28 Rear work headlight R30 Rear work headlight R31 Rear work headlight

F55 F54

CAB105

R18

3

X8 J3

3

FLASH PROGRAMING

X7

MICRO-PROCESSOR

LCD

+ TOUCHE 4/6

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-7

1

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

R17 J1-16 J1-3

6

J1-17 J1-15

J1-11 J1-10

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2)

(ROJO)

13

18

7

12

1

6

2

1

1

2 6 8

4

5 7 9

10

11 13

13

2

14

B

11

B

CAB105.7/BAF4.13

12

1 2

R16

N B

9

R48.1/R16.1 R16.2/S4.1

10

CAB105.9/BAF4.11 R16

8

1

7

S4

6

R48

AV

5

N B

4

R48.1/R15.1 R15.2/S4.1

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3

R15

BAF4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

2

R15

3

F54 - 30A

1

B B

N B

CAB105.16/ROOF3.1 ROOF3.2/CAB105.17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 B

CAB105 CAB105

2

1

2

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

R48.1/R14.1 R14.2/S4.1

1 2

DL3

12

DL7

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

R14

R14

DL1 DL2

14

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

R17_ 30

85

86

87

F55 - 25A

2

1

BAF4 R18

FAI 124

30

R17 R48.1/R17.1 S4.1/R17.2

1 2

N B

X7 R3 R3.1/S4.1 R3.2/S1.1

2

1

R17

85

B B

FAI 15 3

2

1

6

5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF3.1/X7.1

B

X8.1/ROOF3.2

B

1

X8

R3

1

X7 1

X8 1 F25 - 25A

R27 R27.1/R42.1 S1.1/R27.2

N B

CAB38

R28 R28.1/R42.1 S1.1/R28.2

2

R42

+8

6

3

N B

1

2

1

R30.1/R42.1 S1.1/R30.2

-7

R31

10A02.70

¤ H

1

X1

1

X4

2

5

CAB4.2/BAF8.9 CAB4.2/BAF8.7 CAB04.3/S12.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

M M B

MA-10-06085A

FAI35

CAB04

N B

2

R42.1/R31.1 S1.1/R31.2 1

1 2

BAF8

+12V

CAB04

1

R31

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

S12 S1

1 2

2

CAB38

R30

R30

CAB38.2/S12.1 B 3

3

N B

2

R28

1

1

AR

1 2

3 2 1

3 2 1

2

1 2

1

R27

86

87

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Xenon roof work headlights - North America F55

Fuse box Roof harness Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness Xenon flashing beacon adapter harness Pillar Dyna VT harness Warning switch Headlights module - NAO and Europe Xenon work headlight

F54

CAB105

R18

3

X8 3 J3

FLASH PROGRAMING

X7 LCD

MICRO-PROCESSOR

2 FAI 15 FAI 35 FAI 58 FAI 124 CAB04 CAB105 PX2

+ TOUCHE 4/6

J1-9

TOUCHE 5

J1-1

2

TOUCHE 4/6

J1-7

1

3

TOUCHE 7

J1-13

4

TOUCHE 8

J1-8

5

TOUCHE 9

J1-14

6

R17 J1-16 J1-3 J1-17 J1-15

J1-11 J1-10

DL4

TEMPERATURE (J1-2) LUZ CUADRO (J1-18) H-ACTIVE

(VERDE/VERTE)

J1_6 J1_12

DL7

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CAB105

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 11

12

13

1

B

1

2

2

13

R17_ 30

85

86

87

F55 - 25A

1

2

2

1

N B

14

R48.1/R16.1 R16.2/S4.1

11

1 2

12

1

PX2-3

1 2

9

2 1

PX2

10

B

CAB105.7/BAF4.13

8

CAB105.9/BAF4.11 PX1-3 R16 N B

7

2

1

6

R48 S4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

5

N B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

4

BAF4 BAF4

3

R48.1/R15.1 R15.2/S4.1

FAI 58

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

2

F54 - 30A

14

1

2

2

2

2

1 2

6

1

1 2

1

PX2-2

AV

N B

12

10

N B

2

PX2

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

18

1

B B

R48.1/R14.1 R14.2/S4.1

PX1-2 R15 2 1

13 7

B

R14 1 2

DL3

CAB105.16/ROOF3.1 ROOF3.2/CAB105.17

1 2

1

PX2-1

N B

(ROJO)

WARNING (J1-4) L-ACTIVE

1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

DL1 DL2

CAB105.4/CAB38.2

PX1-1 2 1

PX2

DL5 DL6

REF.NTC AGCO 3714264M1

CONTACT (J1-5) H-ACTIVE

86

4

1 2

N R3

1

3

6

R48.1/R17.1 S4.1/R17.2 B

3

1 2

85

6

1 2

2

1

PX2-4

N B

R3.1/S4.1 R3.2/S1.1

2

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

R17

1

2 1

PX2

30

5

2

5

4

1

2

PX1-4

R18

FAI 124

2

FAI 15

B B

1 2 3 4 5 6

R3

ROOF3.1/X7.1

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 X8.1/ROOF3.2

B

X7

X7

1

1

X8

X8

1

1

87

F25 - 25A 3 2 1

PX1-5 R27 1 2

1 2

R27.1/R42.1 S1.1/R27.2

CAB38.2/S12.1

B S12

N CAB38 CAB38

B

1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2

1

PX2-5

N B

1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

2 1

2

PX2

3 2 1

2

PX1-6 R28 1 2

1 2

+8

1

1

R42

2

S1

FAI 58

1

-7

PX1-7 R30

N B

1 2

R30.1/R42.1 S1.1/R30.2 1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1 2

N B

CAB04

2

5

X1

1

X4

CAB4.2/BAF8.9 M CAB4.2/BAF8.7 M CAB04.3/S12.1 B

FAI35 8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

MA-10-06086A

2

N B

1

PX2-7

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

1

2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1

2

PX2

6

3

R28.1/R42.1 N S1.1/R28.2 B

2

1

PX2-6

N B

1

PX2.2/PX1.1 PX2.1/PX1.2

2 1

2

AR

PX2

BAF8

+12V

CAB04

2

PX1-8 R31 R42.1/R31.1 S1.1/R31.2 1

1 2

N B

2

1

PX2-8

1 2

1

2 1

2

PX2

2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.71

Electrical diagrams Reversing light 2 FAI 31 FAI 37

Fuse box Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 126 Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) CAB54 Autotronic 4 calculator LIG15 Reversing light junction

LIG1

9

17

15

13 24 25

1

R4 5

2

3

4 1

+12V

12

14

27

23

4

26

X1X5

11

1 5

16

22

3

6

28

10

2 7

F7- 5A 1 X2 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI126

LIG1.7/BAF5.11 BAF5.9/CAB81.1

B B

1

2

CAB81

1 2 3

CAB81

1 2 3

3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31

20 21

8

18

2

17

1 4

12

16

LIG15

15

13

27

14 25

28

6 5

24

29

7

3 11

23

30 19

9 10 22

26

LIG15

1 2 2

1

B N

18 29

2

21

8 19

LIG15.1/S12.1 LIG5.2/LIG3.1

20

31 30

FAI37

1 LIG3

S12.1/LIG1.7

B

S12

BAF5 LIG1

R4

1 2 3

F7

FAI31 CAB81.1/CAB54.25

CAB54

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB54 46 24 1

68 45 23

MA-10-06030A

10A02.72

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams

E . Electronic units supply Autotronic 4 electronic unit supply........................... 75 Datatronic 3 electronic unit supply........................... 76 Autotronic 5 Linkage electronic unit supply ............. 77 Autotronic 5 ParkLock electronic unit supply ........... 78 EEM Sisu electronic unit supply............................... 79 DCC2 supply ............................................................ 80

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.73

Electrical diagrams

Page left blank intentionally

10A02.74

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Autotronic 4 electronic unit supply 2 FAI 31 FAI 124 CAB54

Fuse box Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Pillar harness Autotronic 4 calculator CAB54

46 24 1

68 45 23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

R

CAB97

3

2

1

CAB73-1

1

BAF1.3/CAB97.1

S8

2 14 13

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF1

15

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16

BAF1

17

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

FAI124

4

CAB73.1.1/CAB54.55

1 2 3 4

M M M M M

1 2 3 4

S8.1/CAB54.56 S8.1/CAB54.57 S8.1/CAB54.58 S8.1/CAB54.59 S8.1/CAB54.60

2

M

1

CAB97

FAI 31

CAB54.54/S8.1

4

CAB97.4/CAB54.28

3

N

R

CAB54

F12

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

F62

F12

- 15A

X2

1 X12

F62

2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

- 50A

+12V

1

X4

1 X12

S8.1/X12.1

M

MA-10-06067A

+12V

1

10A02.75

Electrical diagrams Datatronic 3 electronic unit supply 2 FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 131

Fuse box Cab linkage harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Datatronic 3 harness CAB112

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 R S2.1/CAB112.8

FAI131

2

M

12 11 10 9 8 7 12 11 10

9

8

7

1

4

5

6

2

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

FAI 31 L20.9/CAB73.1.1

N

BAF12 BAF12.7/L20.5

L20.2/CAB73.1.1

CAB73 1

R

N

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L20

L20

L20.9/S15.1

R N L22.5/S2.1 L22.6/S1.1

L22.3/CAB112.9

BAF12.9/L20.1

7

L22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 L22.5/S7.1 R S1.1/L22.6 N S15.1/L22.7 N

18

S2

S13.1/L22.3 M

17

16

15 13

14

11

1

12

2

9

3

10

4

8

6

5

7

7

6

8

5

9

3

10

4

11

1

12

2

13

+12V

14

X2

15

1

F18 - 7.5A

16

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

F21 - 7.5A

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

+12V

M

S1

BAF12

X4

N

CAB112

F18-7.5A

L22.7/CAB112.12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

N

CAB112

S1.1/CAB112.10

F21-7.5A

2

1

5

4

1 2 3

4

6

3

2

1

5 6 7

S15

N

FAI 23 S7.1/L20.5

S7

R

S1.1/L20.2 N S13.1/L20.1 M

S_1 S13

1

MA-10-06068A

10A02.76

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams Autotronic 5 Linkage electronic unit supply 2 FAI 23 FAI 31 L13

Fuse box Cab linkage harness Cab Dyna VT transmission harness Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L13

29

42

15

28

1

14

R

N M S7

S7.1/L13.42

R N L13.14/S7.1 L13.15/S1.1

L13.28/S1.1 S13.1/L13.29

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

L13.9/S7.1

L13

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

L13.1/S7.1

L13

S1

17

16 18

15 13

14

11

12 8

9

+12V

1

10

7

FAI 31

X4

F21 - 7.5A

6

M

+12V

1

5

BAF12.9/L20.1

X2

F18 - 7.5A

3

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

1

2 4

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

BAF12.7/L20.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

1

BAF12

2

CAB73 1

5

3

N L20.2/CAB73_1.1

F18-7.5A

16

L20

15

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

L20

18

S1.1/L20.2 L20.1/S13.1

L20.5/S7.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F21-7.5A

2

FAI 23

6

N M

R

S13

2

BAF12

MA-10-06069A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.77

Electrical diagrams Autotronic 5 ParkLock electronic unit supply

CAB141

29

42

15

28

1

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

CAB141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S15

CAB141.42/S14.1 R

CAB141.28/S15.1 N CAB141.29/S13.1 M

CAB141.14/S14.1 CAB141.15/S15.1

CAB141.1/S7.1

R N

CAB141

R

2 Fuse box FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab Dyna VT transmission harness CAB141 ParkLock electronic calculator (Autotronic 5)

L20.9/CAB73_1.1

N

1 CAB73 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF6

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF6

5

3

1

6

4

2

FAI 23 S14 S13 5

4

6

X2 +12V

F18 - 7.5A 1

X4 F21 - 7.5A

+12V

18

17 13

14

11

8 6

9 7 5

10

12

15

16

1

3

7

8

9

10

6

7 8

11

16

13 15 17

18

4

4 3 2

11 10 9

1

12

5

1 2

7

3

9

5

8

6

10

F22-10A

11 12

5

FAI 31

3

F21-7.5A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

N

L20.5/BAF12.7

R

1

S15.1/L20.9

L20.3/BAF6.2

3

2

F22 - 10A

BAF12

M

2

R

L20.1/BAF12.9

2

S7.1/L20.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

4

R

L20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

6

S14.1/L20.3

L20

12

2

M

14

S7

S13.1/L20.1

1

2

BAF12

MA-10-06071A

F18-7.5A

10A02.78

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electrical diagrams EEM Sisu electronic unit supply 2 FAI 35 FAI 129 ENG4

Fuse box Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Electronic injection harness junction

2

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

4

17 16 15

13 24

27

14 25

28

6 5

12

29

7 1

11 23

30 19

2 3

26

ENG4

FAI129 ENG4

FAI35 F28-20A

F32-10A

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

2

BAF10 F28

4 12

F32 - 10A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

28 16

15 27

14 25

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

5

24

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29

6

13

- 20A

18 7

1

11 23

30 19

2 3

26

BAF10.17/ENG2.14 BAF10.15/ENG2.13

M M

BAF10.10/ENG2.11

M

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S12.1/ENG4.3

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

4 12

17 28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7 1

11 23

30 19

2 3

27

14 25

26

ENG2.14/S12.1 ENG2.13/S12.1

M M

ENG2.11/ENG4.1

M

S12

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG4

BAF10 ENG2 ENG2 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

MA-10-06070A ENG9 1 X4

ENG4.4/ENG9.1 N ENG4.2/ENG9.1 N

1

+12V

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

¤ H

10A02.79

Electrical diagrams DCC2 supply 2 Fuse box FAI 35 Dyna VT Instrument panel with EEM harness CAB01 DCC2 Instrument panel

CAB01

46 24 1

68 45 23

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

FAI 35

BAF9.3/CAB1.1

R

BAF7.8/CAB1.68

M

CAB28 CAB28.1/CAB1.23

N

1

F51-15A 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

9 10

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

F4-10A

+12V

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF7

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF7

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

1

3

5

7

9

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

2

4

6

8

10

F4- 10A 1 X2

F51 - 15A 1

2

X4

10A02.80

¤ H

2

MA-10-06083A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.a

Electronics

11 - Electronics CONTENTS 11B10

- EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

GUF101 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming GUF102 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics GUF103 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes GUF105 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams 11C10

- DCC2 - Description

GUF211 - DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters GUF213 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes GUF214 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments GUF215 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams 11D10

- Autotronic 4 - Description

GUF401 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters GUF402 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics GUF403 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes GUF404 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration GUF405 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams 11E10

- Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

GUF531 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Electronics GUF532 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics GUF533 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes GUF535 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams 11F10

- Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

GUF521 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters GUF522 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics - MF6400/7400/8400 GUF523 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 GUF524 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments GUF525 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400 11G10

- Datatronic 3 - Description

GUF601 - DATATRONIC 3 - Programming GUF604 - DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments GUF605 - DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams GUF71 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters GUF72 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics GUF73 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes GUF74 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings GUF75 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

11B10 - EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

CONTENTS A . Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Components on the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . VP30 electronic injection pump (66ETA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . VP44 electronic injection pump (74ETA/84ETA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 E . Details of electronic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 F . Tractor / Engine Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 G . Cab controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.1

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

11B10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

A . Presentation

B . Components on the engine

The main function of the engine electronic control is to continuously adjust and measure the load, quantity of fuel and rotational speed. Other additional functions include the automatic cold start and automatic engine protection. The electronic control unit receives continuous signals from sensors that measure different functions in the engine, for example rotational speed, oil pressure, turbo booster pressure and coolant temperature. The control unit receives information via the CAN bus from the injection pump control unit and from the cab concerning engine load requirements. With the EEM2 unit it is also possible carry out diagnostics with a large number of codes.

Basic diagram (Fig. 1) Parts list (1) Electronic control unit (ECU) (2) Coolant temperature sensor (3) Oil pressure sensor (4) Speed sensor (5) Intake air manifold heater (Grid Heater) (6) Grid Heater relay (7) Intake air pressure and temperature sensor (8) Harness fitted to engine (9) Fuel pressure sensor (10) Electric lift pump (11) Pump control unit (PCU) (ENG4) SisuDiesel harness / Engine harness junction

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.3

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Position on the engine

Fig. 2

ECU ECU (Electronic Control Unit) is the master calculator of the electronic injection system. ENGINE SIDE

Lift pump control

TRACTOR SIDE

SENSOR Engine speed and injection timing

Grid Heater control Error indicator

Air temperature Digital outputs

Coolant temperature Oil temperature

Throttle pedal potentiometer

Oil pressure

Digital inputs

Inlet pressure

Engine emergency stop Engine speed Voltage supply

Fig. 3

11B10.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

C . VP30 electronic injection pump (66ETA) 4

3

12

13

9

1

8

10

4

7

3

12

15

2

1

5

13

6

7

8

9

10

11

Fig. 4

MA-11-1010A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.5

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description The Bosch VP30 pump is a rotating injection pump. It includes a small electronic control unit (PCU) which only communicates with the ECU via a 500Kb CAN network. NOTE: If the pump is sent to a Bosch dealer, it is IMPERATIVE to fit PLUGS into the inlet and outlet unions. Parts list (1) Fuel quantity solenoid valve (2) Tank (3) Pump control unit (PCU) (4) Pump secondary speed and position sensor (5) Pressure relief valve (6) Transfer pump (7) Timing device solenoid valve (8) Advance timing variator (9) Spur ring (10) Cam plate (11) Fuel injector (12) Fuel temperature sensor (13) Plunger (15) Transfer pump

Pump filling phase (Fig. 5) When the plunger (13) retracts, the fuel control solenoid valve (1) is not supplied. In this case the valve is open which allows the pump chamber to fill with fuel.

1

12v

n)

0v (off)

MA-11-01011A

11B10.6

¤ H

13

11 Fig. 5

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Injection phase (Fig. 6) As the plunger (13) starts to move forwards, the fuel control solenoid valve (1) is supplied, which closes the valve. The fuel pressure increases in the chamber. This forces the fuel out to the injector (11). When the ECU has calculated that enough fuel has been delivered the solenoid (1) is no longer supplied. The pressure inside the pumping chamber drops and injection stops.

1

MA-11-01012A

Advance timing (Fig. 7) During the advance timing phase, the PWM signal is decreased, thus reducing the size of the channel in the valve (7) and therefore the flow of pressurised fuel through it. This increases the pressure in the advance timing variator (8) which pushes against the spring and moves the mechanism to an advanced position.

5

11

13

Fig. 6

6

4

8 12v

PWM

0v

7

MA-11-01013A

Timing delay (Fig. 8) During the timing delay phase, the PWM signal to the solenoid (7) is increased which widens the channel in the valve. This allows more fuel to flow through the solenoid and relieves the pressure in the advance timing variator (8). The spring pushes back the mechanism and delays injection.

5

6

Fig. 7

4

8 12v

MA-11-01042A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

7

PWM

0v

Fig. 8

11B10.7

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

D . VP44 electronic injection pump (74ETA/84ETA) 4

12

3

1

5

6

9

8

4

7

3

13

15

2

1

6

11B10.8

¤ H

10

9

8

5

MA-11-1392A

11

Fig. 9

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description The Bosch VP44 pump is a radial piston injection pump. It includes a small electronic control unit (PCU) which only communicates with the ECU via a 500Kb CAN network. NOTE: If the pump is sent to a Bosch dealer, it is IMPERATIVE to fit PLUGS into the inlet and outlet unions. Parts list (1) Fuel quantity solenoid valve (2) Tank (3) Pump control unit (PCU) (4) Pump secondary speed and position sensor (5) Spool valve rotor (6) Transfer pump (7) Timing device solenoid valve (8) Advance timing variator (9) Cam bush (10) Pistons (11) Fuel injector (12) Fuel temperature sensor (13) Hydraulic head (15)Transfer pump

Pump filling phase (Fig. 10) When the plungers (10) are set apart, the fuel control solenoid valve (1) is not supplied. In this case the valve is open, which allows the fuel from the transfer pump to fill the spool valve rotor.

5

13

10

1 12v (on)

0v (off)

MA-11-01393A

Fig. 10

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.9

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Injection phase (Fig. 11) When the spool valve rotor (5) rotates, the fuel control solenoid valve (1) is supplied, which closes the valve. In this case, the fuel pressure rises in the rotor and the hydraulic head (13) because the pistons (10) are tightened by the cam bush. This forces the fuel out to the injector (11). When the ECU has calculated that enough fuel has been delivered the solenoid (1) is no longer supplied. The pressure inside the spool valve rotor drops and injection stops.

5

13

10

1

11 MA-11-01394A

Fig. 11 Advance timing (Fig. 12) During the advance timing phase, the PWM signal is decreased, thus reducing the size of the channel in the valve (7) and therefore the flow of pressurised fuel through it. This increases the pressure in the advance timing variator (8) which pushes against the spring and moves the mechanism to an advanced position.

10 9 6 8

12v

PWM

7 0v MA-11-01395A

Fig. 12

Timing delay (Fig. 13) During the timing delay phase, the PWM signal to the solenoid (7) is increased which widens the channel in the valve. This allows more fuel to flow through the solenoid and relieves the pressure in the advance timing variator (8). The spring pushes back the mechanism and delays injection.

10 9 6 8

12v

PWM

7 0v MA-11-01396A

Fig. 13

11B10.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

E . Details of electronic components Inlet air pressure and temperature sensor

Resistance (Ohm) Out-of-tolerance range, HIGH

1. Ground 2. Temperature signal 3. +5V 4. Pressure signal Location: on the inlet manifold, screws M5 / 3.3 Nm. Characteristics: Power supply: 5V Output signal: 0.5V to 4.5V

Out-of-tolerance range, LOW Temp (°C) Fig. 15

Out-of-tolerance range, HIGH

Out-of-tolerance range, LOW Fig. 14 Fig. 16

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.11

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Oil pressure sensor (Fig. 17 and Fig. 18)

Coolant temperature sensor (Fig. 19)

1. Ground 2. Pressure signal 3. +5V Location: On the cylinder block, right-hand side Thread M10 x 1 / 25 Nm O’ring V6158 71016 Characteristics: Power supply: 5V Output signal: 0.5V (0 bar) to 4.5V (10 bar)

Resistance (Ohm)

Fig. 17 Temp (°C) Out-of-tolerance range, HIGH Fig. 19

Out-of-tolerance range, LOW

Fig. 18

11B10.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Grid Heater Only activated by ECU. There are 2 phases: - A : Post heating - B: Pre heating

Fig. 20

Speed sensor (Fig. 21) 1. Ground 2. Rpm signal 3. +12V Location: On the cylinder block, right-hand side Screws M8 / 25 Nm, O’ring V6146 01524 Characteristics: Hall effect Power supply: 12V Output signal: 4V to 8V

Fig. 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.13

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

F . Tractor / Engine Communication

Fig. 22 Parts list: (CAB44) Throttle pedal potentiometer (CAB84) A and B memorised speeds activation switch (CAB85) Memorised speeds + and - adjusting switch During normal operation, the throttle pedal potentiometer value is read by the DCC2 which sends the information to the ECU via the CAN. The programming and parameter setting of the DCC2 determines the minimum engine speed sent via the CAN to the ECU. The hand throttle control is mechanically linked to the foot pedal. If a problem occurs on the CAN network, the direct line to the ECU is used to read the throttle pedal potentiometer value. NOTE: The throttle pedal potentiometer can be calibrated (see GUF 214). Characteristic: - Provides linear voltage output (0.5V to 4.5V)

11B10.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description

G . Cab controls Engine speed can be controlled in several ways from the cab: - Throttle pedal - Hand throttle control lever - Memorised speed A (Fig. 23) - Memorised speed B (Fig. 23)

A

+

B

-

MA-11-01000A

Fig. 23

Activating memorised speeds No speed is activated when the engine is started. However, the ECU will have memorised A and B speeds before the engine was last switched off. Memorised speed A is activated by pressing memory button A (Fig. 24) Memorised speed B is activated by pressing memory button B (Fig. 25) When the speed is activated: - It is always possible to shift from one speed to the other (A to B or B to A) - It can still be adjusted (see later) - The speed reduces to idle (no activation) when: • The activated memory button is pressed • The brake pedals are pressed down • The throttle pedal is pressed very quickly for a very short time.

A

R PM MA-11-01003A

Fig. 24

B

RPM MA-11-01004A

Fig. 25

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11B10.15

EEM2 SisuDiesel - Description Memorising engine speeds - Select the required speed using either: • The foot throttle control • The hand throttle control - Press and hold the desired memory button (A or B) for 1 or 2 seconds. - The speed is memorised and activated - Carry out this procedure for both memories - The speed is saved even if the ignition is switched off

A

+

B

-

MA-11-01000A

Fig. 26

Adjusting activated speeds When the speed is activated, it can be adjusted by pressing the + or – buttons. - By holding the + or - button pressed, the engine speed is increased (or decreased) rapidly. - To fine-tune engine speed, press the + or - button briefly to adjust the speed by 10 rpm.

A

NOTE: Depending on the different models and equipment, the stored and active speed values are displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen or on the Datatronic 3.

R PM MA-11-01003A

Fig. 27

B

RPM MA-11-01004A

Fig. 28

11B10.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

GUF101 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION Programming

CONTENTS A . Matching serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 B . Location of softs for WinEEM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . List of the various engine softs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF101.1

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

GUF101.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming - Turn on the ignition key. - Start Wintest. - Click on the “Engine” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF101.3

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming The following screen is displayed: Electronic injection

+ 0,00

OFF

14%

70.0 C

22 C

376 kPa

0%

Set RATIO :

0

571.0 L

101 h

1500 rpm R57

7K4 X A M

2600

7K4 X A M

220 rpm

R57

1

R57

2%

1 2

2 1

1 ENG20

1

1 ENG22 1

ENG21

31 7 1 R51

81 21 6

CAB34 1

R001

654321 7 8 9 101112

W011_5MM_MARRON

CAB24 1 1 W0123MM MARRON

1

W108_ 3MM_ROUGE

CAB32 1

CAB35 W109_3MM_ROUGE

1X2

X4

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

CAB21 1

W110_3MM_ROUGE

ENG1

R051

CAB25 W113_3MM_MARRON 1 1004N1

W107_ 3MM_ROUGE

CAB33

CAB23 1

R051

R001

R065

1004N1

R57

51L

R57

0

NIM

1492 rpm

NIM

400 rpm

TROFFE

1

1MM_NOIR

2%

7K4 NOITISOP

0

R051

Requested values

xxxx h

R065

Active values

4.10 L/h

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

Actual RATIO :

/h

TOTAL

MA-11-01128A

Click on the “SisuDiesel” icon

to start the

SisuDiesel diagnostics tool: WinEEM2 NOTE: The WinEEM2 start-up screen may not appear; in this case, exit Wintest. The WinEEM2 screen will then be displayed.

GUF101.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

A . Matching serial numbers

Click on: "Couple Current Pump to ECU"

The ECU must bear the injection pump serial number. For this reason, after replacing the control unit or injection pump, the serial numbers must be matched. On accessing this window:

MA-11-01412A

The operation is complete. Click on: "ECU status" then on: "Monitoring" On accessing this second window:

MA-11-01411A

Click on: "Configurations"

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF101.5

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

B . Location of softs for WinEEM2 On accessing this window:

Click on “Download new software” and select the required file via the following access path: (C = your hard drive address containing the Wintest program).

At the end of programming, the transfer pump can be heard as it starts running. NOTE: If the ECU programming procedure stops unexpectedly, exit the software. This enables you to resume programming.

GUF101.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

C . List of the various engine softs File name

Model

6485 up to serial n° N258068

6485-7485_1.hex 6485 7485 6485-7485_2.hex

7485 up to serial n° N254049 6485 from serial n° N258069 7485 from serial n° N254050 6490 up to serial n° N342061

6490-7490_1.hex 6490 7490 6490-7490_2.hex

7490 up to serial n° N344066 6490 from serial n° N342062 7490 from serial n° N344067 6495 up to serial n° N344031

6495-7495_1.hex 6497_1.hex

Detail

7495 up to serial n° N348008 6495 6497 7495

6495-6497-7495_2.hex

6497 up to serial n° N345039 6495 from serial n° N344032 7495 from serial n° N348009 6497 from serial n° N345040

6499_1.hex 6499_2.hex

up to serial n° N307025 from serial n° N307026

8450_1.hex

8450

-

8460_1.hex

8460

-

8470_1.hex

8470

-

8480_1.hex

8480

-

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

6499

GUF101.7

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Programming

GUF101.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics

GUF102 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics

CONTENTS A . Tests and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF102.1

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics

GUF102.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics

A . Tests and diagnostics - Start the engine. - Click on the “Engine” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF102.3

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Electronic injection

+ 0,00

OFF

14%

70.0 C

22 C

376 kPa

0%

Set RATIO :

0

571.0 L

101 h

1500 rpm R57

7K4 X A M

2600

7K4 X A M

220 rpm

R57

1

R57

2%

1 2

2 1

1 ENG20

1

1 ENG22 1

ENG21

31 7 1 R51

81 21 6

CAB34 1

R001

654321 7 8 9 101112

W011_5MM_MARRON

CAB24 1 1 W0123MM MARRON

1

W108_ 3MM_ROUGE

CAB32 1

CAB35 W109_3MM_ROUGE

1X2

X4

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

CAB21 1

W110_3MM_ROUGE

ENG1

R051

CAB25 W113_3MM_MARRON 1 1004N1

W107_ 3MM_ROUGE

CAB33

CAB23 1

R051

R001

R065

1004N1

R57

51L

R57

0

NIM

1492 rpm

NIM

400 rpm

TROFFE

1

1MM_NOIR

2%

7K4 NOITISOP

0

R051

Requested values

xxxx h

R065

Active values

4.10 L/h

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

Actual RATIO :

/h

TOTAL

MA-11-01128A

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor in kph

Switch for memorised speed A (CAB84)

0,00 Power take-off status

- Memorised speed not activated, white - Memorised speed activated, green Switch for memorised speed B (CAB85)

Left and right brake pedal switches

- Memorised speed not activated, white - Memorised speed activated, green

Throttle pedal potentiometer (CAB44)

"+" switch for memorised speed adjustment 0%

"-" switch for memorised speed adjustment

GUF102.4

¤ H

- Position in % - value between 0.5 V minimum and 4.5 V maximum, set at calibration. NOTA: for tractors with DynaVT transmission, the control unit ratio information (TR18) is displayed.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics Minor warning light, turns red when an error occurs. Warning light making the engine operate in degraded mode, turns red when the engine is in degraded mode.

Active values: these are the real values activated by the ECU. Requested values: These are the values required by the DCC2 Regulation slope

Cold start indicator light 2% Engine oil pressure circuit indicator light

Set at 2%, regardless of the situation Torque curve selection (Power boost)

- if the pressure is correct, it is displayed in normal video. - The display is red if the pressure is incorrect. Engine load value in %

14% Coolant temperature sensor value in °C (2)

1 - Curve n°2 when the tractor is in Hare range for Dynashift - Curve n°2 when the tractor is in range 3 and 4 for Dyna-6 - Curve n°2 when the tractor speed exceeds 12kph for DynaVT - Curve n°2 if ground speed is zero and the PTO clutch is engaged - Curve n°1 is used in all other conditions

70.0°C Vistronic speed in rpm (if fitted) NOTA: The Vistronic is not controlled by the ECU, but by the DCC2.

Intake air manifold temperature sensor value in °C (7) 220

22°C Engine oil pressure sensor value in KPa (3)

- The system may seem slow in terms of reaction time, but this is intended to avoid excessive speed oscillations

376KPa

Engine speed sensor value in rpm Total fuel consumption stored by the ECU (since engine first putting into service)

571.0 L

1492 0

Instant fuel consumption measured by the EEM in litres per hour

2600 Progress bar displaying engine speed range Icon allowing to start SisuDiesel diagnostic tool: WinEEM2

4.10L/h Total engine time stored by the ECU (since first use of engine) 1 engine hour = 1 hour real time

Icon used to start the Vistronic control tool

101 h -

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF102.5

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Tests and diagnostics Vistronic control tool - Click on the icon: The following screen is displayed: Vistronic

0

820

360 RPM

MA-11-01455A

Current Vistronic speed in rpm

Vistronic speed required by the DCC2 RPM

To control the Vistronic speed in a different manner to the DCC2 instruction, move the cursor so as to display the desired speed:

Vistronic

1585

1360

1580 RPM

MA-11-01456A

Considering system operation, this function should be tested using an engine speed above 1,500 rpm. Vistronic speed control cursor. When the value is zero, or when this window is closed, it is the DCC2 that controls the 1585 Vistronic speed: this is the tractor normal operating mode. Significant speed changes can be heard from the sound made by the engine fan.

CAUTION: Ensure that changing the Vistronic speed cannot lead to engine heating.

GUF102.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

GUF103 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

CONTENTS A . Reading error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . EEM2 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D . EEM2 sensor diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 E . EEM2 controller diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 F . Fuel injection pump diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 G . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 H . Component characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.1

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

GUF103.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

A . Reading error codes The reading of error codes can be carried out in 2 ways: - by direct reading of the error code on the DCC2, - with WinEEM2, which is accessed from Wintest in the engine diagnostics screen. Error codes are stored by the ECU.

Reading codes on the DCC2 The user is informed when there is a possible fault by an error code displayed on the DCC2. - Tractor without DOT MATRIX screen (Fig. 1) To erase the error code, press the display change control key; this cancels the display (unless there is a major fault) but does not delete the error from the ECU memory. - Tractor with DOT MATRIX screen (Fig. 2) To erase the error code, press the Escape (ESC) key on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard; this cancels the display (unless there is a major fault) but does not delete the error from the ECU memory. The “E” of “NumE” indicates an Engine error.

A

MA-11-01298A

Fig. 1

If several faults occur simultaneously, the corresponding error codes are displayed one after the other for approximately 4 seconds each.

ERROR NumE 100 MA-11-01299A

Fig. 2

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.3

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

B . List of error codes Display Code display before soft on DCC2 DCC2 01.06

EEM2 error description

Page

629

10, Power On self-test error ..................................................................................................... 22

9000

11, Hardware Watchdog ........................................................................................................... 22

620

15, 5 VDC supply error, LOW ( <4.6V)...................................................................................... 23

620

16, 5 VDC supply error, HIGH (> 5.2V).......................................................................................................23

168

17, Battery voltage LOW (< 7.8V)............................................................................................. 23

1136

20, ECU temperature too high > 120×C................................................................................... 24

9200

30, PCU EEPROM CheckSum error ......................................................................................... 24

9201

31, PCU EEPROM hardware error ............................................................................................ 24

9203

32, PCU ADC error.................................................................................................................... 25

9204

33, Pump MAP error ................................................................................................................. 25

9205

34, PCU Internal bus error..........................................................................................................................25

9206

35, PCU Powerstage error ........................................................................................................ 25

9207

37, Pump CAN interface configuration error ..............................................................................................26

9209

39, PCU BIP not recognised ..................................................................................................... 26

9210

40, Solenoid valve final error..................................................................................................... 27

9211

41, Solenoid valve error ............................................................................................................ 27

9212

42, IAT final error ...................................................................................................................... 27

9213

43, PCU Over temperature ....................................................................................................... 27

9214

44, PCU Temperature sensor error........................................................................................... 28

9215

45, PCU Battery voltage measurement .................................................................................... 28

9216

46, Injection timing device error ............................................................................................... 28

9717

47, Injection timing device vibrations ....................................................................................... 29

9218

48, PCU Speed sensor final error ............................................................................................. 29

9219

49, PCU CAN bus final error ..................................................................................................... 29

9220

50, PCU reset while the engine is running (< 6.0V).................................................................... 6

9221

51, PCU connection defective on the CAN................................................................................. 7

9222

52, Emergency shutdown signal (MAB) test error ..................................................................... 7

9223

53, PSG1 signal missing ............................................................................................................. 8

9224

54, Injection control pulse width error ........................................................................................ 8

9225

55, Pump speed deviation .......................................................................................................... 9

9226

56, Pump supply voltage too low (< 6.8V) .................................................................................. 9

9226

57, Pump supply voltage too high (>17.0V) ................................................................................ 9

190

66, Speed sensor error ............................................................................................................. 17

190

94, Overspeed (over 3000 rpm) ................................................................................................ 10

NOTE: Until DCC2 soft version 01.06, the error display was in the right-hand column

GUF103.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

Display Code display before soft on DCC2 DCC2 01.06

EEM2 error description

Page

100

95, Oil pressure sensor error .................................................................................................... 18

100

96, Oil pressure sensor error, LOW.......................................................................................... 18

100

97, Oil pressure sensor error, HIGH ......................................................................................... 18

100

98, Oil pressure LOW, warning ................................................................................................ 10

100

99, Oil pressure too LOW, alarm .............................................................................................. 10

102

100, Boost pressure sensor error, LOW................................................................................... 19

102

101, Boost pressure sensor error, HIGH .................................................................................. 19

102

102, Boost pressure LOW ........................................................................................................ 10

110

110, Coolant temperature sensor error, LOW .......................................................................... 20

110

111, Coolant temperature sensor error, HIGH.......................................................................... 20

110

112, Coolant temperature HIGH, warning ................................................................................ 11

110

113, Coolant temperature HIGH, alarm .................................................................................... 11

105

114, Intake manifold temperature sensor error, LOW.............................................................. 21

105

115, Intake manifold temperature sensor error, HIGH ............................................................. 21

105

116, Intake manifold temperature HIGH................................................................................... 12

-

120, Individual cylinder error (not used).................................................................................... 12

97

121, Water in fuel (not used) .................................................................................................... 12

94

122, Fuel pressure LOW........................................................................................................... 13

9227

123, Air in the fuel system........................................................................................................ 13

9006

141, Vehicle CAN off ................................................................................................................ 14

9007

142, CAN pump off................................................................................................................... 15

898

146, Speed requested by the CAN out of range, LOW (< 500 rpm) ........................................ 15

898

147, Speed requested by the CAN out of range, HIGH (> 3000 rpm) ...................................... 15

-

172, Overspeed supervisor failure (not used)........................................................................... 15

9101

173, Power parameters too high .............................................................................................. 16

9102

174, Absolute maximum power not set ................................................................................... 16

9103

175, Injection pump serial number mismatch ........................................................................................... 16

237

176, Invalid ECU source address selected ................................................................................................ 16

9108

177, Test soft expired................................................................................................................................ 16

-

180, Maximum power mismatch.............................................................................................. 17

-

181, Maximum vehicle speed mismatch (not used).................................................................................. 17

-

182, Control system identification mismatch (not used) .......................................................... 17

-

183, Cruise control UI failure (not used) ................................................................................... 17

-

184, Ground speed missing (not used)..................................................................................... 17

NOTE: Until DCC2 soft version 01.06, the error display was in the right-hand column

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.5

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

C . EEM2 troubleshooting

50, PCU reset while the engine is running (< 6.0V)

Initial system check

Description

When the power is switched on, observe the correct operation of the engine oil pressure indicator light on the instrument panel. The engine oil pressure indicator light should be on when the engine is not running. If it does not turn on, the problem is probably caused by one of the following elements: oil pressure sensor, LED, CAN bus or EEM2 controller.

The supply voltage of the pump control unit drops below the allowed voltage limit (< 6.0 V) during operation. If the supply voltage returns to the allowed voltage range (< 200ms), the engine continues normal operation. Otherwise the engine will stop. In both cases the error code has been stored. Reaction in the EEM

If the indicator light does not turn on within 4 seconds after switching the ignition on or the light is dim, the problem is caused by the EEM2 controller supply or one of the following elements: EEM2 controller, oil pressure switch or CAN bus. Check the following: 1. Check the battery voltage. If the battery voltage is below 11.5V, the battery and generator have to be inspected and replaced if necessary. 2. • +12VDC supply - EEM2 (fuse 10A) Measure the voltage from EEM2 pin 70 (+12 VDC) to pin 69 (ground). If the voltage is more than 1 V below the battery voltage, check the +12VDC EEM2 fuse. • +12VDC supply, BOSCH VP (fuse 25A) Measure the voltage from EEM2 pin 48 (+12 VDC) to pin 46 (ground). If the voltage is more than 1 V below the battery voltage, check the +12VDC BOSCH VP fuse. • +12VDC ignition key (fuse 5A) Measure the voltage from EEM2 pin 21 (+12 VDC). If the voltage is more than 1 V below the battery voltage, check the +12VDC ignition fuse. If one or several fuse are blown, replace and switch the power on. If the fuse(s) blows again, check the wiring from the fuses to the EEM2 pins 70, 48 and 21 for a short circuit to the tractor ground. If no short circuit is found and voltages are correct, the controller is faulty. Replace the controller and couple current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.6

¤ H

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. There is no fuel injection during the PCU reset time. Solution • Check battery condition for too low voltage (< 11.5V). • Check alternator operation. • Check the contacts of wiring between the battery and the rotary pump for bad contact at a connector (Fig. 8). • Measure the voltage from EEM2 pin 48 (+12 VDC) to pin 46 (ground). If the voltage is more than 1 V below the battery voltage, check the +12VDC BOSCH VP fuse. The EEM2 controller provides a power supply to the PCU. If the power supply to the EEM2 controller is correct, but the PCU power supply is not, a possible cause is a faulty EEM2 controller. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. NOTE: Error code 50 may be activated if the power supply to the EEM2 has been switched off incorrectly. • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 50 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 51, PCU connection defective on the CAN Description The EEM2 controller is not able to communicate with the injection pump. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The “Limp home” function will be activated in the injection pump. The engine will run at a constant speed of 1400 rpm with reduced power. If the power supply is too weak the engine will not start.

52, Emergency shutdown signal (MAB) test error Description Normally, the engine shutdown is managed by the CAN bus. If normal shutdown can not be managed by the CAN bus, the EEM2 controller activates the MAB emergency shutdown signal which will stop the engine and after a few seconds the EEM2 unit cuts the power supply to the PCU (if the MAB signal has been activated). To be sure that the MAB signal is working in emergency situations, the EEM2 tests the MAB line continuously. If the test fails, error code 52 is stored.

Solution • Check the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller for a short circuit and ensure the injection pump is receiving the correct power supply (Fig. 8). • Measure the CAN loop from the EEM2 controller between pins 44 and 20 (resistance 120 Ohms ± 10%). Disconnect the Bosch VP pump connector first. • If the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller and the power supply are OK, the possible causes are a faulty EEM2 controller or a faulty PCU (Pump control unit). • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 51 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. If error code 51 does not disappear when using another EEM2 controller, the Bosch VP PCU is damaged. Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution • Check the MAB line between the EEM2 controller and the PCU (Pump Control Unit) for broken contact/wiring (Fig. 8). • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 52 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. If error code 52 does not disappear when using another EEM2 controller, the Bosch VP PCU is damaged. Contact the BOSCH service agency.

GUF103.7

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 53, PSG1 signal missing

54, Injection control pulse width error

Description

Description

The EEM2 controller cannot communicate correctly with the PCU via the CAN bus. This message contains important information for engine operation.

The EEM2 controller cannot manage normal shutdown if fuel quantity is zero because of an error in the CAN bus, power supply or PCU.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown.

Solution

Solution

The probable cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Check the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller for short circuit and ensure the injection pump is receiving the correct power supply (Fig. 8). • If the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller are operating correctly and the power supply is correct, the possible causes are an EEM2 controller error or a PCU (Pump control unit) error. • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 53 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. If error code 53 does not disappear when using another EEM2 controller, the Bosch VP PCU is damaged. Contact the BOSCH service agency. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

The probable cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Check the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller for a short circuit and the power supply to the injection pump (Fig. 8). • If the CAN bus between the injection pump and EEM2 controller operate correctly and the power supply is correct, the possible causes are an EEM2 controller error or a PCU (Pump control unit) error. • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 54 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. If error code 54 does not disappear with another EEM2 controller, the Bosch VP PCU is damaged. Contact the BOSCH service agency. • Switch the ignition off (5sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

GUF103.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 55, Pump speed deviation

56, Pump supply voltage too low (< 6.8V)

Description

Description

The EEM2 controller has inconsistent speed information between crank speed (detected by Hall sensor from the crank shaft) and pump speed (detected inside the Injection pump). The probable causes for the problem is the PCU, because if there is an error with a Hall sensor, there would be a different error code.

The supply voltage is too low for the defined time. The engine cannot start.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown. Solution The probable cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Test PCU operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 55 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. If error code 55 does not disappear when using another EEM2 controller, the Bosch VP PCU is damaged. Contact the BOSCH service agency. • Switch the ignition off (5sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution The probable cause of the problem is the voltage drop down during starting. • Check that battery voltage is not too low (> 11.5V). • Check alternator operation. If the error remains active after ignition is switched on: • check all contacts and fuses and wiring from the battery to the EEM2 controller and to the rotary pump for bad contact at a connector or for a short circuit. • Check the supply voltage of the BOSCH VP injection pump (Fig. 8).

57, Pump supply voltage too high (>17.0V) Description Supply voltage is too high for defined time. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will switch off the supply voltage from the PCU and will stop the engine if the error remains active after 20 seconds. Solution • The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Check the correct operation of the alternator and charge voltage. • Check the supply voltage of the BOSCH VP injection pump (Fig. 8).

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.9

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 94, Overspeed (over 3000 rpm)

99, Oil pressure too LOW, alarm

Description

Description

The error is activated if the engine exceeds 3000 rpm during operation. A possible cause is engine braking at downhill with the gear ratio too low.

Oil pressure drops below the alarm level.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. No fuel injection. The engine will recover after returning to normal condition (< 3000 rpm).

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will stop automatically, after 30 seconds. Activation of the stopping procedure can be detected with “ shutdown pending status ” by CAN message. The oil pressure light has been switched on.

98, Oil pressure LOW, warning Description Oil pressure decreases below the allowed limit. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The warning can be detected by the CAN message or the oil pressure light. Solution Find the cause for the low oil pressure indication. Possible causes: • Check the oil level and condition. • Check the mechanical condition of the engine. • The idling speed is too low. • The oil filter is clogged. • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 6). • Check the oil pressure sensor (Fig. 11).

Solution Find the cause for the low oil pressure indication. Possible causes: • Check the oil level and condition. • The oil filter is clogged. • Check the mechanical condition of the engine. • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 6). • Check the oil pressure sensor (Fig. 11).

102, Boost pressure LOW Description Boost pressure drops below the alarm level. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution Find the cause for the low boost pressure indication. Possible causes: • Check the tightness of the boost pressure pipelines of the engine. • Check the condition of the engine turbo charger • Check the mechanical condition of the engine. • Check the boost pressure sensor (Fig. 12). • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the wiring from the EEM2 controller to the boost pressure (Fig. 5).

GUF103.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 112, Coolant temperature HIGH, warning

113, Coolant temperature HIGH, alarm

Description

Description

Coolant temperature exceeds the overheating limit value. The warning can be detected by the CAN message or indicator light.

Coolant temperature rises above the alarm level.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The Engine power will be reduced above this limit for prevent overheating of the engine.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will stop automatically, after 30 seconds. When the coolant temperature rises above alarm level, activation of the stopping procedure can be detected with “ shutdown pending status ” by CAN message. The alarm is activated.

Solution Find the cause for the overheating. Possible causes: • Check the coolant level. • Check the radiator condition. • Check the mechanical condition of the engine. • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 7). • Check the temperature sensor (Fig. 10). If the error remains active and the engine temperature is low: • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 112 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Solution Find the cause for the overheating. Possible causes: • Check the coolant level. • Check the radiator condition. • Check the mechanical condition of the engine. • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 7). • Check the temperature sensor (Fig. 10). If the error remains active and the engine temperature is low: • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 113 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.11

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 116, Intake manifold temperature HIGH

121, Water in fuel (not used)

Description

Description

Intake manifold temperature rises above the warning limit value. This temperature sensor is integrated in the boost sensor.

Water level in the water separator rises to warning level. Example: condensation water. Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution

Solution Find the cause for the excessive intake manifold temperature. Possible causes: • Check the condition of the air-cooling system. (Cleanliness, pressure tightness, etc.) • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 5). • Check the temperature sensor (integrated in boost pressure sensor) (§ H, (7) Intake air temperature sensor). • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 116 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

Check the water separator at the bottom of the prefilter. Drain water from the fuelling system. If there is no water in the fuelling system: • Check the wiring from EEM2 connector to sensor connector. • Check the supply voltage at the water detector sensor connector from pin A (+12V) to pin B (GND). • If the power supply to the sensor is correct and there are no breaks or short circuits in wirings -> replace the sensor.

120, Individual cylinder error (not used)

GUF103.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 122, Fuel pressure LOW

123, Air in the fuel system

Description

Description

Fuel feed pressure after filters is too low (less than 0.2 bar) for > 20 seconds.

The EEM2 controller has identified a permanent injection pump piston oscillation. The probable cause for oscillating is an air leak into the fuel. The EEM2 controller activates the default mode to avoid damaging the internal injection pump. NOTE: Immediately seek the source of the air in the fuel circuit.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution Check that the lift pump above the filter is running; it should run for one minute after switching the ignition on. Possible causes • The filter is blocked (impurities, freezing, etc.). • Leak / air in the fuel system. • Check the fuel level. • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 9). • Check the sensor. If the lift pump is operating, check: • that the filter is not choked (impurities, freezing, etc.). • that there is no leak / air in the fuel system. • the fuel level from the tank (maybe gauge is showing wrong level). If the lift pump is not operating, check: • Feed pump fuse. • Feed pump relay. • Feed pump wiring. If the power supply is operating correctly, then the lift pump is damaged and has to be replaced.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine speed is limited to 1,500 rpm and engine power decreases. Solution • The probable cause of the problem is an air leak into the fuel at the low pressure side or in the fuel system. Check the tightness of all of the engine fuel supply lines. • Check the tractor supply lines. • Measure fuel pressure to ensure that the fuel filter elements or supply lines from the tank are not clogged. Run the engine slowly for a few seconds. When idling, the pressure must be between 1.0 and 1.2 bar. • Check the tightness of the main filter and prefilter. • Replace the original metal feed pipe located between the injection pump and the feed pump with a transparent hose (rubber / plastic tube) and ensure that there is no air in the fuel. If this is not the case, check all feed lines again, along with filter tightness in one run. • If there is no air in the system and error code 42 is still active, the problem may be due to a failure of the Bosch VP injection pump sensor.

GUF103.13

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 141, Vehicle CAN off Description EEM2 controller is not able to communicate with other devices on the CAN bus. NOTE: the EEM2 cannot detect an open circuit (wiring). Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Control requests by the CAN are not active. Solution • Check the CAN bus between the EEM2 controller and the tractor for a short circuit between the CAN lines (Fig. 8). • At worst the cause of the problem is an error in the EEM2 controller or the vehicle controller. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 141 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 142, CAN pump off Description

146, Speed requested by the CAN out of range, LOW (< 500 rpm)

The EEM2 controller is not able to communicate with the injection pump.

Description

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller is not able to govern engine speed. The “Limp home” function will be activated in the injection pump. The engine will run at a constant speed of 1400 rpm with reduced power. The engine will not start if there is no power supply.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will start to use the hardwired throttle for speed control. If there is no hardwired throttle the engine runs at idle speed.

Solution

Find the cause for the too low speed request from the vehicle controller.

• Check the CAN bus between the EEM2 controller and the injection pump for a short circuit between the CAN lines. The probable cause of the problem is a short circuit between the CAN lines. At worst, the problem is an error in the EEM2 controller or the PCU (pump control unit). • Measure the CAN loop from the EEM2 controller between pins 44 and 20 (resistance 120 Ohms ± 10%). Disconnect the Bosch VP pump connector first. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 142 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. Delete the error code. Switch the ignition off (5sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Speed requested by the CAN is below 500 rpm.

Solution

147, Speed requested by the CAN out of range, HIGH (> 3000 rpm) Description Speed requested by the CAN is above 3000 rpm. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will start to use the hardwired throttle for speed control. If there is no hardwired throttle the engine runs at idle speed. Solution Find the cause for the too high speed request from the vehicle controller.

172, Overspeed supervisor failure (not used)

GUF103.15

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 173, Power parameters too high Description Allowed power parameters for application have been exceeded. The power parameters do not match with the current EEM2 controller. The error code will be activated, for example if the wrong application software has been downloaded to the EEM2 controller. If for example, 143 kW software has been downloaded into an EEM2 controller, which had 120 kW software inside originally, this error is shown too.

175, Injection pump serial number mismatch Description Injection pump serial number does not match with the current EEM2 controller. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will start, but the fuel quantity has been reduced.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The volume of fuel injected is reduced. Solution • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on to see if the error is still active. If the error is still active, download the correct software (for correct horse-power setting) to the EEM2 controller with the Service Tool. If this does not help, replace the EEM2 controller for the engine.

Solution • Replace the engine EEM2 controller. • Couple the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the service tool. • If this does not help, replace the EEM2 controller for the engine. If a new (spare part) EEM2 controller is fitted, couple the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

176, Invalid ECU source address selected If a new (spare part) EEM2 controller is fitted, couple the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

177, Test soft expired

174, Absolute maximum power not set Description Absolute maximum power value has not been activated. Example: wrong software in the EEM2 controller. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The volume of fuel is reduced. Solution This problem cannot be solved on the field. Replace the EEM2 controller and couple the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with controller with the Service Tool.

GUF103.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 180, Maximum power mismatch

D . EEM2 sensor diagnostics

Description Maximum power configuration is not correct for the vehicle. Power information between the EEM2 controller and the vehicle controller do not match, for example the wrong vehicle controller or software for application may have been installed.

66, Speed sensor error

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will start, but the fuel quantity has been reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. EEM2 will start to use redundant speed information from the injection pump and engine speed is limited to 1800 rpm. Engine power will be reduced and the injection timing delayed.

Solution • Replace the engine EEM2 controller. • Replace the tractor controller. • Download the correct software in the vehicle/EEM2 controller.

181, Maximum vehicle speed mismatch (not used) 182, Control system identification mismatch (not used) 183, Cruise control UI failure (not used) 184, Ground speed missing (not used)

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Description EEM2 cannot recognize correct speed signal from the speed sensor.

Solution • Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 4). • Check the +12V supply voltage for the speed sensor (Fig. 4). • Check the sensor. Run the engine with the starter motor and measure the speed pulses between the tractor ground and the sensor connector pin 2. The pulses should be from 0 V to the battery voltage (12 V). • Battery voltage may drop down during starting. • If no pulses are detected replace the damaged sensor. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 66 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.17

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 95, Oil pressure sensor error

97, Oil pressure sensor error, HIGH

Description

Description

Too high voltage from the oil pressure sensor has been detected (>200 kPa), while the engine is not running.

The voltage measured by the oil pressure sensor lies above the normal operating range.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced. Solution • • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 6). Check the +5V supply voltage for the sensor. Check the sensor (Fig. 11). Replace the damaged sensor.

96, Oil pressure sensor error, LOW Description The measured voltages from the oil pressure sensor lie below the normal operating range. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced. Engine protection in case of low oil pressure is not active. NOTE: may cause engine damage, if oil pressure is too low.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated, the fuel quantity is reduced. Engine protection in case the high oil pressure is not activated. NOTE: may cause engine damage, if oil pressure is too high. Solution • • • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 6). Check the +5V supply voltage for the sensor. Check the sensor (Fig. 11). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 97 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

Solution • • • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 6). Check the +5V supply voltage for the sensor. Check the sensor (Fig. 11). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 96 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 100, Boost pressure sensor error, LOW

101, Boost pressure sensor error, HIGH

Description

Description

The voltage measured by the boost pressure sensor lies above the normal operating range.

The voltage measured by the boost pressure sensor lies above the normal operating range.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The boost pressure functions are not active.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The boost pressure functions are not active.

Solution

Solution

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 5). Check the +5V supply voltage for the sensor. Check the sensor (Fig. 12). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 100 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 5). Check the +5V supply voltage for the sensor. Check the sensor (Fig. 12). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 101 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.19

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 110, Coolant temperature sensor error, LOW

111, Coolant temperature sensor error, HIGH

Description

Description

The signal measured by the coolant temperature sensor lies below the normal operating range.

The signal measured by the coolant temperature sensor lies above the normal operating range.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced. Engine protection and others functions linked to coolant temperature are not active. For instance overheating protection is not active. NOTA: may cause engine damage if the engine overheats. [check that the engine really is overheating, see error no.111]

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The volume of fuel is reduced. Engine protection and others functions linked to coolant temperature are not active. For instance overheating protection is not active. NOTE: may cause engine damage if the engine overheats. Solution

Solution • • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 7). Check the sensor (Fig. 10). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 110 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.20

¤ H

• • • • •

Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 7). Check the sensor (Fig. 10). Replace the damaged sensor. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 111 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 114, Intake manifold temperature sensor error, LOW

115, Intake manifold temperature sensor error, HIGH

Description

Description

The signal measured by the temperature sensor (integrated in the boost pressure sensor) lies below the normal operating range.

The signal measured by the temperature sensor (integrated in the boost pressure sensor) lies above the normal operating range.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Functions linked to intake manifold temperature are not active.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Functions linked to intake manifold temperature are not active.

Solution

Solution

• Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 5). • Check the sensor (§ H, (7) Intake air temperature sensor). • Replace the damaged sensor. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 114 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

• Check the contact surfaces of the pins (oxidation). • Check the sensor wiring (Fig. 5). • Check the sensor (§ H, (7) Intake air temperature sensor). • Replace the damaged sensor. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 115 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.21

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

E . EEM2 controller diagnostics

11, Hardware Watchdog Description

10, Power On self-test error Description When ignition is switched ON, the EEM2 controller performs internal system checks. If any of these test fail, the system reports the Power On self-test error. The engine will not start.

There is a failure in the EEM2 program execution caused by a unit failure. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will stop immediately and may not start.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The engine will not start. Solution • Turn the ignition key off and back on. If the error code is displayed again, the EEM2 controller has to be replaced. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 10 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.22

¤ H

Solution • Turn the ignition key off and back on. If the error code is displayed again, the EEM2 controller has to be replaced. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 11 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 15, 5 VDC supply error, LOW ( <4.6V)

16, 5 VDC supply error, HIGH (> 5.2V)

Description

Description

Reference supply voltage for sensors and throttle control is too low.

Reference supply voltage for sensors and throttle control is too high.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller detects wrong values from the sensors and throttle control which explains incorrect engine operation.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller detects wrong values by the sensors and throttle control which explains incorrect engine operation.

Solution

Solution

The probable cause of the problem is the voltage drop down, during starting, if the error code remains active when the ignition is switched on and the engine is not running. In this case: • Check boost pressure sensor for a short circuit via supply pin 2 to ground. • Check foot throttle for a short circuit via supply pin 13 to ground. • Check reference supply lines for a short circuit to ground. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 15 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

• Check the reference supply lines from EEM2 controller pin 13 for short circuit to battery voltage. • If no short circuit is found, the voltage regulator of the EEM2 controller is faulty. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 16 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

17, Battery voltage LOW (< 7.8V) Description Supply voltage for EEM2 controller is too low. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution The probable cause of the problem is the voltage drop down, during starting. If error code 17 remains active, check the following path: • Check the battery condition for too low voltage. • Check contacts through the wiring from the battery to the EEM2 for bad contact at a connector (Fig. 3). • Check alternator operation.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.23

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 20, ECU temperature too high > 120°C

F . Fuel injection pump diagnostics

Description Temperature inside EEM2 controller is too high. This can be caused when overheating has stopped the engine and the cooling system does not work; the temperature may rise inside the EEM2 controller, because there is no cooling airflow. Thermocouple operation: from -40°C to 150°C Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored. Solution • If the error IS STILL ACTIVE: Test the body temperature of the EEM2 controller by touch. If the controller is not hot, but the error is still active, the EEM2 controller has to be replaced. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. • If the error is NOT ACTIVE anymore, check error codes 112 and 113. If these error codes are active at the same time, the problem is probably caused by engine overheating. You can now ignore this error code. If error code 112 or 113 has not been stored, the temperature element inside the EEM2 controller may be defective. Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool.

GUF103.24

¤ H

30, PCU EEPROM CheckSum error Description The cause of the problem is incorrect check sum. At least one eeprom value cannot be read in the pump control unit. Engine power is reduced due to this error. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

31, PCU EEPROM hardware error Description The cause of the problem is a hardware error. All eeprom values cannot be read in the pump control unit. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced. Solution The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 32, PCU ADC error

34, PCU Internal bus error

Description

Description

Incorrect analog values, for instance battery voltage for fuel quantity correction.

The cause of the problem is unit error. The pump control unit detects and incorrect injection quantity.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown.

Solution

Solution

The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

33, Pump MAP error

35, PCU Powerstage error

Description

Description

After power on, the pump control unit checks during a self-test whether a pump MAP has been programmed and operates faultlessly.

The cause of the problem is a unit error or solenoid valve voltage measurement error.

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown. Solution The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Reaction in the EEM

Solution The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

GUF103.25

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 37, Pump CAN interface configuration error

39, PCU BIP not recognised

Description

The pump control unit cannot recognize the beginning of injection pulse. Injection timing and fuel amount are not correct.

The EEM2 controller and pump control unit are not able to communicate because of wrong configuration, error code 33 is also activated. The error code may also be activated if an unsuitable spare part injection pump has been installed.

Description

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown. Solution The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Contact the BOSCH service agency, if the injection pump is not suitable for the SisuDiesel engine. • If the injection pump is correct, delete the error code. Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error remains active, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

GUF103.26

¤ H

Solution Possible cause of the problem is a too long/thin power supply line for the injection pump. Impedance of the power supply line is too high. • Check the contacts through the wiring (Fig. 3). The EEM2 controller provides a power supply to the PCU. Measure the voltage from EEM2 pin 48 (+12 VDC) to pin 46 (ground) of EEM2 connector. NOTE: battery voltage will drop during pre or post heating period. If the power supply to the EEM2 controller is correct, but PCU power supply is not correct, replace the controller and couple the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the Service Tool. • If wirings and the EEM2 controller are OK, the problem is a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 40, Solenoid valve final error

42, IAT final error

Description

Description

The Pump control unit monitors the solenoid valve current and activates the error code when the solenoid valve is continuously energized.

IAT is an angular reference for the cam-based control of the fuel quantity solenoid valve. If the IAT pulse is missing then the error code is activated, and fuel injection will be stopped.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown.

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Solution 1

Solution The probable cause of the problem is a faulty solenoid valve or PCU. • Contact the BOSCH service agency.

The probable cause of the problem is too low engine operating speed during starting. Check the tractor battery and starter motor condition. Solution 2

41, Solenoid valve error Description The Pump control unit monitors the solenoid valve current and the solenoid valve quick decay voltage. If both of these variables leave the permitted range then a solenoid valve error is recognized.

The probable cause of the problem is an air leak into the fuel at the low-pressure side or air in the fuel system. At worst, the cause of the problem is an injection pump error.

43, PCU Over temperature Description

Reaction in the EEM

The pump control unit recognises over temperature.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced (also by the pump).

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

Solution The probable cause of the problem is a faulty solenoid valve pump or PCU. • Contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

Solution • If other error codes are active (for example 112 or 113), check those errors first. • Find the cause for the over temperature. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on: If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

GUF103.27

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 44, PCU Temperature sensor error

45, PCU Battery voltage measurement

Description

Description

The temperature measurement does not work correctly inside the injection pump and the pump control unit uses a default value for pump temperature.

Battery voltage measurement does not work correctly inside the injection pump and the pump control unit uses a default value for battery voltage.

Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated.

Solution

Solution

The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5 sec.) and back on: If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

The cause of the problem is a faulty PCU. • Switch the ignition off (5sec.) and back on and start the engine. If the error is still active, the problem is caused by a faulty PCU (Pump Control unit). Contact the BOSCH service agency.

46, Injection timing device error Description There is persistent governor deviation in injection timing or the oscillating timing device piston. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced. Solution • The probable cause for oscillating is an air leak into the fuel at the low-pressure side. • The probable cause for persistent governor deviation is a wrong pump mounting angle or defective injection pump.

GUF103.28

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes 47, Injection timing device vibrations

48, PCU Speed sensor final error

Description

Description

The PCU (pump control unit) has identified a continuous oscillation of the pump injection timing device piston. This error code is valid only for the Bosch VP44 injection pump.

The pump control unit does not recognize reference pulses sent to the engine top dead center by the engine control unit. Reaction in the EEM

Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power will be reduced.

The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. Engine power is reduced and injection timing delayed.

Solution

Solution

The probable cause for oscillating is an air leak into the fuel at the low-pressure side. • Check the tightness of all of the engine fuel supply lines. • Check the tractor supply lines. • Measure fuel pressure to ensure that the fuel filter elements or supply lines from the fuel system are not clogged. Run the engine slowly for a few seconds. When idling, the pressure must be between 1.0 and 1.2 bar. • Check the tightness of the main filter and prefilter. • Replace the original metal feed pipe located between the injection pump and the feed pump with a transparent hose (rubber / plastic tube) and ensure that there is no air in the fuel. If there is some air left in the fuel, re-check all supply lines and filter tightness.

If error 66 is also active at the same time then check its cause first. Next: • Check “DZG” wiring between the pump and EEM2 controller (Fig. 8).

49, PCU CAN bus final error Description There is problem at the CAN bus between the pump control unit and EEM2 controller. The pump control unit continuously indicates no message or an incorrect value range in the control message. Reaction in the EEM The error code is stored and the indicator light is activated. The EEM2 controller will activate emergency shutdown. Solution • Check CAN bus wiring between the injection pump and EEM2 controller (Fig. 8). At worst, the cause of the problem is the faulty EEM2 controller or Injection pump. • Test the current EEM2 controller operation with another EEM2 controller. NOTE: If the EEM2 controller from another tractor is used, error code 175 will be activated, because of pump serial number mismatch. If error code 49 disappears, the EEM2 controller has been damaged. Replace the controller and connect the current injection pump (serial number) to the new EEM2 controller with the EEM2 Service Tool. • In case of a faulty PCU (Pump Control Unit), contact the BOSCH service agency.

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.29

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

G . Electrical diagrams Electrical supplies

Fig. 3 Speed sensor

Fig. 4 Turbo Boost pressure sensor

Fig. 5 NOTE: To view these electrical diagrams in greater detail, see GUF105

GUF103.30

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

Oil pressure sensor

Fig. 6

Coolant temperature sensor

Fig. 7 NOTE: To view these electrical diagrams in greater detail, see GUF105

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.31

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

Bosch VP

NOTE: It is not allowed to make any resistance measurements from the Bosch VP PCU connector pins! This may destroy the Bosch injection pump!!! Ensure that the Bosch VP PCU connector is disconnected when measuring wiring!!

Fig. 8 NOTE: To view these electrical diagrams in greater detail, see GUF105

GUF103.32

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

Fuel pressure sensor

Fig. 9 NOTE: To view these electrical diagrams in greater detail, see GUF105

Legend Figure 1: main connector, +12VDC Bosch VP, Power ground Bosch VP, ignition key input, +12VDC Bosch VP, Power ground Bosch VP Figure 2: speed sensor, main connector Figure 3: turbo pressure, main connector Figure 4: oil pressure, main connector Figure 5: coolant temperature, main connector Figure 6: PCU (pump control unit), main connector, +12VDC Bosch VP, Power ground Bosch VP Figure 7: water detector, main connector Figure 8: fuel pressure, main connector

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.33

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes

H . Component characteristics (2) Coolant temperature sensor (Fig. 10) Temperature (°C)

Resistance (ohm)

-50 0 25 50 75 100 125 150

1000 1600 2000 2400 2900 3400 4000 4600

Resistance (Ohm)

Possible error codes 110: low coolant temperature < -40°C (1100 Ohm) 111: high coolant temperature > 125°C (4000 Ohm) 112: high coolant temperature > 105°C (3500 Ohm) 113: high coolant temperature > 115°C (3600 Ohm)

Temperature (°C) Fig. 10

GUF103.34

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes (3) Oil pressure sensor (Fig. 11) Pressure (kPa) bar (kPa) 0 0 1 100 2 200 3 300 4 400 5 500 6 600 7 700 8 800 9 900 10 1000

(7) Intake air pressure sensor (Fig. 12) Pressure

Voltage (V) bar 0,5 0,8 1,1 1,4 1,7 2 2,3 2,6 2,9 3,2 3,5

0,5 0,9 1,3 1,7 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5

(kPa) 50 80 110 140 170 200 230 260 290 320 350

Voltage (V) 0,5 0,9 1,3 1,7 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5

Possible error codes

Possible error codes

96 : Oil pressure sensor error, too low (signal < 0.2V)

100: Pressure sensor error, too low (signal < 0.2V)

97 : Oil pressure sensor error, too high (signal > 4.8V)

101: Pressure sensor error, too high (signal > 4.8V)

98 : Oil pressure low, warning

102: low pressure, warning

99 : Oil pressure low, alarm

Signal out-of-tolerances, HIGH

Signal out-of-tolerances, HIGH

Signal out-of-tolerances, LOW Signal out-of-tolerances, LOW

Fig. 12 Fig. 11

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

¤ H

GUF103.35

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Error codes (7) Intake air temperature sensor Temperature (°C)

Resistance (ohm)

-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130

39260 13850 5500 2420 1166 609 340 202 127 102

Possible error codes 100: Temperature sensor error, too low (signal < 0.2V) 101: Temperature sensor error, too high (signal > 4.8V) 102: high temperature, warning

GUF103.36

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.b

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

GUF105 - SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . SisuDiesel engine harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Electrical diagrams on the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.1

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

GUF105.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF105.3

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF105.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

B . SisuDiesel engine harness SisuDiesel engine harness ......................................... 6

C . Electrical diagrams on the tractor Electrical power supply .............................................. 9 Controls.................................................................... 11 Grid Heater circuit .................................................... 13 CAN network - all options with Autotronic 3 transmission calculator .......................................................... 15 CAN network - all options with Autotronic 3 transmission calculator and Autotronic 5 Park Lock .............. 17 CAN network - all options with Autotronic 4 transmission calculator and EHRC linkage calculator............. 19 CAN network with Autotronic 4 transmission calculator and Autotronic 5 linkage calculator .................. 21

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.5

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams SisuDiesel engine harness

Parts list (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (9) (10) (11) (ENG4) (R2) (R3)

Electronic control unit (ECU) Coolant temperature sensor Oil pressure sensor Speed sensor Intake manifold air heater (Grid Heater) Grid Heater relay Intake air pressure and temperature sensor Fuel pressure sensor Electric lift pump Pump control unit (PCU) SisuDiesel harness / Engine harness junction Lift pump relay in cab Grid Heater relay control in cab

GUF105.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

120R

M

3

2

2

1

1

LP1 LP2

10

10 mm LP2 GH2

DT-06-3S 1 2 3

1

P

WD1 WD2 WD3

1JO 973 701 A 1

FP1

9

7 BOSCH 1928403112100 P U

Ground Temp. +5V

1

1

2

2

3

3

Pressure

4

4

BP1 AT BP2 BP3

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19

19

20

20

21

21

22

22

23

23

24

24

25

25

26

26

27

27

28

28

29

29

30

30

31

31

3

P U

+5V Signal Ground

3

3

2

2

1

1

67

66

18

67

Foot throttle input

A B + -

CAN High CAN Low

W

OP3 OP4 OP5

66

+12V Lift pump +12V Grid Heater relay

D+

AMP 282087-1

R3

+

AMP 282087-1 3

Shunt when CAN terminator is used

R2 +12V permanent, EEM (fuse F32) Ground, EEM +12V permanent, Bosch VP (fuse F28) Ground, Bosch VP +12V APC (Ignition key ON) +12V Lift pump control +12V Grid Heater control

1

+

1 2 3 4 IGN DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DO5 DO6 DO7 DO8 LP1 GH1 REF GND FT1 HT1 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7 DI11 S4 S5 CN1 CN2

42

18

CN1 CN2

70

1

47

69

22

WD3 2

21

IGN

25

48

46

4 3 WD1

52

5

28

4

51

27

3

50

DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DO5 DO6 DO7 DO8

32

8

7

54

30

6

DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7 DI11

53

29

37

36

60

13

REF GND FT1 HT1

55

31

WD2 FP1

33

CT1 CT2

9

61

38

14

OP3 OP4 OP5

12

ENG4

+12V Ground

42

70

47

69

22

21

25

48

46

52

28

5

4

51

27

50

3

32

8

7

54

30

53

6

29

37

60

36

13

31

55

33

9

61

14

38

12

35

59

63

16

62

39

45

19

1

23

43

11

35

11

59

BP1 BP2 BP3 AT

9

63

9

16

8

62

8

VP3 VP4 VP5 VP6

39

7

45

6

7

19

5

6

1

4

5

23

4

AMP 70 Saab 1-968879-1 43

3

20

3

ECU

VP1 VP2 44

2

S4 S5

11

1

2

S1 S2 S3

MAB Battery Battery + DZG

1

VP1 VP2 VP3 VP4 VP5 VP6

CAN High CAN Low

44

AMP 967563-1

PCU BOSCH

20

1

+12V Lift pump (fuse F31) +12V Grid Heater relay (fuse F30)

Starter relay +12V Grid Heater - battery

AMP 282087-1

4

+12V Signal Ground

3 2 1

S1 S2 S3

10 MM

8 MM

6.3 MM

8 MM

6 MM

B+

B-

B+

+

D+

5 B-

6

2

5 MM

CT1 CT2

W

2

4 MM

1

2

6 MM

T

6 MM

AMP 963040-3 1

GH2

GH1

+ battery

G

M Fig. 5 MA-11-01050B

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.7

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

Electrical power supply

2

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

4

17 16 15

13 24

27

14 25

28

6 5

12

29

7 1

11 23

30 19

2 3

26

ENG4

FAI01 ENG4

FAI02 F28-20A

F32-10A

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

2 F28

12 24

F32 - 10A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28

6 16 15 27

14 25

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 17

5 13

- 20A

18 7

1 4

23

BAF10

30 19

2 3

11

26

BAF10.17/ENG2.14 BAF10.15/ENG2.13

M M

BAF10.10/ENG2.11

M

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S12.1/ENG4.3

31

20 21

8 9

10 22

18

12

17 28

6 16

5 15

13

27

14

24

29

7 1

4

23

30 19

2 3

11

25

26

ENG2.14/S12.1 ENG2.13/S12.1

M M

ENG2.11/ENG4.1

M

S12

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG4

BAF10 ENG2 ENG2 17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

MA-10-06070A ENG9 1 X4

ENG4.4/ENG9.1 N ENG4.2/ENG9.1 N

1

+12V

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.9

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

Controls

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 B 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F42 F31

S14

BAF10.7/S14.1

F30 R3

F31 - 15A

1 2

5

+12V

3

R2

4 1

F30 - 15A

X1X5 1 2 4

BAF10

F22

X4

5

3

F42 - 5A

R3

1

2 ENG2 ENG2

ENG4

9 10

2 7

11

15

12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

27

22

3 1

6 16

25

ENG2.21/ENG4.18

B

ENG2.5/ENG4.21 ENG2.6/ENG4.22 ENG2.7/ENG4.23 ENG2.8/ENG4.24

29 28

14 25

2

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

27

27

10 22

3 11

23

4 12

5 15

13 24

14 26

26

21 9

1 6

16

25

CAB44

B B B B

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1 2 3

1

CAB37

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3

2

alim

3

Us

1 0V

CAB44

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

CAB37.1/CAB84.3

B

CAB37.2/CAB84.1 S6.1/CAB84.2

3

2

1

FAI03

CAB44

CAB37.4/CAB85.1

B

CAB37.3/CAB85.3 S6

B

S2.1/CAB83.2

B B B

CAB44.1/CAB1.11 8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB84

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

EEM

EEM A

B

+APC

S18

B

20

2 7

17

16 15

13 24

29 28

17 6

5

8 19

18

18 7

1

12

30

30 19

2

4

23

31

8 9 3

11

B B

X2 1

FAI02

31

20 21 10 22

ENG2.17/ENG4.14 ENG2.15/ENG4.15

F22 - 10A

B

21

8 19

18 17

S1.1/ENG4.5 R ENG2.16/ENG4.6 B ENG2.12/ENG4.7 B

ENG2.21/S18.1

CAB37.5/S6.1

20

31 30

29 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

S14.1/ENG2.15 B BAF10.8/ENG2.16 B BAF10.6/ENG2.17 B

B

FAI01

R

B

R

ENG 4

BAF10.5/ENG2.12

CAB44.2/S5.1

R2

BAF8.5/S5.1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BAF8

CAB44.3/S18.1

R

S5

B B B B B

B

S1.1/ENG2.9

CAB37.1/ENG2.5 CAB37.2/ENG2.6 CAB37.3/ENG2.7 ENG2.8/CAB37.4 CAB37.5/ENG2.10

S18.1/CAB1.10

S1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

-

+

B

CAB85 68

46

45

24

23

1

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB1

CAB84

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

B

A

CAB1

CAB85

MA-11-01207A

GUF105.11

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

Grid Heater circuit

20

31 30

1

B

24 25

2

ENG2.15/ENG4.15

3

ENG2.12/ENG4.7 B

4

ENG4

6

26

5

27

14 25

28 16

15

13

7

17 6

5

24

29

7 1

4 12

8

18

2 3

11 23

9

10 22

30 19

10

8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

11

31

20

13 14

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

23 12

12

26

FAI01

21

15 27

27

14 25

ENG2

11 4

5

16

13

16 15

22

3

14

24

28

6 5

13

10

15

12

21 9

1 6

28

17

1 4

23

29

7

3 11

17

16

22

18

2

2 7

29

17

10

18

30 19

18

8 9

8 19

31

20 21

FAI02 S14 BAF10.5/ENG2.12

S14.1/ENG2.15

BAF10.7/S14.1

B

B

2 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 B 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

5

3

R3

4 1

F30 - 15A

BAF10

FAI13

F42 - 5A

+CAB PLUS_CAB.1/X4.1

1

R

1 X4 1

X1X5

ENG2

F42

MASSE_BAF.1/X1.1

N F30

FAI17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

R3

2 1

ENG4

61 ENG29_B/ENG25.1 R 1 1

ENG25

FAI01

ENG29B

F- 225A

ENG29

ENG29.1/S11.1

M

FAI01

S11

S11.1/ENG32.1

M

1 ENG32

1 1

ENG25 MA-10-06061A

+BATT

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.13

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams CAN network - all options with Autotronic 3 transmission calculator

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.15

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

CAN network - all options with Autotronic 3 transmission calculator and Autotronic 5 Park Lock

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.17

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

CAN network - all options with Autotronic 4 transmission calculator and EHRC linkage calculator

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.19

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 04 FAI 12 FAI 13 FAI 17 FAI 23 FAI 24 FAI 25 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 33 FAI 35 FAI 38 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 47 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 131

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Cab Autotronic 3 harness Dynashift armrest harness Fuse box supply harness Fuse box Ground harness Cab linkage harness Single linkage harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Datatronic 2 harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness (GPA40) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness ParkLock - Autotronic 5 harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CA1 CAB1 CAB44 CAB54 CAB74 CAB84 CAB85 ENG4 L13 TR18 FS1 FS2 V2 V3 V4 V5

Joystick Air conditioning control unit Instrument panel (DCC2) Throttle pedal potentiometer Autotronic 4 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock Memorised ratios activation switch Memorised ratios adjustment switch Electronic injection harness junction Electronic linkage calculator (ELC) Transmission control unit Fieldstar LBS+ connector Fieldstar terminal Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve Electrohydraulic spool valve

1 2 61

Autotronic 3 Fuse box Grid Heater relay

GUF105.20

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

CAN network with Autotronic 4 transmission calculator and Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

23

24

14

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

CAB83 1 120

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

FAI 31

V J

8

30 19

9

18

2

17

1

11 4 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3

23

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 28

CA1

ENG4

34

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

1

8

FAI 32

FAI 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

J V

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

11

1 6

28

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

10 22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14 26

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

1 2 3 4 1 2

3

4

3

V J S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

V J S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3 1

2

S5

J V

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

CAB1 29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

13

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

J V V J

FAI 68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141 CAB141

11 12 14

S9

CAB141

L13

16

CAB112

FS1 L13

15

FAI 131

FAI 68

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L 22

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

1 2 3 4

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1 2 3 4

FAI 128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1

L22

J V

3

4

J V

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

4

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

V5

3

7

V5

4

16

S4

4

6

3

26

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

5

5 8

1 2

27

14 25

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

V4

15

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V4

4

S2

17 6

5 13

24

29

7 1

4 12

4

V

3

18

2 3

11 23

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2

19

9 10 22

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2

CA8

4

7

CA8

S3

5

6

1 2

30

6

5 8

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8

5 6

4

3

1 2 3 4

31

20 21

4

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V3

1

9 2

7 17

27

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

1 12

V3

4

3

2

19 18 29 28

21

8

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

V J

1 2 3 4

3

20

31 30

J V J V

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

1 2 3 4

V2

V J

FAI 41

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 31

V2

1 2

AC2

J

X

X

X

5 6 7

AC12

ENG2

CAB1.16/S20.1

V5

V4

4

17

22

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

17

1 4

12 24

30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31

V3

4

29

V2

5

18 7

11 23

30 19

2 3

AC12 AC12

6

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

J V

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1 2 3

46 24 1

31

20 21 10

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

68 45 23

26

22

CAB18 S13 S12

FAI 35

CAB1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG4

28 16 27

14 25

TR18

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

29 17

15

CAB50

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

18

6 5

13 24

25

2

30

7 1

4 12

CAB50

19 2

3 11

13

26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

22

23 12

5

27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

4

J V B

FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01384A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF105.21

SisuDiesel ELECTRONIC INJECTION - Electrical Diagrams

GUF105.22

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 - Description

11C10 - DCC2 - Description

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 C . Allocation of DCC2 pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.1

DCC2 - Description

11C10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description

A . General

TECHstar Dyna VT CAN network

The electronic control circuit of the DynaVTPOWERMAXX transmission on 8400DT A series tractors comprises three main components: the DCC2 (second generation digital instrument panel), the Autotronic 4 (transmission controller) and the CAN network. These components are connected via harnesses, switches, potentiometers, sensors and solenoid valves.

1

10

7

8

9

1 2

The DCC2 and Autotronic 4 also contain a self-diagnostic function intended to warn the operator when the circuit of one of the components is defective or disconnected. The error code diagnostics help qualified personnel when troubleshooting the various control components. These codes are displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen of the DCC2 and may, depending on the severity of the breakdown, place the transmission in neutral or allow it to continue functioning. Codes are stored in memory and can be later displayed by qualified personnel to troubleshoot intermittent problems (see Error codes section).

3 4 5 6

ESC

CAN network

4

The DCC2 receives the following information from the Autotronic 4 via the CAN network: engine speed, transmission input and output speeds, Hare / Tortoise range position, PTO speed, transmission oil temperature, transmission oil pressure and filter clogging level.

2

6

5

3

15 16

11 12 13 14

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

The DCC2 is also connected to all the tractor electronic calculators as well as to the diagnostics connector (for programming and setting parameters with Wintest) via the CAN network (Fig. 1).

The transmission electronic control circuit (Fig. 1) (1) (2)

7

DCC2 Autotronic 4 CAN network Location

Other CAN network connections (Fig. 1) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

16-way diagnostics connector Electronic injection control unit (EEM) Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator Autotronic 5 ParkLock calculator Datatronic 3 Joystick Electrohydraulic spool valves Automatic air conditioning controller

2

5

8

6

10 1

3 9

4

MA-11-06068A

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.3

DCC2 - Description The DCC2 and Autotronic 4 both control the tractor functions. The DCC2 provides the operator with information via two digital display screens, analog instruments and warning indicator lights. It also communicates with the Autotronic 4 via the CAN network to inform it of electrical signals from the functions activated by the operator, for example the clutch pedal and both gear shift levers: the left-hand FNR lever and the armrest lever, throttle pedal, lever / pedal mode switch, SV1 and SV2 ground speed selector encoders and switches, engine underspeed supervisor, PTO automation switch, the Headland switch and the DOT MATRIX control keys for information, for example the clutch-coupler function status (Fig. 2).

3 2

1

4

16

Parts list (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Vistronic Buzzer Clutch pedal Right-hand console Reverse shuttle lever Armrest Throttle pedal Air filter vacuum sensor Main lighting switch Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging switch Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge Speed parameter display selector switch DOT MATRIX keyboard Radar Fuel gauge

DCC 2 15

5 1

14

2

10

15

5

0

20

RPM x 100

25

A

6

.

Sv 1

.

Sv 2

.

A

B

AUTO

540 750 1000

.

KPH MPH RPM

13 23

1

45

24

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

68

46

7 12

8

9

11

CAN

10

MA-11-06044A

Fig. 2

11C10.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description Vistronic (1) The DCC2 controls the rotational speed of the Vistronic depending on the engine temperature it receives from the Autotronic 4 via the CAN network. The Vistronic therefore turns faster or slower in order to maintain a constant optimum engine temperature (Fig. 3). Note: The °C values in Fig. 3 are indicative values. They are not displayed on the instrument panel. The DCC2 measures the rotational speed of the Vistronic using an embedded sensor.

95°C

100°C

85°C

110°C

60°C

Buzzer (2) It warns the driver when a fault occurs. Clutch pedal (3) The clutch pedal is fitted with three different elements: - a pedal high position (TOC) sensor (A) (Fig. 4), - a potentiometer that measures clutch pedal travel (B) (Fig. 4), - a pedal low position (BOC) sensor (C) (Fig. 4),

Fig. 3

MA-11-06069A

C

A B

Right-hand console (4) The DCC2 controls several elements in the right-hand console: - the underspeed supervisor (A) (Fig. 5): it allows the drop in engine speed to be limited when under load. Its control is directly linked to a potentiometer that sends a different signal to the DCC2 depending on user requirements, - the lever / pedal mode (and self-propelled mode) selector switch (B) (Fig. 5), - the SV1 and SV2 encoders (C) (Fig. 5): they allow pre-setting of SV1 and SV2 grounds speeds, - the rear PTO automation switch (D) (Fig. 5).

MA-11-06070A

Fig. 4

C

B A MA-11-06072A-MF-CH

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

D Fig. 5

11C10.5

DCC2 - Description Reverse shuttle lever (5) It is located on the left-hand steering column. The lever allows: - the gearbox to be put into neutral position, - forward or reverse travel to be selected, - ground speed to be increased or decreased in forward and reverse positions. Armrest (6)

C

It consists of several elements: - the Headland switch (A) (Fig. 6), - the SV1 and SV2 switches (B) (Fig. 6), - the right-hand lever potentiometer (C) (Fig. 6). The potentiometer allows ground speed acceleration and deceleration.

A B MA-11-06071A-AG-MF

Fig. 6

Throttle pedal (7) The throttle pedal is directly linked to the potentiometer. This potentiometer sends the DCC2 a signal proportional to the throttle pedal position. The DCC2 can therefore manage the operation of the underspeed supervisor and lever / pedal (and self-propelled) modes. Air filter vacuum sensor (8) The air filter vacuum sensor is fitted with a switch that is activated when the air filter is clogged (excessive vacuum). When activated, the switch sends a signal to the DCC2, which turns on an indicator light to warn the user. Main lighting switch (9) When activated, it allows the DCC2 to switch to night mode (dimmer screen lighting). Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging switch (10) When the auxiliary hydraulics oil filter is clogged, the switch is activated and sends a signal to the DCC2, which turns on an indicator light to warn the user. Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor (11) It measures the auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature and sends a signal to the DCC2 which turns on an indicator light to warn the user when the temperature is too high.

11C10.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge (12) It measures the auxiliary hydraulics oil level and informs the DCC2, which displays the value on the DOT MATRIX screen. The gauge consists of a float fitted with a magnet (A) (Fig. 7) that activates the switches (B) (Fig. 7) connected in parallel with resistors. The DCC2 therefore receives a signal proportional to the tank filling level. Speed parameter display selector switch (13) The display selector switch allows the user to display in the DCC2 screen the rear PTO speed, engine speed, ground speed, daily engine hours and total engine hours.

12 x 20 ohm

A

DOT MATRIX keyboard (14) It is located to the right of the steering column. The keyboard allows access to the various DCC2 menus displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen (left-hand screen). 4 x 60 ohm

B

Radar (15) (optional) The radar allows actual tractor ground speed to be displayed when below 25 kph. Above 25 kph, design speed is displayed. Fuel gauge (16) It transmits a signal to the DCC2 depending on the level of fuel in the tank. The DCC2 then activates a pointer on the instrument panel (Fig. 8) to allow the user to view the contents of the tank.

20 ohm

MA-11-06073A

Fig. 7

MA-11-06074A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 8

11C10.7

DCC2 - Description

Page left blank intentionally

11C10.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description

B . Description The DCC2 is attached by four screws to the steering column assembly. It receives and displays the tractor functions and supplies information required by the operator to use the tractor, via indicator lights and display tables (Fig. 9).

9 11

10

1

Parts list (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

13

12

DOT MATRIX screen Right-hand control display Tachometer DOT MATRIX control keypad Coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge Control indicator lights for functions in use Failure control and ParkLock indicator lights Failure control indicator lights Right-hand direction indicator light Left-hand direction indicator light

10

15

5

0

7

20

RPM x 100

25

8

3 A

A

B

AUTO

st

AUTO

(12) Direction indicator light for the 1 trailer (13) Direction indicator light for the 2nd trailer (14) Headlights indicator light (15) Speed parameters display selector switch on right-hand control screen.

2

540 750 1000

1

5

KPH MPH RPM

6

2

14

15

4

MA-11-06045A-MF

Fig. 9 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.9

DCC2 - Description

Page left blank intentionally

11C10.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description Indicator light units Control indicator lights for functions in use ((A) Fig. 10)

1

2

10

15

5

0

A

20

RPM x 100

25

A

.

Sv 1

.

Sv 2

.

A

B

AUTO

.

540 750 1000

KPH MPH RPM

MA-11-06046A

Fig. 10

Green and orange control indicator lights display and monitor the functioning of the equipment. Front PTO (not used)

Front axle suspension (not used) Transmission oil filter clogging (15 microns) 4WD front axle

Differential lock

Rear PTO

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.11

DCC2 - Description Failure control and ParkLock indicator lights ((B) Fig. 11)

1

2

10

15

5

0

20

RPM x 100

25

B A

.

Sv 1

.

Sv 2

.

A

B

AUTO

.

540 750 1000

KPH MPH RPM

MA-11-06047A

Fig. 11

Red indicator lights signal problems of varying importance; they come on when the ignition is switched on and usually turn off when the engine has started.

Grid Heater (not used)

Intake air temperature indicator light CAUTION: If they light up when the engine is running normally, stop the engine at once and investigate the cause of the problem.

Air filter clogging

Transmission oil and auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging

ParkLock and emergency handbrake

11C10.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description Failure control indicator lights ((C) Fig. 12)

C 1

2

10

15

5

0

20

RPM x 100

25

A

.

Sv 1

.

Sv 2

.

A

B

AUTO

.

MA-11-06048A

540 750 1000

KPH MPH RPM

Fig. 12

Trailer brake pressure (if fitted)

Engine oil pressure

Coolant temperature Brake master cylinder supply circuit - 18 bar pressure Transmission high pressure (480 bar)

Alternator charge

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.13

DCC2 - Description Left-hand control screen (Fig. 13) This control screen allows the different parameter displays to be monitored: (1) Forward / neutral / reverse and ParkLock liquid crystal display. (2) Reverse shuttle sensitivity (1, 2, 3 or 4). (3) Selected symbol display: rear PTO, engine speed, ground speed and engine hours (these parameters can all be selected by pressing the switch (9) located on the instrument panel). (4) Digital display: rear PTO speed, engine speed, ground speed, daily engine hours and total engine hours (only the daily engine hours can be reset by pressing the switch (9) for 5 seconds). (5) Power take-off automation. (6) 4WD front axle automation control. (7) A/B stored engine speed status. (8) Hare / Tortoise range engagement indicator lights. (9) Parameter display selector switch.

A

7

6

A

1

B

2

5 8

540 750 1000

3

4

KPH MPH RPM

9

MA-11-06067A-MF-CH

Fig. 13

11C10.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description DOT MATRIX screen The DOT MATRIX screen is initialised at tractor start-up. The DOT MATRIX keyboard to the right of the steering column must be used to access the different menus, and the instructions given in the following table must be followed.

Screens

Access

Function Auxiliary oil level screen

HYDR OIL Ignition before engine start (ignition key on +ACC position)

95 % MA-05-04291A

1055

Displays the filling level of the auxiliary oil tank (0-100%): - 100%: tank full. - 50%: warning threshold. When the auxiliary oil tank level drops to < 50%, it is automatically displayed every 4 minutes (press ESC to return to the main screen). If sensor problem, ERROR is displayed instead of the filling level.

800

3.2

Sv 1 Sv 2

AUTO

Start-up screen

35.0 3.2

Starting the tractor

Displays the restart speeds, the SV1 and SV2 speeds, engine supervisor, PTO, pedal mode, eco or lever mode.

0.2 MA-05-04014A

1430 1160

Work screen

0 RPM 0% 2,6

Sv 1

To display from the start-up screen

Displays memorised engine speeds, PTO speed, actual wheel slip rate, lever mode, pedal mode (power or eco), self-propelled mode and SV1 and SV2 speeds.

To display from the previous screen

Reverse shuttle sensitivity

MA-05-04292A

Delay

-

4 No +

OK

MA-05-04032A

MODE + -

4 2

Allows to adjust the response time when shifting direction of travel To increase or decrease the value The delay begins when the reverse shuttle lever is activated. If the delay is authorised, declutching takes place 5 seconds after the lever is Allows a delay (5 seconds) to be authorised or not when reversing direction of pulled. If not authorised, declutching takes place as soon as the lever is activated. travel

To display from the previous screen

Pedal mode sensitivity screen To increase or decrease the value

Used to adjust acceleration (+) and deceleration (-) sensitivity in pedal mode operation.

+

MA-05-04293A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.15

D C C 2 - D e s c r ip t io n

Screens

Access

(l) 0 10 T 500 ok 5s 0 0 T

To display from the previous screen Press 5 seconds to reset

OK

Function

Fuel used screen Indicates fuel consumed: 0: Quantity of fuel consumed since last reset. T: total fuel consumed. This value cannot be modified or reset

MA-05-04024A

To display from the previous screen

SLIP

OK

Off

Press to enter the settings menu. The symbol appears To set the required wheel slip percentage value

0% Max 22%

Wheel slip screen (optional) Enables the max. allowable slip to be defined and displays the current slip setting.

Allows to exit the settings screen

ESC

MA-05-04029A

To display from the previous screen

100 100

%

Press to enter the menus

100

100

OK

OFF

Joystick setting menu (1/2) (if Datatronic 3 not installed)

This menu allows to adjust the flow rate values of To select one of the displayed flow rate values each spool valve controlled by the Joystick. If the Joystick is locked (padlock displayed on screen) or timing press the blue armrest ON/OFF button near the To modify displayed flow rate values PTO control.

MA-05-04268A

When timing is selected, it is possible to display the type of timing (value or infinite)

100 84

%

To adjust the timing value

100

100

ON 60

ESC

Joystick setting menu (2/2) (if Datatronic 3 not installed)

This menu allows to activate or deactivate timing, and can be adjusted from 0 to 60 seconds or to Allows to exit the settings screen and infinite mode. validate settings

MA-05-04269A

To display from the previous screen

EEM-EHR

OK

OF + 9s + 0s

A B

MA-05-04270A

EEM-SV SV1 SV2 A

ON ON

A B

Headland 2 screen (if Datatronic 3 not installed)

This menu allows to adjust the engine speed when changing linkage status (work or transport). Allows to activate the mode or validate the val- The operating conditions are: - ON mode ues - power shuttle lever out of neutral Used to shift from one line to another - tractor moving. - When the linkage transport mode is selected, engine speed B is activated after the preset Allows to set the seconds value of the time. displayed time - When the linkage working mode is selected, engine speed A is activated after the preset time.

To display from the previous screen

Headland 1 screen To activate or deactivate one of the two functions

This menu is used to vary the engine speed during activation of SV1 and SV2 memorised ground speeds.

B

MA-05-04294A

11C10.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description

Screens

Access

CLUTCH ON

0 k 5 s off

Function

To display from the previous screen

Clutch coupler screen

OK

Press 5 seconds to switch from ON to OFF while pressing down the clutch pedal

Displays whether the clutch coupler fonction is on or off.

MA-05-04030A

Auxiliary oil level screen

HYDR OIL To display from the previous screen

95 % MA-05-04291A

SPEED

To display from the previous screen

+

100 / 0 -

% +

Displays the filling level of the auxiliary oil tank (0-100%): - 100%: tank full. - 50%: warning threshold. When the auxiliary oil tank level drops to < 50%, it is automatically displayed every 4 minutes (press ESC to return to the main screen). If sensor problem, ERROR is displayed instead of the filling level.

Linkage and spool valves menu

This menu allows to give priority to the auxiliary spool valves over the linkage, and vice versa. To modify displayed linkage and spool Maximum linkage value: 100 Minimum spool valve value 0 valve flow rate values Minimum linkage value: 20 Maximum spool valve value: 80

MA-05-04267A

ERROR To display from the previous screen

Error code screen Displays all tractor error codes. Each error code is displayed for 4 seconds in a loop

Num MA-05-04222A

To display from the previous screen

Brightness screen To increase or decrease the value

-

Setting screen brightness

+

MA-05-04021A

To display from the previous screen To increase or decrease the value

-

Contrast screen Setting screen contrast

+

MA-05-04020A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11C10.17

DCC2 - Description

C . Allocation of DCC2 pins 1

The DCC2 is fitted with two connectors (Fig. 14): - a 68-pin connector to which the instrument panel harness is connected, - a 7-pin connector to which the DOT MATRIX control panel harness is connected. The pin allocation is set out in the following tables.

2

10

15

5

20

RPM x 100

0

A

EEM-EHR 85°C

A 60°C

540 750 1000

110°C

B

23

1

1

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

2

Not used

3

Vistronic power supply

5

CAB12 Clutch pedal potentiometer

CAB78 Engine underspeed supervisor

8

3

2

1

Fig. 14

Signal

12 V output 0-5V input

0-5V input Ground output

Not used

10

0-5V input CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer

11

Ground output

12

39

Fuel gauge

0-12V input

13

15

Top-of-clutch (TOC) pedal switch normally open

TOC NO 12V input

14

Not used

15

Not used

16

CAN High

17

CAB86 Front power take off switch (if fitted)

18

TR27

19

12V input

Radar

0-12 V square signal input

Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch normally open

BOC NO 12V input

Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch normally closed

BOC NC 12V input

BOC1

20

Wired but not used

22

11C10.18

¤ H

4

5 V output

7

21

5

Not used

6

9

6

MA-11-06043A

Description

4

7

45

KPH MPH RPM

68

46

Pin

B

100°C

24

Description of 68-pin connector

A

95°C

OF + 9s + 0s

25

65

Buzzer

12V output to buzzer

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 - Description

Pin 23 24

Description Battery ground (-) CAB3

Main light switch

12V input (backlighting)

25

Headlights

12V input

26

Left-hand direction indicator

12V input

27

Right-hand direction indicator

12V input

28

1st trailer direction indicator

12V input

29

2nd trailer direction indicator

12V input

30

CAB59 PTO automation switch

Ground / open circuit input

31

CAB20 Trailed implement status switch (if fitted)

12V input

32

AC10

Headland switch

33

Wired but not used

34

Not used

35

Not used

36

24

37

Not used

38

Not used

39

CAN Low

Air filter clogging switch

40 41

CAB19 Left-hand FNR lever potentiometer Not used

44

AC11

45

Not used

47 48 49

CAB79 CAB80

50

Not used

51

Not used

52

Ground / open circuit input

0-5V input Ground output

43

46

12V input

5 V output

42 Armrest lever potentiometer

0-5V input

SV1 encoder - Pin 3

12V input

SV1 encoder - Pin 2

12V input

SV2 encoder - Pin 3

12V input

SV2 encoder - Pin 2

12V input

CAB31 Speed parameter display selector switch

12V input

53

AC7

SV1 switch

12V input

54

AC8

SV2 switch

12V input

55

TR26

Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging switch

12V input

56

Not used Left-hand FNR lever neutral switch normally closed

Neutral NC 12V input

Left-hand FNR lever neutral switch normally open

Neutral NO 12V input

57 58 59 60

CAB19

CAB77 Lever / pedal mode switch

Ground / open circuit input

Wired but not used

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Signal

11C10.19

DCC2 - Description

Pin

Description

61

TR35

62

Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge

Vistronic rotational frequency sensor (signal)

63

ENG21 Pneumatic trailer brake pressure indicator light (if fitted)

64

Not used

65

Not used

66

Vistronic rotational frequency sensor supply

67

TR25

68

Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor

Signal 0-5V input Frequency input 12V input

5 V output 0-12V input

+12V battery supply

Description of 7-pin connector Pin

Description

1

DCC2 5V supply

2

“ESC” key

3

"OK" key

4

Right scroll key

5

Left scroll key

6

Down scroll key

7

Up scroll key

11C10.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

GUF211 - DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

CONTENTS A . Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF211.1

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

GUF211.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

A . Setting parameters Important: If the DCC2 is new, its parameters must be set before it can be programmed. Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. Parameter setting is necessary: - when the former DCC2 unit has been replaced by a new one, - when improvements to one or more functions have been made through parameter setting, Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “DCC2 label”.

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF211.3

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

DCC2 Label Code parameters Code AA

Code B

Code C

Code D

Code E

Code F

Code G

Code H

Code I

Code J

Code K

C0

0

0

2

3

0

2

0

5

0

0

AA = BA - > 6460 6465 LS AA = BB - > 6470 6475 6480 LS AA = BC - > 6485 NORMAL DUTY TFLS PARKLOCK AA = BD - > 6485 6490 HEAVY DUTY TFLS PARKLOCK AA = BE - > 6490 6495 HEAVY DUTY E TFLS PARKLOCK AA = BF - > 6485 NORMAL DUTY LS PARKLOCK AA = C0 - > 6485 6490 HEAVY DUTY LS PARKLOCK AA = C1 - > 6490 6495 HEAVY DUTY E LS PARKLOCK OK

MA-11-01129A

The tractor label code can be modified either by: - moving the mouse cursor directly into the relevant box and entering the appropriate code (it is also possible to navigate between codes by pressing the “tabulation” key on the keyboard), - clicking on the arrow under the code concerned; you can then scroll down the scroll bar and double-click on the desired parameter. Confirm the code by clicking on “OK”.

GUF211.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters The DCC2 parameter code is displayed on a label stuck on the rear of the fuse box cover. This code has 7 digits and corresponds to the 6 parameters whose meaning is shown below.

M142028 2601 100121 1022215

M142028 = Tractor serial number 2601 = linkage parameter code 100121= Autotronic 4 parameter code 1022215 = DCC2 parameter code

M142028 2601 100121 1022215

MA-11-01126A

Parameter code

AA

D

E

G

H

I

Example of parameter setting

10

2

2

2

1

5

Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code

AA B C D E F G H I J K

= = = = = = = = = = =

10 = = = 2 = 2 = = 2 = 1 = 5 = = =

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

7480 Inactive Inactive Avec electronic injection Ground speed limited to 40 kph Inactive Metric unit With radar MF 6400 / 7400 / 8400 Inactive Inactive

GUF211.5

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

Models with Autotronic 4 7465 7475

Details

Status of 2 CAN loop switches (*)

Code AA

Rear axle: HA 110

ON

06

Rear axle: HA 130

ON

08

Rear axle: HA 110

ON

07

Rear axle: HA 130

ON

09

up to serial n° M183044

ON

03

from serial n° M183045

ON

10

7480 7485

-

ON

11

7490

-

ON

12

7495

-

ON

13

8450

-

ON

20

8460

-

ON

21

8470

-

ON

22

8480

-

ON

23

Identifying the rear axle, 2 possible methods: • Lift rams diameter Fig. 2 - HA 110: 2 rams with Ø 40 mm rod - HA 130: 1 ram with a Ø 40 mm rod and a second ram with a Ø 36 mm rod • Width of final drive unit spacer Fig. 1

MA-11-01122A

Fig. 2

HA110

HA130

37 mm MA-11-01320A

GUF211.6

¤ H

65 mm

Fig. 1

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

CODE B Inactive

CODE C Inactive

CODE D Electronic injection (a) 0 = Without (mechanical injection) 1 = With + without Boost 2 = With Boost 18=With Boost and Vistronic MF7480 34=With Boost and Vistronic MF7485/90/95 66=With Boost and Vistronic MF8450/8460 82=With Boost and Vistronic MF8450/8480

CODE E Maximum speed (b)

CODE F Inactive

CODE G Unit type 0 = US 2 = Metric

1 = 30 kph 2 = 40 kph 3 = 33 kph 5 = 50 kph (c)

CODE H Radar 0 = Without 1 = With

CODE I Factory code

CODE J Inactive

5 = MF 6400 / 7400 / 8400

CODE K Inactive

(a)

Vistronic introduced: MF7480 from N285074 MF7485/90/95 from N295045 All MF8400 tractors are fitted with Vistronic

(b)

Limit set according to regulations in force in the country Not valid on MF8400 series tractors

(c)

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

(*) Positioning of the 2 CAN loop configuration switches at the back of DCC2: ON: Looping is carried out in the DCC2

GUF211.7

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters - Another screen allows you to display the constants entered during parameter setting and stored after calibration. - Click on the “Tools” icon and on “Table of DCC2 constants”.

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF211.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

DCC parameters Front PTO = not installed tempo1 ratio = 600 tempo2 ratio = 900 Max. speed = 42 Trans. response = no choice tempo3 ratio = 1600 tempo4 ratio = 3200 Reverse shuttle type = no choice Electronic injection (EEM) = with + Boost

Minimum Maximum

The left-hand column defines the parameter. The right-hand column gives the constant of the parameter or the value stored during calibration.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF211.9

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters

B . Programming Important: If the DCC2 is new, its parameters must be set before it can be programmed. - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - Programming of the DCC2 is necessary: - when the former DCC2 unit has been replaced by a new one, - when a new program becomes available to improve the product, - Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “Programming DCC2” icon.

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table ofDCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF211.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

Programming DCC2

Existing version: 03.02 New version: 03.03 Do you want to reprogram?

- Click: “OK” to carry out programming to cancel programming - A gauge indicates the progression of the programming.

Programming in progress...

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF211.11

DCC2 (DynaVT) – Programming and setting parameters During programming, several error messages may be displayed.

Error Engine speed > 500 rpm, Stop the engine

Message: - Impossible to open hex file!! - Impossible to enter in Programming mode!! - Erase error!! - Downloading problem!! - Impossible to exit Programming mode!! - Impossible to determine the DCC2 type!! Correction method: - Depending on the type of message, try to follow the requested indications. - Cut the ignition and turn it back on. - Check the CAN BOX interface connections with the 16-pin diagnostics connector. - The DCC2 is faulty. - If necessary, reinstall the Wintest software on your PC. NOTA: If the DCC2 programming procedure stops unexpectedly, disconnect then connect the calculator battery power supply (either using the battery circuit breaker, or by disconnecting the F51 fuse). This enables you to resume programming.

GUF211.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

GUF213 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

CONTENTS A . Reading error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Analysing error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF213.1

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

GUF213.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

A . Reading error codes The DCC2 and Autotronic 4 have a self-diagnostic mode; they continuously monitor their functions and generate an error code if a fault occurs: - the reading of error codes can be carried out in 2 ways: - by direct reading of the error code on the DCC2, - by direct reading of the error code using Wintest. DCC2 and Autotronic 4 error codes can be stored: - the DCC2 can store up to 16 error codes - the Autotronic 4 can store up to 20 codes. Depending on the severity of the error code, the tractor can switch to Neutral Calculator (C.N.), which restricts the tractor to limp home mode until the fault is repaired.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF213.3

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes Reading codes on the DCC2 The user is informed when there is a possible fault by an error code displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen of the DCC2.

ERROR

If several faults occur simultaneously, the corresponding error codes are displayed one after the other for approximately 4 seconds each.

CODE D121

To delete the error code, press the Escape (ESC) key on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard; this cancels the display (unless there is a major fault) but does not delete it from the DCC2 or Autotronic 4 memory.

MA-11-01160A

Fig. 1

Reading error codes with Wintest Wintest allows all error codes stored by the DCC2 and Autotronic 4 to be displayed and cleared. Click on the “Tools” icon and on "List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes".

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF213.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes The following screen is displayed: List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes

AUTO4 Error: 41.07 x 00126 DCC2 Error: 154 x 00002

CLEAR

MA-11-01134A

- It allows all stored error codes and their number of occurrences to be displayed. For example: DCC2 error 154 has appeared 2 times. - By clicking on “CLEAR”, all error codes are deleted (DCC2 and AUTOTRONIC 4). NOTE: when reading error codes in Wintest, they appear at the same time on the DOT MATRIX even if they are no longer active.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF213.5

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

B . List of error codes Num.

Components concerned

Description

D121

Alternator

Alternator regulator voltage too high (filtered battery signal)

D122

Alternator

Alternator regulator voltage too low (filtered battery signal)

D127

Fuel gauge

Electrical signal too high

D128

Fuel gauge

Electrical signal too low

D129

Alternator

Alternator regulator voltage too high (non filtered battery signal)

D130

Alternator

Alternator regulator voltage too low (non filtered battery signal)

D131

CAB78 Engine underspeed supervisor potentiometer

Electrical signal too high

D132

CAB78 Engine underspeed supervisor potentiometer

Electrical signal too low

D133

CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer

Electrical signal too high

D134

CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer

Electrical signal too low

D135

CAB19

Left-hand lever potentiometer - PowerShuttle Electrical signal too high - C.N. control

D136

CAB19

Left-hand lever potentiometer - PowerShuttle Electrical signal too low - C.N. control

D137

AC11 Armrest lever potentiometer

Electrical signal too high

D138

AC11 Armrest lever potentiometer

Electrical signal too low

D139

CAB12 Clutch pedal progressivity sensor

Electrical signal too high

D140

CAB12 Clutch pedal progressivity sensor

Electrical signal too low

D141

TR23

Engine speed signal not at maximum speed

Engine speed sensor

Note: displayed alternately with Autotronic 4 error code 4144 D142

15

D143

BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch

Short circuit to + 12V AC - C.N.

D148

CAB1 DCC2 instrument panel

Attempt to reprogram with engine running

D149

CAN network (CAN Bus)

CAN network deactivated (CAN Bus off)

D150

CAN network (CAN Bus)

CAN message lost

D151

Tractor ground speed monitoring

Tractor speed too high

D152

CAB1 DCC2 instrument panel

Engine service hourmeter error

D153

CAB1 DCC2 instrument panel

Parameter table error

D154

CAN network (CAN Bus)

CAN communications from Autotronic 4 to DCC2 - C.N. Special failed

D155

CAB1 DCC2 instrument panel

Incorrect tractor code selected

GUF213.6

¤ H

Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch

Short circuit to + 12V AC

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

Num.

Components concerned

Description

D156

15

Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch

TOC stuck open

D157

TR23

Engine speed sensor

No electrical signal

NOTE:

displayed alternately with Autotronic 4 error code 4144

D158

AC11 Armrest lever potentiometer

D159

CAB19

Left-hand lever neutral switch - PowerShuttle control

Error at neutral switch in Neutral - C.N. position

D160

CAB19

Left-hand lever neutral switch - PowerShuttle control

Error at Neutral switch outside Neutral C.N. position

D197

TR25

Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor

Electrical signal too high

D198

TR25

Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor

Electrical signal too low

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Armrest lever calibration error

GUF213.7

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes

C . Analysing error codes D121 error code Alternator regulator voltage too high (filtered battery signal) - Possible causes: The filtered battery supply voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2 is above 15.5 V. The alternator is over charging. - Tests: Check the voltage at terminal 68 and the power output of the alternator.

D130 error code Battery voltage too low (non filtered battery signal) - Possible cause: The filtered battery supply voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2 is below 11V. - Tests: Measure the voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2. If it is low, check whether the alternator output is low or whether there is an open circuit or short circuit in the wiring harness. D131 error code

Alternator regulator voltage too low (filtered battery signal) - Possible cause: The filtered battery supply voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2 is below 11V. - Tests: Measure the voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2. If it is low, check whether the alternator output is low or whether there is an open circuit or short circuit in the wiring harness.

Electrical signal from engine underspeed supervisor potentiometer too high - Possible causes: The potentiometer signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 7 of the DCC2 is at >5 V or the reference ground line between terminal 8 of the DCC2 and terminal 3 of the potentiometer is in open circuit. - Tests: Test the signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 7 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Test the ground line between terminal 8 of the DCC2 and terminal 3 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit.

D127 error code

D132 error code

Fuel gauge electrical signal too high - Possible causes: The circuit between terminal 12 of the DCC2 and the fuel gauge is open or the return circuit to ground is open. - Tests: Check the circuit between terminal 12 of the DCC2 and the fuel gauge to detect any open circuit and check the wiring between the fuel gauge and the ground to detect any open circuit. Check if the gauge is faulty.

Electrical signal from engine underspeed supervisor potentiometer too low - Possible causes: The reference voltage line between terminal 6 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer is in open circuit, and the potentiometer signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 7 of the DCC2 is in open circuit or short circuit to ground. - Tests: Test the line between terminal 6 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit. Test the line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 7 of the DCC2 to detect any open circuit or short circuit to ground.

D122 error code

D128 error code Fuel gauge electrical signal too low - Possible cause: The circuit from terminal 12 of the DCC2 is short circuit to ground. - Tests: Check the wire from terminal 12 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to ground. Check if the gauge is faulty. D129 error code Battery voltage too high (non filtered battery signal) - Possible causes: The filtered battery supply voltage at terminal 68 of the DCC2 is above 15.5 V. The alternator is over charging. - Tests: Check the voltage at terminal 68 and the power output of the alternator.

GUF213.8

¤ H

D133 error code Electrical signal from throttle pedal potentiometer too high - Possible causes: The potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 10 of the DCC2 is at >5 V or the reference ground line between terminal 11 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer is in open circuit. - Tests: Test the signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 10 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Test the ground line between terminal 11 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes D134 error code

D137 error code

Electrical signal from throttle pedal potentiometer too low - Possible causes: The 12 V supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer is in open circuit, the potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 10 of the DCC2 is in open circuit or short circuit at ground. - Tests: Test the supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer to detect any open circuit. Test the line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 10 of the DCC2 to detect any open circuit or short circuit to ground.

Electrical signal from armrest lever potentiometer too high - Possible causes: The potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 44 of the DCC2 is at >5 V or the ground line at terminal 1 of the potentiometer is in open circuit. - Tests: Test the signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 44 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Test the ground line at terminal 1 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit. D138 error code

D135 error code - C.N. Electrical signal from left-hand lever potentiometer PowerShuttle control too high - Possible causes: The potentiometer signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 41 of the DCC2 is at >5 V or the reference ground line between terminal 42 of the DCC2, and terminal 3 of the potentiometer is in open circuit or one of the internal “reed” switches is faulty. - Tests: Test the signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 41 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Test the ground line between terminal 42 of the DCC2 and terminal 3 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit. Check the voltage of the signal line in all lever positions, and change the lever if there is a problem. D136 error code - C.N. Electrical signal from left-hand lever potentiometer PowerShuttle control too low - Possible causes : The reference voltage line between terminal 40 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer is in open circuit, and the potentiometer signal line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer, and terminal 41 of the DCC2 is in open circuit or short circuit to ground, or one of the internal "reed" switches is faulty. - Tests: Test the line between terminal 40 of the DCC2 and terminal 1 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit. Test the line between terminal 2 of the potentiometer and terminal 41 of the DCC2 to detect any open circuit or short circuit to ground. Check the voltage of the signal line in all lever positions, and change the lever if there is a problem.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Electrical signal from armrest lever potentiometer too low - Possible causes: The 12 V supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer is in open circuit, the potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 44 of the DCC2 is in open circuit or short circuit at ground. - Tests: Test the supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer to detect any open circuit. Test the line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 44 of the DCC2 to detect any open circuit or short circuit to ground. D139 error code Electrical signal from clutch pedal progressivity sensor too high - Possible causes: The potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 4 of the DCC2 is at >5 V or the ground line at terminal 1 of the potentiometer is in open circuit. - Tests: Test the signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 4 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Test the ground line at terminal 1 of the potentiometer to detect any short circuit.

GUF213.9

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes D140 error code

D148 error code

Electrical signal from clutch pedal progressivity sensor too low - Possible causes: The 12 V supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer is in open circuit, the potentiometer signal line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 4 of the DCC2 is in open circuit or short circuit at ground. - Tests: Test the supply line at terminal 2 of the potentiometer to detect any open circuit. Test the line between terminal 3 of the potentiometer and terminal 4 of the DCC2 to detect any open circuit or short circuit to ground.

Attempt to reprogram with engine running - Possible cause: An attempt has been made to load a new software programme in the DCC2 while the engine was running. - Tests: To carry out reprogramming, the ignition key switch must be on but the engine must be stopped. NOTE: This is an additional safety as Wintest system normally does not allow reprogramming with engine running.

D141 error code Engine speed signal not at maximum speed - Possible cause: The DCC2 detects that the Autotronic 4 is transmitting via CAN an unrealistic engine speed value. - Tests: Check if the engine speed sensor is disconnected. NOTE 1: when this error occurs, the DCC2 positions the tachometer pointer at the maximum speed of 2500 rpm. NOTA 2: The D141 error code is displayed alternately with Autotronic 4 error code 4144. D142 error code Top-of-Clutch pedal switch (TOC) short circuit to + 12 V AC - Possible causes: Input line at terminal 13 of the DCC2 is short circuit to 12 V or TOC switch is defective or wrongly adjusted. - Tests: Check the input line at terminal 13 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Check whether the TOC switch is incorrectly adjusted or defective.

D149 error code CAN network deactivated - Possible causes: Error at the two CAN network wires which link the systems or error in the hardware program of the DCC2 or the Autotronic 4. - Tests: Check the continuity of the two CAN wires; CAN High connecting terminal 16 of the DCC2 to terminal 27 of the Autotronic 4, and CAN Low connecting terminal 39 of the DCC2 to terminal 26 of the Autotronic 4. If the CAN network functions correctly, replace the DCC2 and/or Autotronic 4. D150 error code CAN message lost - Possible causes: Error at the two CAN network wires which link the systems or error in the hardware program of the DCC2 or the Autotronic 4. - Tests: Check the continuity of the two CAN wires; CAN High connecting terminal 16 of the DCC2 to terminal 27 of the Autotronic 4, and CAN Low connecting terminal 39 of the DCC2 to terminal 26 of the Autotronic 4. If the CAN network functions correctly, replace the DCC2 and/or Autotronic 4. D151 error code

D143 error code - C.N. Bottom-of-Clutch pedal switch (BOC) short circuit to +12 V AC - Possible causes: Input line at terminal 19 of the DCC2 is short circuit to 12 V or BOC switch is defective or wrongly adjusted. - Tests: Check the input line to terminal 19 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to 12 V. Check whether the BOC switch is incorrectly adjusted or defective.

GUF213.10

¤ H

Tractor speed too high - Possible cause: The DCC2 detects that the Autotronic 4 is transmitting via CAN a ground speed value higher than 55 kph after operating the tractor in free-wheel mode. - Tests: Do not operate the tractor in free-wheel mode, because this can damage the transmission.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes D152 error code

D156 error code

Engine service hourmeter error - Possible causes: The engine service hours are stored in 3 different places. If one of the values differs from the other two, these two values will be copied to replace the wrong value. If ever all 3 locations have different values then there is no majority and the true engine hours are lost. To clear this error, turn the key to OFF position, then to ON again.

Top-of-clutch pedal switch (TOC) stuck open - Possible causes: Open circuit on the 12 V line at the switch, or incorrect mechanical adjustment of the switch/pedal, or faulty switch, or clutch pedal pressed down for too long without touching BOC. - Tests: Check for 12V at red wire to TOC switch. If there is no voltage, check for open circuit in the supply line to TOC switch. Check mechanical adjustment. Check the switch. Press down fully to touch the BOC.

D153 error code Parameter table error - Possible causes: An error occurred in saving a parameter to the DCC2. The system will clear the error after one or two ignition cycles, but the parameter may not have been saved and the default parameters will be used. - Tests: Check the "DCct" parameters (see Level 2 Calibration). D154 error code - C.N. Special CAN communications from Autotronic 4 to DCC2 C.N. Special failed - Possible causes: Open circuit or short circuit in the two CAN network wires connecting the DCC2 and Autotronic 4. The Autotronic 4 no longer receives permanent 12 V supply. - Tests: Check the connection of the two CAN wires; CAN high connecting terminal 16 of the DCC2 to terminal 27 of the Autotronic 4, and CAN low connecting terminal 39 of the DCC2 to terminal 26 of the Autotronic 4. Check the supply line at terminal 28 of the Autotronic 4. NOTE: Computer Neutral Special: If the D154 error code is displayed on the DCC2 but the transmission does not transfer directly to neutral, the tractor can continue to run as long as the clutch pedal is not fully pressed down (BOC switch activated) or the PowerShuttle lever is not in neutral position (neutral switch activated).

D157 error code No electrical signal from engine speed sensor - Possible causes: The electronic injection control unit (ECM or ECU) transmits an engine oil pressure signal via the CAN to the DCC2, which does not detect the engine speed signal transmitted by the Autotronic 4. The absence of this signal is caused by a fault in the sensor or in the Autotronic 4 sensor signal circuit. - Tests: Check the sensor resistance and the continuity of the circuit between terminal 2 of the sensor and terminal 12 of the Autotronic 4. NOTE: The D157 error code is displayed alternately with Autotronic 4 error code 4144. D158 error code Armrest lever potentiometer calibration error - Possible causes: The lever has been calibrated incorrectly. The initial calibration values have changed following a problem on the potentiometer. - Tests: Re-calibrate the lever (see Level 2 Calibration). If the fault remains, check the potentiometer and its harness.

D155 error code Incorrect tractor code selected - Tests: Enter the correct parameter AA code

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF213.11

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Error codes D159 error code - C.N.

D198 error code

Error at the neutral switch of the PowerShuttle lever in Neutral position - Possible causes: Neutral switch error in PowerShuttle lever. The error comes from the two contacts of the Neutral switch which are both open or closed when in fact one should be open and the other closed when the lever is in the Neutral position. - Tests with Wintest: Compare the status of the shuttle lever switches in Wintest when changing the lever position. If Wintest does not correspond with the lever positions, check that the switches are not stuck, and check the Neutral switch harness from terminals 4 and 6 of the lever connector to terminals 57 and 58 of the DCC2 for an open circuit or short circuit. Replace the switch.

Electrical signal from auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor too low - Possible cause: The circuit from terminal 67 of the DCC2 is short circuit to ground. - Tests: Check the wire from terminal 67 of the DCC2 to detect any short circuit to ground. Check if the sensor is faulty.

D160 error code - C.N. Error at the Neutral switch of the PowerShuttle lever outside Neutral position - Possible causes: Neutral switch error in left-hand lever. The error comes from the two contacts of the Neutral switch which are both open or closed when in fact one should be open and the other closed when the lever is in the Forward or Reverse position. - Tests with Wintest: Compare the status of the shuttle lever switches in Wintest when changing the lever position. If Wintest does not correspond with the lever positions, check that the switches are not stuck, and check the Neutral switch harness from terminals 4 and 6 of the lever connector to terminals 57 and 58 of the DCC2 for an open circuit or short circuit. Replace the switch. D197 error code Electrical signal from auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor too high - Possible causes: The circuit between terminal 67 of the DCC2 and the sensor is open or the return circuit to ground is open. - Tests: Check the circuit between terminal 67 of the DCC2 and the terminal 1 of the sensor to detect any open circuit and check the wiring between terminal 2 of the sensor and the ground to detect any open circuit. Check if the sensor is faulty.

GUF213.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

GUF214 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

CONTENTS A . Calibrating the ground speed (level 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Calibrating the throttle pedal potentiometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Input at level 2 - CAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . Input at level 3 - CAL 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 E . Diagnostic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 F . Adjusting the manoeuvring pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.1

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

GUF214.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

A . Calibrating the ground speed (level 0) This calibration allows improved precision of ground speed depending on: - different tyre sizes available, - radar (if fitted). 1. Mark out a 100 meter (400 ft) course according to the unit selected, on a firm surface. 2. Press and hold down the display selector switch for 15 seconds. Remark: the daily hourmeter resets after 5 seconds. 3. "CAL" will appear on the display Fig. 1. 4. Drive the tractor forwards at normal work speed. 5. Press the display selector switch when crossing the start point of the 100 metre (400 ft) course. 6. "run" will appear on the display Fig. 2. 7. Press the display selector switch when crossing the end point of the course. 8. Press the display selector switch; the constant ground speed (design) measured during calibration is displayed. 9. Press the display selector switch again; the actual constant ground speed (radar) measured during calibration is displayed on tractors fitted with radar. 10. Press the display selector switch a final time to return the instrument panel to normal operating mode. NOTE: The tractor must always be moving before starting the measured course; otherwise calibration is incorrect.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

KPH

MA-11-01340A

Fig. 1

KPH

MA-11-01341A

Fig. 2

GUF214.3

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

B . Calibrating the throttle pedal potentiometer The calibration of the throttle pedal potentiometer must be carried out each time that one of the following elements is replaced or modified: - Throttle potentiometer - DCC2

A

1

Preliminary operations 1. Start the engine. Apply the handbrake. 2. Set the PowerShuttle lever to neutral 3. The power take-off must be disengaged.

RPM MA-11-01131A

Fig. 3

Calibration The calibration is carried out in two successive steps so as to determine the minimum and maximum engine speeds in relation to the pedal. 4. Pedal fully released, minimum engine speed. 5. Press and hold down the differential lock switch for 5 seconds. 6. The symbol (1, Fig. 3) is displayed for approximately 2 seconds indicating the end of the first calibration phase. Release the differential lock switch. 7. Pedal fully depressed, maximum engine speed. 8. Press and hold down the differential lock switch for 5 seconds. 9. The symbol (1, Fig. 3) is displayed for approximately 2 seconds indicating the end of the second calibration phase. Release the differential lock switch.

GUF214.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

C . Input at level 2 - CAL 2 To select CAL 2: 1. Switch on the ignition key (do not start the engine). 2. Engage and release the clutch pedal in order to delete the “TC” “DC” display from the screen on the right-hand side of the instrument panel. 3. Within the next five seconds, simultaneously press keys ⇑ and ⇒ on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard. The screen Fig. 1 appears, with 5 available functions displayed in icon or written form: -

Calibrating the armrest lever

2 DCct 0DC TC TCct MA-11-01161A

- “DCct”: Display DCC2 constants - “0DC”: Clear error codes stored in DCC2 - “0TC”: Clear error codes stored in (Autotronic 4) - “TCct”: Display TC constants (Autotronic 4)

Fig. 1 TC

The selected function is displayed in reverse video. 4. Select the required function using the buttons ⇐ and ⇒ of the DOT MATRIX control keyboard, then press “OK”.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.5

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments Calibrating the armrest lever The calibration of the armrest lever must be carried out each time that one of the following elements is replaced or modified: - Armrest lever potentiometer - DCC2 Select the icon Fig. 1; press on “OK” and the screen Fig. 2 is displayed: 1. “0” is displayed. 2. Do not touch the lever: leave in neutral. Press “OK” within 5 seconds of the buzzer sounding. 3. “+” is displayed. 4. Move the lever forward until it stops (1st stop, and above all not end of travel) and hold in this position. Press “OK” within 5 seconds of the buzzer sounding. 5. “-” is displayed. 6. Move the lever backwards to 1st stop and hold in this position. Press “OK” within 5 seconds of the buzzer sounding. 7. The calibration is completed, the normal screen is displayed. 8. Switch off the ignition key for at least 5 seconds to validate calibration.

2 0 526 <620 >480 MA-11-01162A

Fig. 2

NOTE: If “ERROR” is displayed, repeat the procedure, making sure to respect the time of action and the lever position.

GUF214.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments Display DCC constants Select “DCct” Fig. 3 and the screen Fig. 4 appears. Select the following and preceding pages (Fig. 4, Fig. 5 and Fig. 6) with the keys ⇐ and ⇒. Press “ESC” to return to the previous mode.

Screen Code

Parameter

Tract code

Tractor Code AA

Tester code

Wintest user code

Interfac

Interface

Features

Specifications

Radar const

Radar constant

Eng spd pro

Maximum engine speed for maximum speed regulation

Units

Units: 0= US 2= Metric

Max eng rpm

Maximum engine speed

Min eng rpm

Minimum engine speed

Clutch max

Maximum clutch value

Clutch mini

Minimum clutch value

R lever CAL0

Stored value at neutral of right-hand lever

R lever CAL+

Stored value at + of right-hand lever

R lever CAL-

Stored value at - of right-hand lever

Acceler Max

Maximum accelerator stored value

Acceler Min

Minimum accelerator stored value

Front PTO

Front PTO control

Max speed

Maximum allowed speed

Elec engine

Electronic injection: equivalent to label code D

Trans regul

-

Joystickcvt

-

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

2 DCct 0DC TC TCct MA-11-01163A

Fig. 3

Tract Code Tester Code Interfac Features Radar Const Eng Spd Pro Units Max Eng RPM

3 927 4419 4371 0 240 2 235

MA-11-01164A

Fig. 4

Min Eng RPM Clutch Max Clutch Min RLever Cal0 RLever Cal+ RLever CalAcceler Max Acceler Min

80 680 334 556 794 280 894 90

MA-11-01165A

Fig. 5

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.7

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

Front PTO Max Speed Elec Engine Trans Regul JoystickCVT

0 40 2 1 0 0 0 0

MA-11-01166A

Fig. 6

GUF214.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

Clear error codes stored in DCC2 Select “DC” Fig. 7 and the screen Fig. 8 appears.

2 DCct 0DC TC TCct MA-11-01169A

Fig. 7

When the screen is displayed, click on " OK ": the error codes are cleared.

2 PRESS OK MA-11-01170A

Fig. 8

Clear error codes stored in TC (Autotronic 4) Select “TC” Fig. 9 and the screen Fig. 10 appears.

2 DCct 0DC TC TCct MA-11-01167A

Fig. 9

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.9

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

When the screen is displayed, click on " OK ": the error codes are cleared.

2 PRESS OK MA-11-01170A

Fig. 10

Display TC constants (Autotronic 4) Select “TCct” Fig. 11. Function unavailable: it is not possible to read the Autotronic 4 constants.

2 DCct 0DC TC TCct MA-11-01171A

Fig. 11

GUF214.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

D . Input at level 3 - CAL 3 In level 3, the parameters can be modified. To select CAL 3: 1. Switch on the ignition key (do not start the engine). 2. Engage and release the clutch pedal in order to delete the “TC” “DC” display from the screen on the right-hand side of the instrument panel. 3. Within the next five seconds, simultaneously press keys ⇐ and ⇒ on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard. The screen Fig. 1 is displayed: 4. Press “OK” to display Fig. 2 Select the following and preceding pages (Fig. 2, Fig. 3 et Fig. 4) with the keys ⇐ and ⇒.

3 DC

Const

MA-11-01172A

Fig. 1 NOTE: Some parameters cannot be modified

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.11

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments Modify the required parameters using the buttons ⇐, ⇑, ⇒, ⇓ and “OK” on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard. Screen Code

Parameter

Tract code

Tractor Code AA

Tester code

Wintest user code

Interfac

Interface

Features

Specifications

Radar const

Radar constant

Eng spd pro

Maximum engine speed for maximum speed regulation

Units

Tract Code Tester Code Interfac Features Radar Const Eng Spd Pro Units Max Eng RPM MA-11-01173A

Units: 0= US 2= Metric

Max eng rpm

Maximum engine speed

Min eng rpm

Minimum engine speed

Clutch max

Maximum clutch value

Clutch mini

Minimum clutch value

R lever CAL0

Stored value at neutral of right-hand lever

R lever CAL+

Stored value at + of right-hand lever

R lever CAL-

Stored value at - of right-hand lever

Acceler Max

Maximum accelerator stored value

Acceler Min

Minimum accelerator stored value

Front PTO

Front PTO control

Max speed

Maximum allowed speed

Elec engine

Electronic injection: equivalent to label code D

Trans regul

-

Joystickcvt

-

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

3 927 419 371 0 240 2 235 Fig. 2

Min Eng RPM Clutch Max Clutch Min RLever Cal0 RLever Cal+ RLever CalAcceler Max Acceler Min

80 680 334 556 794 280 894 90

MA-11-01174A

Fig. 3

Front PTO Max Speed Elec Engine Trans Regul JoystickCVT

0 42 2 1 0 0 0 0

MA-11-01175A

Fig. 4

GUF214.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

E . Diagnostic mode The diagnostic mode is used to test and monitor the electronic functions of the tractor. The diagnostic menu may be entered at any time using the following procedure: Press the key ⇑ until the menu displaying the various diagnostics functions appears Fig. 1: - DATA: DCC2 system data - DC BIN: DCC2 digital input data (switches) - DC ANA: DCC2 analog input data - DC ERR: Stored DCC2 error codes - DC LED: DCC2 indicator lights check - DC GAUGE: DCC2 gauges check - TC BIN: TC digital input data (Autotronic 4) - TC ANA: TC analog input and frequency data (Autotronic 4) - TC EV: TC solenoid valves supply (Autotronic 4) - TC ERR: Error codes stored in TC (Autotronic 4) - EC BIN: DCC2 digital input data for electronic injection - EC ANA: DCC2 analog input data for electronic injection The selected function is displayed in reverse video. Select the required function using the buttons ⇐, ⇑, ⇒ and ⇓ of the DOT MATRIX control keyboard, then press “OK”.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01176A

Fig. 1

Engine Temp Trans Temp Clutch Pos Engine OilP Fuel Level Radar Speed Tempo Nerv Max Speed

74 42 100 458 8 0 1 33

MA-11-01177A

Fig. 2

DATA: DCC2 system data Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Engine temp

Engine temperature

Trans temp

Transmission temperature

Clutch pos

Clutch pedal travel

Engine oilP

Engine oil pressure

Fuel level

Remaining fuel value

Radar speed

Radar speed

Tempo new

-

Max speed

Maximum allowed speed

Battery Fil Alarm Pulse Alarm Bits Engine Sup Theo EngSpd Engine Load Right Lever Left lever

103 0 0 10 800 100 2 4

MA-11-01178A

Fig. 3

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.13

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Battery fil

Filtered battery voltage

Alarm pulse

-

Alarm bits

-

Engine sup

Underspeed supervisor

Theo eng spd

Engine design speed

Engine load

Engine load

Right-hand lever

Armrest lever

Left-hand lever

Steering wheel lever

Accelerator

Throttle pedal value

Set Ratio

Required transmission ratio

Act ratio

Current transmission ratio

Shu dec inc

100= Reverse shuttle 10= deceleration 1= acceleration

Speed incr

Acceleration value

Status lever

-

SV 1/2

0= no preselected speed 1= SV1 2= SV2

Hyd temp

Hydraulics temperature

Radar freq

Radar frequency between 0 and 273

Radar speed

Radar speed

Radar filt

Filtered radar speed

Trans speed

Design speed

Trans sprec

Recalculated design speed

ComputerNeu

-

Engine temp

Engine temperature

Accelerator Set Ratio Act Ratio Shu Dec Inc Speed Incr Status Levr SV l/2 Hyd Temp

0 0 0 1000 192 1 0 189

MA-11-01179A

Air In Temp Speed Dem Visco Speed Visco State Duty Cycle Pid Out REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

Fig. 4

Radar Freq Radar Speed Radar Filt Trans Speed Trans SpRec ComputerNeu

0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

MA-11-01180A

Fig. 5

Engine Temp Air In Temp Speed Dem Visco Speed Visco State Duty Cycle Pid Out

74 17 399 0 0 98 0 0

MA-11-01319A

Fig. 6

GUF214.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments DC BIN: DCC2 digital input data (switches) Screen Code

Diagnostic function

SV1E1 / E2 SV1 encoder SV2E1 / E2 SV2 encoder BocNc

Bottom-of-Clutch pedal switch (BOC) normally closed (NC)

BocNo

Bottom-of-Clutch pedal switch (BOC) normally open (NO)

Dig6

-

Park

Parking brake and ParkLock

P ESC

ESC (Escape) key

P OK

OK key

P↓

Move down arrow key

P↑

Move up arrow key

P→

Move right arrow key

P←

Move left arrow key

HBeam

Road lights

Light

Dipped lights

LINNc

Steering wheel lever Neutral switch normally closed (NC)

LINNo

Steering wheel lever Neutral switch normally open (NO)

FrSOn

Suspended front axle ON

FrSOf

Suspended front axle OFF

Toc

Top-of-Clutch switch (TOC)

TMain

-

SV1

SV1 switch

SV2

SV2 switch

Hyd F

Hydraulic filter

Hyd P

Hydraulic pressure

Air F

Air filter

Brk P

Brake pressure

PtoAu

Automatic PTO

Set In Implm

High position for trailed implement if switch input

Headl

-

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01181A

Fig. 7

Sv1E1 Sv2E1 BocNc Dig6 P Esc P P HBeam

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sv1E2 Sv2E2 BocNo Park P Ok P P Light

0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

MA-11-01182A

Fig. 8

LINNc FrSOn Toc Sv1 Hyd F Air F PtoAu Implm

0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

LINNo FrSOf TMain Sv2 Hyd P Brk P Set In Headl

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

MA-11-01183A

Fig. 9

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.15

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments DC ANA: DCC2 analog input data Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Clutch Sens

Clutch

Right lever

Armrest lever

Engine supv

Underspeed supervisor

Accelerator

Accelerator

Left lever

Steering wheel lever

Battery Dir

Battery voltage

9.5 Volts

Supply to sensors provided by DCC2

battery fil

Filtered battery voltage

Analog1 Spa

-

Analog2 Spa

-

Fuel Sensor

Fuel level

Engine Temp

Engine temperature

Oil Pressur

Engine oil pressure

NTC Input

-

Hy Oil Temp

Hydraulic oil temperature

Air Temp

Air temperature

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01186A

Fig. 10

Clutch Sens Right Lever Engine Supv Accelerator Left Lever Battery Dir 9.5 Volts Battery Fil

699 539 163 80 38 369 995 347

MA-11-01187A

Fig. 11

Analog1 Spa Analog2 Spa Fuel Sensor Engine Temp Oil Pressur NTC Input Hy Oil Temp Air Temp

930 943 283 939 899 874 773 29

MA-11-01188A

Fig. 12

GUF214.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments DC ERR: Stored DCC2 error codes The error codes are displayed with their occurrences Fig. 14.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01184A

Fig. 13

E 156 13 E 155 1 E 136 5 E 0 0 E 0 0 E 0 0 E 0 0 E 0 0

E E E E E E E E

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

MA-11-01185A

Fig. 14

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.17

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments DC LED: DCC2 indicator lights check In ON position, all LEDs are lit (excluding headlight and direction indicator lights) Fig. 17

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01189A

Fig. 15

LED / On/Off MA-11-01190A

Fig. 16

2

1

10

15

5

0

20

RPM x 100

25

MA-11-01210A

Fig. 17

GUF214.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments DC GAUGE: DCC2 gauges check The three DCC2 gauges (tachometer, coolant temperature and fuel tank) can be forced to low, intermediate and high position.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01191A

Fig. 18

Gauges / MA-11-01192A

Fig. 19

2

1

10

15

5

0

Gauges /

20

RPM x 100

25

A

540 750 1000

A

B

KPH MPH RPM

MA-11-01209A

Fig. 20

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.19

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments TC BIN: TC digital input data (Autotronic 4) Screen Code

Diagnostic function

HTemp

Auxiliary hydraulic oil temperature

RShaf

Summing shaft speed

VrRef

Transmission control unit

Crown

Bevel gear design speed

Pfa

4WD switch

Diff

Differential lock switch

RPtoC

Front PTO rotation

F Pto

-

RPtoF

PTO ON/OFF switch on fender

Range

Hare / Tortoise range selector switch

L Brk

Left-hand brake switch

R brk

Right-hand brake switch

Pto n

PTO neutral switch

Pto54

540 rpm PTO speed selector switch

Pto75

750 rpm PTO speed selector switch

Pto10

1000 rpm PTO speed selector switch

Ignit

+12V APC (Ignition key ON)

SusOn

Suspended front axle switch ON

Park

Parking brake switch

SusOf

Suspended front axle switch OFF

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01198A

Fig. 21

HTemp VrRef Pfa RPtoC RPtoF L Brk Pto N Pto75

0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2

RShaf Crown Diff F Pto Range R Brk Pto54 Pto10

0 0 2 3 2 2 2 2

MA-11-01199A

Fig. 22

Ignit SusOn

0 2

Park SusOf

0 2

MA-11-01200A

Fig. 23

GUF214.20

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments TC ANA: TC analog input and frequency data (Autotronic 4) Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Engine Spd1

Engine speed sensor

Engine Spd 1

Engine speed sensor

FrontPto Spd

Front PTO speed

RPtoShaf spd

PTO shaft speed

RPtoClu Spd

PTO clutch speed

HydShaf Spd

Summing shaft speed

Crown spd

Bevel gear design speed

HiPressure

High pressure (transmission circuit)

Range Pos

Range position

FrAxle Sens

-

Trans Temp

Transmission temperature

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01193A

Fig. 24

Engine Spd1 Engine Spd1 FrontPto Spd RPtoShaf Spd RPtoClu Spd HydShaf Spd Crown spd HiPressure

840 840 0 0 0 0 0 10

MA-11-01194A

Fig. 25

Range Pos FrAxle Sens Trans Temp

49 0 170 245

MA-11-01195A

Fig. 26

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.21

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments TC EV: TC solenoid valves supply (Autotronic 4) Screen Code

Diagnostic function

RPto

PTO solenoid valve

FPto

Front PTO solenoid valve

V540

540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

V750

750 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

V1000

1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Neutr

Coupler function solenoid valve

30kph

Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph

Prior

-

Rang1

Tortoise range solenoid valve

Rang2

Hare range solenoid valve

Diffl

Differential lock solenoid valve

Pfa

4 WD solenoid valve

AcOunt

Transmission control unit

REMINDER: Values are usually calculated from a precise parameter, calibration or characteristic; for this reason they cannot be considered as default values or used to draw comparisons.

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01196A

Fig. 27

RPto V540 V1000 30kph Rang1 Diffl AcOut

0 0 0 0 0 0 1

FPto V750 Neutr Prior Rang2 Pfa

0 0 0 0 0 0

MA-11-01197A

Fig. 28

GUF214.22

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments TC ERR: Error codes stored in TC (Autotronic 4)

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01201A

Fig. 29

E5153 E4108 E6101 E6143 E6110 E0000 E0000 E0000

E0000 E0000 E0000 E0000 E0000 E0000 E0000 E0000

MA-11-01202A

Fig. 30

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF214.23

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments EC BIN: DCC2 digital input data for electronic injection

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01205A

EC ANA: DCC2 analog input data for electronic injection

DIAGNOSTIC DATA DC BIN DC ANA DC ERR DC LED DC GAUGE TC BIN TC ANA TC EV TC ERR EC BIN EC ANA MA-11-01203A

Fig. 31

Switch A Switch B Switch + Switch Hours

0 0 0 0 128

MA-11-01206A

Fig. 33

Droop Curv Torque Curv Engine Temp Fuel Cons Air Inlet Oil Pressur Engine Load Torque Ref

5 1 120 20 79 78 73 590

MA-11-01204A

Fig. 32 Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Switch A

A memorised speed activation switch

Switch B

B memorised speed activation switch

+ Switch

+ switch for memorised speeds adjustment

- Switch

- switch for memorised speeds adjustment

Hours

Total engine hours stored by engine electronic calculator

GUF214.24

¤ H

Fig. 34 Screen Code

Diagnostic function

Droop Curv

Regulation slope: always 5%

Torque Curv

Torque curve

Engine Temp Engine temperature Fuel Cons

Fuel consumption

Air Inlet

Vacuum gauge

Oil Pressur

Engine oil pressure

Engine Load

Engine load

Torque Ref

Reference torque

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

F . Adjusting the manoeuvring pedal Manoeuvring pedal assembly (Fig. 37) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Bottom of clutch switch (BOC) Starter safety switch Pedal pressed adjustment screw Pedal released stop adjustment screw Top of pedal switch Progressivity potentiometer

- The manoeuvring pedal can be used when manoeuvring in very tight spaces or when hitching an implement. - It is not necessary to use this pedal to reverse direction. - The position of the manoeuvring pedal is transmitted to the DCC2 by the sensors.

Fig. 35

Adjusting BOC - Tighten to provide a clearance of 0.3 to 1mm between the switch body and the holder (Section C-C. - Tighten the lock nut to a torque of 6 - 9 Nm. Adjusting the potentiometer and switch - Fit the potentiometer into its housing. - Tighten the screws in order to reach the centre of the ports (Fig. 35). - Fit the plastic fork and tighten the screws with Loctite 241 or equivalent (Fig. 36). - Adjust the released pedal stop adjustment screw (5) to provide a clearance of 6mm (view B). - Fit and tighten the top of pedal switch (6) to a torque of 18 to 30 Nm. - With the pedal released (top), allow 0.5 to 0.7 mm clearance between the switch body and screw head (4) (view A).

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

Fig. 36

GUF214.25

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Calibrations, constants and adjustments

A

6

4

B

5

J = 0,5 / 0,7 mm 18 - 30 Nm

2

7

6

J = 6 mm

4

C

A

E

D 3 5

C

B E

D

Loctite 241

8 Nm

2

J = 0,3/1,00 mm

C-C 6 - 9 Nm

3

E-E

J = 0,5 mm

MA-11-01132A

GUF214.26

¤ H

Fig. 37

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

GUF215 - DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.1

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

GUF215.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF215.3

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF215.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

B . Electrical diagrams Electrical power supply .............................................. 7 Radar and DOT MATRIX keyboard - tractor with EHRC linkage calculator........................................................ 9 DOT MATRIX keyboard - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator...................................................... 11 Radar - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator.. 13 Vistronic ................................................................... 15 Auxiliary hydraulics dipstick...................................... 17 CAN network - Perkins engine ................................. 19 CAN network - SisuDiesel engine with EHRC linkage calculator .................................................................. 21 CAN network - SisuDiesel engine with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator...................................................... 23

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.5

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 06 FAI 20 FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 48 FAI 128 FAI 130

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Console harness Transmission harness Vistronic harness Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT console harness Linkage with Dual Control harness DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 CAB16 CAB31 ENG33 TR27 TR35

Instrument panel (DCC2) DOT MATRIX control keyboard Display change control knob Vistronic Radar Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge

2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

Electrical power supply

31

46 24 1

68 45 23

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

FAI 02

BAF9.3/CAB1.1

R

BAF7.8/CAB1.68

M

CAB28 CAB28.1/CAB1.23

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

N

1

F51-15A 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF7

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF9

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF7 F4-10A

+12V AP. CONTACT

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

1

3

5

7

9

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

2

4

6

8

10

F4- 10A 1 X2 F51 - 15A +12V BATTERIE

1 X4 MA-11-01326A

2

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

2

GUF215.7

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

Radar and DOT MATRIX keyboard - tractor with EHRC linkage calculator TR1 1

2

ENG1

CAB1

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

9 10

0 1 2 3

12 13 14 15 16 17

CAB1.18/S20.1

B

FAI 01

5 6 7 8

S20

19 20 21 22 23 24

TR27 TR27

3 4 5 6

TR27.1/TR1.1 ENG10.6/TR27.2

8 9 10 11 12

12

B

FAI 06

2 3 4 5

B

31

39 40 41

ENG1.23/ENG10.6

B TR

S20.1/ENG1.23

FAI 02

7 8 9 0 31

CAB50

1

5 6

1

CAB50

43 44 45 46 47 48

FAI 04 FAI 31

50 51 2

10

CAB51.1/S2.1

20

RPM x 100

S2

R

CAB50.15/S2.1

R

53 54 55 56 57 58

15

5

0

1

0

26 27 28 29 30

1

N

25

60 61 62 63 64 65

1 2 3

5

67 68

CAB15

1 2

CAB31

FAI 03 FAI 48 CAB15.5/CAB16.3 CAB15.6/CAB16.5 CAB15.7/CAB16.4

CAB15.3/CAB16.7

B

1

2

S5.1/CAB31.1

S5

R

CAB1.52/CAB31.2

BAF12.1/CAB51.1

B

R

2

FAI 02 BAF12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F4- 10A

12 11

9 8 7 6

10 9 8 7

4 3 2 1 BAF8.5/S

X2 F22 - 10A +APC

F22 F4

BAF8

CAB16 2

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

MA-11-01228A

GUF215.9

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

DOT MATRIX keyboard - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

CAB1

68

F22

CAB31

2 1 1

CAB31

2

R

24

1 23

45

46

CAB01

2

CAB1.52/CAB31.2

B

S5.1/CAB31.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

S5

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

BAF8.5/S5.1

FAI02

R

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F22 - 10A

X2 1

+APC

BAF8

MA-10-06045A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2

5 6 7

CAB15

1 2 3

4

CAB16

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB15.1/CAB16.1 CAB15.4/CAB16.2 CAB15.5/CAB16.3 CAB15.7/CAB16.4 CAB15.6/CAB16.5 CAB15.2/CAB16.6 CAB15.3/CAB16.7

B B B B B B B

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB16

GUF215.11

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

Radar - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

CAB01

S24 CAB1.18/S24.1

TR31

1 8 9 22

4

23 12

FAI06

16 15

13

27

14 25

28

6 5

24

29 17

1

26

ENG10

TR27.1/TR31.1

1 2 3 4

TR27

S1.1/TR27.3

N R

ENG10.5/S1.1 TR27.2/ENG10.6 S1

1 12

4

3

2

2

3

4

11 10 9

5 8

6 7

R B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

ENG1.23/ENG10.6

S7.1/ENG10.5

R

B

S7

FAI01 6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

1

ENG10 ENG1.8/S7.1

R

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9 10

2 7

29 17

11

6

28

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

25

S24.1/ENG1.23

B

FAI02

BAF7.7/ENG1.8

B

46 24 1

ENG1

CAB01

68 45 23

TR27

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21

8 19

18

18 7

3 11

30

ENG1

30 19

2

20

31

31

20 21 10

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB01

BAF7 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F16 - 30A

X2 1

2

+12V

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

BAF7

MA-10-06043A

F16-30A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.13

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

Vistronic

68

1

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

ENG1.5/CAB1.3

B

FAI02

27

14 26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG1

ENG1

9

17

11

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

6

500-2/3W-+/-5%

10

2 7

28

21

8 19

18 29

25

2 1

6 6

5

4

3

2

5

2

3

4

1

1

ENG19 ENG1.6/ENG19.1 B ENG9.1/ENG19.2 N ENG9.1/ENG19.3 N ENG1.5/ENG19.4 B ENG1.14/ENG19.5 B

FAI01

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

ENG19.1/S1.1

S1

B

ENG19.5/S2.1

B

S2

ENG19

FAI20

1

ENG9

1

ENG1.6/CAB1.62

R1

B B

16

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

3

4

5

5 4 3 2 1

ENG33

B

CAB1.66/ENG1.14

R

23

45

46

CAB01

CAB1

28

15

13 25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

17 6

5

24

29

R1.2/S1.1 R1.1/S2.1

4 12

CAB1

18 7

1

11 23

30

30 19

2

ENG33.5/S2.1 B ENG19.4/ENG33.4 B ENG19.3/ENG33.3 N ENG19.2/ENG33.2 N ENG33.1/S1.1 B

8 9 3

20

31

31

20 21 10 22

MA-10-06063A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.15

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

Auxiliary hydraulics dipstick

FAI23

L14.23/L20.8

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14

L14

TR35 1

FAI128

TR31

FAI130 TR36 TR35 TR36.2/L14.23

B

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

TR36.2/TR35.1 TR35.2/TR31.1

B N

1 2

TR36

L20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB18

FAI31

L20.8/CAB18.7

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI35 CAB18.7/CAB10.61

B

CAB18

L20

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB01

CAB01

MA-10-06013A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.17

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

CAN network - Perkins engine

68 45 23

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

TR18 S21 S20

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

1 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 7

FAI 32

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6

FAI 31

CAB18

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5

J V

4

S9.1/CAB18.1 S8.1/CAB18.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

TR18

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

V J

ENG2 ENG2

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

1

2 3 11 10

4 9

5 8

6 7

AC1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2

26

24 25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

1

7

8

9

10

S5 S6

2

11 12

L14

21

8 9

10 22

1 2

3

4

1

2

3

4

6

5

4

3

7

8

9

10

2

J V

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

11 12

FAI 23

4

3

1

2

4

V1

J V S5

L14.13/S6.1 S5.1/L14.12

S6

J V

FAI 24

V1.2/S5.1 V1.3/S6.1

1 2 3 4

V J

3

2

1

V1 1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J

FAI 25

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V S4 J

S4.1/CAB110.11 S3 S3.1/CAB110.20

V J

FAI 33

L22 V J

S8

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

15 16

CAB110

55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 68

S1

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S5

FS1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

L13 38

55

20

37

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

1 2

6

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

CAB110 S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 V

L13 L13 FS4

11 12 13 14

J

FAI 33

FAI 68

1

V J

CAB110

S9

AC1

55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

26

S6.1/L14.16 S5.1/L14.15

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

27

14 25

L14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

S2

28 16

15

13 24

29 17

6 5

J V

L13.14/AC1.12 AC1.11/L13.33

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

18 7

1 4

12

S3

30 19

2 3

11 23

1

23 12

13 14

27

22 11

4 5

11

10 3

1 6

6 1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

V4

FAI 46

7

V

1 2

CA8

20

9 2

7

31

20

1

CAB1.37/S21.1

V4

4

19

21

8 19

17 28

15

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

3

2

10

AC2

CA8

29

30 18 29

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

20

31

16

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

7

1

3

6

8

1 2 3 4

4

5

9

1 2 3 4

V3

5

4

2

V3

4

3

2

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

FAI 41

5 6 7

3

11 10

1 2 3 4

4

12

1 2 3 4

V2

2 3

1

FAI 35

V J

V2

V J

AC2.8/S8.1 S9.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

5 6 7

AC12 AC12

J

FAI 31

X

X

4

6

28

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1

CAB1.16/S20.1

22 11

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13 25

21

8 19

18 17

V5

V4

X

3

12 24

20

31 30

29

V3

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V2

4

29 17

AC12

5

18 7

1 4

23

30 19

2

ENG2.1/ENG4.52 J ENG2.2/ENG4.61 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

8 9 3

11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

31

20 21 10 22

J V

J V

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1

KPH MPH RPM

CAB18 S8

2

540 750 1000

46 24 1

.

B

TR18

S9

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

3

.

A

CA1

4

.

2

70

34

5

1

64

FAI 28

6

A

. AUTO

56

63

7

25

42

57

5 6 7

20

RPM x 100

28

CAB50 CAB50

CAB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

14

43

4

5

0

V J

8

7

29

1 2 3

15

FAI 31

1

15

J V J V

10

120

26

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

2

1

1

27

25

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

V J

CAB83

S8.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S9.1

15 14

24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 16

5 13

25

29 17

6

ENG4

CAB1

12

ENG4

18 7

1 4

24

14

2

30 19

2 3

11

13

27

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

46 24 1

CAB54

22

23 12

5

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6

CAB54 CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

1

19

J V B

N

P E

M

D A C

L

B K J

F

G

H

FS2

4

5

9

29

33

10

3

15

2

22

16 23

37

9

FS2

4

28

34

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

1

5

MA-11-01150A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.19

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.20

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

CAN network - SisuDiesel engine with EHRC linkage calculator

CAB83 1

120

S8.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S9.1

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

FAI 31

V J

FAI 38

CAB18

S8

S9.1/CAB18.1 S8.1/CAB18.2

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

S21 S20

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

68 45 23

3

4

7

6

5

FAI 35

V J

1

8 7

2

6

3

5 17

1 4

28

6

12

16

5 15

13

27

14

24

29

7

3 11

23

25

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

ENG4

ENG4 ENG4

15

12 13 24

14 26

25

V

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1

AC1

5 6 7

CA8

1 2

CA8

1 2

4

1 2 3 4 3

2

V4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

V4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

4

1

3

2

1

4

2

3

4

24 25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

8 9

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

V J

V J S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3 29

L22

J V

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

15

13

27

14 25

26

4 S6.1/L14.16 S5.1/L14.15

1

FAI 23

3

1

2

S5 L14.13/S6.1 S5.1/L14.12

S6

J V

V1.2/S5.1 V1.3/S6.1

FAI 24

2

1

V1

1 2 3 4

V J

1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J

FAI 25

L22

L22A

3

4

V1

J V

L14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

V S4 J

S4.1/CAB110.11 S3 S3.1/CAB110.20

V J

FAI 33

V J

S8

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB110

L111

15 16

11 12 13 14

S9

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

1 2

6

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

CAB110 CAB110 S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 V

FAI 68

J

FAI 33

S1

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S5

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

FAI 68 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FS1

L13 L13 FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

L13 38

55

20

37

1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

28 16

J V

L13.14/AC1.12 AC1.11/L13.33

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

S2

17 6

5

24

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

18 7

1 4

12

S3

30 19

2 3

11 23

1

26

21 10 22

11

23 12

14

27

22 11

4 13

20

10 3

1 5 15

19

9 2

7 6 16

FAI 46

10

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

29

30

29

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

20

31

28

AC2 AC2

CAB1.37/S21.1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 41

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2 3 4

V3

2

7

X

X 1

3

6

8

V3

4

3

4

5

2

5

4

3

1

6

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

7

1 12

1 2 3 4

V2

5 6 7

V J

V2

4

AC2.8/S8.1 S9.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

V4

X

AC12 AC12

J

FAI 31

V3

1 2 3

CAB1.16/S20.1

23

4 5

16 27

V J

FAI 35

6

28

1 2 3

27 26

22 11

1

28 16

15 14

10 3

1

2

17 6

5 13

9 2

7

3

4 12 24

21

8 19

18 17

V2

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31 30

29

AC12

4

29

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

5

18 7

1

11 23

30 19

2

ENG2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

8 9 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

31

20 21 10 22

J V

J V

ENG2 S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1

KPH MPH RPM

2

18

1

540 750 1000

46 24 1

.

1 8

22

2

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

30 19

2

3

.

A

CAB18

8 9

4

.

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

21 10

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

31

20

5

1

J V

CA1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

A

. AUTO

CA1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50 CAB50

S9

TR18

7

25

TR18

FAI 32

5 6 7

20

RPM x 100

J

4

5

0

TR18.2/CAB50.4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 3

15

V

1

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

TR18.5/CAB50.7

J V J V

2

1

CAB1

26

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

27

25

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4

V J

28 16

15 14

24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 17

6 5

13

25

2

18 7

1 4

12

24

14

TR18

30 19

2 3

11

13

25

CAB1

23

12

5

27

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

22

23

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

CAB54 CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

19

1 5 10 16 23 29 34

4

J V B

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

FS2 5

MA-11-01159A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.21

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 Engine harness FAI 02 Instrument panel harness FAI 03 Console harness FAI 06 Transmission harness FAI 20 Vistronic harness FAI 23 Cab linkage harness FAI 31 Cab DynaVT transmission harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 128Linkage with Dual Control harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB16 DOT MATRIX control keyboard CAB31 Display change control knob ENG33 Vistronic TR27 Radar TR35 Auxiliary hydraulics oil gauge 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF215.22

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

CAN network - SisuDiesel engine with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

23

24

14

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

CAB83 1 120

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

FAI 31

V J

8

30 19

9

18

2

17

1

11 4 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3

23

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 28

CA1

ENG4

34

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

1

8

FAI 32

FAI 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

J V

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

11

1 6

28

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

10 22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14 26

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

1 2 3 4 1 2

3

4

3

V J S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

V J S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3 1

2

S5

J V

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

CAB1 29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

13

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

J V V J

FAI 68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141 CAB141

11 12 14

S9

CAB141

L13

16

CAB112

FS1 L13

15

FAI 131

FAI 68

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L 22

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

1 2 3 4

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1 2 3 4

FAI 128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1

L22

J V

3

4

J V

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

4

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

V5

3

7

V5

4

16

S4

4

6

3

26

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

5

5 8

1 2

27

14 25

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

V4

15

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V4

4

S2

17 6

5 13

24

29

7 1

4 12

4

V

3

18

2 3

11 23

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2

19

9 10 22

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2

CA8

4

7

CA8

S3

5

6

1 2

30

6

5 8

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8

5 6

4

3

1 2 3 4

31

20 21

4

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V3

1

9 2

7 17

27

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

1 12

V3

4

3

2

19 18 29 28

21

8

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

V J

1 2 3 4

3

20

31 30

J V J V

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

1 2 3 4

V2

V J

FAI 41

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 31

V2

1 2

AC2

J

X

X

X

5 6 7

AC12

ENG2

CAB1.16/S20.1

V5

V4

4

17

22

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

17

1 4

12 24

30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31

V3

4

29

V2

5

18 7

11 23

30 19

2 3

AC12 AC12

6

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

J V

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1 2 3

46 24 1

31

20 21 10

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

68 45 23

26

22

CAB18 S13 S12

FAI 35

CAB1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG4

28 16 27

14 25

TR18

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

29 17

15

CAB50

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

18

6 5

13 24

25

2

30

7 1

4 12

CAB50

19 2

3 11

13

26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

22

23 12

5

27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

4

J V B

FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01384A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF215.23

DCC2 (DynaVT) - Electrical diagrams

GUF215.24

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

Autotronic 4 - Description

11D10 - Autotronic 4 - Description

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Allocation of Autotronic 4 pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11D10.1

Autotronic 4 - Description

11D10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description

A . General

TECHstar Dyna VT CAN network

The electronic control circuit of the Dyna VT transmission on 8400 series tractors comprises three main components: the Autotronic 4 (transmission controller), the DCC2 (second generation digital instrument panel), and the CAN network. These components are connected via harnesses, switches, potentiometers, sensors and solenoid valves. The Autotronic 4 is fitted in the cab floor to the right of the driver’s seat.

1

10

7

8

9

1 2 3 4 5 6

ESC

The Autotronic 4 and DCC2 also contain a self-diagnostics function intended to warn the operator when the circuit or one of the components is defective or disconnected. The error code diagnostics help qualified personnel when troubleshooting the various control components. These codes are displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen of the DCC2 and may, depending on the severity of the breakdown, place the transmission in neutral or allow it to continue functioning. Codes are stored in memory and can be later displayed by qualified personnel to troubleshoot intermittent problems (see Error codes section). The Autotronic 4 receives the following information from the DCC2 via the CAN network: position of the clutch pedal, reverse shuttle lever, armrest lever, lever / pedal mode switch, SV1 and SV2 switch encoders, underspeed supervisor, PTO automation switch, Headland switch and keys of the DOT MATRIX keypad. The Autotronic 4 is also connected to all the tractor electronic calculators as well as to the diagnostics connector (for programming and setting parameters with Wintest) via the CAN network (Fig. 1).

CAN network

4

2

6

16

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

7 2

5

8

6

10

DCC2 Autotronic 4 CAN network

16-way diagnostics connector Electronic injection control unit (EEM) Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator Autotronic 5 ParkLock calculator Datatronic 3 Joystick Electrohydraulic spool valves Automatic air conditioning controller

11 12 13 14

Location

1

3 9

4

Other CAN network connections (Fig. 1) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

3

15

The transmission electronic control circuit (Fig. 1) (1) (2)

5

MA-11-06075A

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11D10.3

Autotronic 4 - Description The Autotronic 4 and DCC2 both control the tractor functions. The Autotronic 4 directly receives input signals generated by the operator, for example from the brake pedals and parking brake switches, 4WD switches and differential lock, Hare / Tortoise range switch, PTO speed control and selector switches. It also receives input signals directly from the sensors, for example engine speed, transmission input and output speeds, Hare / Tortoise range position, PTO speed, transmission oil temperature as well as from the transmission oil pressure switches and filter clogging switches. The status of these sensors and switches is transmitted to the DCC2 by the CAN network and is used by the Autotronic 4 to activate the transmission control unit and the various solenoid valves: Hare / Tortoise, clutch coupler, speed regulator, 4WD, differential lock and PTO (Fig. 2).

30

29

28

27

26

25

1

24 CAN 23

2

Autotronic 4 Parts list (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30)

Transmission control unit (TR18) Hare / Tortoise range position sensor (TR8) 4WD switch (CAB67) Engine speed sensor (TR23) Clutch speed sensor (TR10) Transmission oil temperature sensor (TR12) Brake switches (CAB10-CAB11) Bevel gear design speed sensor (TR11) PTO control module (CAB61) Emergency control switch (CAB53) Emergency handbrake switch (TR20) PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders (LIG11) Transmission oil high pressure sensor (TR17) Steering pressure switch (TR33) Differential lock switch (CAB66) PTO shaft speed sensor (TR9) PTO ON/OFF switch (CAB70) Hare / Tortoise range selector switch (CAB76) Summing shaft speed sensor (TR19) Transmission oil filter clogging switch (TR13) Rear PTO solenoid valve (TR2) 540 or 540E rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (TR6) (depending on option) 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (TR3) Tortoise range solenoid valve (TR14) Hare range solenoid valve (TR15) Coupler function solenoid valve (TR16) Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph (TR24) Reversing light junction (LIG15) (optional) Differential lock solenoid valve (TR7) 4WD solenoid valve (TR5)

3

22

4

21

5

20

6

19

18 7 17 8

68

46 45

24

16

23

1

9

15

10

11

12

13

14

CAN MA-11-06076A

Fig. 2

11D10.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description Transmission control unit (TR18)

TR18

It is fitted to the right-hand part of the transmission (Fig. 3). The control unit drives the cam channel drive shaft, which changes the transmission ratio. The Autotronic 4 activates the control unit via the CAN network and receives an electrical signal of the angular position of the actuator via an incremental sensor in the control unit.

TR12

Hare / Tortoise range position sensor (TR8) It is located on the left-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 4). The sensor measures the speed selector travel and informs the Autotronic 4. 4WD switch (CAB67) The switch is located on the cab right-hand console. It allows the 4 WD front axle to be engaged or not.

Fig. 3

MA-11-06078A

Engine speed sensor (TR23) The sensor is fitted to the left-hand part of the engine spacer (Fig. 5). It sends a signal proportional to engine speed to the Autotronic 4.

TR8

MA-11-06081A

Fig. 4

TR23

MA-11-06093A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 5

11D10.5

Autotronic 4 - Description PTO clutch speed sensor (TR10) The sensor is fitted to the rear of the tractor above the PTO output (Fig. 6). It measures the PTO clutch rotational speed and informs the Autotronic 4.

TR10

Transmission oil temperature sensor (TR12) It is fitted to the right of the transmission (Fig. 3). It monitors the transmission oil temperature and informs the Autotronic 4. Left and right brake switches (CAB10-CAB11) The switches are located on top of the brake pedals (Fig. 7). They inform the Autotronic 4 of the brake pedal position (released or not). Bevel gear design speed sensor (TR11) The sensor is fitted to the right of the transmission (Fig. 8). It sends a signal proportional to tractor ground speed to the Autotronic 4 and informs it of the direction of travel.

MA-11-06082A

Fig. 6

CAB10 CAB11

MA-11-06077A

Fig. 7

TR11

MA-11-06079A

Fig. 8

11D10.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description PTO control module (CAB61) The module is located on the cab right-hand console. It comprises 3 PTO speed selector switches (Fig. 9): (1) 1000 rpm PTO speed (2) 540 or 540E rpm PTO speed (depending on option) (3) PTO neutral

1000

1

Emergency control switch (CAB53) It is fitted in the cab floor, to the right of the driver’s seat. The switch allows the tractor to be started when there is a transmission failure.

540

2

1000

3

540E

Emergency handbrake switch (TR20) The switch is fitted to the left on the rear axle (Fig. 10). It informs the Autotronic 4 when the emergency handbrake is used, and this transmits the signal to the Autotronic 5 ParkLock via the CAN network.

Fig. 9

MA-11-06080A

PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders (LIG11) It is fitted on the left-hand fender. The switch allows the PTO to be engaged or disengaged (in this case, it must be held down for at least 6 seconds).

TR20

Transmission oil high pressure sensor (TR17) It is located on the right-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 11). It transmits instantaneous pressure in the high pressure circuit to the Autotronic 4.

MA-11-6086A

Fig 10

TR17

MA-11-06083A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 11

11D10.7

Autotronic 4 - Description Steering pressure switch (TR33) It is fitted on the engine spacer (Fig. 12) The sensor measures the steering pressure and informs the Autotronic 4.

TR33

Differential lock switch (CAB66) It is located on the cab right-hand console. The switch allows the differential lock to be engaged and disengaged. PTO shaft speed sensor (TR9) The sensor is located on the rear axle (Fig. 13). It measures the PTO output shaft rotational speed and informs the Autotronic 4. PTO ON/OFF switch (CAB70)

Fig. 12

MA-11-06087A

It is located on the cab right-hand console. The switch allows the PTO to be engaged and disengaged. Hare / Tortoise range selector switch (CAB76)

TR9

The switch is located on the cab front right-hand console. It ensures the Hare / Tortoise range change. Summing shaft speed sensor (TR19) It is fitted to the right of the transmission (Fig. 14). The sensor measures the summing shaft rotational speed and direction and informs the Autotronic 4.

MA-11-06084A

Fig. 13

MA-11-06085A

Fig. 14

TR19

11D10.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description Transmission oil filter clogging switch (TR13) It is fitted to the right of the transmission (Fig. 15). The sensor monitors the transmission oil filter clogging status and informs the Autotronic 4.

TR13

Rear PTO solenoid valve (TR2) It is fitted on top of the rear axle (Fig. 16). It allows the PTO to be engaged and disengaged. 540 or 540E rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (TR6) (depending on option) It is fitted on top of the rear axle (Fig. 16). It allows 540 or 540E PTO speeds to be selected. 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (TR3)

MA-11-06088A

Fig. 15

It is fitted on top of the rear axle (Fig. 16). It allows the 1000 rpm PTO speed to be selected. Tortoise range solenoid valve (TR14) It is located on the right-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 17). It allows the Tortoise range to be selected. Hare range solenoid valve (TR15) It is located on the right-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 17). It allows the Hare range to be selected.

TR2 TR6 TR3

MA-11-06089A

Fig. 16

TR15

TR14

MA-11-06090A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 17

11D10.9

Autotronic 4 - Description Coupler function solenoid valve (TR16) It is located on the right-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 18). It allows the coupler function to be activated or not.

TR24

Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph (TR24) It is located on the right-hand side of the transmission (Fig. 18). It limits ground speed to 30 kph when using limp home mode.

TR16 Reversing light junction (LIG15) (optional) It is located at the rear of the tractor. The reversing light is controlled by the Autotronic 4 when reverse position is engaged.

MA-11-06091A

Fig. 18

Differential lock solenoid valve (TR7) It is fitted on top of the rear axle (Fig. 19). It allows the differential lock to be activated and deactivated. 4WD solenoid valve (TR5) It is fitted on top of the rear axle (Fig. 19). It allows the 4WD front axle to be engaged and disengaged.

TR5 TR7

MA-11-06092A

Fig 19

11D10.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description

B . Allocation of Autotronic 4 pins

MA-11-01137A

The Autotronic 4 electronic calculator is fitted with a 68-pin connector (Fig. 20) whose pin allocation is given in the table below.

68

46 45

24

23

1

Fig. 20

Description of 68-pin connector

Pin

Description

1

Sensor ground

2

Sensor supply

3

Not used

4 TR18

Transmission control unit

6

TR8

Hare / Tortoise range position sensor

7

Not used

8

Wired but not used

5

12V output

CAN Low CAN High Current input (4-20mA)

9

CAB67 4WD switch

Current input (4-20mA)

10

CAB53 Emergency control switch

Current output (4-20mA)

11

Not used

12

TR23

Engine speed sensor

Frequency input

13

TR19

Summing shaft speed sensor

Frequency input

14

TR10

PTO clutch speed sensor

Frequency input

15

TR12

Oil transmission temperature sensor

Digital input

16

CAB10 Right-hand brake switch

Digital input

17

Not used

18

TR11

Bevel gear design speed sensor (rotational direction)

Digital input

19

TR18

Transmission control unit

Digital input

20

CAB61 750 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

21

TR20

22

LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders

Emergency handbrake switch

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Signal

Digital input Digital input Digital input

11D10.11

Autotronic 4 - Description

Pin

Description

23

Sensor supply

24

Not used

25

LIG15 Reversing light junction

26

CAN Low

27

CAN High

28

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

Signal 8.5V output

Current output (0.5A)

29

TR17

Transmission oil high pressure sensor

Current input (0-20mA)

30

TR33

Steering pressure sensor

Current input (0-20mA)

31

CAB66 Differential lock switch

Current input (0-20mA)

32

Wired but not used

33

Not used

34

TR11

Bevel gear design speed sensor

Frequency input

35

TR9

PTO shaft speed sensor

Frequency input

36

Not used

37

Not used

38

CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch

Digital input

39

CAB11 Left-hand brake switch

Digital input

40

CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch

Digital input

41

CAB61 1000 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Digital input

42

TR19

Summing shaft speed sensor (rotational direction)

Digital input

43

CAB61 540 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Digital input

44

CAB61 Neutral switch on PTO control module

Digital input

45

TR13

46

Not used

47

Transmission oil filter clogging sensor

Digital input

TR2

Rear PTO solenoid valve

PWM output (4A)

48

TR6

750 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Current output (4A)

49

Not used

50

TR16

Coupler function solenoid valve

PWM output (4A)

51

TR24

Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph

PWM output (4A)

52

Not used

53

TR3

1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Current output (4A)

54

+12V battery supply

55

Calculator ground

56

+12V battery supply

57

+12V battery supply

58

+12V battery supply

59

+12V battery supply

11D10.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 4 - Description

Pin 60

Description +12V battery supply

61

TR14

Tortoise range solenoid valve

Current output (5A)

62

TR15

Hare range solenoid valve

Current output (5A)

63

TR7

Differential lock solenoid valve

Current output (5A)

64

TR5

4WD solenoid valve

Current output (5A)

65

Wired but not used

66

Wired but not used

67

Not used

68

Wired but not used

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Signal

11D10.13

Autotronic 4 - Description

11D10.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

GUF401 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

CONTENTS A . Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF401.1

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

GUF401.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

A . Programming IMPORTANT: For any new Autotronic 4, it is necessary to proceed to parameter setting first. Programming can then be carried out, only to update the soft delivered with the new unit, if required. - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - The programming of the Autotronic 4 is necessary: - if the calculator has been replaced by a new one and if the soft installed in the new unit is an older version than that present in Wintest - when a new program becomes available to improve the product. - Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “Programming AUTO4” icon.

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 label - Linkage Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF401.3

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed: Programming Autotronic 4 Existing version: 01.05 New version: 01.06

Do you want to reprogram? OK

Boot Soft MA-11-01123A

There are 2 available choices: - Updating the Boot (only for calculators currently programmed with 01.04 or 01.05 version), - Programming the soft.

Updating the Boot REMINDER : Updating the Boot is only for calculators currently programmed with 01.04 or 01.05 version. If the program version is later, only the soft needs to be programmed. - Select the Boot line if the calculator is programmed with 01.04 or 01.05 version. - Click: “OK” to carry out programming to cancel programming - The following screen appears, displaying a progress gauge in the lower part of the screen to indicate the Boot programming status:

Programming Autotronic 4 Existing version: 01.05 New version: 01.06

Programming in progress... OK

Boot Soft MA-11-01124A

Programming lasts approximately 30 seconds. - When programming is complete, the window closes. NOTE: To validate the Boot update, switch off the ignition key! It is now possible to program the calculator with soft version 01.06.

GUF401.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters Programming the Soft - Select the Soft line if the Boot has just been updated or if the program version is 01.06 or later. - Click: “OK” to carry out programming to cancel programming - The following screen appears, displaying a progress gauge in the lower part of the screen to indicate the programming status:

Programming Autotronic 4 Existing version: 01.05 New version: 01.06

Programming in progress... OK

Boot Soft MA-11-01421A

Programming lasts approximately 6 minutes. - When programming is complete, the window closes. NOTE: to validate programming, switch off the ignition key!

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF401.5

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

B . Setting parameters IMPORTANT: For any new Autotronic 4, it is necessary to proceed to parameter setting first. Programming can then be carried out, only to update the soft delivered with the new unit, if required. - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - Parameter setting is necessary: - if the former Autotronic 4 has been replaced by a new one, - when improvements to one or more functions have been made through parameter setting. - Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “AUTO4 label”.

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 label - Linkage Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF401.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

Autotronic 4 Label Code parameters

A

B

D

E

K

10

0

1

2

1

03 = 7480 ->I M183044 04 = 05 = 06 = 7465 HA110 07 = 7475 HA110 08 = 7465 HA130 09 = 7475 HA130 10 = 7480 I-> M183045 11 = 7485

OK

?

MA-11-01127A

To read the label code present in Autotronic 4, click on

It is not IMPERATIVE to read the label code before setting the parameters; the parameters can be set directly. The tractor label code can be modified either by: - moving the mouse cursor directly into the relevant box and entering the appropriate code (it is also possible to navigate between codes by pressing the “tabulation” key on the keyboard), - clicking on the rectangle under the code concerned; you can then scroll down the scroll bar and double-click on the desired parameter. Confirm the code by clicking on “OK”. It requires approximately 1 minute to set parameters, and during this period a progress gauge indicates the parameter setting status. NOTE: to validate parameters, switch off the ignition key!

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF401.7

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters The Autotronic 4 parameter code is displayed on a label stuck on the rear of the fusebox cover. This code has 6 digits and corresponds to the 5 parameters whose meaning is shown below.

M142028 2601 100121 1022215

M142028 = Tractor serial number 2601 = linkage parameter code 100121= Autotronic 4 parameter code 1022215 = DCC2 parameter code

M142028 2601 100121 1022215

MA-11-01126A

Parameter code

AA

B

D

E

K

Example of parameter setting

10

0

1

2

1

Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code

AA B C D E F G H I J K

GUF401.8

¤ H

= = = = = = = = = = =

10 = 7480 0 = All models = Inactive 1 = Manual or automatic front axle, and PTO in all countries (except US) 2 = Ground speed limited to 40 kph = Inactive = Inactive = Inactive = Inactive = Inactive 1 = With 540E PTO

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

Models with Autotronic 4 7465 7475

Details

Status of 2 CAN loop switches (*)

Code AA

Rear axle: HA 110

ON

06

Rear axle: HA 130

ON

08

Rear axle: HA 110

ON

07

Rear axle: HA 130

ON

09

up to serial n° M183044

ON

03

from serial n° M183045

ON

10

7480 7485

-

ON

11

7490

-

ON

12

7495

-

ON

13

8450

-

ON

20

8460

-

ON

21

8470

-

ON

22

8480

-

ON

23

Identifying the rear axle, 2 possible methods: • Lift rams diameter Fig. 2 - HA 110: 2 rams with Ø 40 mm rod - HA 130: 1 ram with a Ø 40 mm rod and a second ram with a Ø 36 mm rod • Width of final drive unit spacer Fig. 1

MA-11-01122A

Fig. 2

HA110

HA130

37 mm MA-11-01320A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

65 mm

Fig. 1

GUF401.9

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Programming and setting parameters

CODE B Not used

CODE C Inactive

0 = All models

CODE E Maximum speed (c)

CODE D Operation 1 = Manual or automatic front axle, and PTO in all countries (except US) 2 = US front axle (a) and US PTO (b)

CODE F Inactive

CODE G Inactive

CODE I Inactive

CODE J Inactive

1 = 30 kph 2 = 40 kph 3 = 33 kph 5 = 50 kph

CODE H Inactive

CODE K Power take-off 1 = With 540E PTO (750 rpm) 2 = Without 540E PTO (750 rpm)

(a)

When the 4WD switch is pressed for 5 seconds, the front axle changes to the US mode. In this case, it disengages only when the brake pedal is pressed. It engages again when the brake pedal is released.

(b)

Using the PTO in US mode: - Select the speed - Press the ON/OFF switch twice within 5 seconds to start the PTO - Press once on the ON/OFF switch to stop the PTO - Again press the ON/OFF switch twice within 5 seconds to start the PTO

(c)

Limit set according to regulations in force in the country

GUF401.10

¤ H

(*) Positioning of the 2 CAN loop configuration switches at the back of DCC2: ON: Looping is carried out in the DCC2

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

GUF402 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

CONTENTS A . Safety Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Gearbox function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Front Axle function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 D . Differential function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 E . Power Take-Off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.1

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

GUF402.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

A . Safety Function - Start the engine. - Click on the “Safety” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.3

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Safety devices test - AUTO4 DCC 2

AUTO4

802

OK ESC

10 bars

MA-11-01105A

DCC2

AUTO4

Bottom-of-clutch pedal switch

Engine speed sensor value (TR23) in rpm

802 - pedal up: switch open, white - pedal down: switch closed, blue

Transmission in “Neutral” position

Top-of-clutch pedal switch - neutral position: switch closed, blue - non-neutral position: switch open, white Left-hand lever Neutral switch

Left and right brake pedal switches

Neutral position Park brake switch (TR20) Left-hand lever in front or rear position

Switch error or pedal pressed down

GUF402.4

¤ H

- switch open: white - switch closed: blue

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4

DOT MATRIX control keyboard (CAB16) -Changes to red when pressed

Oil transmission temperature sensor (TR12)

- Turns red when temperature exceeds 105°C

- "Up, left, down and right" scroll arrows - "OK" key - ESC (Escape) key

Transmission oil pressure indicator light (TR17) in bars 10 bars

Speed selector switch (CAB31) - Changes to red when pressed

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.5

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

B . Gearbox function - Start the engine. - Click on the "Gearbox" icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF402.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Gearbox - AUTO4 DCC 2

AUTO4 3.5

0%

1 8.1 1481

2.4

29

21

36˚C

52

153

45% 2 0.4 3.2

20.4%

1

5.0

Actual Ratio

83

Set Ratio

91

2

1.6

36 0.38 2.5 Mode Speed increment

Lever

SV :

0 m/h

2.8 2

30 Kph

2 No error

No error MA-11-01106A

DCC2

AUTO4

Bottom-of-clutch pedal switch

Engine speed sensor value (TR23) in rpm

1481 3.5 Clutch pedal travel potentiometer value in percent and in volts. 0% - Value between 0% = clutch disengagement and 100% = clutch engagement - Voltage between 3.5V and 1.4V

Summing shaft speed sensor value (TR19) in rpm 29 Ring gear design speed sensor value (TR11) in rpm

0.9 45% Throttle pedal potentiometer value in percent and in volts. - Value between 0% = pedal released and 100% = pedal pressed down - Voltage between 0.5V and 4.5V

21 Transmission oil temperature sensor value (TR12) in °C and value measured in ohms. 36°C 153

Top-of-clutch pedal switch Transmission oil high pressure sensor value (TR17) in mA 52

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.7

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4

Forward switch, reverse shuttle lever

Left and right brake pedal switches

- changes to blue when Forward speed is selected Neutral switch, reverse shuttle lever

- changes to blue when lever is in neutral Reverse switch, reverse shuttle lever

- changes to blue when Reverse speed is selected Reverse shuttle shifting request pulse

Display of active Autotronic 4 information - transmission in “Neutral” position - underspeed supervisor - SV1 - SV2 - reverse shuttle shifting pulse Current transmission control position calcuActual lated by Autotronic 4 using engine speed Ratio sensor (TR23) and summing shaft (TR19). Current transmission control module position Set Ratio requested by Autotronic 4. Value between

-10000 and 10000, 0 being "neutral" - changes to blue for the duration of a pulse when there is a reverse shuttle shifting request Value of output analog signal of reverse shuttle lever in volts (+/-0.2V): 3.4 -

lever in raised position (de-clutched) ............... 2.5 V FWD+.................................................................. 4 V FWD ................................................................. 3.5 V FWD- ................................................................... 3 V N....................................................................... 0.5 V REV- .................................................................... 2 V REV .................................................................. 1.5 V REV+ .................................................................... 1V

Current valus of "Set Ratio"

Range in rpm 2 kph (reverse)

2 kph 5 kph 10 kph 15 kph 5 kph 15 kph

GUF402.8

¤ H

1000

-1935

1800

-1029

1000

1470

1800

814

1000

3608

1800

2014

1000

7444

1800

4051

1000

/

1800

5995

1000

1563

1800

865

1000

4770

1800

2577

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4

Value of engine underspeed supervisor control potentiometer in % and in volts

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor (TR11) in kph

20.4%

0.38

1.6

Solenoid valve, coupler function

- is activated at the values selected when engine speed exceeds 1440 rpm - is set at 7% when the engine speed drops below 1400 rpm (with DCC2 soft from before 02.04, the set value is 10%). Armrest lever potentiometer value in volts

- ON: transmission neutral: no current is sent to solenoid valve - OFF: coupler function: a current is sent to solenoid valve: transmission activated Speed limitation solenoid valve set at 30kph 30 kph (TR24) when running in limp home mode

2.5

ON: solenoid valve supplied: limitation Autotronic 4 status flowcharts

0

MA-11-01107-A

........................................................... 3.32 to 4 V ...................................................... 2.34 to 3.02 V ...................................................... 1.37 to 2.05 V NOTE: the values are determined by the armrest lever calibration (diplayed in CAL2, see section GUF404)

-

forward speed activated reverse speed activated neutral dynamic stop (“0” displayed) Hare range solenoid valve (TR15) Range switch in cab (CAB76)

Mode

Lever

Transmission operating mode - Lever - Power pedal - Eco pedal - Self propel mode SV:

2

Speed governor - 0: speed governor not activated - 1: SV1 activated - 2: SV2 activated

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Tortoise range solenoid valve (TR14) Range position sensor value (TR8) in mA 36 Displays the error code if a fault appears in Autotronic 4. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

GUF402.9

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2 Speed increment

AUTO4

0 kph

Speed increment selected by armrest lever or by left-hand steering wheel lever (Values: see table below) NOTE: the values , and of the potentiometerare determined by armrest lever calibration, see section GUF404. Values of armrest lever potentiometer ≥

+ 0.1V

<

+0.1V

≥

-0.1V

<

-0.1V

≥

+0.2V

<

+0.2V

>

-0.2V

≤

-0.2V

>

+0.1V

≤

+0.1V

<

-0.1V

≤

-0.1V

Speed increment 2 kph 1 kph

0.03 to 0.5 kph

0 kph

0.03 to 0.5 kph

1 kph 2 kph

2 Shuttle progressivity adjustment value from 1 to 4 - 1: less sensitive shuttle - 4: more sensitive shuttle SV1 speed governor adjustment value in kph (using encoder CAB79) SV1 ON/OFF switch (AC7) 8.1

SV2 speed governor adjustment value in kph (using encoder CAB80) SV2 ON/OFF switch (AC8) 0.4

GUF402.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4

Forward gear restart speed adjusted and displayed on DOT MATRIX 5.0 Reverse gear restart speed adjusted and displayed on DOT MATRIX 2.8 Displays the error code number if a fault occurs in the DCC2. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.11

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

C . Front Axle function - Start the engine. - Click on the “Front Axle” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF402.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Front axle test - AUTO4 DCC 2

AUTO4

0.00

PFA

No request

799

PFA

No error

No error

MA-11-01108A

DCC2

AUTO4

Front axle indicator light on, in automatic mode

Front axle indicator light on, in US mode

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor (TR11) in kph 0.00 Engine speed sensor value (TR23) in rpm

Front axle indicator light on, in manual mode 799 Left and right brake pedal switches No request Activation/deactivation request by CAN network; (example of request when differential lock is activated)

Front axle pulse switch (CAB67)

Displays the error code number if a fault occurs in the DCC2. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.13

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4 Front axle ON / OFF solenoid valve (TR5)

ON = 2WD OFF = 4WD Displays the error code if a fault appears in Autotronic 4. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

GUF402.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

D . Differential function - Start the engine. - Click on the “Differential Lock” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.15

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Differential test - AUTO4 DCC 2

AUTO4

0.0

DIFF

799

DIFF

Differential lock request

No error

No error

MA-11-01109A

DCC2

AUTO4

Differential lock indicator light

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor (TR11) in kph 0.00

Differential lock request

Engine speed sensor value (TR23) in rpm ON / OFF request by CAN network; (example of request when the linkage is activated) Displays the error code number if a fault occurs in the DCC2. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

799 Left and right brake pedal switches

Differential lock pulse switch (CAB66)

GUF402.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4 3-position linkage switch: Raised, Neutral and Work

Differential lock ON / OFF solenoid valve (TR7)

ON = Differential lock engaged OFF = Differential lock disengaged Displays the error code if a fault appears in Autotronic 4. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.17

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics

E . Power Take-Off function - Start the engine. - Click on the “Power Take-Off” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF402.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: PTO test - AUTO4

AUTO4

DCC 2 N AUTO

540

PTO start request

540E

1000 AUTO

ON

960

OFF OFF

PTO

474

ON ON

PTO

472

No error

No error

MA-11-01110A

DCC2 Interpretation of PTO indicator light

AUTO4 Neutral switch on PTO control module (CAB61)

PTO start request PTO speed switch (540, 540E or 1000 rpm) on PTO control module (CAB61) ON / OFF request by CAN network; (example of request when the linkage is activated) PTO automation switch (CAB59) Status of PTO solenoid valves (TR4, TR6, TR3) PTO automatic status

ON = speed engaged OFF = speed disengaged

ON = Automatic PTO OFF = Manual PTO

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF402.19

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Tests and diagnostics DCC2

AUTO4

3-position linkage switch: Raised, Neutral and Work Displays the error code number if a fault occurs in the DCC2. Click on the icon to display the type of fault.

PTO clutch ON/OFF switch (CAB70)

No error

PTO control solenoid valve status (TR2) - ON = engaged: - OFF = disengaged: PTO ON/OFF switch (fitted to rear fender depending on selected option)

Engine speed sensor value (TR23) in rpm

960 Power take-off clutch speed sensor value (TR10) in rpm 474 When power take-off is activated, the power take-off sensor speed must equal the engine speed / 2.1 The comparison of these two speeds allows the detection of PTO clutch slip Power take-off shaft speed sensor value (TR9) in rpm 472 Displays the error code if a fault appears in Autotronic 4. Click on the icon to display the type of fault. No error

GUF402.20

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

GUF403 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

CONTENTS A . Reading error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Analysing components and their error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 D . Analysing other error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.1

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

GUF403.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

A . Reading error codes The DCC2 and Autotronic 4 have a self-diagnosis mode; they continuously monitor their functions and generate an error code if a fault occurs: - the reading of error codes can be carried out in 2 ways: - by direct reading of the error code on the DCC2, - by direct reading of the error code using Wintest. DCC2 and Autotronic 4 error codes can be stored: - the DCC2 can store up to 16 error codes the Autotronic 4 can store up to 20 codes.

Reading codes on the instrument panel The Autotronic 4 carries out a permanent control of its functions. The user is informed of any fault by an error code displayed on the DOT MATRIX screen of the DCC2. The error code display can be removed pressing the Escape (ESC) key, this action cancels the display but does not erase the error from the Autotronic 4 memory. If several errors occur at the same time they are displayed one after the other, each error code is displayed for 4 seconds in turn, until the Escape key is pressed.

ERROR NumT 4108 MA-11-01133A

Fig. 1

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.3

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes Reading error codes with Wintest Wintest allows all error codes stored by Autotronic 4 to be displayed and cleared. Click on the “Tools” icon and on "List of AUTO4 DCC2 error codes".

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

GUF403.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes The following screen is displayed: List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes

AUTO4 Error: 41.07 x 00126 DCC2 Error: 154 x 00002

CLEAR

MA-11-01134A

- It allows all stored error codes and their number of occurrences to be displayed. For example: error 4107 has occured 126 times - By clicking on “CLEAR”, all error codes are deleted (DCC2 and AUTOTRONIC 4). NOTE: when reading Autotronic 4 error codes in Wintest, they appear at the same time on the DOT MATRIX even if they are no longer active.

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.5

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

B . List of error codes Autotronic 4 error codes are divided into 3 different categories: - 41## : Transmission error codes - 51## : Front axle and differential lock error codes - 61## : PTO error codes

Num.

Components concerned

Description

Transmission error codes 4107

TR17 Transmission oil high pressure sensor

Signal error Error in 8.5 Volt supply

4108

TR8

Signal error Error in 8.5 Volt supply

4124

TR20 Parking brake switch

Signal error

4128

TR18 Transmission control unit

Signal error

412A

TR11 Drive pinion design speed sensor

Signal error

412B

Range position sensor

CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch

Signal error

4131

TR19 Summing shaft speed sensor

Signal error

4142

TR19 Summing shaft speed sensor

Signal error

4144

TR23 Engine speed sensor

Signal error

4145

TR11 Drive pinion design speed sensor

Signal error

4150

TR13 Transmission filter clogging switch

Filter clogged

4153

TR12 Transmission oil temperature sensor

Transmission oil temperature higher than 100°C

4156

TR13 Transmission filter clogging switch

Signal error

4158

Transmission slippage monitor

The transmission output speed states over 30% slippage compared to the value given

4159

Engagement of limp home mode

Manual engagement of limp home mode without reason Error in limp home mode

4161

TR14 Tortoise range solenoid valve

Control error when shifting from Hare to Tortoise mode

4162

TR15 Hare range solenoid valve

Control error when shifting from Tortoise to Hare mode

4163

TR24 Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph

Control error

4164

TR16 Coupler function solenoid valve

Error in PWM control

4172

TR13 Transmission filter clogging switch

Signal error

4173

TR12 Transmission oil temperature sensor

Signal error

4174

TR20 Parking brake switch

Signal error

GUF403.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Num.

Components concerned

Description

4182

TR11 Drive pinion design speed sensor TR19 Summing shaft speed sensor

Incoherent speeds

4183

TR11 Drive pinion design speed sensor TR19 Summing shaft speed sensor

Incoherent rotational directions

4192

CAB10 Right-hand brake switch

Data transfer interrupted

4193

CAB11 Left-hand brake switch

Data transfer interrupted

41A0

TR18 Transmission control unit

Control of control module interrupted

41A1

TR18 Transmission control unit

The rotational angle is mechanically limited, but not by the TR24 speed limitation solenoid valve.

41A2

TR18 Transmission control unit CAB54 Autotronic 4

The CAN network control is interrupted

41A3

TR18 Transmission control unit

Increment sensor signal (internal actual position sensor) interrupted or illogical

41A4

TR18 Transmission control unit

Autotronic 4 signal interrupted or illogical

41A5

TR18 Transmission control unit

Reference output (Position “0”) not found when ignition switched on

41A6

TR18 Transmission control unit

Reference point signal interrupted during operation

41B0 41B1 41C1

CAN network TR14 Tortoise range solenoid valve TR15 Hare range solenoid valve CAB54 Autotronic 4

Initialisation error Illogical range engagement The engine has stalled due to transmission overload

41D1

Calibration error

Preliminary operations not complete

41D2

Calibration error

Autotronic 4 internal problem or communication problem with the transmission control module

41D3

Calibration error

Difference between transmission control module position specified value and measured value

41D4

Calibration error

Adjustment time too long

41D5

Calibration error

Neutral position “0” not found

41D6

Calibration error

Adjustment time too long

41D7

Calibration error

Distance too far between neutral and forward or reverse position

41D8

Calibration error

The end points of the transmission control module cannot be found

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.7

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Num. 41D9

Components concerned

Description Difference between transmission control module position specified value and measured value

Calibration error

41DA Calibration error

Illogical for the direction of movement

41DB Calibration error

Incorrect transmission ratio

41DC Calibration error

Incorrect transmission ratio

41DD Calibration error

The programmed and parameterised values are incorrect

41DE

Calibration error

Incorrect transmission ratio

41DF

Calibration error

Maximum transmission ratio not reached

41E0

TR16 Coupler function solenoid valve

Coupler function reference curve wrongly interpreted

41EB

TR8

Range position sensor

Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances

41EE

Transmission reference curve in soft

Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances

41EF

Coupler function reference curve in the soft

Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances

41FF

CAB54 Autotronic 4

Internal error (RAM / EEPROM) Front axle and differential lock error codes

5131

CAB67 4WD switch

Manual engagement signal faulty

5132

CAB67 4WD switch

Automatic engagement signal faulty

5133 5151

TR5

4 WD solenoid valve

Control error

CAB66 Differential lock switch

5152

Not used

5153

TR7

Signal error

Differential lock solenoid valve

Control error

5154

CAB11 Left-hand brake switch

Signal error

5155

CAB10 Right-hand brake switch

Signal error

51FF

CAB54 Autotronic 4

Internal error (RAM / EEPROM) PTO error codes

6101

CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch

Signal error

6102

LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fender

Signal error

6104

TR2

PTO solenoid valve

Control error

6105

TR10 PTO clutch speed sensor

Signal error

6110

TR9

Signal error

6115

CAB61 Neutral switch on PTO control module

GUF403.8

¤ H

PTO shaft speed sensor

Signal error

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Num.

Components concerned

Description

6116

CAB61 540 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Signal error

6117

CAB61 540E rpm speed switch on PTO control module Signal error

6118

CAB61 1000 rpm speed switch on PTO control module Signal error

611A

TR4

540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Control error

611B

TR6

540E rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Control error

611C

TR3

1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Control error

6141

CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

6143

LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fender

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

TR10 PTO clutch speed sensor

- NEUTRAL speed selection, PTO not activated, TR10 displays a speed, the clutch disc assembly does not separate, PTO brake does not operate - Selected speed, PTO clutch 100% engaged, over 20% discrepancy between PTO clutch speed and engine speed. The PTO clutch disc assembly slips: clutch slippage - PTO clutch speed is lower than output shaft speed, error in TR10 sensor supply voltage

TR9

- PTO output shaft speed exceeds 1300 rpm, signal error (TR9 or TR10) - Selected speed is lower than PTO output shaft speed, error in TR9 sensor supply voltage, speed solenoid valve (TR3, TR4, TR6) locked in “deactivated” position.

6145

6150

PTO shaft speed sensor

6155

CAB61 Neutral switch on PTO control module

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

6156

CAB61 540 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

6157

CAB61 540E rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

6158

CAB61 1000 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch

6160

TR9 PTO shaft speed sensor TR10 PTO clutch speed sensor

Discrepancy of at least 12% between actual output shaft speed and PTO clutch speed value Speed solenoid valve (TR3, TR4, TR6) poorly connected or seized up. Mechanical fault at speed selection. Signal error to sensors (TR9, TR10)

61A1

CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch

Communication error

61B5

CAB61 Neutral switch on PTO control module

Communication error

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.9

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Num.

Components concerned

Description

61B6

CAB61 540 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

61B7

CAB61 540E rpm speed switch on PTO control module Communication error

61B8

CAB61 1000 rpm speed switch on PTO control module Communication error

GUF403.10

¤ H

Communication error

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

C . Analysing components and their error codes CAB10: Right-hand brake switch Description Location: top of brake pedal (Fig. 2) The switches are closed when the pedal is not pressed down. - Pins 1 and 2: for electrical functions (rear stop lights, etc.) - Pins 3 and 4: for electronic functions (differential lock, etc.) Signals:

CAB11

CAB10 Fig. 2

pressed down Voltage released (sensor connected to harness) pressed down

1 and 2

3.9 ohms

3 and 4

121 ohms

1 and 2

infinite

3 and 4

510 ohms

1 and 2

0.3V

3 and 4

2.4V

1 and 2

12V

3 and 4

5V

1

3

4

510 R

160 R

2

2

Ohms

Values

3

released

Between pins

3,9 R

Pedal

1

MA-11-01136A

Signal

4 MA-11-01135A

Fig. 3

Possible error codes 4192: Data transfer interrupted Result: Speed regulator SV1 or SV2 does not operate 5155: Signal error Result: Automatic unlocking of differential is unavailable

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.11

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB11: Left-hand brake switch Description Location: top of brake pedal (Fig. 2) The switches are closed when the pedal is not pressed down. - Pins 1 and 2: for electrical functions (rear stop lights, etc.) - Pins 3 and 4: for electronic functions (differential lock, etc.) Signals: Pedal

released Ohms pressed down Voltage released (sensor connected to harness) pressed down

Between pins

Values

1 and 2

3.9 ohms

3 and 4

121 ohms

1 and 2

infinite

3 and 4

510 ohms

1 and 2

0.3V

3 and 4

2.4V

1 and 2

12V

3 and 4

5V

CAB11

CAB10 Fig. 4

MA-11-01136A

2

3

4

510 R

160 R

2

3

3,9 R

1

1

Signal

4 MA-11-01135A

Fig. 5

Possible error codes 4193: Data transfer interrupted Result: Speed regulator SV1 or SV2 does not operate 5154: Signal error Result: Automatic unlocking of differential is unavailable

GUF403.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB54: Autotronic 4 Description Location: bottom right-hand side of driver seat in cab Allocation of Autotronic 4 pins, see table below.

Possible error codes 41A2: The CAN network control is interrupted Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41C1: The engine stalls due to transmission overload (used with coupler function OFF) Result: The error is displayed when the engine has recently stalled, but it is not stored

68

46 45

24

23

1

Fig. 6

MA-11-01137A

41FF: Internal error (RAM / EEPROM) Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 51FF: Internal error (RAM / EEPROM)

Pin

Description

1

Analog ground (sensor ground)

2

12V supply (Transmission control unit)

3

Not used

4

Digital output CAN Low

TR18

Transmission control unit

6

TR8

Hare / Tortoise range position sensor

Current input (4-20mA)

7

Not used

8

Not used

9

CAB67

4WD switch

Current input (4-20mA)

10

CAB53

Emergency control switch

Current output (4-20mA)

11

Not used

12

TR23

Engine speed sensor

Frequency input

13

TR19

Summing shaft speed sensor

Frequency input

14

TR10

PTO clutch speed sensor

Frequency input

15

TR12

Oil transmission temperature sensor

16

CAB10

Right-hand brake switch

Digital input

17

Not used

18

TR11

Bevel gear design speed sensor (rotational direction)

Digital input

19

TR18

Transmission control unit

Digital input

5

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

Type of signal

CAN High

GUF403.13

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Pin

Description

Type of signal

20

CAB61

540E rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Digital input

21

TR20

Parking brake switch

Digital input

22

LIG11

PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders

Digital input

23

8.5V supply (sensors)

24

Not used

25

LIG15

26

CAN Low

27

Can High

28

+12V permanent calculator power supply ->I N160061 +12 V AC (Ignition key On) calculator power supply I-> N160061

29

TR17

Transmission oil high pressure sensor

Current input (0-20mA)

30

TR33

Direction pressure switch

Digital input

31

CAB66

Differential lock switch

Current input (4-20mA)

32

Not used

33

Not used

34

TR11

Bevel gear design speed sensor

Frequency input

35

TR9

PTO shaft speed sensor

Frequency input

36

Not used

37

Not used

38

CAB70

PTO ON/OFF switch

Digital input

39

CAB11

Left-hand brake switch

Digital input

40

CAB76

Hare / Tortoise range selector switch

Digital input

41

CAB61

1000 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Digital input

42

TR19

Summing shaft speed sensor (rotational direction)

Digital input

43

CAB61

540 rpm speed switch on PTO control module

Digital input

44

CAB61

Neutral switch on PTO control module

Digital input

45

TR13

Transmission filter clogging switch

Digital input

46

Not used

47

TR2

PTO solenoid valve

Pulse outputs

48

TR4

540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Digital output

49

Not used

50

TR16

Coupler function solenoid valve

Pulse outputs

51

TR24

Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph

Pulse outputs

52

Not used

53

TR6

540E rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Digital output

54

+12 V AC (Ignition key On) calculator power supply ->I N160061 +12V permanent calculator power supply I-> N160061

55

Calculator ground

GUF403.14

¤ H

Reversing light junction

Digital output Digital output

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Pin

Description

Type of signal

56 57 58

+12 V AC (Ignition key On) calculator power supply ->I N160061 +12V permanent calculator power supply I-> N160061

59 60 61

TR14

Tortoise range solenoid valve

Digital output

62

TR15

Hare range solenoid valve

Digital output

63

TR7

Differential lock solenoid valve

Digital output

64

TR5

4 WD solenoid valve

Digital output

65

Not used

66

Not used

67

Not used

68

TR3

1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve

Digital output

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.15

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB61: PTO control module Description Location: on cab right-hand console This module contains a network of resistors Fig. 8 allowing the Autotronic 4 to differentiate between signals, for example: switch not pressed down, switch pressed down, open circuit or short circuit. This module also transfers signals from the PTO ON / OFF, Hare / Tortoise, differential lock and 4WD.

1000 540E

540

Allocation of pins: MA-11-01212A

Pin

Description

14

Differential lock switch input (CAB66)

15

Differential lock output to Autotronic 4

16

4WD switch input (CAB67)

17

4WD output to Autotronic 4

18

Available

19

Available

20

Available

21

Not used

22

Not used

CAB61

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MA-11-01211A

NEUTRE

8.5V supply

R160

13

R510

12V lighting

540

12

R160

11

PTO ON/OFF output on fender to Autotronic 4

R510

PTO ON/OFF switch input (CAB70)

750

10

1000

9

Hare / Tortoise range selection output to Autotronic 4

R160

Hare / Tortoise range selector switch input (CAB76)

R510

8

R160

PTO ON/OFF output to Autotronic 4

R510

7

R160

PTO ON/OFF switch input (CAB70)

R510

6

2 x 1W 12 Volts

R160

1000 rpm PTO speed output to Autotronic 4

R510

5

K1.1

R160

540E rpm PTO speed output to Autotronic 4

R510

4

R510

540 rpm PTO speed output to Autotronic 4

K1.3

3

Fig. 7

R510

PTO neutral output to Autotronic 4

K1.3

2

R953

Ground

R383

1

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

Fig. 8

Possible error codes (see next page)

GUF403.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes Possible error codes 6115: Signal error Result: PTO speed can no longer be modified or preselected 6116: Signal error Result: PTO speed can no longer be modified or preselected 6117: Signal error Result: PTO speed can no longer be modified or preselected 6118: Signal error Result: PTO speed can no longer be modified or preselected 6155: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: Other speeds can be selected and engaged. NEUTRAL cannot be selected. 6156: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: As long as “540” is selected, engagement is not possible. "1000" and "540E" can be selected. Press down PTO ON/OFF switch for over 5 seconds. "540" cannot be selected 6157: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: As long as “540E” is selected, engagement is not possible. "1000" and "540" can be selected. Press down PTO ON/OFF switch for over 5 seconds. "540E" cannot be selected 6158: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: As long as “1000” is selected, engagement is not possible. "540" and "540E" can be selected. Press down PTO ON/OFF switch for over 5 seconds. "1000" cannot be selected 61B5: Communication error 61B6: Communication error 61B7: Communication error 61B8: Communication error

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.17

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB66: Differential lock switch Description Location: on cab right-hand console The switch is closed between 2 and 3 when pressed down. - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: Power supply - Pin 7: Ground - Pin 8: 12V lighting NOTE: the signal passes via the PTO control module before reaching Autotronic 4.

8

7

1

4

2

5

3

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3

+8

Possible error codes

MA-11-01213A

CAB66

2 -7

Fig. 9

5151: Signal error Result: Other functions still active

GUF403.18

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB67: 4WD switch Description Location: on cab right-hand console The switch is closed between 2 and 3 when pressed down. - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: Power supply - Pin 7: Ground - Pin 8: 12V lighting NOTE: the signal passes via the PTO control module before reaching Autotronic 4.

8

7

1

4

2

5

3

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3

+8 MA-11-01214A

CAB67

2 -7

Fig. 10

Possible error codes 5131: Manual engagement signal faulty Result: Other functions still active 5132: Automatic engagement signal faulty Result: Other functions still active

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.19

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB70: PTO ON/OFF switch Description Location: on cab right-hand console (Fig. 11) The switch is closed between 1 and 2 when pressed down. - Pin 1: Signal - Pin 2: Ground NOTE: the signal passes via the PTO control module before reaching Autotronic 4.

MA-11-01215A

Fig. 11

1 2 3

3

2

1

CAB70

MA-11-01216A

Fig. 12

Possible error codes 6101: Signal error Result: PTO stops 6141: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: The selected speed changes to neutral, and it is impossible to select a speed 61A1: Communication error

GUF403.20

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes CAB76: Hare / Tortoise range selector switch Description Location: on cab right-hand console The switch is closed between 1 and 2 when pressed down. - Pin 1: Signal - Pin 2: Ground NOTE: the signal passes via the PTO control module before reaching Autotronic 4.

2

1

MA-11-01217A

Fig. 13 Possible error codes 412B: Signal error Result: The selected range stays in position; shifting not possible

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.21

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes LIG11: PTO ON/OFF switch on fender Description

2

1

LIG11 1 2 3

3

Location: on rear left-hand wing The switch is open between 1 and 2 when pressed down. - Pin 1: Signal - Pin 2: Ground NOTE: the signal passes via the PTO control module before reaching Autotronic 4.

MA-11-12018A

Possible error codes

Fig. 14

6102: Signal error Result: Operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds 6143: Pressed down for over 30 seconds, mechanical or electrical error on switch Result: Impossible to select a speed and engage PTO

GUF403.22

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR2: PTO solenoid valve Description

TR9

MA-11-01219A

TR2

TR10

Location: • to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 15) • on the rear axle (ML200 Fig. 16) Proportional solenoid valve.

TR3 TR4

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR5

Signals: Resistance: 7.4 Ohms Current when PTO is engaged: 1.7A

TR6 TR7 Fig. 15

TR2 TR5 TR6

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 16

Possible error codes

2

1

6104: Control error Result: PTO stops

1 2

MA-11-01230A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

Fig. 17

GUF403.23

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR3: 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve Description

TR9

MA-11-01219A

TR2

TR10

Location: • to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 18) • on the rear axle (ML200 Fig. 19) ON/OFF solenoid valve

TR3 TR4

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR5

Signals: Resistance: 8.1 Ohms Preselected 1000 rpm PTO speed current: 1.5A

TR6 TR7 Fig. 18

TR2 TR5 TR6

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 19

Possible error codes

2

1

611C: Control error Result: Impossible to engage PTO

1 2 MA-11-01221A

GUF403.24

¤ H

Fig. 20

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR4: 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve Description

MA-11-01219A

TR9

TR10

Location: to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 21) ON/OFF solenoid valve

TR2 TR3 TR4

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR5 Signals: Resistance: 8.1 Ohms Preselected 540 rpm PTO speed current: 1.5A

TR6 TR7

2

1

Fig. 21

1 2 MA-11-01221A

Fig. 22

Possible error codes 611A: Control error Result: Impossible to engage PTO

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.25

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR5: 4 WD solenoid valve Description

TR9

MA-11-01219A

TR2

TR10

Location: • to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 23) • on the rear axle (ML200 Fig. 24) ON/OFF solenoid valve

TR3 TR4

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR5

Signals: Resistance: 8.1 Ohms Front axle not engaged: 1.5A

TR6 TR7 Fig. 23

TR2 TR5 TR6

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 24

Possible error codes

2

1

5133: Control error Result: The front axle engages

1 2 MA-11-01221A

GUF403.26

¤ H

Fig. 25

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR6: 540 rpm (or 540E) PTO speed solenoid valve

TR9

MA-11-01219A

TR2

TR10

Description Location: • 540E solenoid valve to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 26) • 540 or 540E solenoid valve on the rear axle (ML200 Fig. 27) ON/OFF solenoid valve

TR3

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR6

Signals: Resistance: 8.1 Ohms Preselected 750 rpm PTO speed current: 1.5A

TR7

TR4 TR5

Fig. 26

TR2 TR5 TR6

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 27

Possible error codes

2

1

611B: Control error Result: Impossible to engage PTO

1 2 MA-11-01221A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

Fig. 28

GUF403.27

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR7: Differential lock solenoid valve Description

TR9

MA-11-01219A

TR2

TR10

Location: • to the right of the rear axle (ML130/160 Fig. 29) • on the rear axle (ML200 Fig. 30) ON/OFF solenoid valve

TR3 TR4

- Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground

TR5

Signals: Resistance: 8.1 Ohms Differential lock engaged: 1.5A

TR6 TR7 Fig. 29

TR2 TR5 TR6

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 30

Possible error codes

2

1

5153: Control error Result: Differential lock cuts off

1 2 MA-11-01221A

GUF403.28

¤ H

Fig. 31

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR8: Hare / Tortoise range position sensor Description

TR8

Location: to the left of the transmission (Fig. 32) - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: 8.5V supply - Pin 3: Signal Signals: Tortoise range: 4V or 20mA Hare range: 1V or 4mA

MA-11-01222A

Fig. 32

3 2 1

MA-11-01223A

Fig. 33 Possible error codes 4108: Signal error, 8.5 Volt supply error Result: Shifting from Tortoise to Hare range impossible 41EB: Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.29

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR9: PTO shaft speed sensor Description

TR9

Location: on the rear axle (Fig. 34) Hall effect sensor. - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: 8.5V supply NOTE: Prior to serial number N160061, power supply is +12V APC (Ignition key On).

TR10

Signals: PTO when running: 1.5V PTO when stopped: 1.1V or 5.4V (depending on presence or absence of a gear tooth)

Fig. 34

MA-11-01453A

If a value of 7.3V is measured: the component is faulty

3 2

Possible error codes

1

6110: Signal error Result: Operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds

2 510 R

510 R

6150: - PTO output shaft speed exceeds 1300 rpm, signal error (TR9 or TR10) - Selected speed is lower than PTO output shaft speed, error in TR9 sensor supply voltage, speed solenoid valve (TR3, TR4, TR6) locked in “deactivated” position. Result: Electric speed change possible, operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds. If there is a solenoid valve fault, the corresponding speed cannot be selected.

3

1 MA-11-12020A

Fig. 35

6160: Discrepancy of at least 12% between actual output shaft speed and PTO clutch speed value Speed solenoid valve (TR3, TR4, TR6) poorly connected or seized up. Mechanical fault at speed selection. Signal error to sensors (TR9, TR10) result: Electric speed change possible, operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds. If there is a solenoid valve fault, the corresponding speed cannot be selected.

GUF403.30

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR10: PTO clutch speed sensor Description

TR9

Location: on the rear axle (Fig. 36) Hall effect sensor. - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: 8.5V supply NOTE: Prior to serial number N160061, power supply is +12V APC (Ignition key On).

TR10

Signals: PTO when running: 1.5V PTO when stopped: 1.1V or 5.4V (depending on presence or absence of a gear tooth)

Fig. 36

MA-11-01453A

If a value of 7.3V is measured: the component is faulty

3 2 1

3 2 510 R

510 R

1 MA-11-12020A

Fig. 37

Possible error codes (see next page)

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.31

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes Possible error codes 6105: Signal error Result: Operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds 6145: - NEUTRAL speed selection, PTO not activated, TR10 displays a speed, the clutch disc assembly does not separate, PTO brake does not operate - Selected speed, PTO clutch 100% engaged, over 20% discrepancy between PTO clutch speed and engine speed. The PTO clutch disc assembly slips: clutch slippage - PTO clutch speed is lower than output shaft speed, error in TR10 sensor supply voltage Result: Electric speed change possible, operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds. If there is a solenoid valve fault, the corresponding speed cannot be selected. 6160: Discrepancy of at least 12% between actual output shaft speed and PTO clutch speed value Speed solenoid valve (TR3, TR4, TR6) poorly connected or seized up. Mechanical fault at speed selection. Signal error to sensors (TR9, TR10) result: Electric speed change possible, operation possible only in emergency control mode by holding down the PTO ON/OFF switch in the cab for at least 5 seconds. If there is a solenoid valve fault, the corresponding speed cannot be selected.

GUF403.32

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR11: Bevel gear design speed sensor Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 38) Hall effect sensor. -

Pin 1: Ground Pin 2: Speed signal Pin 3: 8.5V supply Pin 4: Rotational direction signal

Signals: Speed signal (2): Speed greater than 5 kph: 3V Tractor when stopped: 1V or 5V (depending on presence or absence of a gear tooth)

Fig. 38

If a value of 7.3V is measured: the component is faulty

4

Rotational direction signal (4) Forward speed greater than 5 kph: 2.4V Reverse speed greater than 5 kph: 5V

3 2 1

If a value of 8V is measured: the component is faulty

4 3 2 1 MA-11-1225A

Fig. 39

Possible error codes 412A: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4145: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4182: Incoherent speeds result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4183: Incoherent rotational directions result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.33

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR12: Oil transmission temperature sensor Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 40) Resistant sensor. - Pin 1: Signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Temperature in °C

Resistance in ohms

50

150

60

105

95

40

105

35

110

30

Fig. 40

Remarks: - The indicator light comes on at 95°C in Hare range, requesting a return to Tortoise range - The indicator light comes on at 105°C in Tortoise range - The buzzer rings at 110°C: it is necessary to stop!

2

2 1

T˚

analog.

1 MA-11-01226A

Fig. 41 Possible error codes 4153: Transmission oil temperature higher than 100°C Result: A problem may occur in the transmission if the tractor is not stopped 4173: Signal error Result: No longer possible to monitor, breakdown possible

GUF403.34

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR13: Transmission filter clogging switch Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 42) Switch with resistive circuit. - Pin 1: Signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Signal Ohms Voltage (sensor connected to harness)

Pressure

Values

> 5 bar

122 ohms

< 5 bar

512 ohms

> 5 bar

2.4V

< 5 bar

5.1V

Fig. 42

If a value of 8V is measured: the component is faulty

2

1

Remarks: An alarm message is displayed when the following elements occur at the same time - Engine running - Transmission oil temperature higher than 50°C - Pressure difference either side of the upper filter exceeds 5 bar - The above 3 points have lasted for over 2 minutes

160 R

510 R

1 2 MA-11-01227A

Possible error codes

Fig. 43

4150: Filter clogged Result: A problem may occur in the transmission if the tractor is not stopped 4156: Signal error Result: No longer possible to monitor 4172: Signal error Result: No longer possible to monitor, breakdown possible

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.35

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR14: Tortoise range solenoid valve Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 44) ON/OFF solenoid valve - Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Resistance: 8.8 Ohms Range shifting, for a short time: 1.5A

2

1

Fig. 44

1 2 MA-11-01221A

Fig. 45

Possible error codes 4161: Control error when shifting from Hare to Tortoise mode Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41B1: Illogical range engagement Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

GUF403.36

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR15: Hare range solenoid valve Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 46) ON/OFF solenoid valve - Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Resistance: 8.8 Ohms Range shifting, for a short time: 1.5A

2

1

Fig. 46

1 2 MA-11-01221A

Fig. 47

Possible error codes 4162: Control error when shifting from Tortoise to Hare mode Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41B1: Illogical range engagement Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.37

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR16: Coupler function solenoid valve Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 48) Proportional solenoid valve. - Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Resistance: 6.4 ohms for a coil temperature of 20°C 9.7 ohms for a coil temperature of 150°C Current: Fig. 48 Coupler function status

Engine speed

Values

stopped

0A

800 rpm

0.46A

1000 rpm

0.74A

1200 rpm

1.23A

1400 rpm

1.71A

over 1400 rpm

1.71A

indifferent

1.71A

ON

2

1

OFF

1 2

MA-11-01229A

Fig. 49

Possible error codes 4164: Error in PWM control 41E0: Coupler function reference curve wrongly interpreted Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

GUF403.38

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR17: Transmission oil high pressure sensor Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 50) - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: 8.5V supply NOTE: Prior to serial number N160061, power supply is +12V APC (Ignition key On). Signals: Current: Engine speed

Pressure

Values

stopped

0 bar

4mA

800 rpm

90 bar

6.4mA

150 bar

8mA

200 bar

9.4mA

250 bar

10.8mA

300 bar

12.2mA

350 bar

13.5mA

400 bar

14.9mA

450 bar

16.2mA

480 bar

17mA 3

2

1

over 1400 rpm

Fig. 50

1 2 3

P bar

MA-11-01231A

Fig. 51

Possible error codes 4107: Signal error, 8.5 Volt supply error Result: Shifting from Tortoise to Hare range impossible

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.39

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR18: Transmission control unit Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 52) -

Pin 1: Not used Pin 2: Transmission CAN High Pin 3: FWD/REV Reference Pin 4: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) Pin 5: Transmission CAN Low Pin 6: 12V supply from Autotronic 4 Pin 7: Analog ground (sensor ground) Pin 8: Ground

Signals: Fig. 52 Pins 2

3

Values 1.5V / 2.5V

If 2.4V: slowly turn limp home mode control to the 2.4V or 5V left. If 5V: slowly turn limp home mode control to the right. 12V: battery voltage

4

5

Comments

Voltage must remain constant. The maximum drop in voltage allowed is 1V.

2.5V / 3.5V

Possible error codes (see next page)

GUF403.40

¤ H

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

MA-11-01232A

Fig. 53

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes Possible error codes 4128: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A0: Control of control module interrupted Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A1: The rotational angle is mechanically limited, but not by the TR24 speed limitation solenoid valve. Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A2: The CAN network control is interrupted Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A3: Increment sensor signal (internal actual position sensor) interrupted or illogical Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A4: Autotronic 4 signal interrupted or illogical Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A5: Reference output (Position “0”) not found when ignition switched on Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41A6: Reference point signal interrupted during operation Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.41

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR19: Summing shaft speed sensor Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 54) Hall effect sensor. -

Pin 1: Ground Pin 2: Speed signal Pin 3: 8.5V supply Pin 4: Rotational direction signal

Signals: Speed signal (2): Speed greater than 5 kph: 3V Tractor when stopped: 1V or 5V (depending on presence or absence of a gear tooth)

Fig. 54

If a value of 7.3V is measured: the component is faulty

4

Rotational direction signal (4) Forward speed greater than 5 kph: 5.1V Reverse speed greater than 5 kph: 2.4V

3 2 1

If a value of 8V is measured: the component is faulty

4 3 2 1 Possible error codes

MA-11-1225A

Fig. 55

4131: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4142: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4182: Incoherent speeds result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 4183: Incoherent rotational directions result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

GUF403.42

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR20: Parking brake switch Description Location: • to the right on the rear axle (MI130/160 Fig. 56) • to the left on the rear axle (MI200 Fig. 57) The switches are closed when the brake is engaged. - Pins 1 and 2: Not used - Pin 3: Signal - Pin 4: Ground Signals: Signal Ohms Voltage (sensor connected to harness)

Handbrake

Values

engaged

510 ohms

released

121 ohms

engaged

5.1V

TR2

released

2.4V

TR5

Fig. 56

TR6

When starting, the transmission moves to neutral position after 2O seconds if the parking brake is not deactivated.

TR20

TR7

TR3 MA-11-01452A

Fig. 57

Possible error codes 4124: Signal error Result: Handbrake error

2

3

4

510 R

160 R

2

3

3,9 R

1

1

4174: Signal error

4 MA-11-01135A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

Fig. 58

GUF403.43

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR23: Engine speed sensor Description Location: • to the right on the engine spacer (ML130/160 Fig. 59) • to the left on the engine spacer (ML200 Fig. 60) Hall effect sensor. - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: Signal - Pin 3: 8.5V supply NOTE: Prior to serial number N160061, power supply is +12V APC (Ignition key On). Signals: Engine running: 1.5V Engine when stopped: 1.1V or 5.4V (depending on presence or absence of a gear tooth)

Fig. 59

If a value of 7.3V is measured: the component is faulty

MA-11-01454A

Fig. 60

Possible error codes

3

4144: Signal error Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

2 1

3 2

GUF403.44

¤ H

510 R

510 R MA-11-01233A

1 Fig. 61

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes TR24: Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Description Location: to the right of the transmission (Fig. 62) Proportional solenoid valve. - Pin 1: Supply signal - Pin 2: Ground Signals: Resistance: 6.5 Ohms Current: 800mA +/- 50mA value When the value of the current differs from this value, transmission is limited to 30 kph

2

1

Fig. 62

1 2

MA-11-01234A

Fig. 63

Possible error codes 4163: Control error Result: Maximum speed limited to 30 khp

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF403.45

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

D . Analysing other error codes 4158: The transmission output speed states over 30% slippage compared to the value given Result: this can happen when used in extremely cold temperatures; continued use of the transmission can heat the oil, causing serious failures 4159: Manual engagement of limp home mode without reason, fault in limp home mode 41B0: Initialisation error Result: Limited transfer of data to the CAN network 41EE: Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode 41EF: Calibration error or sensor value out-of-tolerances Result: Driving possible only in limp home mode

Calibration error Errors

Description

Solutions

41D1

Incorrect preliminary operations for transmission calibration

41D2

After switching the ignition off, the Autotronic 4 - Check the connection with the transmission control internal relay does not break down module (TR18) - Change the Autotronic 4

41D3

The control module does not control with the exact specified value

Check the mobility of the transmission control by engaging limp home mode for example.

41D4

Transmission ratio adjustment not performed within 8 seconds time.

Check the mobility of the transmission control by engaging limp home mode for example.

41D5

Step 1: Neutral position "0" cannot be found in the forward direction Step 2: Neutral position "0" cannot be found in the reverse direction

Check the connection with the transmission control module (TR18)

41D6

Transmission ratio adjustment not performed within 8 seconds time.

Check the mobility of the transmission control by engaging limp home mode for example

41D7

Step 2: The forward and reverse "0" neutral positions are more than 8° apart

Check the connection with the transmission control module (TR18)

GUF403.46

¤ H

Ensure that all steps are followed (see GUF404)

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

Errors

Description

Solutions Check the connection with the transmission control module (TR18)

41D8

Step 3: Maximum forward transmission point (which should be between 155° and 187°) not found Step 4: Maximum reverse transmission point (which should be between 136° and 165°) not found

41D9

Step 3: Transmission adjustment reacts at less Check the connection with the transmission control module (TR18) than 155° in the forward position Step 4: Transmission adjustment reacts at less than 135° in the reverse position

The transmission characteristic is not logical. 41DA Reverse position is identified when forward position is selected

Check the summing shaft speed sensor signal (TR19)

Step 7 : Examination of values measured during - First correct the 41D2 error if it appeared 41DB steps 1 to 6: incorrect transmission ratio - Repeat calibration - Check the mobility of the transmission control by engaging limp home mode for example 41DC - Measure the transmission hydraulic pressures The programmed and parameterised values are Reprogram and set parameters correctly. 41DD incorrect Incorrect transmission ratio 41DE

41DF

Maximum transmission ratio in forward and/or - Check the state and operation of the speed limiting reverse position not reached solenoid valve at 30kph (TR24 ) - Repeat calibration

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

- First correct the 41D2 error if it appeared - Repeat calibration - Check the mobility of the transmission control by engaging limp home mode for example - Measure the transmission hydraulic pressures

GUF403.47

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Error codes

GUF403.48

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

GUF404 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

CONTENTS A . Input at level 1 - CAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Hare / Tortoise range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . Coupler function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E . Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF404.1

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

GUF404.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration Calibration of the following Autotronic 4 functions is necessary for optimal performance: - Hare / Tortoise range - transmission - coupler function Calibration of the power take-off is also possible with special tools if there is a problem when starting.

A . Input at level 1 - CAL 1

IMPORTANT: In order to carry out a calibration, possible error codes must be corrected. If an error code is active: calibration automatically enters error mode.

MA-11-01116A

Fig. 1

To select CAL 1 1. Start the engine. 2. Engage and release the clutch pedal in order to delete the “TC” “DC” display from the screen on the right-hand side of the instrument panel. 3. Within the next five seconds, simultaneously press keys ⇐ and ⇑ on the DOT MATRIX control keyboard. 4. The screen Fig. 1 appears, displaying the 4 symbols of the functions to be calibrated: Hare / Tortoise range

Transmission

Coupler function

Power take-off The selected function is displayed in reverse video. 5. Before starting calibration, ensure the tractor is in a suitable condition (see relevant §: B, C, D and E) 6. Select the function to be calibrated using buttons ⇐ and ⇒ of the DOT MATRIX control keyboard, then press “OK”. NOTE: this procedure is to be repeated for each calibration.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF404.3

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

B . Hare / Tortoise range Calibration procedure This calibration must be carried out systematically after replacing either of the following: - Hare range solenoid valve - Tortoise range solenoid valve - Range position sensor - Autotronic 4

Preliminary operations 1. 2. 3. 4.

Handbrake (or ParkLock) disengaged Left-hand lever in neutral position Clutch pedal pressed down Engine speed less than 1000 rpm

MA-11-01117A

Fig. 2

Calibration 5. Having selected

in the CAL 1 screen

(Fig. 1), press “OK” to start calibration. 6. Calibration takes place for approximately 6 seconds in 3 steps, which are displayed consecutively on the screen Fig. 2: - Step 0: Tortoise range - Step 1: Hare range - Step 2: Neutral (intermediate position) 7. The calibration result is displayed: - “OK”: successful calibration (Because calibration ends by moving the transmission to neutral, the Hare / Tortoise symbols flash alternately on the right-hand screen) - “ERROR”: calibration failed (repair the fault before resuming the procedure). 8. Switch off the ignition key for at least 8 seconds to validate calibration.

GUF404.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

C . Transmission Calibration procedure This calibration must be carried out systematically after replacing either of the following: - Transmission control unit - Transmission - Transmission high pressure sensor - Autotronic 4

Preliminary operations Calibration must be carried out just after the range has been calibrated. 1. Handbrake applied or ParkLock engaged 2. Left-hand lever in neutral position 3. Hare / Tortoise range in neutral (Hare / Tortoise symbols flash alternately on the right-hand screen) because calibration of the range has been carried out at the previous step.

2

RATIO +10000 MA-11-01118A

Fig. 3

Calibration 4. Having selected

in the CAL 1 screen

(Fig. 1), press “OK” to start calibration. 5. Engine speed automatically adjusts to 1600 rpm. 6. Hare / Tortoise symbols continue to flash alternately. 7. Calibration takes place for approximately 6 minutes in 7 steps, which are displayed consecutively on the screen Fig. 3. These 7 steps allow calibration of the hydraulic motors and pumps. 8. The calibration result is displayed: - “OK”: successful calibration (Fig. 4). - “ERROR”: calibration failed (repair the fault before resuming the procedure). 9. Switch off the ignition key for at least 8 seconds to validate calibration.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

OK RATIOTLPH -00221 MA-11-01121A

Fig. 4

GUF404.5

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

D . Coupler function Calibration procedure This calibration must be carried out systematically after replacing either of the following: - Coupler function solenoid valve - Transmission oil high pressure sensor - Autotronic 4

Preliminary operations 1. Transmission temperature ≥ at 40°C (1) [Recommendation: do not cancel calibration if the value is too low]. 2. Handbrake applied or ParkLock engaged 3. Left-hand lever in neutral position 4. Hare range engaged.

032 MA-11-01119A

Fig. 5

Calibration 5. Having selected

6. 7.

8.

9.

in the CAL 1 screen

(Fig. 1), press “OK” to start calibration. Engine speed automatically adjusts to 1100 rpm. Calibration takes place for approximately 2 minutes in 9 steps, which are displayed consecutively on the screen Fig. 5. These 9 steps allow calibration of the solenoid valve current. The calibration result is displayed: - “OK”: successful calibration - “ERROR”: calibration failed (repair the fault before resuming the procedure). Switch off the ignition key for at least 8 seconds to validate calibration.

(1)

There are 2 ways to view the transmission temperature: - The value can be viewed in the Wintest gearbox screen - Using the DIAG mode of the DCC2 by means of DOT MATRIX: • Press for 3 seconds on ⇑. • Select DATA (in reverse video) then press “OK”. • The value is indicated by the “Trans Temp” line.

GUF404.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

E . Power take-off Calibration procedure This calibration must be performed only in case of a starting problem due to high inertia implement and therefore when replacing the PTO solenoid valve.

Preliminary operations 1. Handbrake applied or ParkLock engaged 2. Left-hand lever in neutral position 3. Select a PTO speed (540, 540ECO or 1000 rpm) depending on the implement. MA-11-01120A

Calibration

Fig. 6 4. Having selected

5. 6. 7.

8.

(Fig. 1), press “OK” to start calibration. Engage the PTO. Calibration takes place automatically, the time taken depending on the implement. The calibration result is displayed: - “OK”: successful calibration - “ERROR”: calibration failed Switch off the ignition key for at least 8 seconds to validate calibration.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

in the CAL 1 screen

GUF404.7

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Calibration

GUF404.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

GUF405 - AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Layout of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.1

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

GUF405.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF405.3

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF405.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

B . Electrical diagrams Autotronic 4 electrical power supply.......................... 7 MF7400 transmission ................................................ 9 MF8400 transmission .............................................. 11 CAB19 detailed view: PowerControl lever ............... 12 4WD front axle ......................................................... 13 Differential lock - tractor with EHRC linkage calculator ..... 15 Differential lock - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator .................................................................. 17 PTO control module electrical power supply (CAB61)....... 19 MF7400PTO............................................................. 21 MF8400PTO............................................................. 23 CAN network - Perkins engine - EHRC linkage calculator ....................................................................... 25 CAN network - SisuDiesel engine - EHRC linkage calculator .......................................................................... 27 CAN network - SisuDiesel engine - Autotronic 5 linkage calculator .................................................................. 29

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.5

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 48 FAI 124 FAI 127 FAI 129 FAI 130 FAI 131 FAI 135

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness DynaVT console harness Pillar harness Cab interior lighting harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness (8400) Datatronic 3 harness Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13 BOC1 CAB1 CAB10 CAB11 CAB12 CAB19 CAB44 CAB53 CAB54 CAB59 CAB61 CAB66 CAB67 CAB70 CAB76 CAB77 CAB78 CAB79 CAB80 L3 LIG11 LIG15 TR2 TR3 TR4

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch Instrument panel (DCC2) Right-hand brake switch Left-hand brake switch Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor PowerControl lever Throttle pedal potentiometer Emergency control switch Autotronic 4 PTO automation switch PTO control module Differential lock switch 4WD switch PTO ON/OFF switch Hare / Tortoise range selector switch (lever / pedal) mode selector switch Underspeed supervisor potentiometer SV1 encoder SV2 encoder Linkage position sensor PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders Reversing light junction PTO solenoid valve 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.6

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

Autotronic 4 electrical power supply

CAB54

46 24 1

68 45 23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

R

CAB97

3

2

1

CAB73-1

1

BAF1.3/CAB97.1

S8

2 14 13

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF1

15

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16

BAF1

17

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

FAI124

4

CAB73.1.1/CAB54.55

1 2 3 4

M M M M M

1 2 3 4

S8.1/CAB54.56 S8.1/CAB54.57 S8.1/CAB54.58 S8.1/CAB54.59 S8.1/CAB54.60

2

M

1

CAB97

FAI 31

CAB54.54/S8.1

4

CAB97.4/CAB54.28

3

N

R

CAB54

F12

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

16

F62

F12

- 15A

X2

1 X12

F62

2

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

- 50A

+12V

1

X4

1 X12

S8.1/X12.1

M

MA-10-06067A

+12V

1

GUF405.7

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.8

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

MF7400 transmission 1000 540E

540

V4

V3 1

3

2

to starter relay

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TR34 TR34

ENG2 ENG2

S1.1/TR33.1

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

R

TR34.2/ENG10.7

B

MA-11-01155C

GUF405.9

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.10

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

MF8400 transmission

S4.1/BAF12.5

B

CAB 61

BAF12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

BAF12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

X2

1

X1X5

1

CAB 54 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

K1.1 R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F16 - 30A

F17 - 3A

540

NEUTRE

540E

1000

BAF7 BAF7

F22 - 10A

FAI 31

CAB50.2/CAB54.61 B CAB50.3/CAB54.62 B

CAB54.50/S7.1 B CAB50.1/CAB54.51 B

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 31

CAB35.1/CAB14.2

B

CAB76.1/CAB61.8

B

S5.1/CAB50.14

BAF12.3/S7.1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB18

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50

B

CAB14

1 2

B B B

R

N

TR15.1/CAB50.3 TR14.1/CAB50.2 TR24.1/CAB50.1

CAB50.8/TR18.6

R

TR14 TR18

TR24 1 2

1 2 3 4

TR 8

TR14.2/TR31.1 TR24.2/TR31.1 TR18.8/TR31.1 TR15.2/TR31.1

TR11 S2.1/TR11.1 TR11.3/S4.1

N N N N

1

TR 16

S2.1/TR17.1 N TR17.2/CAB50.13 TR17.3/S4.1 R

TR25.1/CAB50.27

AC2

A B C D E F G H J K

A B C D E F G H J K

TR 19

1 2 3 4

K J H G F E D C B A

K J H G F E D C B A

TR12.1/CAB50.12 S2.1/TR12.2 N

B

TR13

TR 13

TR13.1/CAB50.11 S2.1/TR13.2 N

1 2

B

TR20

TR 20

TR23

1 2 3 4

TR20.3/CAB50.20 B TR20.4/S2.1 N

TR23.3/S4.1 R TR23.2/CAB50.29 TR23.1/S2.1 N

3 2 1 TR23

ENG1.18/CAB18.4

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

B

2 1

FAI 41

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

3 2 1

AC 8

CAB 12

CAB12

S_4 S4.1/AC8.1 R S4.1/AC7.2 R AC7.1/AC2.12 B

BAF7.1/CAB11.2 B BAF7.3/CAB10.2 B

AC 7

2 1

CAB80.2/CAB57.A CAB80.3/CAB57.B

CAB 77

CAB56.H/CAB28.1

CAB10

4 3 2 1

CAB28

FAI 35

1

CAB19.5/CAB14.4 CAB12.1/CAB28.1

N

CAB11

B B

CAB13.1/CAB1.13

CAB57.K/CAB1.53 CAB57.J/CAB1.54 CAB57.H/CAB1.59 CAB1.8/CAB57.G CAB1.7/CAB57.F CAB57.E/CAB1.6 CAB57.D/CAB1.46 CAB1.47/CAB57.C CAB57.B/CAB1.48 CAB57.A/CAB1.49

B B B N B R B B B B

CAB14.4/CAB1.20 CAB19.6/CAB1.58 S__1

B B

CAB19.4/S1.1 B CAB19.3/CAB1.42 N CAB19.2/CAB1.41 B CAB19.1/CAB1.40 R

CAB 80

1 2 3

6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB 79

1 2 3

S1.1/CAB1.57

6 5 4 3 2 1

B

CAB 19

CAB19

FAI 35

CAB44.1/CAB1.11 S18.1/CAB1.10

CAB78 R N B

B

CAB19

CAB79 S1.1/CAB79.1 R CAB79.2/CAB57.C B CAB57.D/CAB79.3 B

CAB 11

B N CAB1.44/CAB56.J B CAB56.K/S5.1 R

FAI 31

CAB57.E/CAB78.1 CAB57.G/CAB78.2 CAB78.3/CAB57.F

CAB 10

4 3 2 1

ENG1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

N B

CAB 78

1 2 3

TR25

TR 25

1 2

ENG10 ENG10 1

FAI129 ENG1.8/S7.1

B

ENG10.2/ENG9.1 N ENG9 S7

ENG1.22/ENG10.8 B ENG1.18/ENG10.9 B

S7.1/ENG10.5

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F6- 10A

2

BAF11

AC8

CAB57 CAB57

TR12

VERS BAF10 - 2

to starter relay

S5.1/CAB12.2 R CAB12.3/CAB1.4 B

S18

B

B ENG1

1 2

AC 11

AC11

CAB10.3/CAB28.1 N CAB28.1/CAB11.3 N CAB56.C/CAB10.4 B CAB11.4/CAB56.D B

CAB80

TR 12

B R B

F37 - 5A

1

FAI 31

TR19

TR17 1 2 3

1 2

1 S2.1/TR19.1 N TR19.2/CAB50.18 B TR19.3/S4.1 R TR19.4/CAB50.19 B

AC11.3/AC2.3 AC11.2/AC2.4 AC8.2/AC2.11

1 2 3

1 2

TR30

TR8.3/TR50.15 B TR8.2/S4.1 R S2.1/TR8.1 N

3 2 1

N

CAB56 CAB56

TR31

TR16 TR16.1/CAB50.28 B TR16.2/TR31.1 N

AC11.1/AC2.1

AC7

S4

R

15

1

R11

BAF11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB43

BOC 1

CAB77

S2

N

TR8

TR 17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S5

S5.1/CAB14.5 R S5.1/CAB43.1 R

BOC1

CAB14

B R

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 AC2

TR 18

CAB56.J/AC2.3 CAB56.K/AC2.4

TR18.4/CAB50.6

TR 11

R

FAI130

1 2

TR 24

1

FAI 35 3 2 1

CAB13

S1.1/CAB80.1 R AC2.11/CAB57.J B AC2.12/CAB57.K B CAB77.1/CAB57.H B AC2.1/CAB56.H N

TR 14

CAB73 1

N

R

3

1

BAF9 BAF9

N B AC2.2/S1.1

CAB50.10/S2.1

1 2

S4.1/CAB50.14

B B TR11.4/CAB50.17 TR11.2/CAB50.16

TR15

CAB77.2/CAB73.1.1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

CAB 76

S1

CAB 44

B

CAB1.19/CAB14.3 B CAB14.3/BOC1.1 B CAB14.5/BOC1.2 B CAB14.3/BOC1.3 B

CAB76

CAB76.2/CAB73.1.1 N

TR 15

FAI 35

CAB35

CAB50.9/CAB73.1.1 N S1.1/CAB50.6 R

32

5

2 4

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1

SEC2

CAB44.2/S5.1

FAI 35

TR18.7/CAB50.9 TR18.3/CAB50.5

V2

CAB44

CAB37 CAB37

V1

BAF8 BAF8

FAI 35

FAI 11

1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R

CAB18

CAB 53

1

CAB14.1/BAF9.14 BAF11.2/S1.1 R

AC2.2/S4.1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3

SEC1

1

CAB44.3/S18.1

FAI 31

R

B

B

3

S7.1/CAB50.28

CAB18.3/CAB50.27

B

S7_

CAB53.1/S4.1 B CAB53.2/CAB37.10 B

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

CAB50.11/CAB54.45 B

CAB54.39/CAB56.D B CAB54.40/CAB61.9 B

CAB54.42/CAB50.19 B

CAB54.34/CAB50.16 B

CAB54.29/CAB50.13 B CAB54.30/CAB18.4 B

R CAB54.23/S5.1

CAB54.21/CAB50.20 B

CAB54.18/CAB50.17 B CAB50.5/CAB54.19 B

CAB54.15/CAB50.12 B CAB54.16/CAB56.C B

B S4.1/CAB54.10

CAB54.12/CAB50.29 B CAB54.13/CAB50.18 B

CAB54.6/CAB50.15 B

S5_

CAB53

O O

CAB61

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 CAB50.10/CAB54.1 N CAB50.8/CAB54.2 R

CAB54

BAF8.5/S5.1 R S4

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB14.1/SEC1.1 CAB14.2/SEC2.1

CAB61

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB37.10/CAB14.3

CAB54

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S3.1/ENG10.2

N

ENG10.5/S1.1

R

S3

S3.1/TR25.2

FAI 35

N

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB1

TR26 S_1

TR26.2/S1.1

1 2

R

CAB1 CAB1

TR 26

FAI130 TR26.1/ENG10.8

B

TR33 S1.1/TR33.1

ENG10.9/TR33.2

B

R

1 2

TR 33

MA-11-01443A

CAB1.55/ENG1.22 B CAB1.67/CAB18.3 B BAF7.7/ENG1.8 B

GUF405.11

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list

CAB19 detailed view: PowerControl lever 1

1KOhm

1KOhm

S1 24KOhm

S2

36KOhm

2.55KOhm

10KOhm

2.4KOhm

2KOhm

S3 15,8KOhm

2 S7

100KOhm

2KOhm

S4 560Ohm 10KOhm

2.55KOhm

S5

2.4KOhm

1.5KOhm

24KOhm

3

34KOhm

S6

1KOhm

4 5

FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

6

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

MA-11-01308A

Pin

Description

1

5V supply

2

Signal

3

Ground

4

Neutral (NC)

5

Neutral switch supply (12V)

6

Neutral (NO)

Lever position High (declutched) Forward + Front Forward Neutral Reverse Rear Reverse +

Switch None S1 + S2 + S3 S1 + S2 S1 + S2 + S4 S7 S5 + S6 +S4 S5 + S6 S5 + S6 + S3

Signal in volts 2.5 4 3.5 3 0.5 2 1.5 1

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.12

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams 4WD front axle K1.1 R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

NEUTRE

540

750

1000

TR 11 4

21

19

17

15

13

22

20

18

16

14

CAB 61

CAB61

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 12

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

TR11.4/CAB50.17 TR11.3/S4.1 R TR11.2/CAB50.16 S2.1/TR11.1 N

3

B

13

21 10 11 12

CAB50 CAB50 22

46 24 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

24

25

B

R S4

S4.1/CAB50.14R

FAI 31 CAB54.31/CAB61.15

B

CAB54.34/CAB50.16

B

CAB54.39/CAB56.D

B

CAB54.64/CAB50.24

B

K

J

H

G

F

A

B

C

D

E

21 22 23

23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10 11 12 24

20 9 3 4 13 25

8 2 1 5 14

31 19 7 6 15 26

FAI 32

30 18 17 16

29 28

27

TR 5 S2

CAB50.10/S2.1 N

TR5 TR5.1/CAB50.24 TR5.2/TR30.1

S4

S4.1/CAB50.14 R

FAI 35 K J H G F E D C B A

K J H G F E D C B A

B

1 2

N

1

1

F

G

H

J

K

E

D

C

B

A

BAF7.3/CAB10.2 B BAF7.1/CAB11.2 B

CAB11.4/CAB56.D B CAB56.C/CAB10.4 B

2

TR30

1

3

2

5 14

9

4

4

26

1

3

15

20 8 2

B

CAB54.18/CAB50.17

CAB54.23/S4.1

7 6

6

68 45 23

CAB54.16/CAB56.C

31 19

5

16 27

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F17- 7.5A

BAF7

1

CAB 67

CAB56 CAB56

1

2

3

7 4

5

6

8

18 17

8

30 29 28

7

B

9

CAB54.9/CAB61.17

TR11

10

N

S4.1/CAB61.13R

CAB 54

CAB50.10/CAB54.1

1

4 3 2 1

B

CAB54 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

X2

+APC

CAB10.3/CAB28.1 N

2

CAB28.1/CAB11.3 N

CAB67 +8

-7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3

2

CAB61.16/CAB67.2 B CAB67.3/S4.1 R 1 CAB28 CAB73.1/CAB67.7 N

CAB 11

4

4 3 2 1

3

2

4

1

CAB11

4 3 2 1

3

2

1

CAB 10

CAB10

F17

CAB73 1

FAI 31

CAB 66 1

2

3

7 4

5

6

8

CAB66 +8

-7

3

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB66.2/CAB61.14 B CAB66.3/S4.1 R

CAB66.7/CAB73.1 N

2

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

MA-11-01156A

GUF405.13

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.14

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

Differential lock - tractor with EHRC linkage calculator K1.1 R510

R160

R160

R160

540

NEUTRE

750

1000

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

TR11.4/CAB50.17 B TR11.3/S4.1 R TR11.2/CAB50.16 B S2.1/TR11.1 N

332R

1.3K

R510

R160

19

2

1

4 3 2 1

221R

7

17

18

2

3

TR11 CAB54.18/CAB50.17 B

AC 13

S4.1/CAB61.13R

CAB54.23/S4.1

R

CAB50.10/CAB54.1 N

30 29 28

18 17 16 27

31 19 7 6 15 26

20 8

9

2

3

1

4

5 14

13

21

21

10

10

11 12

22

22

23

23

9 3 4 13 25

8 2 1 5 14

31 19 7 6 15 26

30 18 17 16

29 28

FAI 32

27

AC13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

B S4

S4.1/CAB50.14R

FAI 31

CAB54.63/CAB50.25

20

CAB50 CAB50

CAB54.34/CAB50.16 B

CAB54.39/CAB56.D

11 12 24

24

25

CAB54.31/CAB61.15 B

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 1718

10

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

17 18

TR 7 TR7 TR7.1/CAB50.25B TR7.2/TR30.1 N

1 2

S2

CAB50.10/S2.1N

S4

S4.1/CAB50.14R

1 2

1

TR30

FAI 41 S3.1/AC13.7 R

S3

S2.1/AC13.17 N

S2 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 AC1.3/AC13.2B

FAI 23

1

2

3

4

5

6

AC1.1/S3.1 R

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 AC1

K

J

H

G

F

A

B

C

D

E

K J H G F E D C B A

K J H G F E D C B A

F

G

H

J

K

E

D

C

B

A

FAI 35 BAF7.3/CAB10.2 B BAF7.1/CAB11.2 B

CAB11.4/CAB56.D CAB56.C/CAB10.4

B B

7

8

9

AC1.2/S2.1 N

10

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F17- 7.5A

BAF7

1 CAB56 CAB56

X2

+APC

FAI 31 CAB10.3/CAB28.1 N

2

S6.1/L13.39 R

3

6 5 7

2 1

4

8

N CAB66.7/CAB73.1

S5

CAB66.2/CAB61.14 CAB66.3/S4.1 R

S5.1/L13.20 N

B

CAB28.1/CAB11.3 N

CAB73

1

1 CAB28

CAB 11

4

4 3 2 1

3

2

4

1

CAB11

4 3 2 1

3

2

1

CAB 10

CAB10

F17

CAB66

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S6

L13.46/AC1.3 B

3

CAB 66

¤ H

21

3

750R

UP

CAB54.16/CAB56.C B

+8

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

TR 11

CAB 61

CAB61

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S5.1/AC1.2 N AC1.1/S6.1 R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

DOWN NEUTRAL

4

L13 L13

R510

19

R510

37

R160

46 24 1

55

1

R510

68 45 23

38 20

R160

CAB 54

R510

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

R160

CAB54

R510

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

2 -7

2

MA-11-01157A

GUF405.15

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.16

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

Differential lock - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

K1.1 R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R510

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

R160

DOWN

CAB54.16/CAB56.C

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

221R

4 3 2 1

B

AC 13 7

17

18

2

3

B

S5.1/CAB61.13

R

B S5_

S5.1/CAB50.14

R

FAI 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FAI130 CAB50.10/S2.1

N

7

5

4

8

9

3

2

10

11 12

S4.1/CAB50.14

R

S_4 1

1

2

TR31

FAI 41 S3.1/AC13.7

S3

N R

S3.1/L13.2

N

B

AC1.1/S3.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R

AC1.2/S2.1

S3

R

R

S2.1/AC13.17

1

AC1.3/AC13.2 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 17 18

1 2

K

J

H

G

F

A

B

C

D

E

K J H G F E D C B A

2

N

CAB56 K J H G F E D C B A

1

6

5 17 18

S2

S_2 B

2

4

TR7 TR7.1/CAB50.25 B TR7.2/TR31.1 N

CAB50 CAB54.63/CAB50.25

1

7

TR 7

2

CAB54.39/CAB56.D

AC13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

4

B

CAB50

3

CAB54.34/CAB50.16

3 10

8

26

6

B

25

25

5

CAB54.31/CAB61.15

28 16 27

14

F

G

H

J

K

E

D

C

B

A

CAB11.4/CAB56.D CAB56.C/CAB10.4

BAF7.3/CAB10.2

B

BAF7.1/CAB11.2

B

8

N

29 17

15

13

7

CAB50.10/CAB54.1

18

6 5

24

24

14 26

7 1

4 12

13

30 19

3 11

23

23 12

5

31

2

22

22 11

4

15 27

10

10 3

1

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

21

21

8 19

18 17

20

20

31 30

29 28

9

CAB54.23/S5.1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F17 - 3A

BAF7

B B

FAI 35

CAB56

1

X2

+APC

FAI 23 FAI 31

CAB10.3/CAB28.1 CAB28.1/CAB11.3

S2.1/L13.41

N

N

N

CAB66

N CAB66.7/CAB73.1

CAB73 2 Rétro-éclairage

B 6 5

CAB66.2/CAB61.14 CAB66.3/S5.1 R

3 2

B

1

L13.46/AC1.3

4

L13

332R

R

CAB54.18/CAB50.17

1

TR11

7

14

B

B

8

28

1

TR11.4/CAB50.17 TR11.3/S4.1 R TR11.2/CAB50.16 S2.1/TR11.1 N

2

3

750R

UP

10

46 24 1

15

CAB 61

CAB61

21

L13

42

NEUTRE

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 AC1

29

TR 11 4

S2.1/AC1.2 AC1.1/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

540

68 45 23

CAB 54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

750

1000

CAB54

NEUTRAL

1.3K

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

1

1

CAB28

4

4 3 2 1

CAB 11

3

2

CAB11

4

1

4 3 2 1

3

2

1

2

CAB10

CAB 10

F17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S2_

3 2

+8

CAB 66

-7

MA-11-01444A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.17

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.18

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

PTO control module electrical power supply (CAB61)

CAB61

K1.1 R510 R160

R160

R160

R510

R160

1000 540E

540

NEUTRE

540

540E

1000

***

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

CAB73.1.1/CAB61.1

N

S5

CAB54.23/S5.1

R

FAI 31

S5.1/CAB61.13

R

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R510

R510

R160

R160

R510

R160

R510

R510

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB54

68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB54

1

CAB54

68 45 23

CAB73 1

46 24 1

MA-11-01445A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.19

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.20

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams MF7400PTO

K1.1 R510

R510

R510

R160

R160

R160

R160 NEUTRE

540

540E

1000

2 alim

R510

R160

3 Us 1 0V

R510

R160

2 alim

R510

R160

TR 10

TR 9 3 Us 1 0V

R510

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

TR 11 TR9

1 2 3

3 2 1

3 2 1

TR10

1 2 3 4

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TR11.4/CAB50.17 TR11.3/S4.1 R TR11.2/CAB50.16 S2.1/TR11.1 N

CAB 61

30 29 28

68 45 23

CAB50.30/CAB54.14

B

CAB54.18/CAB50.17

B

CAB54.20/CAB61.4

18 17 16 27

31 19 7 6 15 26

20 8 2 1 5 14

9 3 4 13

21 21 10 11 12

CAB50 CAB50 22 23

24

25

B

CAB61.11/CAB54.22 CAB54.23/S4.1 R

B

S4

S4.1/CAB50.14 R

46 24 1

FAI 31 CAB54.34/CAB50.16 CAB50.31/CAB54.35

B B

CAB54.38/CAB61.7

B

CAB54.41/CAB61.5

B

CAB54.43/CAB61.3 CAB54.44/CAB61.2

B B

CAB54.47/CAB50.26 CAB54.50/S5.1 B

CAB54.53/CAB50.22

22 23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10 11 12 24

20 9 3 4 13 25

8 2 1 5 14

31 19 7 6 15 26

B

1

17 16

4 3 2 1

B

B

FAI 32

30 18

B

TR11

TR10.1/S2.1 N TR10.2/CAB50.30 TR10.3/S4.1 R

TR9.1/S2.1 N TR9.2/CAB50.31 TR9.3/S5.1 R

CAB50.10/CAB54.1N

29 28

27

TR 2 TR2 TR2.1/CAB50.26 TR2.1/CAB50.26

B N

1 2

S2

CAB50.10/S2.1 N

S4

S4.1/CAB50.14 R

1

2

TR 4 TR4 TR4.1/CAB50.21 B TR4.2/TR30.1 N

1 2

1 2

S1.1/CAB50.6 R

CAB 54

B

CAB54 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

3

CAB61

TR 6 TR6 TR6.1/CAB50.22 B TR6.2/TR30.1 N

1 2

B

1 2

TR3 CAB54.68/CAB50.23

TR3.1/CAB50.23 B TR3.2/TR30.1 N

B

1 2

LIG1 LIG1

CAB56.E/CAB1.30

FAI 35

B

K

J

H

G

F

A

B

C

D

E

K J H G F E D C B A

K J H G F E D C B A

CAB73 CAB73.1/CAB61.1

F

G

H

J

K

E

D

C

B

A

N

1

TR 3

1 2

1

TR30

46 24 1

68 45 23

CAB61.10/CAB60.1 CAB60.3/CAB73.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

FAI 09

3 2 1

CAB56 CAB56

B

1 2 3

N

CAB1

1 2 3

LIG_1.17/CAB60.1

B

LIG_1.19/CAB60.3

N

CAB60 CAB60

CAB 1

10

15

5

0

.

2

.

FAI 08 LIG1.17/S6.1 B

S6

LIG11

LIG11 S6.1/LIG11.1 B LIG1.19/LIG11.2 N

6

1 2 3

RPM x 100

CAB 59

FAI 31

20

25

A

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

2

1

.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

AUTO A

B

1

2

AUTO

.

540 750 1000

KPH MPH RPM

CAB59.2/CAB73.1 CAB59.1/CAB56.E

N B

2 1 CAB59

CAB 70

5

3 2 1 CAB70 CAB70.1/CAB61.6 CAB70.2/CAB73.1

B N

1 2 3

MA-11-01158B

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.21

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.22

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams MF8400PTO K1.1

Us

alim

NEUTRE

540

1 0V

R160

540E

2

R510

R160

1000

3

R510

R160

Us

R510

R160

alim

R510

R160

1 0V

R510

R160

2

R510

R160

TR 10

TR 9

3

R510

R510

K1.3

R510

K1.3

R953

R383

2 x 1W 12 Volts

TR 11 3 3

TR9

1 2 3

2

1

TR10

2

1

1 2 3 4

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TR11.4/CAB50.17 TR11.3/S4.1 R TR11.2/CAB50.16 S2.1/TR11.1 N

B

N

CAB50

68 45 23

CAB50.30/CAB54.14

B

CAB54.18/CAB50.17

B

CAB54.20/CAB61.4

S5.1/CAB50.14

B

CAB61.11/CAB54.22 CAB54.23/S5.1 R

B S5

46 24 1

FAI 31 CAB54.34/CAB50.16 CAB50.31/CAB54.35

B B

CAB54.38/CAB61.7

B

CAB54.41/CAB61.5

B

CAB54.43/CAB61.3 CAB54.44/CAB61.2

B B

A

B

24 25

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10 22

30 19 18

2

17

1 4

16 15

13 24

26

CAB50.10/S2.1

CAB54.47/CAB50.26 CAB54.48/CAB50.21

CAB1

1 2

N

1

2

S4 S4.1/CAB50.14

R S2

TR 6 TR6 TR6.1/CAB50.21 B TR6.2/TR31.1 N

1 2

1

2

TR 3 TR3

TR31

1

TR3.1/CAB50.22 B TR3.2/TR31.1 N

1 2

B B

CAB54.53/CAB50.22

2

B

LIG1

CAB73.1.1/CAB61.1

N

FAI127

H C

G D

B

F

K J H G F E D C B A

3

K J H G F E D C B A

2

1

CAB60 CAB61.10/CAB60.1 CAB73 1

B

CAB60.3/CAB73.2.1 N

1 2 3

1 2 3

LIG_1.17/CAB60.1

B

LIG_1.19/CAB60.3

N

1 CAB60

F

G

H

J

K

E

D

C

B

A

E

CAB73 2 1

FAI 35

46 24 1

TR 2 TR2

1

CAB56

68 45 23

TR11

TR2.1/CAB50.26 B TR2.2/TR31.1 N

27

14 25

28

6 5

12

29

7

3 11

23

FAI130

CAB50

CAB56.E/CAB1.30

J

12 13

14 26

23

4

15 27

22 11

5

16

CAB56

K

6

28

10 3

1

8 9

9 2

7

31

20

21

8 19

18 17

21

20

31 30

29

TR10.1/S2.1 N TR10.2/CAB50.30 B TR10.3/S4.1 R

CAB 54

TR9.1/S2.1 N TR9.2/CAB50.31 TR9.3/S4.1 R

CAB54 CAB50.10/CAB54.1

1

4 3 2 1

B

B

CAB 61

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

2

3

CAB61

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

LIG1.17/S6.1

B

S6

LIG11

FAI 36

LIG11 S6.1/LIG11.1 LIG1.19/LIG11.2

B N

ON/OFF

1 2 3

LIG1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

9

7

5

3

1

10

8

6

4

2

CAB 59

AUTO 1

2

CAB59.2/CAB73.2.1 CAB59.1/CAB56.E

N B

2 1 CAB59

CAB 70

6

FAI 31 3

2

1

CAB70 CAB70.1/CAB61.6 CAB70.2/CAB73.1.1

CAB1

B N

1 2 3

ON/OFF

MA-11-01446A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.23

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.24

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams CAN network - Perkins engine - EHRC linkage calculator

68 45 23

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

TR18 S21 S20

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

1 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 7

FAI 32

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6

FAI 31

CAB18

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5

J V

4

S9.1/CAB18.1 S8.1/CAB18.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

TR18

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

V J

ENG2 ENG2

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

1

2 3 11 10

4 9

5 8

6 7

AC1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2

26

24 25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

1

7

8

9

10

S5 S6

2

11 12

L14

21

8 9

10 22

1 2

3

4

1

2

3

4

6

5

4

3

7

8

9

10

2

J V

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

11 12

FAI 23

4

3

1

2

4

V1

J V S5

L14.13/S6.1 S5.1/L14.12

S6

J V

FAI 24

V1.2/S5.1 V1.3/S6.1

1 2 3 4

V J

3

2

1

V1 1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J

FAI 25

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V S4 J

S4.1/CAB110.11 S3 S3.1/CAB110.20

V J

FAI 33

L22 V J

S8

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

15 16

CAB110

55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 68

S1

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S5

FS1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

L13 38

55

20

37

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

1 2

6

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

CAB110 S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 V

L13 L13 FS4

11 12 13 14

J

FAI 33

FAI 68

1

V J

CAB110

S9

AC1

55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

26

S6.1/L14.16 S5.1/L14.15

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

27

14 25

L14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

S2

28 16

15

13 24

29 17

6 5

J V

L13.14/AC1.12 AC1.11/L13.33

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

18 7

1 4

12

S3

30 19

2 3

11 23

1

23 12

13 14

27

22 11

4 5

11

10 3

1 6

6 1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

V4

FAI 46

7

V

1 2

CA8

20

9 2

7

31

20

1

CAB1.37/S21.1

V4

4

19

21

8 19

17 28

15

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

3

2

10

AC2

CA8

29

30 18 29

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

20

31

16

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

7

1

3

6

8

1 2 3 4

4

5

9

1 2 3 4

V3

5

4

2

V3

4

3

2

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

FAI 41

5 6 7

3

11 10

1 2 3 4

4

12

1 2 3 4

V2

2 3

1

FAI 35

V J

V2

V J

AC2.8/S8.1 S9.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

5 6 7

AC12 AC12

J

FAI 31

X

X

4

6

28

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1

CAB1.16/S20.1

22 11

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13 25

21

8 19

18 17

V5

V4

X

3

12 24

20

31 30

29

V3

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V2

4

29 17

AC12

5

18 7

1 4

23

30 19

2

ENG2.1/ENG4.52 J ENG2.2/ENG4.61 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

8 9 3

11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

31

20 21 10 22

J V

J V

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1

KPH MPH RPM

CAB18 S8

2

540 750 1000

46 24 1

.

B

TR18

S9

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

3

.

A

CA1

4

.

2

70

34

5

1

64

FAI 28

6

A

. AUTO

56

63

7

25

42

57

5 6 7

20

RPM x 100

28

CAB50 CAB50

CAB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

14

43

4

5

0

V J

8

7

29

1 2 3

15

FAI 31

1

15

J V J V

10

120

26

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

2

1

1

27

25

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

V J

CAB83

S8.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S9.1

15 14

24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 16

5 13

25

29 17

6

ENG4

CAB1

12

ENG4

18 7

1 4

24

14

2

30 19

2 3

11

13

27

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

46 24 1

CAB54

22

23 12

5

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6

CAB54 CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

1

19

J V B

N

P E

M

D A C

L

B K J

F

G

H

FS2

4

5

9

29

33

10

3

15

2

22

16 23

37

9

FS2

4

28

34

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

1

5

MA-11-01150A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.25

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.26

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams CAN network - SisuDiesel engine - EHRC linkage calculator

CAB83 1

120

S8.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S9.1

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

FAI 31

V J

FAI 38

CAB18

S8

S9.1/CAB18.1 S8.1/CAB18.2

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

S21 S20

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

68 45 23

3

4

7

6

5

FAI 35

V J

1

8 7

2

6

3

5 17

1 4

28

6

12

16

5 15

13

27

14

24

29

7

3 11

23

25

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

ENG4

ENG4 ENG4

15

12 13 24

14 26

25

V

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1

AC1

5 6 7

CA8

1 2

CA8

1 2

4

1 2 3 4 3

2

V4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

V4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

4

1

3

2

1

4

2

3

4

24 25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

8 9

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

V J

V J S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3 29

L22

J V

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

15

13

27

14 25

26

4 S6.1/L14.16 S5.1/L14.15

1

FAI 23

3

1

2

S5 L14.13/S6.1 S5.1/L14.12

S6

J V

V1.2/S5.1 V1.3/S6.1

FAI 24

2

1

V1

1 2 3 4

V J

1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J

FAI 25

L22

L22A

3

4

V1

J V

L14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

V S4 J

S4.1/CAB110.11 S3 S3.1/CAB110.20

V J

FAI 33

V J

S8

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB110

L111

15 16

11 12 13 14

S9

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

1 2

6

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

CAB110 CAB110 S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 V

FAI 68

J

FAI 33

S1

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S5

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

FAI 68 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FS1

L13 L13 FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

L13 38

55

20

37

1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

28 16

J V

L13.14/AC1.12 AC1.11/L13.33

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

S2

17 6

5

24

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

18 7

1 4

12

S3

30 19

2 3

11 23

1

26

21 10 22

11

23 12

14

27

22 11

4 13

20

10 3

1 5 15

19

9 2

7 6 16

FAI 46

10

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

29

30

29

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

20

31

28

AC2 AC2

CAB1.37/S21.1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 41

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2 3 4

V3

2

7

X

X 1

3

6

8

V3

4

3

4

5

2

5

4

3

1

6

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

7

1 12

1 2 3 4

V2

5 6 7

V J

V2

4

AC2.8/S8.1 S9.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

V4

X

AC12 AC12

J

FAI 31

V3

1 2 3

CAB1.16/S20.1

23

4 5

16 27

V J

FAI 35

6

28

1 2 3

27 26

22 11

1

28 16

15 14

10 3

1

2

17 6

5 13

9 2

7

3

4 12 24

21

8 19

18 17

V2

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31 30

29

AC12

4

29

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

5

18 7

1

11 23

30 19

2

ENG2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

8 9 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

31

20 21 10 22

J V

J V

ENG2 S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1

KPH MPH RPM

2

18

1

540 750 1000

46 24 1

.

1 8

22

2

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

30 19

2

3

.

A

CAB18

8 9

4

.

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

21 10

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

31

20

5

1

J V

CA1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

A

. AUTO

CA1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50 CAB50

S9

TR18

7

25

TR18

FAI 32

5 6 7

20

RPM x 100

J

4

5

0

TR18.2/CAB50.4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2 3

15

V

1

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

TR18.5/CAB50.7

J V J V

2

1

CAB1

26

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

CAB1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

27

25

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4

V J

28 16

15 14

24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29 17

6 5

13

25

2

18 7

1 4

12

24

14

TR18

30 19

2 3

11

13

25

CAB1

23

12

5

27

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

22

23

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

CAB54 CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

19

1 5 10 16 23 29 34

4

J V B

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

FS2 5

MA-11-01159A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.27

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.28

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams CAN network - SisuDiesel engine - Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

23

24

14

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

CAB83 1 120

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

J

V

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

FAI 31

V J

8

30 19

9

18

2

17

1

11 4 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3

23

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 28

CA1

ENG4

34

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

1

8

FAI 32

FAI 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

J V

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

11

1 6

28

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

10 22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14 26

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

1 2 3 4 1 2

3

4

3

V J S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

V J S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3 1

2

S5

J V

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

CAB1 29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

13

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

J V V J

FAI 68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141 CAB141

11 12 14

S9

CAB141

L13

16

CAB112

FS1 L13

15

FAI 131

FAI 68

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L 22

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

1 2 3 4

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1 2 3 4

FAI 128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1

L22

J V

3

4

J V

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

4

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

V5

3

7

V5

4

16

S4

4

6

3

26

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

5

5 8

1 2

27

14 25

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

V4

15

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V4

4

S2

17 6

5 13

24

29

7 1

4 12

4

V

3

18

2 3

11 23

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2

19

9 10 22

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2

CA8

4

7

CA8

S3

5

6

1 2

30

6

5 8

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8

5 6

4

3

1 2 3 4

31

20 21

4

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V3

1

9 2

7 17

27

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

1 12

V3

4

3

2

19 18 29 28

21

8

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

V J

1 2 3 4

3

20

31 30

J V J V

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

1 2 3 4

V2

V J

FAI 41

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 31

V2

1 2

AC2

J

X

X

X

5 6 7

AC12

ENG2

CAB1.16/S20.1

V5

V4

4

17

22

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

17

1 4

12 24

30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31

V3

4

29

V2

5

18 7

11 23

30 19

2 3

AC12 AC12

6

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

J V

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1 2 3

46 24 1

31

20 21 10

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

68 45 23

26

22

CAB18 S13 S12

FAI 35

CAB1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG4

28 16 27

14 25

TR18

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

29 17

15

CAB50

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

18

6 5

13 24

25

2

30

7 1

4 12

CAB50

19 2

3 11

13

26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

22

23 12

5

27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 6 16

CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 17

31

20

20

31 30

29 28

4

J V B

FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01384A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.29

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

C . Layout of components Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve

GUF405.30

¤ H

TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400 only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

MF7400 series tractor CAB50

TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR9

TR10

L3 TR20 CAB50

TR8 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7

TR30 TR31

TR33 TR34 TR23 TR27

TR24

ENG10

TR14 TR15 TR16

TR13 TR11

TR12 TR19

TR17

TR18

TR25

TR26

TR29 MA-11-0113B

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.31

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 09 FAI 23 FAI 28 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37

Cab interior lighting harness Cab linkage harness Perkins EEM engine harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness (7400) Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) FAI 41 DynaVT armrest harness FAI 48 DynaVT console harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 127Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness FAI 130DynaVT transmission harness (8400) FAI 131Datatronic 3 harness FAI 135Lights module and radio ground harness

Component parts list AC7 AC8 AC11 AC13

SV1 speed selector switch SV2 speed selector switch Armrest lever potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch BOC1 Bottom-of-Clutch (BOC) pedal switch CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB10 Right-hand brake switch CAB11 Left-hand brake switch CAB12 Top-of-Clutch (TOC) progressivity sensor CAB19 PowerControl lever CAB44 Throttle pedal potentiometer CAB53 Emergency control switch CAB54 Autotronic 4 CAB59 PTO automation switch CAB61 PTO control module CAB66 Differential lock switch CAB67 4WD switch CAB70 PTO ON/OFF switch CAB76 Hare / Tortoise range selector switch CAB77 (lever / pedal) mode selector switch CAB78 Underspeed supervisor potentiometer CAB79 SV1 encoder CAB80 SV2 encoder L3 Linkage position sensor LIG11 PTO ON/OFF switch on fenders LIG15 Reversing light junction TR2 PTO solenoid valve TR3 1000 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve TR4 540 rpm PTO speed solenoid valve (MF7400

GUF405.32

¤ H

TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 TR23 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR33 TR34

2 3 5 6 15 32

only) 4 WD solenoid valve 540E rpm (or 540 rpm) PTO speed solenoid valve (MF8400) Differential lock solenoid valve Hare / Tortoise range position sensor PTO shaft speed sensor PTO clutch speed sensor Bevel gear design speed sensor Transmission oil temperature sensor Transmission filter clogging switch Tortoise range solenoid valve Hare range solenoid valve Coupler function solenoid valve Transmission oil high pressure sensor Transmission control unit Summing shaft speed sensor Park brake switch Engine speed sensor Solenoid valve limiting speed to 30 kph Auxiliary hydraulics oil temperature sensor Auxiliary hydraulics oil filter clogging sensor Direction pressure switch 18 bar pressure switch on brake assistance supply Fuse box Start switch Inside cab Left-hand fender Top-of-Clutch (TOC) pedal switch Safety switch

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

MF8400 series tractor

TR20

TR24

TR18

TR13

TR33

TR35

TR26

TR11

TR14

TR19

TR15

TR16

TR17

TR12

TR23

TR25

TR26

TR10

TR20

TR7

TR3

TR6

TR5

TR2

TR8

TR20

TR9 MA-11-01419A

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

¤ H

GUF405.33

AUTOTRONIC 4 - Electrical diagrams

GUF405.34

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 8.a

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

11E10 - Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . ParkLock function activating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D . Logical diagram of ParkLock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E . Allocation of Autotronic 5 ParkLock pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11E10.1

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

11E10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

A . General Tractors with DYNA VT ML200 transmission are fitted with a ParkLock type parking brake system. This system acts directly on the tractor brakes and is composed of the following elements (Fig. 1): An electromechanical switch on the reverse shuttle lever (1) This switch, located to the left of the steering wheel, allows the ParkLock function to be activated and locked only when the reverse shuttle lever is in neutral position. An Autotronic 5 electronic calculator (2) The calculator is fitted in a housing located in the cab floor to the right of the driver’s seat. The calculator controls the ParkLock depending on the different readings it receives from the electromechanical switch (1) on the reverse shuttle lever (user information), the pressure switches M1 and M2 (4) and ground speed (activating conditions of the ParkLock function). The calculator thus also controls the control solenoid valve of the Parklock (8) ram pressure reversing valve. The calculator also controls trailer braking by activating: - either the control proportional solenoid valve (5) of the trailer braking valve depending on the signal it receives from the front axle braking pressure sensor (3), - or the control safety solenoid valve (6) of the trailer braking valve in case of electrical faults or when using the emergency handbrake. The calculator also controls the 5th optional electrohydraulic spool valve (9) and transmits information via the CAN network to the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator (10) which controls this spool valve. NOTE: The Autotronic 5 calculator is connected to the CAN network, so it is possible to reprogram it, set its parameters and test it using Wintest via the 16-pin connector (11). Safety: The ParkLock function is active when the engine is off. A safety system has been installed to deactivate it when the engine is started. The Autotronic 5 calculator must be informed by the Autotronic 4 calculator (7) via the CAN network that the engine speed exceeds 800 rpm, and the electromechanical switch on the left-hand lever must be moved from ON to OFF position.

A braking pressure sensor (3) This sensor is located on the front axle braking circuit at the brake master cylinders. It measures the front axle braking pressure and transmits a signal to the Autotronic 5 calculator. The latter amplifies the signal by a factor of 8 or 9 and sends a signal to the control proportional solenoid valve of the trailer braking valve (5) (for front axle braking pressure of 10 bar, trailer braking pressure is 80 or 90 bar).

9 11

Two pressure switches M1 and M2 (4) Located in the braking valve block, they measure accumulator charge pressure and transmit the information to the Autotronic 5 calculator (pressure must be > 105 bar). They allow pressure faults to be detected in the tractor braking hydraulic circuit (service brakes and ParkLock). Two pressure switches are used to show when one of them is defective.

CAN 10

CAN

Autotronic 5 Trailer braking valve control proportional solenoid valve (4)

1

The Autotronic 5 calculator transmits it a signal proportional to front axle braking pressure so that it can control the trailer braking valve. Trailer braking pressure is therefore proportional to tractor braking pressure.

8

M1 2

4

Trailer braking valve control safety solenoid valve (6)

7

M2

CAN

It is activated by the Autotronic 5 calculator when the latter receives the signal from the Autotronic 4 (7) via the CAN network, or when there is an electrical fault. 3

Parklock ram pressure reversing valve control solenoid valve (8)

42

29

- Ground speed - Engine speed - Emergency brake and ParkLock switch signal

15 28 14

1

It is controlled by the Autotronic 5 calculator, and allows the ParkLock ram chamber to be pressurised to release the tractor brakes. NOTE: Tractors not fitted with trailer brakes are also fitted with the braking valve block; only the tractor / trailer connection is not included.

5

6

MA-11-06021A

Fig. 1 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11E10.3

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

Page left blank intentionally

11E10.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description B . List of controls The ParkLock function can be activated via two controls in the cab. An electromechanical switch A on the reverse shuttle lever (Fig. 2)

The emergency brake lever is fitted to the cab floor, to the left of the driver’s seat. It is directly connected to the ParkLock ram pressure reversing valve (Fig. 4). This lever only allows activation of the ParkLock function as it is not fitted with a locking detent, and when it is released it therefore deactivates the ParkLock function.

L 2 4

A

1

3

5

MA-11-06024A

Fig. 4

MA-11-06022A

Fig. 2

This switch allows the ParkLock funtion to be activated and locked when the engine is running in order to immobilise the tractor. To engage the switch, the reverse shuttle lever L must be in neutral position N.

Parts list (Fig. 4) (1) Emergency handbrake lever (2) Pressure reversing valve (3) ParkLock ram (4) Brake control guide rod link (5) Pressure reversing valve control solenoid valve

An emergency brake lever B (Fig. 3)

B

MA-11-06023A

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 3

11E10.5

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

C . ParkLock function activating conditions In order for the ParkLock function to be active when the engine is running, either the electromechanical switch on the reverse shuttle lever must be activated, or the emergency brake lever must be engaged. However, in addition to this information, the Autotronic 5 calculator must receive a ground speed reading lower than 1 kph from the Autotronic 4 calculator via the CAN network. To deactivate the ParkLock function, the calculator must receive an accumulator charge pressure reading (pressure switches M1 and M2) over 105 bar and an engine speed reading over 800 rpm from the Autotronic 4 calculator via the CAN network. The electromechanical switch must also be deactivated and the emergency brake lever must be released.

To unlock the brakes, tighten screw A. Two conditions must be met when towing the tractor: - Maximum towing speed: 10 kph. - Maximum towing distance: 10 km. IMPORTANT: Before any towing operation, the Hare / Tortoise range must be set to neutral position using the emergency control lever to prevent any risk of damage to the Dyna VT transmission.

When the engine is stopped, the ParkLock function is activated automatically (tractor immobilised).

CAUTION: When the ignition is off, the ParkLock engages gradually, regardless of tractor ground speed. The brakes are fitted with a mechanical unlocking system (Fig. 5) to allow tractor towing or use of the limp home mode in case of a breakdown.

A

Fig. 5

11E10.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description D . Logical diagram of ParkLock operation

Engine stopped ParkLock engaged

Engine start

Engine speed < 800 rpm or pressure < 105 bar

Autotronic 5 ParkLock OFF

Engine speed > 800 rpm and pressure > 105 bar

Switch ON to OFF

Switch in ON position

Autotronic 5 ParkLock ON (standby mode)

Switch in OFF position

Switch OFF to ON then to OFF

Autotronic 5 ParkLock activated ParkLock disengaged

ParkLock engaged

Ground speed < 1 kph

Switch OFF to ON or Emergency brake lever activated (kept in high position)

Switch ON to OFF or Emergency brake lever released (low position)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Ground speed > 1 kph

No reaction ParkLock disengaged

ParkLock disengaged

11E10.7

Autotronic 5 - ParkLock - Description

Pin

E . Allocation of Autotronic 5 ParkLock pins The Autotronic 5 calculator is fitted with a 42-pin connector (Fig. 6) whose pin allocation is given in the table below.

29

42

Description

Type of signal

23

Not used

24

Not used

25

Not used

26

Not used

27

Not used

28

Calculator ground

29

+12V permanent calculator supply

30

M1

Pressure switch M1 (105 bar)

Analog input (0-12V)

31

TR34

Front axle braking pressure sensor

Analog input (0-12V)

32

5th electrohydraulic spool valve sensor signal

Analog input (0-9.5V)

33

Not used

34

Not used

35

Not used

36

Not used

15 28

MA-11-01268A

1

14

Fig. 6

Pin

Description

Type of signal

1

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

Initialisation

37

Not used

2

5th electrohydraulic spool valve sensor supply

9.5V regulated output

38

Not used

3

Not used

39

CAN Low

4

L10

Trailer braking valve control proportional solenoid valve

Output return (4A)

40

CAN High

41

Analog reference (5th electrohydraulic spool valve sensor ground)

5

L10

Trailer braking valve control proportional solenoid valve

Output (4A)

42

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

6

Not used

7

L11

Trailer braking valve control safety solenoid valve

Digital output (2A)

8

Not used

9

Not used

10

Not used

11

Not used

12

Not used

13

Not used

14

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

15

Calculator ground

16

M2

Pressure switch M2 (105 bar)

Analog input (0-12V)

17

CAB42

ParkLock electromechanical switch on the reverse shuttle lever

Analog input (0-12V)

18

Not used

19

Not used

20

Not used

21

Not used

22

L9

Parklock ram pressure reversing valve control Digital output (2A) solenoid valve

11E10.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

GUF531 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

CONTENTS A . Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Saving to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF531.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

GUF531.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

A . Programming - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - The programming of the Autotronic 5 is necessary: - when the former Autotronic 5 has been replaced by a new one, - when a new program becomes available to improve the product, - if the Autotronic 5 was programmed in a different configuration (ParkLock, linkage, etc.). NOTA: Parameter setting must be carried out on some softs after the first programming (Powershuttle, Dynashift, Dyna-6 and linkage soft). - Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “Programming AUTO5” icon.

Wintest

AUTO5 label Table of AUTO5 constants Programming AUTO5 List of AUTO5 error codes

MA-11-01281A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF531.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming Autotronic 5 programming is a 5-step process: 1. Searching for calculators present on CAN network 2. Selecting a calculator to be programmed 3. Starting the programming process 4. Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator 5. Validating the programming The following screen is displayed:

Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

1. Searching for calculators present on CAN network 2. Selecting a programmed

calculator

to

be

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Scanning CAN network

Auto5->File

3. Starting the programming process

Select soft ->

ParkLock GPA40 ParkLock HA...

PowerShuttle Dyna-6 Trans1

Linkage

4WD suspension

4. Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator

Dyna-6 Trans2 Dynashift Trans1 Dynashift Trans2 Soft selected: Auto 5 PowerShuttle - V01.05-B6

Validate

5. Validating the programming

MA-11-01498A

Fig. 1

NOTA: Each step must be validated to progress to the following step. If a step is dimmed, the previous step has not been validated.

GUF531.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming Searching for calculators present on CAN network When the window is opened, Wintest automatically starts an Autotronic 5 search on the CAN network. However, this search can be refreshed at any time by clicking on “Scanning CAN network”. The list of calculators appears as follows:

serial n°

Application

Auto 5 ParkLock-n°002696

H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Soft integrated into calculators (a) with • H01: Calculator hardware version (calcu- Program update possible with new soft version unique calculator serial number Fig. 2 lator version) • B03: Calculator Boot version (central hub included in Wintest of programs) (b) • V02.01: Soft version integrated into Autotronic 5 NOTA: (a) A blank Autotronic 5 is provided as standard with ParkLock GPA40 soft in the spare parts (b) A new Boot version can be included in the new soft version; however, 2 different soft items will often carry the same Boot version.

Fig. 2

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF531.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming Selecting a calculator to be programmed Double click in the left-hand column of the line of the calculator you wish to program. The line turns blue and at the base of the left-hand column, Wintest specifies which Autotronic 5 has been selected.

Starting the programming process Click on the “Programming” button to indicate your choice of programming.

Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator Click on the “text” button of the required soft. The soft buttons are the same colour as the dots stuck on the calculators during assembly at the factory: Orange: ParkLock GPA40 Blue ParkLock HA... Yellow: PowerShuttle Violet: Dyna-6 - Transmission 1 Brown: Dyna-6 - Transmission 2 Green: Linkage Pink: Suspended front axle The line under the buttons specifies which soft has been selected.

Validating the programming Click on the “Validate” button. A gauge indicates the progression of the programming. At the end of the programming, Wintest automatically starts a scan of the CAN network.

GUF531.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming During programming, several error messages may be displayed.

Error File cannot be opened

IMPORTANT: When programming with a Boot update, unexpected interruption of programming can be fatal for Autotronic 5. To avoid Autotronic 5 breakdown: Do not disconnect the calculator. Restart programming (Wintest will offer to reprogram only the faulty calculator to make it operational). NOTE: If the Autotronic 5 programming is interrupted unexpectedly, switch off the ignition key and then switch it on again. This enables you to resume programming.

Message: - File cannot be opened - Select a soft - Select a calculator - Calculator cannot be unlocked - Bank 1 cannot be erased - Bank 2 cannot be erased - Bank 3 cannot be erased - Bank 4 cannot be erased (Boot) - Programming error - End-of-programming error - Reboot error - Table change reset error - File name length error - File run error Correction method: - Depending on the type of message, try to follow the requested indications. - Cut the ignition and turn it back on. - Check the CAN BOX interface connections with the 16-pin diagnostics connector. - The AUTOTRONIC 5 unit is defective. - If necessary, reinstall the Wintest software on your PC.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF531.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming

B . Saving to a file Calculator data (program, parameters and calibration) can be saved in a single file that can be forwarded to technical support as requested. This file can be opened only by the factory engineers.

- Double click in the left-hand column of the line of the calculator whose content you wish to save. The line turns blue and at the bottom of the left-hand column, Wintest specifies which Autotronic 5 has been selected. - Next, click on the “Auto5 -> File” icon:

Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Auto5->File

Scanning CAN network

The content will be saved in a file

Validate MA-11-01522A

Fig. 3 - Next, click on “Validate”.

GUF531.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming - The following screen is displayed: Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Scanning CAN network

Auto5->File Reading flash: 16%

The content will be saved in a file: 02696_031.cln

Validate MA-11-01531A

- A gauge indicates the progression of the saving process. - It can take between 3 and 15 minutes to create the backup file (depending on the file type and the power of your computer). NOTA: Given the time required for the saving process, ensure that your computer cannot enter standby mode during the procedure.

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF531.9

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Programming - When the saving process is complete, the following screen is displayed: Save as

?

Save to:

My documents

My images 8961_062.cln

Name:

02696_031

Save

Type :

02696_031

Cancel

MA-11-01448A

- By default, the backup file is named with a “*.cln” extension, and cannot be renamed. Its name comprises the “unique” serial number of the calculator Fig. 2. - If you wish, you can change the location to which the backup file is saved. - Click on “Save”. - When the save process is complete, Wintest returns to the programming window.

GUF531.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics

GUF532 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics

CONTENTS A . Diagnostics screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF532.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics

GUF532.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics

A . Diagnostics screen - Start the engine. - Click on the “ParkLock” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

JOY : 3.6

PK: A5 PK02.01 : 1.03

CLIM : 20.05

A5 RL : 1.50

DATA3 : 1.4

MA-11-01381A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF532.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed:

DynaVT ParkLock

9

1

2

35

7K4XAM

7K4XAM

R57

R57

R57

NIM

NIM

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

R57

R0 01

654 321 7 8 9 101112

R051

R0 01

R065

10 04N1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

TROFFE

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1MM_NOIR

0 Km/h

7K4NOITISOP

No error

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4

X2

CAB35 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB21 CAB25 W110_ 3MM_ROUGE W113_ 3MM_MARRON 1 1

MA-11-01380A

Pressure reverse solenoid valve supplying the ParkLock ram (L9) OFF = ram not supplied = ParkLock activated ON = ram supplied = ParkLock deactivated Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve (L11)

ON = Safety solenoid valve not supplied OFF = Safety mode activated (serious error or emergency control activated) = Safety solenoid valve supplied

Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve (L10) with a progress bar showing the pressure range and percentage of current. 35

Emergency control

Action on pedals

Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve (L10)

0

0

0%

0 or 1

1

35% to 80% depending on pressure on pedals

1

0

100%

No error

ParkLock information locked - if ParkLock is activated, it is displayed in red and the padlock is closed - if ParkLock is deactivated, it is displayed in white and the padlock is open

Error code display

- if error is active, it is displayed in red - For information on the errors, click on the icon Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor in kph (information from CAN) 0 Km/h

GUF532.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics Brake pedal switches (information on the 2 pedals together from CAN)

Parking brake switch (TR20) (information from CAN)

- switch open: White - switch closed: blue ParkLock electromechanical switch on the left-hand lever (CAB42)

- switch open: White - switch closed: blue Value of braking pressure switch (TR34) 9

1

105 bar pressure switch (M1) for braking circuit load pressure

- switch open: white = pressure < 105 bar - switch closed: blue = pressure > 105 bar

2

105 bar pressure switch (M2) for braking circuit load pressure

- switch open: white = pressure < 105 bar - switch closed: blue = pressure > 105 bar

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF532.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Tests and diagnostics

GUF532.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

GUF533 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

CONTENTS A . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Analysing components and their error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF533.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

GUF533.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

A . List of error codes Autotronic 5 is able to detect certain faults in the ParkLock harness or components. When a fault is detected in Wintest, the error code is visibly displayed.

Code 31 32 33

Component

Open circuit Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve Short circuit to (-) earth (L10) Short circuit to + 12V

41 42

Open circuit Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve (L11) Short circuit to (-) earth

43

Short circuit to + 12V

51

Open circuit

52

Pressure reverse solenoid valve (L9)

53 71

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Fault

Short circuit to (-) earth Short circuit to + 12V

Braking pressure sensor (TR34)

Signal error

GUF533.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

B . Analysing components and their error codes L9 : Pressure reverse solenoid valve Description Location: on the hydraulic unit under the emergency control lever - left-hand side of cab (Fig. 1) ON/OFF solenoid valve

L9

- Connectors 1: Signal - Connectors 2: Ground Signals: Solenoid valve OFF: 0V Solenoid valve ON: 12V - 2A max.

MA-11-01385A

Fig. 1

2

2 1

1 MA-11-01388A

Fig. 2 Possible error codes Errors

Description

51

Open circuit

52

Short circuit to (-) earth

53

Short circuit to + 12V

GUF533.4

¤ H

Solutions Check: - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring - Solenoid valve condition

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes L10 : Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve

L10

Description

L11

Location: on the braking valve (Fig. 3) - above the transmission Proportional solenoid valve supplied with current - Connectors 1: Signal - Connectors 2: Signal return Signals: Solenoid valve OFF: 0A Solenoid valve ON: 12V - up to 2A MA-11-01387A

Fig. 3

2 1

2 1

Possible error codes

Errors

Description

31

Open circuit

32

Short circuit to (-) earth

33

Short circuit to + 12V

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

MA-11-01389A

Fig. 4

Solutions Check: - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring - Solenoid valve condition

GUF533.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes L11 : Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve

L10

Description

L11

Location: on the braking valve (Fig. 5) - above the transmission ON/OFF solenoid valve - Connectors 1: Signal - Connectors 2: Ground Signals: Solenoid valve OFF: 0V Solenoid valve ON: 12V - 2A max. MA-11-01387A

Fig. 5

2

2 1

1

Possible error codes

Errors

MA-11-01390A

Description

41

Open circuit

42

Short circuit to (-) earth

43

Short circuit to + 12V

GUF533.6

¤ H

Fig. 6

Solutions Check: - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring - Solenoid valve condition

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes TR34: Braking pressure sensor Description Location: under the brake master cylinders (Fig. 7)

TR34

- Connectors A: 12V supply - Connectors B: Signal - Connectors C: Ground Signal: from 1 to 5V

Fig. 7 MA-11-01386A

A

Possible error codes

B

A B C

C

P bar

MA-11-01391A

Fig. 8

Errors 71

Description Signal error

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Solutions Check: - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring - F16 fuse

GUF533.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - DynaVT ParkLock - Error codes

GUF533.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

GUF535 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Layout of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF535.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

GUF535.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF535.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF535.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

B . Electrical diagrams ParkLock..................................................................... 7 Electrical supply ......................................................... 8 CAN network.............................................................. 9

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF535.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 130

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness

Component parts list CAB01 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB42 ParkLock electromagnetic switch on the left-hand lever CAB141 Autotronic 5 - DynaVT ParkLock L8 LS signal breaker solenoid valve L9 Pressure reverse solenoid valve L10 Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve L11 Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve TR20 Emergency handbrake switch TR34 Braking pressure sensor 2 M1 M2

Fuse box 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF535.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

ParkLock

20

26

CAB141 CAB141

29

42

15

28

1

14

22

23

23

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FAI 23 cab141.31/L14.24

B

CAB141.30/L14.25

B

CAB141.7/L14.27

B

CAB141.5/L14.28

B

CAB141.4/L14.29

B

CAB141.22/L14.30

B

L14.26/S15.1

N

L14.17/S7.1

R

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14

L14

N

2

L10 L14.30/L9.1

B

L14.29/L10.2 L14.28/L10.1

L10

B

1 2

B

L14.27/L11.1

B

L14.26/S7.1

1 2

N

L14.25/L15.1

B

L11 S7.1/L11.2

S7

L14.17/S6.1

N

1 2

1

2

L11

R L15 1

1

M1 L16 S6.1/L16.1

R

1

1

L13 S6 S6.1/L13.1

R

1

1

L12 L14.3/L12.1

1

M2 1

4

7

FAI 35

CAB42

8

BAF8.5/CAB42.1 R S23.1/CAB42.2 B

4

5

B

5

3

6

2

B

1

L20.12/CAB18.6

S7.1/L9.2

FAI 128

27 26

8

CAB141.16/L14.3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

28 16

15 14

24

1 2

17 6

5 13

24

29

7 1

4 12

25

L9

18

2 3

11

12

L9

30 19

10 22

11 4 13

14

27

8 9

10 3

1 5 15

31

21

9 2

7 6 16

20 21

8 19

18 17 28

1

31 30

29

CAB141

1 2

CAB18 1

17

1

2

3

4

16 18

15 13

14

11

12

9

8 6

10

7 5 3

4

1

2

2

1 3

4 6

7

8

9 11

12

13

14 16

B

BAF7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

BAF7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

L14.24/TR36.1

ENG1

C

ENG10

30 19 18

2

17 16 27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

TA34 TR34 ENG10.5/TR34.A

R TR36.1/TR34.B

B

TR34.C/TR31.1

N

26

ENG10

9

14

A B C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB1

46 24 1

68 45 23

CAB1 TR31

15

13 25

28

6 5

24

29

7 1

4 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

11 12

8 9 3

11 23

R

10

31

20 21 10 22

S7 S7.1/ENG10.5

R

1

ENG1.8/S7.1

8

25

B

A

FAI 129

2

24

FAI 130

3

13 14

26

23 12

1 2 3 4

4

1

15 27

22 11

4

1 2 3 4

TR36

1 2

5

10 3

1 5

TR36

3 4

7

9 2

7 6 16

1 2

6

21

8 19

18 17

4 3

7

20

31 30

29 28

B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8

2

BAF7.7/ENG1.8

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

11 10 9

FAI 35

F18-7.5A

F16-30A

B

ENG1

12

10

6

9

8

5

7

6

4

5

3

3 4

2

1 2

1

1

12

7 8

3 2

11 10 9

7

6 5 4

9

5

8

6

1 2

S23.1/CAB1.21

BAF12

4

11 12

CAB18

+12V

3

3

CAB1

1

6

4

S23

X2

2

¤ H

B

F16 - 30A

F22-10A

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

CAB18.6/S23.1

BAF8

5

10

17

15

10

5

N

18

L20.9/CAB73_1.1

8

B

R

7

CAB141.17/L20.12

L20.5/BAF12.7

9

N

10

S15.1/L20.9

F18 - 7.5A

6

9

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

5

10

S7.1/L20.5

L20

8

7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F22 - 10A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

7

8

6 5

L20 S7

S15

BAF12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9

3

1

FAI 31

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10

4

2

BAF8

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB73 1

2

1

MA-11-01383A

GUF535.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams Electrical supply

Harness parts list

CAB141

Component parts list

42

15

28

1

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

CAB141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 CAB141.42/S14.1 R

CAB141.28/S15.1 N CAB141.29/S13.1 M

R

CAB141

CAB141.1/S7.1

S15

Fuse box 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure

S14

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF6

6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF6

5

3

1

6

4

2

S13 3

5

2

4

6

X2 +12V

F18 - 7.5A 1

X4 F21 - 7.5A

+12V

18

17 13

14

11 9

8

10

12

15

16

1

7

7

8

9

10

11

12 16

13 15 17

18

14

7 8

6 5 4 3 2

11 10 9

1

12

1 2

11 12

3

9

4 5

F22-10A

10

5

FAI 31

3

F21-7.5A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

6

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

5

N

L20.5/BAF12.7

R

1

S15.1/L20.9

L20.3/BAF6.2

1

F22 - 10A

BAF12

M

3

R

L20.1/BAF12.9

4

S7.1/L20.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1

R

L20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2

S14.1/L20.3

L20

2

2

M

4

S7

S13.1/L20.1

6

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

1

FAI 23

8

M2

N

CAB73 1

7

2 M1

L20.9/CAB73_1.1

6

CAB01 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB42 ParkLock electromagnetic switch on the left-hand lever CAB141 Autotronic 5 - DynaVT ParkLock L8 LS signal breaker solenoid valve L9 Pressure reverse solenoid valve L10 Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve L11 Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve TR20 Emergency handbrake switch TR34 Braking pressure sensor

29

R N

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness

CAB141.14/S14.1 CAB141.15/S15.1

FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 130

2

BAF12

F18-7.5A MA-11-01382A

GUF535.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams CAN network

Harness parts list 30

120

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

V

FAI 31

V J

68 45 23

12

29 17 28

6 16

5 15

13 24

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 28

CA1

ENG4

34

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAI 31 4

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

TR18.5/CAB50.7

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

CA1.14/CA8.2

J

FAI 57

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

1

8

FAI 32

FAI 35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

J V

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

11

1 6

28

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

7

10 22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14 26

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

L14

1 2

3

4

3

V J S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

V J 1

2

S5

J V

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68

S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

FS4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

CAB1 29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

13

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

J V V J

FAI 68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141 CAB141

11 12 14

S9

CAB141

L13

16

CAB112

FS1 L13

15

FAI 131

FAI 68

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L 22

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

1 2 3 4

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1 2 3 4

FAI 128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V1

1

L22

J V

3

4

J V

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

4

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

3

7

1 2 3 4

V5

16

S4

4

6

V5

4

26

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

5

5 8

3

27

14 25

6

4

3

1 2

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

15

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V4 V4 4

S2

17 6

5 13

24

29

7 1

4 12

4

V

3

18

2 3

11 23

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2

19

9 10 22

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2

CA8

4

6

CA8

S3

30

5

5 8

1 2

1

9 2

7 17

27

8

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

31

20 21

5 6

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V3

2

19 18 29 28

21

8

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4

1 12

V3

4

3

3

20

31 30

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

V J

1 2 3 4

1 2

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

1 2 3 4

V2

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

FAI 41

J V J V

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 31

V2

1 2

AC2

J

X

X

X

5 6 7

AC12

ENG2

CAB1.16/S20.1

V5

V4

4

17

22

V J

27 26

10 3

1 2 3

16 15

14

9 2

7

1

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

17

1 4

12 24

30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20

31

V3

3

29

V2

4

18 7

11 23

30 19

2 3

AC12 AC12

5

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

7

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

1 2 3

46 24 1

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

18 7

1 4

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

Colour reminder

30 19

2

11 23

CAB18 S13 S12

FAI 35

CAB1

8 9 3

TR18

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31

20 21 10 22

CAB50

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

26

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

M2

Fuse box 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure

1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG4

28 16 27

14 25

J V

2 M1

CAB83

29 17

15

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB01 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB42 ParkLock electromagnetic switch on the left-hand lever CAB141 Autotronic 5 - DynaVT ParkLock L8 LS signal breaker solenoid valve L9 Pressure reverse solenoid valve L10 Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve L11 Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve TR20 Emergency handbrake switch TR34 Braking pressure sensor

V J

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

Component parts list

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

6 5

13 24

25

2

30

7 1

4 12

CAB50

19 2

3 11

24

14 26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

23

13

J

CAB54

22

23 12

5

27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11

4

15

10

10 3

1 6

16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8 9

9 2

7 17

CAB54

21

21

8 19

18 29 28

31

20

20

31

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 130

4

J V B

FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01384A

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

¤ H

GUF535.9

AUTOTRONIC 5 - ParkLock DynaVT - Electrical diagrams

C . Layout of components Harness parts list FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 130

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness DynaVT transmission harness

TR34

Component parts list CAB01 Instrument panel (DCC2) CAB42 ParkLock electromagnetic switch on the left-hand lever CAB141 Autotronic 5 - DynaVT ParkLock L8 LS signal breaker solenoid valve L9 Pressure reverse solenoid valve L10 Trailer brake valve proportional solenoid valve L11 Trailer brake valve safety solenoid valve TR20 Emergency handbrake switch TR34 Braking pressure sensor 2 M1 M2

Fuse box 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure 105 bar pressure switch for braking circuit load pressure

L9

L11

L10

TR20

L8

M1 M2

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

MA-11-01418A

GUF535.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

11F10 - Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Console and armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 D . Allocation of Autotronic 5 linkage calculator pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11F10.1

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

11F10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

A . General

Dyna VT CAN network

8400 series tractors are fitted with an electronic linkage system controlled by an Autotronic 5 calculator. This calculator is attached under the cab floor, on the right-hand of the driver's seat. The Autotronic 5 Linkage electronic calculator ensures operation of the linkage in communication with the other electronic calculators of the tractors via the CAN network (Fig. 1).

1

10

7

8

9

1 2 3 4 5

The CAN network allows programming and parameter setting of the Autotronic 5 Linkage electronic calculator using the Wintest software.

Parts list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

6

ESC

CAN network

DCC2 instrument panel Autotronic 4 transmission calculator 16-pin diagnostics connector Electronic injection control unit (EEM) Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator ParkLock Autotronic 5 calculator Datatronic 3 Joystick Electrohydraulic spool valves Automatic air conditioning controller

4

2

6

5

3

15 16

11 12 13 14

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

7 2

5

8

6

10 Location

1

3 9

4

MA-11-06101A

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11F10.3

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

B . Description The Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator is also electrically connected to various elements of the tractor (Fig. 2):

CAN 12

Parts list Linkage spool valve (L6-L7) Pressure relief solenoid valve on auxiliary hydraulics circuit (L2) (3) Linkage console (L15) (4) Armrest (quick soil engagement button AC6, height / depth setting potentiometer AC9 and linkage lifting / neutral / lowering selector switch AC13) (5) Electrohydraulic spool valve control panel (ON/OFF switch AC3 and flow rate memory switch AC5) (6) Front linkage external controls (L1) (7) Rear linkage external controls (LIG6, LIG7, LIG8, LIG9) (8) DUAL CONTROL and TIC sensor (L17) (9) Auxiliary hydraulics levers 1 and 2 sensor (L18-L19) (10) Linkage position sensor (L3) (11) Right- and left-hand draft sensors (L4-L5) (12) Start switch

10

11

(1) (2)

1

9 2

Autotronic 5

8 3

4 42

29 15

28 14

5

1

7

6

MA-11-06094A

Fig. 2

11F10.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description Safety start switch (12) To avoid the system remaining active when the engine is stopped, a safety system is installed. When the ignition switch is turned on, the Autotronic 5 calculator receives 12 volts from the start switch (12). This lights the two indicator lights E and F (Fig. 12). F remains lit for 0.5 seconds. E remains lit until an "engine running" signal is received via the CAN network and the 3-position switch (AC13 Fig. 5) is toggled to Lifting then Neutral position.

CAUTION: Ensure that button B (Fig. 12) is in position control mode 1 to prevent unexpected movement of the lift arms in draft control mode.

L2 L6-L7

Fig. 3

MA-11-06096A

Linkage spool valve (Lifting solenoid valve: L6, Lowering solenoid valve: L7) It is fitted to the auxiliary hydraulics unit on the rear axle (Fig. 3). It is a proportional control solenoid valve that allows the linkage to be activated depending on the signals sent by the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator. Pressure relief solenoid valve on auxiliary hydraulics circuit (L2) It is fitted to the auxiliary hydraulics unit on the rear axle (Fig. 3). It allows the auxiliary hydraulic spool valves supply to be cut when a fault occurs on either of them.

A Linkage console (L15) MA-11-06115A-MF

It is located on the right-hand console (Ref. A Fig. 4). The linkage console comprises several elements, including the linkage high position setting potentiometer, function selector potentiometer (draft / Intermix / position), manual or automatic linkage lowering speed setting potentiometer, lowering speed automatic control indicator light, console locking and malfunction self-diagnostic indicator light, active transport control system indicator light, active transport control system selector switch, linkage lifting indicator light, linkage lowering indicator light and wheel slip control switch.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Fig. 4

11F10.5

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description Armrest The armrest comprises several elements (Fig. 5): AC6 Quick soil engagement button AC9 Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer AC13 Lifting / neutral / lowering linkage control selector switch

AC9

AC13

Electrohydraulic spool valve control panel It is located on the cab inside console, to the right of the driver’s seat. It is fitted with two switches (Fig. 6): AC3 ON / OFF switch AC5 Flow rate Memory switch NOTE: On tractors with Datatronic 3, only available for program versions later than version 10.4.

MA-11-06097A-AG-MF

AC6 Fig. 5

Front linkage external controls (L1) The two switches are located at the front of the tractor (Fig. 7): L1-A Switch on tractor 8470 / 8480 L1-A Switch on tractor 8450 / 8460

AC5

AC3

MA-11-06098A

Fig. 6

L1-A L1-B

MA-11-06099A

Fig. 7

11F10.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description Rear linkage external controls The external switches are located on the ends of the rear fenders (Fig. 8): LIG6 Right-hand linkage lifting switch LIG7 Right-hand linkage lowering switch LIG8 Left-hand linkage lifting switch LIG9 Left-hand linkage lowering switch FRONT and REAR DUAL CONTROL and TIC sensor (L17) The same sensor is used for the three applications. (See characteristics in section 11G10: DUAL CONTROL application). This sensor informs the linkage calculator of the angular position of either the front linkage or the rear implement depth wheel.

LIG7

LIG8

LIG6

LIG9

MA-11-06100A-MF

Fig. 8 Auxiliary hydraulics levers 1 and 2 sensors (L18 - L19) The sensor is the same potentiometer for both levers. It is fitted to the side of the unit (Fig. 9). This angle sensor informs the linkage calculator of the lever position. Set the face (1) of the potentiometer parallel to that of the spacer (2) in order to position the potentiometer in the middle of the ports (see GUF 522). Linkage position sensor (L3) It is located on the left-hand side of the lift arms upper pivot pin (Fig. 10). The sensor reads the angle of the linkage shaft and sends the data to the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator.

2

1

MA-11-01115A

Fig. 9

L3

MA-11-06110A

Fig. 10

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11F10.7

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description Right- and left-hand draft sensors (L4 - L5) These two sensors serve as a clevis pin to the lower lift arms (Fig. 11), and have a maximum capacity of 90 kN. They transmit to the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator a signal proportional to the draft applied to the lift arms. (L4) Right-hand draft sensor (L5) Left-hand draft sensor

L5

MA-11-06111A

Fig. 11

11F10.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

C . Console and armrest List of controls Fig. 12 (A) (B) (C)

Linkage high position setting potentiometer Function selector potentiometer (Draft / Intermix / Position) Manual or automatic linkage lowering speed setting potentiometer

(D) Lowering speed automatic control indicator light (E) Console locking and malfunction self-diagnostic indicator light. (F) Active transport control system selection indicator light (G) Active transport control system selector switch (H) Linkage lifting indicator light (I) Linkage lowering indicator light (J) Wheel slip control switch (optional) (K) Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer (L) Linkage Lifting / Neutral / Lowering selector switch (M) Quick soil engagement button

A

C

B

D

E J

I H

F

G

K

L

M MA-11-06095A-AG-MF

Fig. 12

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11F10.9

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description Description of controls A. Linkage high position setting potentiometer This potentiometer is used to adjust the maximum height of the lift arms. When the switch L is toggled to the Lifting position, the lift arms raise until they reach the adjustment value selected on this potentiometer. B. Function selector potentiometer (Draft / Intermix / Position) This potentiometer must be adjusted depending on the work to be carried out: - Position control: used with mounted implements - Draft control: used with soil penetrating implements (rarely 100% control). - Intermix: used with soil penetrating implements, in order to control the maximum draft while keeping a regular working depth (most commonly used position for ploughing, subsoiling, etc.). C. Manual or automatic linkage lowering speed setting potentiometer This potentiometer allows two modes to be selected: - Manual mode: the user adjusts the linkage lowering speed himself by activating the potentiometer. - Automatic mode (potentiometer turned fully clockwise): linkage lowering speed adjusts automatically depending on the weight of the hitched implement and ground speed (indicator light D comes on when this mode is used). D. Lowering speed automatic control indicator light

F. Active transport control system selection indicator light The indicator light comes on when the active transport control system is selected. G. Active transport control system selector switch The switch must be activated once when switch L is set to Lifting position in order to activate the active transport control system. In this case, each time switch L is placed in the Lifting position, the Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator supplies power to the lift control valve solenoid in order to keep the implement stable, whatever the speed of the tractor. The system is automatically disengaged when switch L is in the Neutral or Lowering position. To deactivate this function, set switch L to the Lifting position and press the switch G once. H-I. Linkage Lifting and Lowering indicator lights The indicator lights are lit while the solenoid valves are under voltage. They signal correct operation of the system. Their status changes continually when the linkage is used in Draft control mode. J. Wheel slip control switch (optional) When wheel slip control is activated, the linkage functions as during draft control mode: the working depth depends on the difference between the level of wheel slip measured and the level of wheel slip allowed (see section 11C10).

The indicator light comes on when the linkage lowering speed automatic mode is selected. E. Console locking and malfunction self-diagnostic indicator light Indicator light fixed on: linkage locked. Indicator light flashing: error code displayed.

11F10.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description K. Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer This potentiometer is used to adjust the depth (or height) of the implement after a selection has been made on function selector B. In position control, the potentiometer travel is maximum. The maximum high position is slightly higher when using the external controls instead of this potentiometer. A floating position can be obtained by setting this potentiometer to position 9. In this case, the Lowering indicator light remains lit. L. Linkage Lifting / Neutral / Lowering selector This switch allows work to be carried out in the following modes: - Lifting position: the implement raises to the maximum position selected by potentiometer A. - Neutral position: the implement is locked in its position. This position must not be used during the transport phase. - Lowering Position: the implement lowers until to the position selected by the depth potentiometer K and the function selector potentiometer B. NOTE: On starting or after using the external controls, the switch L must be toggled to the Lifting position in order to activate the system. M. Quick soil engagement button When switch L is in Lowering position, the settings are cancelled by holding the quick soil engagement button pressed down. The implement can then penetrate the soil more quickly.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

11F10.11

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

D . Allocation of Autotronic 5 linkage calculator pins The Autotronic 5 linkage calculator is fitted with a 42-pin connector (5) whose pin allocation is given in the table below.

29

42

15 28

MA-11-01268A

1

14

Fig. 13 Pin

Description

Type of signal

1

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

Initialisation

2

10 V supply (sensors and potentiometers)

10V regulated output

3

L6

Linkage lifting solenoid valve

Output return (4A max.)

4

L7

Linkage lowering solenoid valve

Output return (4A max.)

5

L7

Linkage lowering solenoid valve

Output (4A max.)

6

L6

Linkage lifting solenoid valve

Output (4A max.)

7

L1

Front linkage lifting external control

Digital input (2A max.)

8

L1

Front linkage lowering external control

Digital input (2A max.)

9

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

10

L15

Linkage console - self-diagnostic indicator light (LED) Digital output (2A max.)

11

L15

Linkage console - lowering speed indicator light (LED)

12

L2

13

Not used

14

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

15

Calculator ground

16

L5

17

Digital output (2A max.)

Pressure relief solenoid valve on auxiliary hydraulics Digital output (2A max.) circuit

Left-hand draft sensor

Analog input

AC9

Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer

Analog input

18

L15

Linkage console - high position potentiometer

Analog input

19

AC13

Linkage lifting / lowering / neutral selector switch and quick soil engagement button

Analog input

20

L18

1st auxiliary hydraulics lever sensor signal

Analog input

11F10.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

Pin

Description

21

LIG6 LIG7 LIG8 LIG9

Rear linkage external controls

Analog input

22

L15

Linkage console - active transport control system selector switch

Digital input (2A max.)

23

Not used

24

L15

Linkage console - active transport control system indicator light (LED)

Digital output (2A max.)

25

AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch indicator light (LED)

Digital output (2A max.)

26

Wired but not used

27

Not used

28

Calculator ground

29

+12V permanent calculator supply

30

L3

Position sensor

Analog input

31

L4

Right-hand draft sensor

Analog input

32

L15

Linkage console - Intermix potentiometer

Analog input

33

L15

Linkage console - lowering speed potentiometer

Analog input

34

L17

Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) or FRONT Analog input DUAL CONTROL or REAR DUAL CONTROL sensor

35

L19

2nd auxiliary hydraulics lever sensor signal

Analog input

36

L15

Linkage console - wheel slip control switch

Digital input

37

AC5

Flow rate Memory switch

Digital input

38

AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch

Digital input

39

CAN Low

40

CAN High

41

Analog reference (sensor and potentiometer ground)

42

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

¤ H

Type of signal

11F10.13

Autotronic 5 - Linkage - Description

11F10.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.b

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

GUF521 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

CONTENTS A . Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Saving to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 C . Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 D . Table of constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

GUF521.2

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

A . Programming - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - The programming of the Autotronic 5 is necessary: - when the former Autotronic 5 has been replaced by a new one, - when a new program becomes available to improve the product, - if the Autotronic 5 was programmed in a different configuration (ParkLock, linkage, etc.). NOTA: Parameter setting must be carried out on some softs after the first programming (Powershuttle, Dynashift, Dyna-6 and linkage soft). - Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “Programming AUTO5” icon.

Wintest

AUTO5 label Table of AUTO5 constants Programming AUTO5 List of AUTO5 error codes

MA-11-01281A

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters Autotronic 5 programming is a 5-step process: 1. Searching for calculators present on CAN network 2. Selecting a calculator to be programmed 3. Starting the programming process 4. Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator 5. Validating the programming The following screen is displayed:

Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

1. Searching for calculators present on CAN network 2. Selecting a programmed

calculator

to

be

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Scanning CAN network

Auto5->File

3. Starting the programming process

Select soft ->

ParkLock GPA40 ParkLock HA...

PowerShuttle Dyna-6 Trans1

Linkage

4WD suspension

4. Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator

Dyna-6 Trans2 Dynashift Trans1 Dynashift Trans2 Soft selected: Auto 5 PowerShuttle - V01.05-B6

Validate

5. Validating the programming

MA-11-01498A

Fig. 1

NOTA: Each step must be validated to progress to the following step. If a step is dimmed, the previous step has not been validated.

GUF521.4

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters Searching for calculators present on CAN network When the window is opened, Wintest automatically starts an Autotronic 5 search on the CAN network. However, this search can be refreshed at any time by clicking on “Scanning CAN network”. The list of calculators appears as follows:

serial n°

Application

Auto 5 ParkLock-n°002696

H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Soft integrated into calculators (a) with • H01: Calculator hardware version (calcu- Program update possible with new soft version unique calculator serial number Fig. 2 lator version) • B03: Calculator Boot version (central hub included in Wintest of programs) (b) • V02.01: Soft version integrated into Autotronic 5 NOTA: (a) A blank Autotronic 5 is provided as standard with ParkLock GPA40 soft in the spare parts (b) A new Boot version can be included in the new soft version; however, 2 different soft items will often carry the same Boot version.

Fig. 2

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters Selecting a calculator to be programmed Double click in the left-hand column of the line of the calculator you wish to program. The line turns blue and at the base of the left-hand column, Wintest specifies which Autotronic 5 has been selected.

Starting the programming process Click on the “Programming” button to indicate your choice of programming.

Selecting a soft to integrate into the calculator Click on the “text” button of the required soft. The soft buttons are the same colour as the dots stuck on the calculators during assembly at the factory: Orange: ParkLock GPA40 Blue ParkLock HA... Yellow: PowerShuttle Violet: Dyna-6 - Transmission 1 Brown: Dyna-6 - Transmission 2 Green: Linkage Pink: Suspended front axle The line under the buttons specifies which soft has been selected.

Validating the programming Click on the “Validate” button. A gauge indicates the progression of the programming. At the end of the programming, Wintest automatically starts a scan of the CAN network.

GUF521.6

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters During programming, several error messages may be displayed.

Error File cannot be opened

IMPORTANT: When programming with a Boot update, unexpected interruption of programming can be fatal for Autotronic 5. To avoid Autotronic 5 breakdown: Do not disconnect the calculator. Restart programming (Wintest will offer to reprogram only the faulty calculator to make it operational). NOTE: If the Autotronic 5 programming is interrupted unexpectedly, switch off the ignition key and then switch it on again. This enables you to resume programming.

Message: - File cannot be opened - Select a soft - Select a calculator - Calculator cannot be unlocked - Bank 1 cannot be erased - Bank 2 cannot be erased - Bank 3 cannot be erased - Bank 4 cannot be erased (Boot) - Programming error - End-of-programming error - Reboot error - Table change reset error - File name length error - File run error Correction method: - Depending on the type of message, try to follow the requested indications. - Cut the ignition and turn it back on. - Check the CAN BOX interface connections with the 16-pin diagnostics connector. - The AUTOTRONIC 5 unit is defective. - If necessary, reinstall the Wintest software on your PC.

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

B . Saving to a file Calculator data (program, parameters and calibration) can be saved in a single file that can be forwarded to technical support as requested. This file can be opened only by the factory engineers.

- Double click in the left-hand column of the line of the calculator whose content you wish to save. The line turns blue and at the bottom of the left-hand column, Wintest specifies which Autotronic 5 has been selected. - Next, click on the “Auto5 -> File” icon:

Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Auto5->File

Scanning CAN network

The content will be saved in a file

Validate MA-11-01522A

Fig. 3 - Next, click on “Validate”.

GUF521.8

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters - The following screen is displayed: Programming Auto 5 Auto 5 present on the CAN network serial n° Auto 5 ParkLock GPA40-n° 002696

Application H01/B03 -> V02.01

Update -> V02.04

Auto 5 selected: Auto 5 ParkLock-n° 002696

Programming

Scanning CAN network

Auto5->File Reading flash: 16%

The content will be saved in a file: 02696_031.cln

Validate MA-11-01531A

- A gauge indicates the progression of the saving process. - It can take between 3 and 15 minutes to create the backup file (depending on the file type and the power of your computer). NOTA: Given the time required for the saving process, ensure that your computer cannot enter standby mode during the procedure.

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.9

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters - When the saving process is complete, the following screen is displayed: Save as

?

Save to:

My documents

My images 8961_062.cln

Name:

02696_031

Save

Type :

02696_031

Cancel

MA-11-01448A

- By default, the backup file is named with a “*.cln” extension, and cannot be renamed. Its name comprises the “unique” serial number of the calculator Fig. 2. - If you wish, you can change the location to which the backup file is saved. - Click on “Save”. - When the save process is complete, Wintest returns to the programming window.

GUF521.10

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

C . Setting parameters Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. Parameter setting is necessary: - when the former Autotronic 5 has been replaced by a new one, - when improvements to one or more functions have been made through parameter setting. - when a programming has been carried out. Click on the “Tools” icon and then on “AUTO5 Linkage label”.

Wintest

AUTO5 - PowerShuttle label Table of AUTO5 constants Programming AUTO5 List of AUTO5 error codes Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label

MA-11-01281A

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.11

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

Auto5 Linkage Label Code parameters

Code AA

Code BB

43

50

AA = 40 - > 5400 diam. 66 mm AA = 41 - > 5400 PowerShuttle diam. 66 mm AA = 42 - > 5445 -> 5465 diam. 75 mm AA = 43 - > 5445 -> 5465 PowerShuttle diam. 75 mm AA = 44 - > 6445 6455 6460 6470 OC - diam. 66mm AA = 45 - > 6455 -> 6480 OC - diam. 75mm AA = 46 - > 6445 6455 LS - diam. 66mm AA = 47 - > 6455 LS - diam. 75mm OK

MA-11-01422A

The tractor label code can be modified either by: - moving the mouse cursor directly into the relevant box and entering the appropriate code (it is also possible to navigate between codes by pressing the “tabulation” key on the keyboard), - clicking on the arrow under the code concerned; you can then scroll down the scroll bar and double-click on the desired parameter. Confirm the code by clicking on “OK”.

GUF521.12

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters List of codes AA

Models

Hydraulic Circuit

5400 mechanical reverse shuttle

Details Lift cylinder Ø

Code AA

Ø 66 mm

40

Ø 66 mm

41

Ø 75 mm

42

Ø 75 mm

43

Ø 66 mm

44

Ø 75 mm

45

Ø 66 mm

46

Ø 75 mm

47

Ø 66 mm

48

Ø 75 mm

49

6485 to 6495

Ø 95 mm

50

6460 / 6465 / 6470

Ø 66 mm

51

Ø 75 mm

52

Ø 95 mm

53

5400 PowerShuttle 5445 to 5465 mechanical reverse shuttle

Open Centre (57 l/min) and Twin Flow (100 l/min)

5445 to 5465 PowerShuttle 6445 / 6455 / 6460 / 6470 6455 to 6480 6445 / 6455 6455

Open centre LS 90 l/min

6445 / 6455 / 6460 / 6470 6465 to 6480

6460 to 6480

TFLS 100 l/min

LS 110 l/min

6485 to 6499

Rear axle 7465 / 7475 7465 / 7475 / 7480

LS 110 l/min

7485 / 7490 / 7495 8450 / 8460 8470 / 8480

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

LS 150 l/min

HA110

54

HA130

55

HA160

56

HA200

57

HA260

58

GUF521.13

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters Identifying the rear axle, 2 possible methods: • Lift rams diameter Fig. 6 - HA 110: 2 rams with Ø 40 mm rod - HA 130: 1 ram with a Ø 40 mm rod and a second ram with a Ø 36 mm rod • Width of final drive unit spacer Fig. 5

MA-11-01122A

Fig. 6

HA110

HA130

37 mm MA-11-01320A

GUF521.14

¤ H

65 mm

Fig. 5

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters List of codes BB Number of electrohydraulic spool valves

DUAL & TIC option

Control

Wheel slip control

Datatronic 3

Code BB

0

0

0

0

0

50

0

0

0

1

0

51

0

0

0

1

1

52

2

0

Joystick

0

0

53

2

0

Joystick

1

0

54

2

0

Joystick

1

1

55

3

0

Joystick

0

0

56

3

0

Joystick

1

0

57

3

0

Joystick

1

1

58

4

0

Joystick

0

0

59

4

0

Joystick

1

0

60

4

0

Joystick

1

1

61

5

0

Joystick

0

0

62

5

0

Joystick

1

0

63

5

0

Joystick

1

1

64

2

1

Joystick

1

1

76

3

1

Joystick

1

1

79

4

1

Joystick

1

1

82

5

1

Joystick

1

1

85

NOTA: 0 = Without option; 1 = With option

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.15

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

D . Table of constants - Another screen allows you to display the constants entered during parameter setting and stored after calibration. - Click on the “Tools” icon and on “Table of AUTO5 constants”.

Wintest

AUTO5 - PowerShuttle label Table of AUTO5 constants Programming AUTO5 List of AUTO5 error codes Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label

MA-11-01281A

GUF521.16

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

Table of AUTO5 constants Select an Auto5 calculator Auto5 PowerShuttle - n°002696

Auto5 Linkage - n°1437

Scanning CAN network

List of parameters Description Forward PowerShuttle Current Reverse PowerShuttle Current TOC calib. BOC calib. IDNSW calib. Wintest

Status

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Data

7407 5719 56008 44572 44348 0 0

Save

MA-11-01297A

As with Autotronic 5 programming, reading constants takes place in several steps: 1. Searching for calculators present on CAN network This search can be refreshed at any time by clicking on “Scanning CAN network”. 2. Selecting the required calculator. 3. Reading searched constants (table title: list of parameters).

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.17

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters The calculator data can be saved in the form of a text file, which can then be opened with any standard text editor software. In this manner, the file can be saved, printed out, transferred to the technical inspector who asked for it, etc. - Click on the "Save" icon . - The following screen is displayed: Save as

?

Save to:

My documents

My images AUTO5_8942.txt

Name:

AUTO5.Txt

Type :

Txt file

Save

Cancel

MA-11-01448A

- By default, the backup file is named "AUTO5.Txt”. You can, however, name it as you see fit. - If you wish, you can change the location to which the backup file is saved. - Click on “Save”. - Wintest returns to the constants display window.

GUF521.18

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters - You can now browse your hard disc and open this file, which shall look as follows:

MA-11-01523A

You therefore have access to all of the data that were displayed in the Wintest window.

Wintest - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF521.19

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Programming and setting parameters

GUF521.20

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 7.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400

GUF522 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400

CONTENTS A . Autotronic 5 statuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electronic Linkage functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF522.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400

GUF522.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 A . Autotronic 5 statuses The Autotronic 5 operates via 7 main statuses. The status of the Autotronic 5 is displayed at the bottom of the diagnostics window. List of statuses: - Initialisation - Locked - Neutral - Transport - Transport (Shock Absorber) - Work - External controls

AUTO5 - Linkage

54 %

92 %

35 %

14 %

50 %

No error

950

0 Km/h

54 %

49 %

86 %

92 %

50 %

50 %

0%

AUTO5 : Transport (shock absorber)

R57

R57

7K4XAM R57

NIM

NIM

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

R57

R0 01

654 321 7 8 9 101112

R051

R0 01

R065

10 04N1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

TROFFE

7K4XAM

7K4NOITISOP

0% 1MM_NOIR

0%

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4

X2

CAB35 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB21 CAB25 W113_ 3MM_MARRON W110_ 3MM_ROUGE 1 1

MA-11-01450A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF522.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 - Start the engine. - Toggle the 3-position selector switch at least once to the Up position to activate the electronic linkage. - Click on the "Electronic Linkage" icon

Wintest

MA-11-01281A

GUF522.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 B . Electronic Linkage functions When the "Electronic linkage" function has been selected, the following screen is displayed: AUTO5 - Linkage

54 %

92 %

35 %

14 %

50 %

No error

950

0 Km/h

54 %

49 %

86 %

92 %

50 %

50 %

0%

AUTO5 : Transport (shock absorber)

R57

R57

7K4XAM R57

NIM

NIM

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE 654 321 7 8 9 101112

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE

R051

R0 01

R065

10 04N1

R0 01

R57

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

TROFFE

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1MM_NOIR

7K4XAM

7K4NOITISOP

0%

0%

CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4

CAB35 1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB21 CAB25 W113_ 3MM_MARRON W110_ 3MM_ROUGE 1 1

MA-11-01450A

The window is split into 5 identifiable sections AUTO5 - Linkage

54 %

92 %

35 %

14 %

50 %

54 %

Operating information 950

0 Km/h

49 %

86 %

Sensors

User interface

92 %

50 %

50 %

External information

0%

Solenoid valves R57

R57

7K4XAM R57

NIM

NIM

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

R57

R0 01

654 321 7 8 9 101112

R051

R0 01

R065

10 04N1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

TROFFE

7K4XAM

7K4NOITISOP

0% 1MM_NOIR

0%

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4

X2

CAB35 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB21 CAB25 W110_ 3MM_ROUGE W113_ 3MM_MARRON 1 1

MA-11-01451A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF522.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 User interface REMARK: The signal values in percentage are representative of the voltage in Volts, as the components are supplied with 10V (=100%). Hence, if the value is of 35%, then the signal is of approximately 3.5V.

Transport shock absorber indicator light on console - transport shock absorber activated = red - transport shock absorber deactivated = white Self-diagnostics indicator light

Lowering speed potentiometer value in percent of travel: 54 %

- padlock position = 0% - maximum speed = 100% Lift arm height limiting potentiometer value in percent of travel: 92 %

- maximum limit = 0% - no limit = 100%

- This icon flashes red according to the linkage error code Automatic lowering indicator light - This icon is red when the lowering speed setting potentiometer is in the automatic zone (yellow sector) Error: 0

Intermix potentiometer value in percent of travel:

Error code indication In this case, there is no error

35 %

- pure draft = 0% - pure position = 100% Depth potentiometer value in percent of travel:

Operating information Engine speed rpm 950

14 %

- position 10 (low) = 0% - position 5 = 50% - position 0 (high) = 100% NOTE: ensure that calibration (see GUF524) is correct before checking the component

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor in kph 0 Km/h

Wheel slip percent calculated by the DCC2 0%

3-position switch: Wheel slip control activation switch "Up" Position "Neutral" Position "Down" Position Transport control system (Shock Absorber) switch - ON = violet - OFF = white

GUF522.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 Sensors

External information

Left-hand draft percentage:

sensor

value

in

draft

External control switch - “Lifting”

50 %

- traction draft (work): from 0 to 50% - pushing draft (transport): from 50 to 100% Right-hand draft sensor percentage:

value

- on = violet background - off = white background in

draft

External control switch - “Lowering”

49 %

- traction draft (work): from 0 to 50% - pushing draft (transport): from 50 to 100% Position sensor value in percent of travel:

- on = violet background - off = white background These data are identical for the front linkage controls, if the tractor is fitted with one.

86 %

- high position = 100% (-5) - low position = 0% (+5) - signal between 2 and 8 volts NOTE: ensure that calibration (see GUF524) is correct before checking the component Position of implement in Front Dual: 54 %

- High position: 100% - Low position: 0% These values are determined by the Dual calibration. Position of the implement in Rear Dual: 92 %

- High position: 100% - Low position: 0% These values are determined by the Dual calibration. Value in percent of EHS valve control lever potentiometers. 47 %

-

0%

floating >6.74V (>100%) move down: from 4.9V to 6.74V (from 0 to -100%) neutral: from 4.48V to 4.9V (0%) move up: from 2.1V to 4.48V (from 0 to 100%)

NOTE: For potentiometer adjustment, see GUF74.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF522.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Tests and diagnostics MF6400/7400/8400 Solenoid valves Linkage lifting solenoid valve - solenoid valve in rest position: white background - solenoid valve supplied: blue background 0%

Percent displacement of the lifting proportional solenoid valve spool. Linkage lowering solenoid valve

- solenoid valve in rest position: white background - solenoid valve supplied: blue background 0%

Percent displacement of the lowering proportional solenoid valve spool.

GUF522.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

GUF523 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes MF6400/7400/8400

CONTENTS A . Reading error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 C . Analysing components and their error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF523.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

GUF523.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

A . Reading error codes Reading errors on the linkage console The Autotronic 5 carries out a permanent control of the linkage function. The user is informed of a fault by: - the flashing self-diagnostic indicator light (1) on the console (Fig. 1). Only one error code can be displayed at a time. Reading principle: 1. The indicator light flashes in a rapid burst to signal the code is about to be displayed. 2. 1st series of flashes displays the error code decimal. 3. Approximately one second without flash precedes display of the error code unit. 4. 2nd series of flashes displays the error code unit. 5. The procedure restarts from the beginning.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

1 MA-11-01429A

Fig. 1

GUF523.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 Reading error codes with Wintest Wintest allows all error codes stored by Autotronic 5 to be displayed and cleared. Click on the “Tools” icon and on “List of AUTO5 error codes”.

Wintest

AUTO5 label Table of AUTO5 constants Programming AUTO5 List of AUTO5 error codes

MA-11-01281A

GUF523.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 The following screen is displayed:

AUTO5 - Error(s) stored Auto5 PowerShuttle - n˚2697 Auto5 Linkage - n°1437

CLEAR

MA-11-01316A

- Click on the line of the calculator whose errors you wish to display. The following screen is displayed:

AUTO5 - Error(s) stored Auto5 PowerShuttle - n˚2697 Auto5 Linkage - n°1437

Error n°15: External controls failure

CLEAR

MA-11-01342A

Only errors stored when the ignition key is switched on appear. The most recent errors are displayed at the top of the list. Autotronic 5 Linkage stores a maximum of 10 errors.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

- If you click on “CLEAR”, all error codes will be erased from the selected Autotronic 5 memory.

GUF523.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

B . List of error codes The error codes are divided into 3 classes according to their importance: - Class I: Major error (linkage is blocked) - Class II: Error generating degraded operation (the linkage console is bypassed) - Class III: Information

Errors

I

II

III

Description

11

L6 L7

Linkage lifting solenoid valve Linkage lowering solenoid valve

Open circuit

12

L6

Linkage lifting solenoid valve

Short circuit

13

L7

Linkage lowering solenoid valve

Short circuit

14

Transmission control unit

No CAN unlocking signal

15

LIG6 LIG7 LIG8 LIG9

External controls

Wrong signal

16

L13

Autotronic 5 - Linkage

Battery voltage <11V or >16V

17

L13

Autotronic 5 - Linkage

CheckSum error

18

AC13 AC6

Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch Quick soil engagement button

Wrong signal

22

L3

Position sensor

Wrong signal

23

AC9

Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer

Wrong signal

24

L15

Linkage console - raised position potentiometer

Wrong signal

31

L5

Left-hand draft sensor

Wrong signal

32

L4

Right-hand draft sensor

Wrong signal

34

L15

Linkage console - lowering speed potentiometer

Wrong signal

35

L15

Linkage console - Shock Absorber switch

Wrong signal

36

L15

Linkage console - Intermix potentiometer

Wrong signal

GUF523.6

¤ H

Components concerned

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

C . Analysing components and their error codes

AC13

N

AC6

AC6: Quick soil engagement button

750R

1.3K

Description Location: on the right-hand armrest Switch normally open with internal resistors

332R

221R 464R 7

7

2

17

18

1

18

Wrong signal from linkage lifting / lowering / neutral selector switch or quick soil engagement button

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

5

18

1

Reaction of the System

4

3

AC6

AC13

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 17 18

2

Fig. 2

MA-11-01435A

Description

1

17

2 1

Errors

3

2

Signals: See detail of AC13 for quick soil engagement signal information Possible error codes

2

Solutions

Linkage blocked Check: - Contacts - Resistors that can be measured - Harness connections - Wiring

Resetting the system after clearing error

Stop then re-start the engine and unlock the linkage

GUF523.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 AC9 : Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Description Location: on the right-hand armrest Rotating potentiometer. 4K7

- Pins 1: 10V supply - Pins 2: Signal - Pins 3: Ground

1

3

2

Signals: Voltage varying between 0.27 V and 9.73 V at the Autotronic 5 terminals. 3

2

1

3 2 1

Possible error codes

Errors 23

Description Wrong signal from linkage height / depth setting potentiometer

GUF523.8

¤ H

AC9

MA-11-01432A

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Operation only Check: possible via - With Wintest that the external signal remains between controls 0.27 V and 9.73 V - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring

Fig. 3

Resetting the system after clearing error

Unlock the linkage

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 AC13 : Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch

AC13

Description

N

AC6

Location: on the right-hand armrest 3-position switch

1.3K

750R

- Pins 2: Signal to calculator - Pins 7: 10V supply - Pins 17: Ground

332R

221R 464R 7

7

2

Signals: 7.5V < Error 3.49V < Lifting < 7.5 V 2.62V < Neutral < 3.49 V 1.92V < Lowering < 2.62 V 1.3V < Quick soil engagement < 1.92 V Error < 1.3V

17

18

1

2

3

1 2

4 5

17 3 18

2 1

1

AC6

AC13

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 17 18

2

Fig. 4

MA-11-01435A

Possible error codes

Errors

18

Description

Solutions

Linkage blocked Check: Wrong signal from from linkage lifting / lowering / - Contacts neutral selector switch or - Resistors that can be quick soil engagement button measured - Harness connections - Wiring

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Resetting the system after clearing error

Stop then re-start the engine and unlock the linkage

GUF523.9

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L3 : Position sensor Description Location: on the linkage upper arm (Fig. 5) Inductive angular sensor. Data is converted into voltage by the sensor itself. - Pins 1: Ground - Pins 2: Signal - Pins 3: 10V supply Signal: from 2 to 8V Assembly: - Position the mark on the rotating shaft on the same side as the connector (arrow Fig. 5), - Tighten the sensor approximately in the centre of the ports, - Carry out calibration after assembly.

Fig. 5 MA-11-01428A

3 2 1 L3

Possible error codes

1

MA-11-01436A

Errors 22

Description Wrong signal

GUF523.10

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Operation only Check: possible via - With Wintest that the external signal remains between controls 2 V and 8 V - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring - Sensor status

2

3

Fig. 6

Resetting the system after clearing error

Unlock the linkage

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L4 : Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm Description Location: lower arms pivot pin - Pins 1: Ground - Pins 2: Signal - Pins 3: 10V supply 1

2

3

Signal: from 2 to 8V

Possible error codes MA-11-01434A

Errors 32

Description Wrong signal

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Check: - Contacts The linkage - Harness connections operates but the - Wiring draft control is - Draft sensor status deactivated Measure the sensor signal, which should be between 2 V and 8 V

Fig. 7

Resetting the system after clearing error

Unlock the linkage

GUF523.11

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L5 : Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm Description Location: lower arms pivot pin - Pins 1: Ground - Pins 2: Signal - Pins 3: 10V supply 1

2

3

Signal: from 2 to 8V

Possible error codes MA-11-01434A

Errors 31

Description Wrong signal

GUF523.12

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Check: - Contacts The linkage - Harness connections operates but the - Wiring draft control is - Draft sensor status deactivated Measure the sensor signal, which should be between 2 V and 8 V

Fig. 8

Resetting the system after clearing error

Unlock the linkage

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L6 : Linkage lifting solenoid valve Description Location: in the hydraulic spool valve block Proportional solenoid valve - power supplied - Pins 1: Signal - Pins 2: Signal return Signals: Solenoid valve OFF: 0A Solenoid valve supplied: up to 3.2 A

L7

2

1

L6 MA-11-01430A

Fig. 9

R

L6 P

LS

L7 MA-11-01431A

Possible error codes

Fig. 10

Errors

Description

11

Open circuit

12

Short circuit

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Check: - Contacts Linkage blocked - Harness connections - Wiring

Resetting the system after clearing error Stop then re-start the engine and unlock the linkage

GUF523.13

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L7 : Linkage lowering solenoid valve Description Location: in the hydraulic spool valve block Proportional solenoid valve - power supplied - Pins 1: Signal - Pins 2: Signal return Signals: Solenoid valve OFF: 0A Solenoid valve supplied: up to 3.2 A

L7

2

1

L6 MA-11-01430A

Fig. 11

R

L6 P

LS

L7 MA-11-01431A

Possible error codes

Fig. 12

Errors

Description

11

Open circuit

13

Short circuit

GUF523.14

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Check: - Contacts Linkage blocked - Harness connections - Wiring

Resetting the system after clearing error Stop then re-start the engine and unlock the linkage

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L13 : Autotronic 5 - Linkage Description Location: bottom right-hand side of driver seat in cab Allocation of Autotronic 5 pins, see table below. Some pins can be configured at their input and output, as determined by the calculator soft. Possible error codes 17: CheckSum error that occurred during programming or when setting parameters. Solution: Reprogram and set parameters correctly. To reset the system: A correct CheckSum is required. 42

29 15

28

MA-11-01268A

14

1

Fig. 13

Pin

Description

1

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

2

10 V supply (sensors and potentiometers)

3

L6

Linkage lifting solenoid valve

4

L7

Linkage lowering solenoid valve

5

L7

Linkage lowering solenoid valve

6

L6

Linkage lifting solenoid valve

7

L1

Front linkage lifting external control

8

L1

Front linkage lowering external control

9

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

10

L15

Linkage console - self-diagnostic indicator light (Led)

11

L15

Linkage console - lowering speed indicator light (Led)

12

L2

13

Not used

14

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

15

Calculator ground

16

L5

17

AC9 AC6

Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Quick soil engagement button

18

L15

Linkage console - raised position potentiometer

19

AC13

20

L18

1st auxiliary hydraulics lever sensor signal

21

LIG6 LIG7 LIG8 LIG9

Rear linkage external controls

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Safety solenoid valve

Left-hand draft sensor

Linkage lifting / lowering / neutral selector switch and quick soil engagement button

GUF523.15

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400

Pin 22

L15

23

Not used

24

L15

Linkage console - transport control system indicator light (Led)

25

AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch indicator light (Led)

26

L21

Floating stop solenoid valve relay control - Available

27

Not used

28

Calculator ground

29

+12V permanent calculator supply

Linkage console - transport control system selector switch

30

L3

Position sensor

31

L4

Right-hand draft sensor

32

L15

Linkage console - Intermix potentiometer

33

L15

Linkage console - lowering speed potentiometer

34

L17

DUAL CONTROL or trailed implement (TIC) position sensor

35

L19

2nd auxiliary hydraulics lever sensor signal

36

L15

Linkage console - wheel slip control switch

37

AC5

Flow rate Memory switch

38

AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch

39

CAN Low

40

CAN High

41

Analog reference (sensor and potentiometer ground)

42

Calculator power supply +12 V AC (Ignition key On)

GUF523.16

¤ H

Description

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 L15 : Linkage control console LED LED

LED

Description Location: on the right-hand console All potentiometers connected to resistors in order to form different voltage dividers.

150R

75R

560R 75R

75R

4K7 15R

560R

75R

Possible error codes

Solutions

Wrong signal from raised position potentiometer

34

Wrong signal from lowering speed potentiometer

35

Wrong signal from Shock Absorber switch (transport shock absorber control system)

The linkage Check: operates but the - The signal remains switch is between 0.03 V and 9.97 V bypassed - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring Replace the console

Wrong Intermix potentiometer signal

The linkage Check: operates in - with Wintest that the position control signal can vary between 0V (+1V) and 10V (-1V) - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring Replace the console

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

13

12

7

6

1

Resetting the system after clearing error

Operation only Check: possible via - with Wintest that the external signal can vary between controls 0V (+1V) and 10V (-1V) The linkage - Contacts operates but - Harness connections automatic - Wiring lowering speed Replace the console is deactivated

24

36

¤ H

Reaction of the System

18

L15

Fig. 14

MA-11-01433A

Description

150R

4K7

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Errors

100R

75R

150R

- Pins 2: 10V supply - Pins 3: Ground - Pins 12: Ground

100R

4K7

Unlock the linkage

GUF523.17

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Error codes - MF6400/7400/8400 LIG6, LIG7, LIG8 and LIG9: External controls Description

2

1

Location: on the rear fenders Switch normally open.

3

- Pins 1: Supply from linkage console - Pins 2: Signal

1 2 3

MA-11-01330A

Fig. 15

MA-11-01331A

Fig. 16

1 2 3

3

2

1

Signals: The right- and left-hand switches are connected together. The Autotronic 5 uses a network of resistors to analyse the signal coming from the switches via the L15 linkage console. 7.5V < Error 5.95V < Lifting < 7.5 V 4.39V < Neutral < 5.95 V 2.2V < Lowering < 4.39 V Error < 2.2V

Possible error codes

Errors

Description Wrong signal

15

GUF523.18

¤ H

Reaction of the System

Solutions

Linkage blocked Check: - Contacts - Harness connections - Wiring Replace the console

Resetting the system after clearing error Stop then re-start the engine and unlock the linkage

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

GUF524 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

CONTENTS A . Adjusting the position sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Calibrating the linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF524.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

GUF524.2

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

A . Adjusting the position sensor 20 mm 0.79 in

For correct linkage calibration, ensure that the position sensor is assembled properly. Calibration is the only way to obtain precise linkage positioning. GPA20 assembly: A gap of 20mm (approx.) must be left between the sensor body and the locknut (Fig. 1). HA assembly: Position the mark on the rotating shaft on the same side as the connector (arrow Fig. 2) Tighten the sensor approximately in the centre of the ports (Fig. 2).

MA-11-01348A

Fig. 1

After adjusting, the linkage must be calibrated (see § B).

MA-11-01428A

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

Fig. 2

GUF524.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

B . Calibrating the linkage The linkage must be calibrated after changing: - a linkage solenoid valve - the position sensor - the linkage height / depth setting potentiometer - the Autotronic 5 or soft type (e.g.: PowerShuttle to Linkage). The purpose of this calibration is: - to define the high and low stops of the linkage for optimum use of the linkage travel - to measure sensor signals to obtain maximum linkage position precision according to the setting potentiometer - to measure the solenoid valve starter currents that start to move the linkage. NOTE: DUAL CONTROL calibration is explained in the Datatronic 3 description of the Workshop Service Manual.

Preliminary operations - Hitch a weight of 200 kg (440 lbs) approx. to the linkage. - Ensure that with the hitch, the linkage can move through its whole operating range, between its high and low stops. - Position the tractor where the linkage can operate freely, and ensure that no one can enter the area of linkage travel throughout the calibration process.

GUF524.4

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments Preocedure to follow: 1. Set the tractor engine to idle speed. 2. Position the height / depth setting potentiometer between positions 3 and 4 (Fig. 3) 3. Set the switch (Fig. 3) to linkage lowering position (work position) 4. Set the 3 linkage console potentiometers in position (Fig. 4, depending on the console type): - maximum high stop (A) - pure position sensor (B) - maximum automatic lowering speed (C) 5. Press the Shock Absorber switch (D) 4 times in quick succession. The indicator light (Led) (E) starts to flash (Fig. 4). Calibration takes 1 minute approximately. 6. When calibration is complete, the indicator light stops flashing and the linkage locks. NOTE: To exit the calibration process at any time, press the Shock Absorber switch or the Lifting / Lowering / Neutral switch. In this case, the system uses the previously memorised parameters, or the default parameters in the case of a new Autotronic 5 unit.

MA-11-01437A

Fig. 3

A B 2

DANGER: Ensure that no one can enter the area of linkage travel throughout the calibration process!

5 3

4

C A

Validation: - Check maximum linkage travel using the cab controls • high position • low position; the lowering indicator light should stay on throughout - Check the sensitivity of the linkage height / depth setting potentiometer. - Set the linkage to transport position, then engage the Shock Absorber and ensure that the linkage lowers slightly (the lowering indicator light should come on). - Check the external controls and ensure that the lifting switch raises the linkage to its mechanical stop (hydraulic pump throttling sound). NOTE: If the calibration appears to be incorrect (impossible to change position), reset the linkage by pressing the Shock Absorber switch 5 times in quick succession. In this case the calculator uses the default values. A new calibration procedure must then be started.

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

D

D E MA-11-01349A

Fig. 4

GUF524.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Calibration and adjustments

GUF524.6

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400

GUF525 - AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF525.1

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400

GUF525.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF525.3

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF525.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 B . Electrical diagrams Electrical supply ......................................................... 7 Standard linkage ........................................................ 9 Linkage with Dual Control or TIC ............................. 11 Front linkage controls .............................................. 13 CAN network ........................................................... 15

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF525.5

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 23 FAI 26 FAI 27

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 69 FAI 126 FAI 127 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Linkage position sensor harness Linkage control harness inside cab (automatic hitch) Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Front dual control harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) Cab interior lighting harness - US Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC6 AC9 AC13

Quick soil engagement button Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L3 Linkage position sensor L4 Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm L5 Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm L6 Linkage lifting solenoid valve L7 Linkage lowering solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L15 Linkage console L17 Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) L30 Linkage control inside cab (automatic hitch) LIG6 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG7 External control switch - lowering linkage LIG8 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG9 External control switch - lowering linkage 2 35 44 45

Fuse box Front linkage position sensor External control switch - lifting front linkage External control switch - lowering front linkage

GUF525.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400

Electrical supply

L13

29

42

15

28

1

14

R

N M S7

S7.1/L13.42

R N L13.14/S7.1 L13.15/S1.1

L13.28/S1.1 S13.1/L13.29

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

L13.9/S7.1

L13

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

L13.1/S7.1

L13

S1

17

16 18

15 13

14

11

12 8

9

+12V

1

10

7

FAI 31

X4

F21 - 7.5A

6

M

+12V

1

5

BAF12.9/L20.1

X2

F18 - 7.5A

3

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

1

2 4

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

BAF12.7/L20.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

1

BAF12

2

CAB73 1

5

3

N L20.2/CAB73_1.1

F18-7.5A

16

L20

15

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

L20

18

S1.1/L20.2 L20.1/S13.1

L20.5/S7.1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F21-7.5A

2

FAI 23

6

N M

R

S13

2

BAF12

MA-10-06069A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF525.7

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 23 FAI 26 FAI 27

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 69 FAI 126 FAI 127 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Linkage position sensor harness Linkage control harness inside cab (automatic hitch) Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Front dual control harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) Cab interior lighting harness - US Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC6 AC9 AC13

Quick soil engagement button Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L3 Linkage position sensor L4 Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm L5 Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm L6 Linkage lifting solenoid valve L7 Linkage lowering solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L15 Linkage console L17 Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) L30 Linkage control inside cab (automatic hitch) LIG6 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG7 External control switch - lowering linkage LIG8 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG9 External control switch - lowering linkage 2 35 44 45

Fuse box Front linkage position sensor External control switch - lifting front linkage External control switch - lowering front linkage

GUF525.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400

Standard linkage

SWITCH ATC

LED

LED

LED

LED

L15

LED

AC9

1N4001

DOWN

AC6

NEUTRAL

VITESSE DESCENTE DOWN SPEED

75R

1N4001

75R

560R

4K7 BAS

2

4

5 17 18

332R

221R

HAUT

AC13

464R

EFFORT

1

3

7

2 2

POSITION HAUTE HIGH POSITION 100R

100R 75R MAX 4K7

1

7

SWITCH SLIP CTRL

75R 4K7

1.3K

15R

3 10

8

MIN

INTERMIX POS/EFFORT INTERMIX POSITION

POSITION

750R

UP

560R

150R

75R MAX 4K7

17

18

2

3

1

150R

L30

150R

MIN

UP 3

B

N B B

B B

N R

L15.12/S1.1 S6.1/L15.11 S5.1/L15.10

S12.1/L15.8 S11.1/L15.7

L15.3/S2.1 L15.2/S3.1

18

13

L15.15/S8.1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

3 2 1

1

AC9

2 1

2

1

FAI 41 510R 0.66W

AC13.18/AC6.1 B AC13.3/AC6.2 B

510R 0.66W

AC1.4/AC9.2

B

2 1

R1

S3.1/AC9.1 S2.1/AC9.3 N

R2

R S2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 S3

S2.1/AC13.17

R2.2/S12.1 R2.1/S2.1

B N S11.1/R1.2 R1.1/S2.1

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

AC1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

AC1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L30.1/S1.1 L30.2/S2.1 L30.3/S3.1

S3.1/AC1.1 S2.1/AC1.2

3

29

42

15

28

1

14

S3.1/L13.2 R L14.11/L13.3 B L13.4/L14.2 B S6.1/L13.5 B L13.6/S5.1 B

1 2 3

L16.1/S1.1 L16.2/S2.1 L16.3/S3.1

1 2 3

B B

2

L13.28/S1.1

L15.1/L13.32 L15.4/L13.33

S2.1/L13.41

S1

31 8

10 22

30 19 18

2

17

1 4

23 12

28

6 16

5 15

13

27

14

24

29

7

3 11

25

B

26

S8 B B

S12_

FAI 23

N

B B

L15.17/L13.36

S3

S1.1/L16.1 S2.1/L16.2 S3.1/L16.3

B B B

1 2 3

B

L14.10/S2.1 L14.9/S5.1

B B

L13.31/L14.7 L14.6/S3.1 L13.30/L14.5 L14.4/S2.1

B R B N

N

nom

LIG6

1 2 3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

2

B B

31

20 21

8 9

10

2

3

22

S1

nom

1 2 3

B B B

1

2

3

2 1

B

L14

L14

1 2

9

11

6

23

4

1 2

12

5 15

13 24

14

27

22

3 1

16

26

25

L7.1/L14.10

FAI128 L14.11/L6.2

nom

S1.1/L5.3

R

S2.1/L5.1

N

3 2 1

B

L14.8/L5.2 L14.7/L4.2 L14.6/S1.1 L14.5/L3.2 L14.4/S2.1

B B R B N

L14.2/L7.2

B

1

2

3

1

2

3

L5

L5

S1.1/L4.3

R

S2.1/L4.1

N

3 2 1

L4

L4

S5.1/LIG7.1 S2.1/LIG7.2

26

B B

B B B

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LIG1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S2

9 10

2 7

11

15

12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

6

27

L3 L3

21

8 19

18 17

R N

3 2 1

20

31 30

29 28

S1.1/L3.3 S2.1/L3.1

25

Us

nom

L7

alim

FAI 37

3

LIG7 1 2 3

2 1 L7

1 0V

FAI 36

B B

S5_ 2

16 27

14

LIG_1.16/S5.1 LIG1.15/S2.1 LIG_1.14/S1.1

3

S5.1/LIG9.1 S2.1/LIG9.2

1

B

2

2

LIG9 1 2 3

A

10

2 7

28

B

21

8 19

18 17

3

1

28

15

13 25

29 17

6 5

12

B B

18 7

1 4

24

S1.1/LIG8.1 S2.1/LIG8.2

30 19

2 3

11 23

LIG8

LIG7

LIG1.14/L16_.1 LIG1.15/L16_.2 LIG1.16/L16_.3

1

2

3

20

31 30

29

S1

1

LIG9

1 2 3

3

2

S1.1/LIG6.1 S2.1/LIG6.2

S2

LIG8

L16

L6

9

S12.1/L13.24

S2

1

S11 20

L13.21/S8.1 L15.9/L13.22

6

L6

21

L13.15/S1.1 N L13.16/L14.8 B L13.17/AC1.4 B L13.18/L15.5 B L13.19/AC1.3 B

S1

B B B

S6

1

¤ H

L16

L16

L6.1/L14.9 L13.10/L15.6 S11.1/L13.11

3

5

B B B

S5

LIG6

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

B B B

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

2

4

R N

L13

L13

1

7

FAI 27 L16

S_2_

8 N

L16.1/L15.14 S8.1/L16.2 L15.16/L16.3 S3_

L30

S3.1/AC13.7 R AC1.3/AC13.2 B

AC1.1/S3.1 R AC1.2/S2.1 N

B N

2 1

6

1

DOWN

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 17 18

L15

12

7

AC13

AC6

FAI126 FAI127

MA-11-01423A

LIG1

GUF525.9

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 23 FAI 26 FAI 27

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 69 FAI 126 FAI 127 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Linkage position sensor harness Linkage control harness inside cab (automatic hitch) Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Front dual control harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) Cab interior lighting harness - US Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC6 AC9 AC13

Quick soil engagement button Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L3 Linkage position sensor L4 Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm L5 Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm L6 Linkage lifting solenoid valve L7 Linkage lowering solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L15 Linkage console L17 Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) L30 Linkage control inside cab (automatic hitch) LIG6 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG7 External control switch - lowering linkage LIG8 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG9 External control switch - lowering linkage 2 35 44 45

Fuse box Front linkage position sensor External control switch - lifting front linkage External control switch - lowering front linkage

GUF525.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400

Linkage with Dual Control or TIC

L13

L13

29

42

15

28

1

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S3.1/L13.2

S3

R

20

31 30

9 10

2 7

17

11

1

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3

6

28

21

8 19

18 29

25

FAI 23

L13.34/L14.20

L13.41/S2.1

L14.6/S3.1

R

L14.4/S2.1

N

B

N

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14

L14

3

1 2

31

20 21

8 9

18

2

29

7

3

17

1

11 4

23

30 19

10 22

28

6

12

16

5 15

13 25

L17

27

14

24

26

R6.1/S2.1 L14.20/R6.2

N

B R6.3/S1.1

R

L17

L17

1 2 3

1 2 3

FAI128

L14.6/S1.1

R

L14.4/S2.1

N

S1 S2

S2

C30 1 2 3

01 BLEU 03 N 02 M

FAI 69

Front Dual option: C30 connected to L17

1

2

3

35 2 3

R 100 OHMS 5% 1W

alim Us

1 0V

103 N 3 2 1

3 2 1

101 BLEU R 100 OHMS 5% 1W

XX

XXX

MA-11-01424A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF525.11

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 23 FAI 26 FAI 27

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 69 FAI 126 FAI 127 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Linkage position sensor harness Linkage control harness inside cab (automatic hitch) Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Front dual control harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) Cab interior lighting harness - US Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC6 AC9 AC13

Quick soil engagement button Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L3 Linkage position sensor L4 Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm L5 Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm L6 Linkage lifting solenoid valve L7 Linkage lowering solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L15 Linkage console L17 Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) L30 Linkage control inside cab (automatic hitch) LIG6 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG7 External control switch - lowering linkage LIG8 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG9 External control switch - lowering linkage 2 35 44 45

Fuse box Front linkage position sensor External control switch - lifting front linkage External control switch - lowering front linkage

GUF525.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400

Front linkage controls

3

2

1

2 L14.18/L1.1 S6.1/L1.2 L14.19/L1.3

S6

B R B

L1

L1

1 2 3

1 2 3

1

45 2

1

FAI128

31

20 21

8 9

30 19 18

2

17

1

11 4

23

28

6 16

5

12

15

13 24

27

14 25

26

L13

42

15

28

1

14

L14

20

31 30

21

8 19

18

9 10

2 7

29 17

11

1 6

28

15

12 13 24

14

27

23

4 5

16

22

3

R

L13

L14

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

26

L14.17/S7.1

L13

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

25

FAI 23 S7

R

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S7.1/L20.5

29

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14.19/L13.8 L13.7/L14.18

B B

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L20

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L20

FAI 31

BAF12.7/L20.5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

44

29

7

3

L14.17/S6.1

22

R

10

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

R

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

F18 - 7.5A

X2 1

F18 +APC

MA-11-01425A

BAF12

GUF525.13

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400 Harness parts list

Colour reminder

FAI 23 FAI 26 FAI 27

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 36 FAI 37 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 69 FAI 126 FAI 127 FAI 128 FAI 129 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Linkage position sensor harness Linkage control harness inside cab (automatic hitch) Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness Fender lighting harness (US) Fender lighting harness (all countries except US) DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Front dual control harness Cab interior lighting harness (all countries except US) Cab interior lighting harness - US Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness SisuDiesel EEM engine harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC6 AC9 AC13

Quick soil engagement button Linkage height / depth setting potentiometer Lifting / lowering / neutral linkage selector switch CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L3 Linkage position sensor L4 Draft sensor on right-hand lift arm L5 Draft sensor on left-hand lift arm L6 Linkage lifting solenoid valve L7 Linkage lowering solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L15 Linkage console L17 Trailed implement position sensor (TIC) L30 Linkage control inside cab (automatic hitch) LIG6 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG7 External control switch - lowering linkage LIG8 External control switch - lifting linkage LIG9 External control switch - lowering linkage 2 35 44 45

Fuse box Front linkage position sensor External control switch - lifting front linkage External control switch - lowering front linkage

GUF525.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams - MF6400/7400/8400

CAN network 20

31 30

15

24

14

27 26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

25

V J

CAB83 1

2

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

V

FAI 31

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

120 J V J

15

13

27

14

24 25

26

¤ H

8

30

9

19 18

2 1

11

17

4

28

6 16

5

12

15

13

27

14

24

29

7

3

23

25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

34

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

FAI 57 CA1.14/CA8.2

J

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

8

FAI 32 TR18.5/CAB50.7

1

TR18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

4

J V

CA1

ENG4

FAI 28

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

15

9 10

2 7

17

11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16

22

3

15

13 24

14 26

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

5 6 7

8 9

22

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2

1 2

4

3

3

4

V J

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

4

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

J V

S4 S5

3

1

2

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

V1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L 22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

FAI131

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L111

15 16

V J

CAB112

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

FS4

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68 S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

CAB141 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

CAB112

S9

CAB141 CAB141

7

1

S8

FS1 L13

11 12 13 14

4

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

J V B

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

L111

J V

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

V1

FAI128

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

27 26

J V

2

L22

J V

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

S2

16 15

14

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

3

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

6 5

13 25

4

7

V J 29 17

1 4

12 24

5

6

8

V4 V4 4

18 7

3 11

23

6

5

3

7

4

3

1 2

S3

30

J V

5 6 7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

CA8

19 2

7

L14

31

20 21 10

4

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 V

CA8

4

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

21

8 19

18

AC2

CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2 3 4

V3

1 2

2

20

31 30

29

27

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

V3

4

3

3

7

X

X

4

6

8

1 2

5

5

1 2 3 4

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

V2

5 6

2

11 10 9

V2

4

1 12

AC12

3

V J

V5

V4

X

1 2

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

24 25

28

ENG2

FAI 31

12 13

14 26

AC2

J

23

4 5

16 27

J V J V

CAB1.16/S20.1

6

28

V J

FAI 35

22 11

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18 17

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

12 24

20

31 30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V3

4

29 17

V2

5

18 7

1 4

23

30 19

2 3

11

AC12 AC12

6

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

CAB1

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

31

20 21 10 22

1 2 3

46 24 1 68 45 23

16

5

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

CAB1

28

6

12

CAB18 S13 S12

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

17

4

23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1

J V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29

7

3 11

13

18

2

22

ENG4

30 19

10

CAB50

23 12

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

22 11

4 5

16

8 9

10 3

1 6

31

21

9 2

7 17

28

20

21

8 19

18 29

CAB54

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01426A

GUF525.15

AUTOTRONIC 5 - Linkage - Electrical diagrams MF6400/7400/8400

GUF525.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

Datatronic 3 - Description

11G10 - Datatronic 3 - Description

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Architecture of the Datatronic 3 connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Allocation of Datatronic 3 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . Description of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E . Using the Datatronic 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.1

Datatronic 3 - Description

11G10.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

A . General The Datatronic 3 (Fig. 1) is an electronic calculator that allows optimum tractor performance.

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06030A

Fig. 1

The Datatronic 3 is fitted to the console to the right of the driver’s seat (Fig. 2).

MA-11-06031A

Fig. 2 Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.3

Datatronic 3 - Description

B . Architecture of the Datatronic 3 connections The Datatronic 3 electronic calculator is connected to the CAN network and can therefore communicate with the other electronic calculators installed on the tractor.

1

7

10

8

9

1 2 3 4 5 6

ESC

CAN network

4

2

6

5

3

15 16

11 12 13 14

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

7 2

5

8

6

10

Location

1

3 3

4

MA-11-06032A-AG-MF

Fig. 3

Parts list : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

DCC2 Autotronic 4 16-pin diagnostics connector Electronic injection control unit (EEM) Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator Autotronic 5 ParkLock calculator

11G10.4

¤ H

(7) (8) (9) (10)

Datatronic 3 Joystick Electrohydraulic spool valves Automatic air conditioning controller

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

C . Allocation of Datatronic 3 connectors 1

The calculator is fitted with a 12-pin connector (Fig. 4) whose pin allocation is given in the table below.

2 3 4 5 6

ESC

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

MA-11-06029A

Fig. 4

Pin

Description

1

Not used

2

Not used

3

CAN High 1

4

CAN Low 1

5

CAN High 2

6

CAN Low 2

7

Not used

8

+ 12 V AC (ignition key On) supply

9

Permanent +12V supply

10

Calculator ground

11

Not used

12

Analog reference (Ground)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

Type of signal

Tractor CAN network Provision for tractor / implements link - CAN network (not used)

Initialisation

11G10.5

Datatronic 3 - Description

D . Description of controls 6

The calculator front is fitted with switches to access the different menus displayed on a screen.

Parts list Fig. 5 (1)

(2)

(3)

Main data display: A WORK application B SETTINGS application C EHS VALVES application D HEADLAND application E MEMORIES/JOBS application F DUAL CONTROL application

A

D

B

E

1 2

1

C

3 4

F

5

2

3

5 4

6

G H

I

ESC

MA-11-06033A

Data display for other functions: G Locking of electrohydraulic valves (unlocking via switch (A) located on the console near the PTO control Fig. 6; the switch is fitted with a diode that comes on when the lock is activated). H Linkage status (unlocking via lifting / neutral action on 3-position switch). I Valve Kickout mode (electrohydraulic valve activation time); key «6 authorises this mode.

Fig. 5

A

Selection of functions «1 Accesses the WORK application

«2 «3 «4 «5

Accesses the SETTINGS application Accesses the EHS VALVES application Accesses the HEADLAND application

Accesses the MEMORIES/JOBS application «6 Used to authorise valve Kickout mode ESC returns to the previous menu. (4)

Memory card reader (MMC and SD-Card types).

(5)

Encoder: - used to alter values and navigate through menus, - used to validate actions selected by the encoder.

(6)

Multi-colour diode: - Green during operation - Blue when ignition is switched off (storing data)

11G10.6

¤ H

MA-11-06040A

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

E . Using the Datatronic 3 MEMORIES/JOBS application ................................... 8 WORK application .................................................... 31 SETTINGS application .............................................. 44 HEADLAND application............................................ 51 EHS VALVES application .......................................... 63 DUAL CONTROL application.................................... 68 HIDDEN MENU........................................................ 98

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.7

Datatronic 3 - Description MEMORIES/JOBS application General A

This application is used to store the parameters of 6 different implements. Furthermore, it is possible to: - assign a specific name to each of the 6 implements, - record a HEADLAND sequence for each implement, - control, measure and store parameters while an implement is in use, - to import or export data and settings using an SD card (7 additional memories).

HEADLAND

WORK

SETTINGS + SD

EHS VALVES

MEMORIES/ JOBS DUAL CTRL

1 2 3 4 5 6

To start the MEMORIES/JOBS application (Fig. 7): ESC

- Rotate the encoder (1) to the MEMORIES/JOBS application and press the encoder once the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon, or press the key «5 (2). The window (Fig. 9) is displayed. - To exit an application, press the ESC key (3).

Z3A-1468-03-05

Fig. 8

4

5

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

1

OFF DISC TILLER

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

DUAL CTRL AV

DUAL CTRL

JOBs SD

1 2

EHS VALVES

ON

3

2

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER

SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

4 5 6

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 9

ESC

Z3A-893-03-05

3 Fig. 7

(4) (5)

Memory name FRONT DUAL CONTROL, CONTROL or TIC calibration.

REAR

DUAL

Note: If a card is present in the reader, an icon is displayed on the main screen (ref. A Fig. 8).

11G10.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Symbols in the right-hand part of the window: Enters the selected memory

ON OFF

JOBs SD

Activates or deactivates the selected memory

JOBs menu

SD

Export settings menu

SD

Import settings menu

SD

Data export menu

To activate one of these functions, press the corresponding key «1 to «6.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.9

Datatronic 3 - Description Description of a memory

Instant fuel consumption per unit of worked area (litres / hectare)

- Select one of the six memories with the encoder (Fig. 10).

Instant area worked per hour (in hectares / hour)

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

Instant fuel consumption (litres / hour)

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

=

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER

SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Average value

Values in the central part of the window: (6) Total distance covered by the tractor (kilometres) (7) Total fuel used (litres, US/Imperial gallon) (8) Total hours worked Note: These values are incremented when the tractor is started.

Fig. 10 - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window Fig. 11 is displayed.

1

ROTARY HARROW

KM

3 759 M 53 L

5 487 53.8

5:25 H

9:51

8.82 HA 12.4 L/HA 8.7 HA/H 14.6 L/H

6

ABC...

7

Reset

8

Symbols in the right-hand part of the window: ABC... Provides access to the memory naming menu

Reset

0

13

Used to measure work accomplished, either manually or automatically by means of a sensor (e.g.: the number of trailers) Provides access to the implement width setting menu

4.5 M

= 11.2 = 19 = 9.4

Resets the values

Used to select the event based on which the different values should be measured. (e.g.: as soon as the linkage is lowered)

9

OFF

OFF

Activates or deactivates the memory

Z3A-895-08-04-B

Fig. 11 Symbols in the left-hand part of the window: KM

Note: If a plough width has been stored previously, the sprayer icon is replaced by a plough icon. Provides access to the plough width setting menu

Total distance covered during work (kilometres)

(9)

Implement width (metres)

Total fuel used during work (litres)

Hours worked

Saving an implement name to memory When the window (Fig. 12) is open, press the key «1 to display the first memory menu. The window (Fig. 13) is displayed.

Total area worked (hectares)

11G10.10

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

1

----------------

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

10

ABC... CHANGE

ABC...

P

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

CHANGE

...

...

Z3A-904-08-04-B

Z3A-906-08-04-B

Fig. 12 Note: If no implement name has been saved, a sequence of hyphens is displayed (10 Fig. 12). To enter a new name: - Press the key «1. The previously displayed name is erased and the first letter of the alphabet is displayed in red (11 Fig. 13).

1 ---------------11

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

ABC...

CHANGE

- Repeat this operation for the remaining letters. - To change a letter, press the key «2. The letter to change is replaced by a hyphen (13 Fig. 15).

1

13 ABC...

PLOU-

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

CHANGE

Z3A-913-08-04-B

Fig. 15

Z3A-905-08-04-B

Fig. 13 - Select the first letter to enter by rotating the encoder (e.g.: the P of PLOUGH). - Validate the letter by pressing the encoder. The letter P is displayed in black (12 Fig. 14).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Fig. 14

...

...

¤ H

1

12

- Select the letter to enter by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The hyphen is replaced by the new letter. - To validate the implement name, press the ESC key. - The window (Fig. 16) is displayed.

11G10.11

Datatronic 3 - Description

1

ABC...

PLOUGH

KM

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H

0 0.0 0:00

0 000 HA 0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

Reset 14

1

SPREADER

KM

0 0.0

0M 0.0 L 0:00 H

0

4.5 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

ABC...

0:00

0 000 HA L/HA

Z3A-907-08-04-B

0

4.5 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

0.0 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

OFF

Reset

OFF

Z3A-907-08-04-B

Fig. 16 Note: All values are set to 0, except the implement width (14) if the latter has been set previously.

To modify a name: - When the window (Fig. 17) is open, select the name of the memory to modify using the encoder and validate by pressing the key «1 or the encoder.

PLOUGH

ON OFF

DISC TILLER DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER SPREADER ROTARY HARROW

- Press the key «1 to display the memory naming menu. The window (Fig. 19) is displayed.

5

ABC...

SPREADER

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

CHANGE

...

DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

Fig. 18

JOBs SD

Z3A-915-08-04-B

SD

Fig. 19 SD

SD

- Press the key «2 (CHANGE) to modify the name. The first letter of the word "SPREADER" is displayed in red (15 Fig. 20) in a new window.

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 17

11G10.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

5

15

1

SPREADER

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

PLOUGH

KM

ABC...

0M 0.0 L 0:00 H

0 0.0 0:00

0 000 HA

...

0

4.5 M

L/HA

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

0.0 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

Z3A-921-08-04-B

Reset

OFF

Z3A-907-08-04-B

Fig. 20 - Select a letter to change from the word “SPREADER” by pressing the key «1. - Press the encoder. The first letter of the alphabet is displayed in red (16 Fig. 21).

5

16

Fig. 22

Setting an implement width When the window (Fig. 22) is open, press the key «4. A new window is displayed (Fig. 23).

1

SPREADER

ABCDEFGHIJ KLMNOPQRST UVWXYZ &01 23456789*/ +-

PLOUGH

KM

0 000 HA

...

Z3A-922-08-04-B

- Select a letter by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The letter is replaced and displayed in black. - Repeat this operation for the remaining letters to modify. - Press the ESC key to validate the word. The window (Fig. 22) is displayed.

¤ H

0 0.0 0:00 4.5 M

Z3A-908-08-04-B

Fig. 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H

Fig. 23 If a plough is used, press the key «5. If any implement is used, press the key «6.. Setting a plough width: - Press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 23) is open. The settings window (Fig. 24) is displayed.

11G10.13

Datatronic 3 - Description

1

1

PLOUGH

KM

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H

KM

0 0.0

0 0.0

0M 0.0 L 0:00 H

0:00

0 000 HA

5

PLOUGH

0:00

0 000 HA

4.5 M

5.48 M

12

18 17

14''

4.5 M

18''

Z3A-909-08-04-B

Z3A-911-08-04-B

20

Fig. 24 (17) Number of plough bodies (18) Distance in inches between bodies As soon as the window opens, the number of bodies is displayed in red. This value can therefore be set. - Set the number of plough bodies (18) by rotating the encoder (1 to 22 bodies). As soon as the encoder is rotated, the working width is displayed according to the selected distance in inches between the bodies (19 Fig. 25).

1

21

- Set the width in inches by rotating the encoder (from 8 to 30 inches). The working width (21) varies according to the value displayed. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The window (Fig. 27) is displayed.

1

0M 0.0 L 0:00 H 0 000 HA

KM

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H

12

0 000 HA 0 0.0

0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

0:00 19

4.26M

4.5 M

ABC...

PLOUGH

PLOUGH

KM

Fig. 26

Reset 0 0.0 22 23 0 0:00 12/18 ' ' 5.48 M = 0.0 24

= 0.0 = 0.0

OFF

Z3A-912-08-04-B

Fig. 27 (22) Number of plough bodies (23) Distance between bodies (24) Working width

14'' Z3A-910-08-04-B

Fig. 25 - Validate this number by pressing the encoder. The number of bodies is now displayed in black and the width in inches is displayed in red (20 Fig. 26).

11G10.14

¤ H

Icon representing the plough

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Setting an implement width: - Select an implement to configure in the window (Fig. 28). Example: DISC TILLER by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window of this implement (Fig. 29) is displayed.

3

DISC TILLER

KM

PLOUGH

0M 0.0 L 0.0 H

0 0.0 0:00

0 000 HA

DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

12/18 ' ' 5.48M

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

Z3A-924-08-04-B

Fig. 30

SPREADER

SD

ROTARY HARROW

- Press the key «6 to display the settings window (Fig. 31). The width is displayed in red (25).

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 28

3

KM

3

ABC...

DISC TILLER

KM

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H

0 0.0 0:00

0 000 HA 0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

Reset

0 M 0.0 L 0:00 H 0 000 HA

0 0.0 0:00 25

12/18 ' ' 5.48 M

0

12/18 ' ' 5.48 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

4.5 M Z3A-925-08-04-B

Fig. 31

OFF

Z3A-923-08-04-B

Fig. 29

- Set the implement width by rotating the encoder. - Validate the width by pressing the encoder. The window (Fig. 32) is displayed.

- Press the key «4, whatever the icon displayed facing this key (plough or sprayer). The settings window (Fig. 30) is displayed.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.15

Datatronic 3 - Description

3

ABC...

DISC TILLER

KM

0M 0.0 L 0:00H 0 000 HA 0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

0 0.0

Reset 26

0:00

0

4.5 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

27

OFF

Z3A-926-08-04-B

Fig. 32

Z3A-928-08-04

Fig. 33

(26) Implement width Icon representing a sprayer width

Counting function Manual counting: The MEMORIES application can be used to perform a manual count of, for example, the number of trailers carried during a working day. For this, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 32) is open. Each successive press increments the value by 1 point.

Resetting values One or several values can be reset. For this purpose: - Press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 32) is open. A mark facing the total distance is displayed (28 Fig. 34)

3

ABC...

DISC TILLER

KM

5 628 M

7 323

53 L 6:20 H

76 8:14

28 Automatic counting This count can be performed automatically by means of a sensor placed on the implement and connected to the diagnostics connector (27 Fig. 33).

Reset 0

4.5 M

2.5 HA 0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

OFF

Z3A-929-08-04-B

Fig. 34 - Select the value to reset by rotating the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «2.

- To reset all the values, rotate the encoder in such a manner as to place a mark facing each value and validate by pressing the encoder (Fig. 35) or the key «2.

11G10.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

3

DISC TILLER

KM

ABC...

5 628 M

7 323

53 6:20 H

76 8:14

L

2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

HA L/HA HA/H L/H

3

0 0.0 0:00

Reset 9713

0 0.0 0:00

4.5 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

29

OFF

Z3A-930-08-04-B

Z3A-1332-12-04

Fig. 35 It is also possible to completely reset the memory (name, headland sequence, hydraulic spool valves flow rate 100%, Dual Control default settings). - Turn the encoder until RESET is displayed in red (Fig. 36). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «2.

3

Fig. 37 Eleven events are available: On activation of the linkage Lowering control

On activation of the PTO control

As soon as the tractor engine is started

DISC TILLER

KM

ABC...

5 628 M

7 323

53 L 6:20 H

76 8:14

2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

HA L/HA HA/H L/H

RESET 9713

4.5 M

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

As soon as the sensor placed on the implement sends data to the DATATRONIC 3 or by holding key«3 pressed down Never

For the two spool valves (red and green) controlled by the Joystick:

OFF

As soon as the Joystick control is moved to the "+" (in Kickout mode)

Z3A-1493-04-05

Fig. 36

Selecting an event for measuring parameters An event can be selected from which the measurement should start. To select this event, press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 35) is open. The window (Fig. 37) is displayed.

As soon as the Joystick control is moved to the "-" (in Kickout mode)

IMPORTANT: To measure parameters with one of the two spool valves, a Kickout must be activated. As soon as the Joystick control is moved to the floating position

IMPORTANT: To measure parameters when the spool valve control is in floating position, floating position must be enabled.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.17

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: When parameter measuring is active, a red dot is displayed on the corresponding icon (e.g. 29 Fig. 35). Activating a memory When the window (Fig. 38) is displayed, select a memory using the encoder. Press the key «5. The window Fig. 39 is displayed with the ON icon alongside the selected memory.

3

KM

0M 0.0 L 0:00 H

ON OFF

Reset 0

0:00 4.5 M

0.0 L/HA 0.0 HA/H 0.0 L/H

DUAL CTRL AR

DISC TILLER

0 0.0

0 000 HA

PLOUGH SELF LOADING TRAILER

ABC...

DISC TILLER

= 0.0 = 0.0 = 0.0

OFF

Z3A-926-08-04-B

Fig. 40

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

Press the key «6 to activate or deactivate the memory:

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER

OFF

Inactive memory

ON

Active memory

SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 38

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

ON

SD

SPREADER SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

Z3A-1466-03-05

Fig. 39 The memory can also be activated when the window Fig. 40 is open:

11G10.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description When a memory is active, all parameters defined and measured shall be stored in this memory: - memory name - event used to perform counting, - total fuel consumption, - area worked, - hours worked, - distance, - implement width, - headland sequence (see page 51 HEADLAND application), - spool valve parameters (see page 63 EHS VALVES application), - DUAL parameters (see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application),

Note: If a memory is active, its name is displayed in the window (example 30 Fig. 41) when the MEMORIES application is selected and there is no active JOB.

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5

DISC TILLER 6

30

ESC

Z3A-893-03-05

Fig. 41

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.19

Datatronic 3 - Description JOBS menu The JOBS menu allows all instant values relating to a memory to be stored on the memory card (one value stored every 2 seconds), for example consumption, distance, area worked and also engine and transmission temperatures.

OFF

Job status (activated: ON, deactivated: OFF)

JOB

Allows access to jobs stored in the Datatronic 3

To enter the JOBS menu, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 42) is open. The window (Fig. 43) is displayed.

JOB

SD

PLOUGH

FAT 32

OFF

DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

Allows coordinates of a job stored on the SDcard to be imported

Provides access to the card formatting menu

Transport Job status (activated: ON, deactivated: OFF)

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

Note: If there is no card in the Datatronic 3 reader, a message is displayed on the screen (32 Fig. 44)

SD

JOB STATUS: OFF

SPREADER SD

FAT-NO-CARD-PRESENT

JOB NAME

ROTARY HARROW

OFF JOB

SD

FIELD

32 JOB

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 42

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

JOB STATUS: OFF JOB NAME

OFF 31

JOB

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1475-04-05

Fig. 44

FIELD JOB

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Activating / deactivating a Job The Job status is displayed on the screen (31 Fig. 43). - To activate the Job, press the key «1 when the window (Fig. 43) is open. The window (Fig. 45) is displayed.

Z3A-1467-03-05

Fig. 43

11G10.20

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

ETAT DU JOB : ON

ON

JOB NAME

JOB

FIELD

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED JOB NAME

OFF JOB

FIELD JOB

DRIVER

JOB

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1471-04-05

OFF

Z3A-1467-03-05

Fig. 45 When a Job is active, a symbol on the main screen displays the percentage of card memory used (33 Fig. 46) (useful card memory: approximately 1500 hours).

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS DUAL CTRL

Naming a Job This menu allows Job coordinates (Job name, field, driver name, farm name, application type) to be entered. - To access the Job naming menu, press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 43) is open. The window (Fig. 48) is displayed.

1 2

EHS VALVES

Fig. 47

Note: The Job must be suspended (or OFF) to access this menu.

3 4 5

JOB

0%

33

6

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED

OFF

ESC

Z3A-1478-04-05

Fig. 46 - To deactivate the Job, press the key «1. The window (Fig. 47) is displayed.

------

JOB NAME FIELD DRIVER FARM APPLICATION

JOB

JOB

SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1472-04-05

Fig. 48 - Using the encoder, select the line to change (e.g. JOB NAME). - Press the encoder, and the window is displayed (Fig. 49).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.21

Datatronic 3 - Description

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED JOB NAME

---

OFF

NEW DELETE

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED JOB NAME

JOB

FIELD

FIELD

--

NEW

--

DELETE

OFF JOB

PLOUGH

JOB

DRIVER

JOB

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

SD

FARM APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1473-04-05

It is then possible to enter a new name, delete an existing name or use a name that has already been entered. Entering a new name - When the window (Fig. 49) is open, press the encoder. The window (Fig. 50) is displayed.

Fig. 51 Deleting an existing name - Select the DELETE line using the encoder when the window (Fig. 49) is open. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The window (Fig. 52) is displayed.

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED

FIELD

OFF

Z3A-1473-04-05

Fig. 49

JOB NAME

FAT 32

--

NEW

--

DELETE

OFF

FIELD

--

NEW

--

DELETE

PLOUGH JOB

DRIVER JOB

DRIVER SD

FAT 32

SD

FARM

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

FAT 32

APPLICATION

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

JOB

JOB

A

FARM

JOB NAME

OFF

OFF

Z3A-1473-04-05

Fig. 52

Z3A-1473-04-05

Fig. 50 -

Select the letter by rotating the encoder. Validate the letter by pressing the encoder. Repeat this operation for the remaining letters. Press ESC to validate the name. The window (Fig. 51) is displayed.

11G10.22

¤ H

- Select the name to delete with the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder, and the window is displayed (Fig. 49). Selecting an entered name - When the window (Fig. 51) is displayed, select a name using the encoder (Fig. 53).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED --

JOB NAME

-FIELD

OFF

NEW DELETE

JOB

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED PLOUGH SUBSOILER

OFF JOB

PLOUGH JOB

JOB

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

SD

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1473-04-05

Z3A-1474-04-05

Fig. 53 - Press the encoder to validate, and the window (Fig. 54) is displayed with the name of the selected Job.

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED JOB NAME

OFF

PLOUGH

OFF

Fig. 55 - Select the required Job name with the encoder. (e.g. SUBSOILER Job). - Validate by pressing the encoder, and the window is displayed (Fig. 56).

JOB STATUS: SUSPENDED

OFF

JOB

JOB NAME

FIELD JOB

DRIVER

SUBSOILER

JOB

FIELD JOB

SD

FARM

FAT 32

DRIVER SD

FARM

APPLICATION

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1467-03-05

Fig. 54

Z3A-1467-03-05

Fig. 56 - Use the same procedure to enter field name, driver name, farm name and application type.

Note: If no Job is present on the card, a message is displayed on the screen (34 Fig. 57).

Importing coordinates of a Job stored on the card It is possible to enter coordinates of a Job stored the card into the Datatronic 3 using computer software. - Press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 54) is open. The window (Fig. 55) is displayed.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.23

Datatronic 3 - Description

JOB STATUS: OFF FAT-FILE-NOT-FOUND

OFF

JOB NAME FIELD

JOB

34

JOB STATUS: TRANSPORT JOB JOB NAME

TRANSPORT JOB

FIELD

NO FIELD

OFF JOB

JOB

DRIVER

JOB

DRIVER SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

SD

FARM

FAT 32

APPLICATION

TRANSPORT JOB

TRANSPORT JOB

OFF

Z3A-1476-04-05

ON

Z3A-1477-04-05

Fig. 57

Formatting the card - Press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 57) is open (a card must have been inserted into the reader previously). The window (Fig. 58) is displayed.

Fig. 59

The driver name is the same as that used for the last Job. As soon as a Job is active, a symbol on the main screen displays the percentage of card memory used (35 Fig. 60) (useful card memory: approximately 1500 hours).

Do you want to format the card? WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5

JOB

0%

6

Z3A-1496-04-05

Fig. 58 - Press the key «1 to carry out the formatting. - Press the ESC key to cancel the formatting.

35

ESC

Z3A-1478-04-05

Fig. 60

Using the Transport Job The Transport Job is a Job whose coordinates are factory predefined and stored in the Datatronic 3. - Press the key «6 when the window (Fig. 57) is open. The window (Fig. 59) is displayed.

11G10.24

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Export settings menu This menu allows memory settings (e.g. restart speed, valve hydraulic flow rates, Kickout times, a headland sequence, stored ground speeds SV1 and SV2, stored engine speed A and B) to be exported to the memory card. - Press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 61) is open. The window (Fig. 62) is displayed.

- When the window (Fig. 62) is displayed, press the key «2 to select, of the six Datatronic 3 memories, the one to be transferred to the card. - Next, press the key «3 to select, from the seven card memories present, the memory to which the Datatronic 3 memory is to be transferred. - The memory can be renamed nefore carrying out the transfer by pressing the key «4. The window (Fig. 63) is displayed.

PLOUGH TRACTOR DATA -> CARD

DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

PLOUGH

1

M1-6

AAAAAAAAA

1

SD

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

M1-7

SD

A

SPREADER

ABC..

SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 61

Z3A-1479-04-05

Fig. 63

TRACTOR DATA -> CARD PLOUGH

1

M1-6

AAAAAAAAA

1

SD

- Using the encoder, select the 1st letter, then validate by pressing the encoder. - Repeat this operation for the remaining letters. - When the new name is complete, press the ESC key to validate.

M1-7

ABC..

- The settings transfer must then be validated by pressing the key «6. An OK message is displayed on the screen (36 Fig. 64).

SD

Z3A-1479-04-05

Fig. 62 M1-6

SD

M1-7

ABC..

SD

Selects a Datatronic 3 memory

Selects a card memory Allows the memory to be renamed (name that will be recorded on a card) Validates the transfer

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.25

Datatronic 3 - Description

TRACTOR DATA -> CARD

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

PLOUGH

1

AAAAAAAAA

1

PLOUGH

M1-6

SD

M1-7

ABC..

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER SD

OK Z3A-1484-04-05

SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

36

Fig. 64

Several transfers can be made at the same time. For this purpose repeat the operation, validating each transfer by pressing the key «6. - Press the ESC key when the window (Fig. 64) is open. The transfer is made and a message is displayed on the screen (37 Fig. 65).

Fig. 66

Note: If there is no card in the Datatronic 3 reader, a message is displayed on the screen (38 Fig. 67).

TRACTOR DATA -> CARD FAT-NO-CARD-PRESENT

PLOUGH

TRACTOR DATA -> CARD WRITING... PLOUGH AAAAAAAAA

37

AAAAAAAAA

1

M1-6

1

SD

PLOUGH

PLOUGH

38

1

M1-6

1

SD

M1-7

ABC..

M1-7

ABC.. SD

Z3A-1488-04-05

OK

SD

Fig. 67

Z3A-1484-04-05

Fig. 65 The window (Fig. 66) is displayed again when the transfer is complete.

11G10.26

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Import settings menu This menu allows memory settings (e.g. restart speed, valve hydraulic flow rates, Kickout times, a headland sequence, stored ground speeds SV1 and SV2, stored engine speeds A and B) to be imported to the Datatronic 3. - Press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 68) is open. The window (Fig. 69) is displayed.

- When the window (Fig. 69) is displayed, press the key «2 to select, of the six Datatronic 3 memories, the one to which the card memory is to be transferred. - Next, press the key «3 to select, from the seven card memories present, the memory to transfer to the Datatronic 3. - The memory can be renamed nefore carrying out the transfer by pressing the key «4. The window (Fig. 70) is displayed.

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

IMPORT TRACTOR DATA

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER SD

ROTARY HARROW

PLOUGH

1

M1-6

AAAAAAAAA

1

SD

A

M1-7

ABC..

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 68 Z3A-1486-04-05

Fig. 70 IMPORT TRACTOR DATA PLOUGH

1

M1-6

AAAAAAAAA

1

SD

M1-7

- Using the encoder, select the 1st letter, then validate by pressing the encoder. - Repeat this operation for the remaining letters. - When the new name is complete, press the ESC key to validate.

ABC.. - The settings transfer must then be validated by pressing the key «6. An OK message is displayed on the screen (39 Fig. 71).

Z3A-1486-04-05

Fig. 69 M1-6

SD

M1-7

ABC..

Selects a Datatronic 3 memory

Selects a card memory Allows the memory to be renamed (name that will be recorded on the Datatronic 3) Validates the transfer

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.27

Datatronic 3 - Description

IMPORT TRACTOR DATA

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

PLOUGH

1

AAAAAAAAA

1

PLOUGH

M1-6

SD

M1-7

ABC..

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER SD

ROTARY HARROW

OK Z3A-1487-04-05

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

39

Fig. 71

Several transfers can be made at the same time. For this purpose repeat the operation, validating each transfer by pressing the key «6. - Press the ESC key when the window (Fig. 71) is open. The transfer is made and a message is displayed on the screen (40 Fig. 72).

Fig. 73

Note: If there is no card in the Datatronic 3 reader, a message is displayed on the screen (41 Fig. 74).

IMPORT TRACTOR DATA FAT-NO-CARD-PRESENT

PLOUGH

IMPORT TRACTOR DATA WRITING... PLOUGH AAAAAAAAA

40

AAAAAAAAA

1

M1-6

1

SD

PLOUGH

PLOUGH

41

1

M1-6

1

SD

M1-7

ABC..

M1-7

ABC..

Z3A-1489-04-05

Fig. 74

OK Z3A-1487-04-05

Fig. 72 The window (Fig. 73) is displayed again when the transfer is complete.

11G10.28

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Data export menu This menu allows memory data (values displayed on the memory screen: hours worked, area worked, etc.) to be exported onto the card. - Press the key «6 when the window (Fig. 75) is open. The window (Fig. 76) is displayed.

- When the window (Fig. 76) is displayed, press the key «2 to select, of the six Datatronic 3 memories, the one to be transferred to the card. - The memory can be renamed nefore carrying out the transfer by pressing the key «3. The following window is displayed.

WORK DATA -> CARD

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

PLOUGH

ON

1

OFF DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

M1-6

A

ABC..

SD

SPREADER SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

SD Z3A-1490-04-05

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 77

Fig. 75

WORK DATA -> CARD PLOUGH

1

M1-6

ABC..

- Using the encoder, select the 1st letter, then validate by pressing the encoder. - Repeat this operation for the remaining letters. - When the new name is complete, press the ESC key to validate. - The settings transfer must then be validated by pressing the key «6. An OK message is displayed on the screen (42 Fig. 78).

WORK DATA -> CARD SD

PLOUGH

1

M1-6

Z3A-1490-04-05

Fig. 76

M1-6

ABC..

PLOUGH

ABC..

Selects a Datatronic 3 memory

Allows the memory to be renamed

OK

SD

Z3A-1491-04-05 SD

Validates the transfer

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

42

Fig. 78

11G10.29

Datatronic 3 - Description Several transfers can be made at the same time. For this purpose repeat the operation, validating each transfer by pressing the key «6. - Press the ESC key when the window (Fig. 78) is open. The transfer is made and the window (Fig. 79) is displayed again.

PLOUGH DUAL CTRL AR

SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

DISC TILLER

JOBs SD

DUAL CTRL AV

SUBSOILER

SD

SPREADER SD

ROTARY HARROW

SD

Z3A-894-03-05

Fig. 79

Note: If there is no card in the Datatronic 3 reader, a message is displayed on the screen (43 Fig. 80).

IMPORT TRACTOR DATA FAT-NO-CARD-PRESENT

PLOUGH

43

1

M1-6

ABC..

SD

Z3A-1492-04-05

Fig. 80

11G10.30

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description WORK application General This application is used to display various parameters stored for tractor use. A certain number of parameters are fixed (Fig. 82, upper part of the screen) while others can be selected by the user (right- and left-hand windows on screen). To start the WORK application (Fig. 81): - Rotate the encoder (1) to the WORK application and press the encoder once the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon, or press the key «1 (2). The window (Fig. 82) is displayed. - To exit an application, press the ESC key (3).

Left-hand window: - EHS VALVES 1-4, - GEARBOX SETTINGS, - ACTIVE MEMORY, - HEADLAND, - REAR DUAL CTRL, - FRONT DUAL CTRL, - TIC (Trailed Implement Control). Right-hand window: - EHS VALVES 1-4, - GEARBOX SETTINGS, - ACTIVE MEMORY, - HEADLAND, - POINTS, - EHS VALVES 5-6.

1 4

2 WORK

HEADLAND

2

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

3

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

4 5 6

ESC

Z3A-782-03-05

A 1

3

540 10% M 5%

5

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Fig. 81 Z3A-787-08-04-B

Fig. 82 Description (Fig. 82) Fixed upper section:

A

Memorised engine speed A (icon is green when the function is active)

B

Memorised engine speed B (icon is green when the function is active)

Note: When using this application, you can open the menu of your choice from the right-hand or left-hand part of the screen when displayed in both screens (EHS VALVES, GEARBOX SETTINGS, ACTIVE MEMORY and HEADLAND).

PTO speed (icon is yellow when the function is active) Tractor wheel slip (maximum percentage (4) and actual percentage (5))

Note: See DCC2 section for setting wheel slip.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.31

Datatronic 3 - Description EHS Valves menu EHS VALVES 1-4 menu displayed in the left-hand window:

Description: Each spool valve is distinguished by a colour, and the following information is displayed (Fig. 84): Icon indicating that the spool valve controls are locked. To unlock, press the button near the PTO control (Ref. A Fig. 85). The icon disappears.

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

7

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

Icon indicating that the Kick out (spool valve activation time) is locked. To unlock, press the key «5

540

when the window is active, or the key «6 when the window Fig. 81 is open.

10% M 5%

6

Shortcut icon providing access to the EHS VALVE SETTINGS application by pressing the key «6 (see page 63 EHS VALVES application).

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Spool valve is in floating position

5s

Spool valve activation time. The value is displayed in a black frame when this function is activated.

89

Flow rate values adjusted

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 83 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1, or the key «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (6 Fig. 83). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (7 Fig. 83). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 84) is displayed.

(8)

Real-time display of Spool valve lever movement (in red inside the progress bar).

- To return to the previous menu, press the key «1 or «2 once, depending on the window currently open.

A

790 5.3 KPH

RPM

A

1000

B

2000

87

53

98

19

100 2s

28 8s

76 5s

89

8 EHS VALVES 1-4

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

MA-11-06040A

Fig. 85

Z3A-786-08-04-B

Fig. 84

11G10.32

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description EHS VALVES 5-6 menu displayed in the right-hand window only: - To display this menu, press key «2 twice. The first press selects the window and the second press displays the list if no application was activated previously. The active window is indicated by a green icon (9 Fig. 86). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (10 Fig. 86). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 87) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

EHS VALVES 1-4 87

53

98

19

100 2s

28 8s

76 5s

89

1

540 10% M 5%

9 EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

10

Z3A-1346-12-04

Fig. 86

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

EHS VALVES 1-4

1

540 10% M 5%

EHS VALVES 5-6

87

53

98

19

22

44

100 2s

28 8s

76 5s

89

76 3s

56 4s

2

Z3A-1345-12-04

Fig. 87

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.33

Datatronic 3 - Description Description:

Gearbox settings menu Displays the GEARBOX SETTINGS menu in the right-hand window (Fig. 88): This display is used to view the DynaVT transmission settings.

A

1000

B

2000

SV2

SV2 regulator speed value

540

The different transmission control modes:

10% M 5%

12

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

SV1 regulator speed value

(13) Forward restart speed (14) Reverse restart speed

790 RPM 5.3 KPH 1

SV1

11

Lever mode

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Pedal mode (POWER or ECO)

Self-propelled mode

Z3A-787-08-04-B

Fig. 88 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1, or the key «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (11 Fig. 88). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (12 Fig. 88). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «2. The window (Fig. 89) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH 1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC 13

10% M 5%

GEARBOX SETTINGS

7.8

SV2

5.2

6.4

2

3.5 14 Fig. 89

¤ H

A

1000

B

2000

15

790RPM 5.3KPH

540 10% M 5% 2

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 90

Z3A-973-08-04-B

11G10.34

Displays the ACTIVE MEMORY menu in the left-hand window (Fig. 90):

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL16 TIC

540

SV1

Active memory menu

- To start one of the applications, press the key «1 or «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (15 Fig. 90). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (16 Fig. 90).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 91) is displayed.

worked to be taken into account for improved precision. 1 3/4 1/2 1/4

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

17

SPRAYER

1

10% M 5%

1

20.4 HA 0.0

HA/H

0.0

L/HA L/H

0.0

540

3/4 1/2 1/4

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

0

19

2

Z3A-791-08-04-B

18

Fig. 91 Note: The first window displayed shows field parameters.

Fig. 92 Z3A-1347-12-04 Note: The total implement width is always taken into account by default. The icon (19 Fig. 91) is active. Transport parameters:

Description (Fig. 91): (17) Name of the active memory (if no memory is active, "MEMORY OFF" is displayed) (18) Width divider

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

Total area worked

TRAILER KM Instant area worked per hour (in hectares / hour)

Instant fuel consumption per unit of worked area (litres / hectare)

540 10% M 5%

1

13.5

M

3.5

H

12.6

L

5.8

L/H

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Instant fuel consumption (litres / hour) Z3A-1382-01-05

Fig. 93 Allows field or transport parameters to be selected. The window (Fig. 93) is displayed. Shortcut icon providing access to the MEMORIES application by pressing the key «5. Selects a width divider by pressing the key

«6

KM

Total distance covered during work (kilometres)

Hours worked

Total fuel used during work (litres)

Using the width divider: This function is used to modify the measurement of an area when the work implement must pass over an area that has already been worked (example). Thus by selecting the correct icon (1, 3/4, 1/2 or 0), the implement width is reduced, allowing the areas already

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

Instant fuel consumption (litres / hour)

11G10.35

Datatronic 3 - Description Headland application Displays the HEADLAND menu in the right-hand window (Fig. 94): This display is used to view the programmed sequences.

- Pressing the key «5 (facing symbol 22 Fig. 95) calls up the HEADLAND configuration menu. The window (Fig. 96) is displayed.

OFF A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

PLOUGH

0.0 1

L/HA L/H

3/4 1/2 1/4

1920 42.0

10% M 5% 2

1.2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

20.4 HA HA/H 0.0 0.0

GO

540

20

1

REC

EDIT

Z3A-794-08-04

0

21

Fig. 96

Z3A-790-08-04-B

Fig. 94 - To start one of the applications, press the key«1 or«2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (20 Fig. 94). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (21 Fig. 94). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «2. The window (Fig. 95) is displayed.

A B

790RPM 5.3 KPH

1000 2000

PLOUGH

1

20.4

L/H

5.2

HA/H

1

Note: To activate a sequence, see page 8 MEMORIES/JOBS application. In this case, the actions are displayed in the icons (e.g.: Fig. 97). Note: To record the different sequences, see page 51 HEADLAND application.

A

1000

B

2000

10% M 5%

PLOUGH 2

+1

+2

20.4

+3

22 0

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

540

HEADLAND

0

HA

3/4 1/2 1/4

- Pressing the key «6 (facing symbol 23 Fig. 97) allows a sequence to be lauched if one of them is activated (ON).

0.0

123.6 L/HA 53.8

- To return to the previous menu, press the key «3.

GO

1

1

540 10% M 5%

HEADLAND

2

L/H HA/H

0.0

L/HA

0.0

HA

3/4 1/2 1/4

A

0

+1 24

0

+2

+3

25 23

OFF

Z3A-793-08-04-B Z3A-792-08-04-B

Fig. 97 Fig. 95

11G10.36

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Description: (24) Current action (25) Following actions A symbol indicates the control status of each spool valve: Spool valve in floating position

Spool valve in Kickout position

The red rectangle indicates the next action, that will be performed as soon as the headland button on the armrest (26 Fig. 98) is pressed. At start-up, only 3 actions are displayed as no action has yet been performed.

26

Z3A-749-07-08

Fig. 98

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.37

Datatronic 3 - Description Rear DUAL CONTROL menu Displays the REAR DUAL CTRL menu in the left-hand window (Fig. 99):

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

27

540 10% M 5% 2

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL 28 TIC

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

This display is used to view the evolution of settings performed while using a rear implement (for example a semi-mounted plough).

Description: (29) Indicates the position of the linkage control (e.g.: soil engagement) (30) Indicates if the DUAL CONTROL is in the furrow start or end mode (31) Indicates the position of the depth wheel spool valve control (e.g.: Lowering) (32) Indicates the linkage position value (33) Indicates the depth wheel position value - Pressing the key «6 switches the DUAL CONTROL to ON or OFF.

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 99 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1 or «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (27 Fig. 99).

Note: If, in the case of a field with points (Fig. 101), the point correction lengths are different from 0 (to be defined in the right-hand POINTS window) and if this POINTS window is not displayed on the right-hand screen, then a POINT WARNING icon (34 Fig. 102) is displayed to alert the driver to the fact that the lengths will be modified when the DUAL CTRL is set to ON (see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application).

A

- To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (28 Fig. 99). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 100) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000 32

33

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

5%

29 30

73 %

31 OFF

540 10% M 5%

1

B 2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Z3A-807-08-04-A

Fig. 101

Z3A-796-08-04-B

Fig. 100

11G10.38

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

5%

73 %

OFF Z3A-797-08-04-B

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

34 Fig. 102

- Pressing the key «5 returns the user to the REAR DUAL CONTROL configuration menu (Fig. 103).

100% 100%

100% 100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

0%

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

100%

100%

100%

100%

Z3A-798-08-04-B

Fig. 103 Note: For data description and settings (Fig. 103), see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application. - To return to the previous window, press the key «2.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.39

Datatronic 3 - Description FRONT DUAL CONTROL menu Displays the FRONT DUAL CTRL menu in the left-hand window (Fig. 104):

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

35

540 10% M 5% 2

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6 36

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 104 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1 or «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (35 Fig. 104). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (36 Fig. 104). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 105) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000 40

41

790RPM 5.3 KPH

FRONT DUAL CTRL

5%

39

73 %

38

37

Description (Fig. 105): (37) Indicates the position of the rear linkage control (e.g.: Lowering) (38) Indicates if the DUAL CONTROL is in the furrow start or end mode (39) Indicates the position of the front linkage control (e.g.: floating position) (40) Front linkage position value (41) Rear linkage position value - Pressing the key «6 switches the DUAL CONTROL to ON or OFF. - Pressing the key «5 returns the user to the FRONT DUAL CONTROL configuration menu (Fig. 108). - To return to the window (Fig. 107), press the key «2. Note: If, in the case of a field with points (Fig. 106), the point correction lengths are different from 0 (to be defined in the right-hand POINTS window) and if this POINTS window is not displayed on the right-hand screen, then a POINT WARNING icon (42 Fig. 107) is displayed to alert the driver to the fact that the lengths will be modified when the DUAL CTRL is set to ON.

Note: For data description and settings (Fig. 108), see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application.

A

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

B Z3A-807-08-04-A

Fig. 106

OFF

Z3A-799-08-04-B

Fig. 105 This display is used to view the evolution of settings performed while using a front implement (e.g.: plough, cultivator, roller) and a rear implement.

11G10.40

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

FRONT DUAL CTRL

5%

73 %

OFF

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

42

Z3A-800-08-04-B

Fig. 107

100% 100%

100%

100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

0%

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

100% 100% Z3A-801-08-04-B

Fig. 108

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.41

Datatronic 3 - Description Trailed Implement Control (TIC) menu Displays the TIC menu in the left-hand window (Fig. 109):

A

1000

B

2000

43

790RPM 5.3 KPH

- Pressing the key «5 returns the user to the TIC configuration menu (Fig. 111).

540 10% M 5%

100% 100% 2

1

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

Description: (45) Position of the spool valve control for the disc tiller lift cylinder (46) Value of the disc tiller lift cylinder position - Pressing the key «6 switches the TIC to ON or OFF.

1920 42.0

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

0%

0%

44

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 109 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1 or «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (43 Fig. 109). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (44 Fig. 109). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «1. The window (Fig. 110) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

46

45

790RPM 5.3 KPH

TIC

OFF

Fig. 111 Note: For data description and settings (Fig. 111), see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application. - To return to the previous window, press the key «2.

540 10% M 5%

1

23 %

Z3A-804-08-04-B

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Z3A-802-08-04-B

Fig. 110 This display is used to view the evolution of settings made while using a trailed rear implement on the swinging drawbar (a disc tiller for example).

11G10.42

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Points menu POINTS menu displayed only in the right-hand window (Fig. 112):

This menu can only be used with a single DUAL CONTROL at a time. Note: To define the DUAL CONTROL and POINTS menu settings, see page 68 DUAL CONTROL application.

A B

790RPM 5.3 KPH

1000 2000

REAR DUAL CTRL

5%

A

540 10% M 5%

47

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

73 %

OFF

48

B

Z3A-796-08-04-B

Fig. 112 Z3A-807-08-04-A

- To start one of the applications, press the key «1 or «2 twice. The first press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (47 Fig. 112). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (48 Fig. 112). Validate by pressing the encoder. The window (Fig. 113) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

1

Fig. 114

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

2

Syncr 0.0 m 0.0 m OFF

Reset

Z3A-805-08-04-B

Fig. 113 The DUAL CONTROL menus are used to initiate a straight furrow start or end phase. When the field is pointed, however (see diagram Fig. 114), the POINTS menu must be used.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.43

Datatronic 3 - Description SETTINGS application General This application is used to set the following parameters: - hours, - date, - display and calculation units, - screen (brightness and night mode), - buzzer volume, - language, - servicing schedule. To start the SETTINGS application (Fig. 115): - Rotate the encoder (1) to the SETTINGS application and press the encoder once the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon, or press the key «2 (2). The main menu (Fig. 116) is displayed. - To exit an application, press the ESC key (3).

10:53:28

08/02/2005

METRIC

L Ga Km Mi

BRIGHTNESS ON: 2 ENGLISH SERVICE: 50 Z3A-814-08-04-B

Fig. 116

• Setting the time and date - Press the key «1, (the window (Fig. 117) is displayed).

1 10:53:28 WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

2 08/02/2005

3 4 5 6

ESC

Z3A-813-03-05

3 Fig. 115

Z3A-1452-03-05

Fig. 117 Setting parameters (Fig. 116) To set each parameter, press keys «1 to «6, then adjust the values using the encoder. To validate each value, press the encoder.

11G10.44

¤ H

Setting the time: - Press the key «1, (the window (Fig. 118) is displayed). The black arrow indicates which value is to be modified.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description - Validate by pressing the encoder (the arrow moves to the year). - Adjust the year in the same manner. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The main menu is now displayed with the date set (Fig. 116).

10:53:28

08/02/2005

• Setting the display and calculation units - Press the key «2 (the last selected unit is displayed in red (8 Fig. 120)).

Z3A-1453-03-05

Fig. 118

METRIC UK US

8

L Ga Km Mi

- Adjust the hours using the encoder. - Validate the hours by pressing the encoder (the arrow moves to the minutes). - Adjust the minutes in the same manner. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The main menu is now displayed with hours and minutes set (Fig. 116). Setting the date: - Press the key «2 when the window Fig. 116 is open (the window Fig. 119 is displayed). The black arrow indicates which value is to be modified.

Z3A-815-08-04-B

Fig. 120 - Select the correct unit for the country by rotating the encoder and validate to return to the main menu (Fig. 116). Note: The METRIC unit is intended for European countries. The UK and US units are identical, with the exception of the gallon volume unit.

10:53:28

• Adjusting the screen - Press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 116) is open. The window (Fig. 121) is displayed.

08/02/2005

Z3A-1454-03-05

Fig. 119 - Adjust the date using the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder (the arrow moves to the month). - Adjust the months in the same manner. Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.45

Datatronic 3 - Description

BRIGHTNESS NIGHT MODE

BRIGHTNESS NIGHT MODE L Ga Km Mi

L Ga Km Mi

AUTO ON OFF

Z3A-815-08-04-B

Z3A-815-08-04-B

Fig. 121 - Using the encoder, select BRIGHTNESS or NIGHT MODE. Adjusting the brightness: - Select the BRIGHTNESS menu using the encoder (the window Fig. 122 is displayed).

Fig. 123 Using the encoder, select one of the following modes: - AUTO (night mode is activated when the tractor headlights are switched on), - ON (night mode is always active and, in this case, the screen goes dark), - OFF (night mode is always deactivated). As soon as one of the modes is validated, the window (Fig. 124) is displayed.

BRIGHTNESS NIGHT MODE L Ga Km Mi

13:22:12 METRIC

08/02/2005 L Ga Km Mi

BRIGHTNESS

78%

ON: 2 ENGLISH SERVICE: 50

Z3A-816-08-04-B

Fig. 122 Z3A-814-08-04-B

- Adjust the brightness (from 0 to 100%) using the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The main menu is displayed.

Fig. 124

Setting night mode This mode reduces screen brightness during night time use. - Select the NIGHT MODE menu using the encoder (the window Fig. 123 is displayed).

11G10.46

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description • Setting the buzzer volume - Press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 125) is open. The window (Fig. 126) is displayed.

13:22:12

08/02/2005

METRIC

L Ga Km Mi

BRIGHTNESS ON: 2 ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS ENGLISH DEUTSCH ESPAÑOL ITALIANO NORSK SVENSKA ESTONIAN PORTUGUES POLISH NEDERLANDS SUOMI DANSK

L Ga Km Mi

Z3A-815-08-04-B

Fig. 127 SERVICE: 50 Z3A-814-08-04-B

Fig. 125

0

OFF

1

MIN

2

• Setting the servicing schedule This menu allows a warning message to be displayed to remind the driver that the tractor must be serviced. L Ga Km Mi

3 4 5 6

- Select the language by rotating the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The main menu is displayed. To exit the SETTINGS application, press ESC key.

IMPORTANT: The first servicing must take place after 50 hours and the second after 400 hours. Servicing should then take place every 400 hours. For the first two servicings: The DATATRONIC is factory set. Therefore, a warning message is displayed after 30 hours for the first servicing. For the second, a message is displayed after 350 hours.

MAX

Z3A-815-08-04-B

Fig. 126 - Adjust the volume (from 0 to 6) using the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The main menu is displayed.

Operation: When the number of hours exceeds 30 hours, a warning message will be displayed regardless of which window is active (Fig. 128).

• Selecting the language - Press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 125) is open. The window (Fig. 127) is displayed.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.47

Datatronic 3 - Description

SERVICE

SERVICE

9

: 30 H

OK

+ -

+ -

< -20 h >

: 50 H 10

OK

PRESS ESC ! ! !

11

NEXT SERVICE = 50

NEXT SERVICE = 50

Z3A-1375-12-04

Z3A-1354-12-04

Fig. 128

Fig. 130

Number of actual tractor hours (identical to instrument panel) (10) Total number of hours before the next servicing (11) Number of hours remaining before next servicing (30 - 50 = -20)

- Press the key «2 regardless of the number of tractor hours. The number of hours to the next servicing is 400 hours (12 Fig. 131).

(9)

Note: This message is also displayed at each start-up (Fig. 129).

SERVICE

OK + 1

: 200 H PRESS ESC ! ! !

12

2

: 180 H < -20 h >

3 4

NEXT SERVICE = 400

5

Z3A-1376-12-04

6

Fig. 131 ESC

Z3A-1372-12-04

Fig. 129

Therefore, as soon as the number of tractor hours exceeds 350, a warning message identical to the first message is displayed (Fig. 132).

- To cancel the message, press the key ESC. When the servicing has been carried out, it should be validated. For this purpose: - Press the key «6 when the window (Fig. 125) is open. The window (Fig. 130) is displayed.

11G10.48

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

SERVICE

SERVICE

: 350 H

OK

OK

+ -

+ -

< -50 h >

: 400 H PRESS ESC ! ! ! NEXT SERVICE = 400

NEXT SERVICE = 390

Z3A-1377-12-04

Z3A-1378-12-04

Fig. 132

Fig. 134

For the following servicings: Each time the servicing has been carried out on the tractor, it should be validated. For this purpose: - Press the key «6 when the window (Fig. 133) is open. The window (Fig. 134) is displayed.

- Press the key «2 regardless of the number of tractor hours. The number of hours to the next servicing is incremented by 400 hours (13 Fig. 135): 390+400 = 790 390 : number of actual tractor hours (identical to instrument panel) 400 : service interval 790 : hours total at which next servicing should take place.

13:22:12

08/02/2005

METRIC

L Ga Km Mi

SERVICE

BRIGHTNESS ON: 2

OK

ENGLISH

+ -

SERVICE: 390 13

Z3A-814-08-04-B

Fig. 133

NEXT SERVICE = 790 Z3A-1379-12-04

Fig. 135 - However, the number of hours to the next servicing can be modified. For this, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 135) is open. The number of hours to the next servicing is displayed beside the key «3 (14 Fig. 136).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.49

Datatronic 3 - Description

13:22:12

SERVICE

14

790

OK

METRIC

+ -

BRIGHTNESS

08/02/2005

L Ga Km Mi

ON: 2 ENGLISH SERVICE: 800

NEXT SERVICE = 790

Z3A-814-08-04-B

Z3A-1353-12-04

Fig. 136 - Adjust the number of hours to the next servicing by turning the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The adjusted number of hours is displayed in the lower part of the screen. (e.g. Fig. 137: next servicing at 800 hours).

Fig. 138 Therefore, in this example, a warning message is displayed 50 hours before the set value, i.e. at 750 hours.

SERVICE

OK + -

NEXT SERVICE = 800 Z3A-1380-01-05

Fig. 137 - Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. The window (Fig. 138) is displayed with the number of hours to the next servicing (15 Fig. 138).

11G10.50

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description HEADLAND application Deactivate power take-off

General This application is used to automatically manage manoeuvres at the end of the field. Using a single button, it is possible to automate all functions in order to avoid activating each control lever or button separately. When using an implement, a sequence of 35 actions can be recorded from 46 different actions available.

A

Activate memorised engine speed A

B

Activate memorised engine speed B

Deactivate memorised engine speed

Description (Fig. 139): Activate rear linkage Lifting

MANUAL RECORD

SV1

A

SV2

Activate rear linkage Lowering SV

Activate quick soil engagement

B STOP

STOP

STOP

Deactivate quick soil engagement

STOP

STOP STOP

1

Insert 1-second time delay

2

Insert 2-second time delay

3

Insert 3-second time delay

4

Insert 4-second time delay

5

Insert 5-second time delay

STOP

Z3A-820-08-04-B

Fig. 139

Activate front axle

Deactivate front axle

Differential lock Insert pause Deactivate differential lock

SV1

Activate SV1 speed regulator

SV2

Activate SV2 speed regulator

SV

Deactivate speed regulator

Activate power take-off

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.51

Datatronic 3 - Description For each spool valve: Activate spool valve control (e.g.: ram rod extension)

OFF

REC GO

Activate spool valve control (e.g.: ram rod retraction)

1920 42.0

STOP

......

Activate spool valve control in neutral position

1.2 EDIT

Activate spool valve control in floating position

Each sequence is stored in the DATATRONIC 3 active memory. Up to 7 sequences can be memorised: - 1 sequence can be permanently stored in the HEADLAND application, - 6 sequences in the MEMORIES application, by assigning them an implement name (see page 8 MEMORIES/JOBS application).

Z3A-794-08-04-B

Fig. 141

To start the HEADLAND application (Fig. 140): - Rotate the encoder (1) to the HEADLAND application and press the encoder once the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon, or press the key «4 (2). The window (Fig. 141) is displayed. - To exit an application, press the ESC key (3).

1

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3

2

4 5 6

ESC

3 Z3A-818-03-05

Fig. 140

11G10.52

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Recording a sequence To record a sequence, press the key «1 (REC) when the window (Fig. 141) is open. The recording window (Fig. 142) is displayed.

4 AUTOMATIC / MANUAL??

AUTO MANUAL

MEMORY OFF!!!

RECORD

5 6 Z3A-824-08-04

Fig. 143 - Press the key «1 (AUTO) when the window (Fig. 144) is open. A new display appears (Fig. 145).

Z3A-819-08-04-B

Fig. 142 Two recording modes are available: - AUTOMATIC mode (4), - MANUAL mode (5), AUTOMATIC mode records a sequence based on the actions performed. Each action is displayed. In MANUAL mode, the user records a sequence by manually selecting the actions to perform. Note: If no memory is active, a warning message is displayed (6). In this case, the sequence is recorded in the HEADLAND application. If other recordings are performed and if no memory is active, the previously recorded sequence is overwritten. To record a sequence in the memories application, see page 8 MEMORIES/JOBS application.

AUTOMATIC / MANUAL?? MEMORY OFF!!!

AUTO MANUAL

Z3A-819-08-04-B

Fig. 144 • Recording a sequence in AUTOMATIC mode Procedure to follow: IMPORTANT : To record a sequence in automatic mode, it must be started at the end of the field when you are preparing to make a half turn (RECORD Fig. 143). Indeed, the recording time for a sequence must not exceed 2 minutes and 30 seconds. Note: Automatic recording does not take into account the time between the actions, but only the order.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.53

Datatronic 3 - Description

AUTO RECORD

? 7 8

..... STOP Z3A-829-08-04-B Z3A-749-07-04

Fig. 145 The question mark (7) indicates that recording can start. - Perform the usual end of field manoeuvres. The actions are automatically recorded and displayed (Example Fig. 146).

Fig. 147

This stops sequence recording, allowing the operator to perform the end of field manoeuvres. Thus, the furrow end actions are recorded and end with a pause (9 Fig. 148).

AUTO RECORD AUTO RECORD SV1

A

SV1

A

SV

SV

? ..... .....

9 STOP

STOP Z3A-826-08-04-B

Fig. 148

Z3A-825-08-04-B

Fig. 146 - Insert a pause by pressing the headland button on the armrest (8 Fig. 147).

11G10.54

¤ H

- Make your half turn. - Perform the furrow start actions in the same manner. The actions are recorded once more (Fig. 149).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description • Recording a sequence in MANUAL mode - When the window (Fig. 151) is open, press the key «2 to select MANUAL mode (11). The window (Fig. 152) is displayed.

AUTO RECORD

SV1

A

SV

AUTOMATIC / MANUAL?? A B

SV1

MEMORY OFF!!!

SV2

AUTO MANUAL

11

..... STOP Z3A-827-08-04-B

Fig. 149 - Press the key «6 (Stop) as soon as the furrow start manoeuvres are complete. A new pause is automatically inserted following the recorded actions (10 Fig. 150).

Z3A-819-08-04-B

Fig. 151

MANUAL RECORD OFF

SV1

GO

A A

B

REC SV

?

1920 42.0

SV1

1.2

SV2

EDIT

.....

..... STOP

10 Z3A-829-08-04-B Z3A-828-08-04-B

Fig. 152 Fig. 150 A question mark is displayed in the first icon.

To read a sequence, see page 59 Reading a sequence. Note: When recording in automatic mode, a time delay cannot be inserted. This action is only possible under Inserting an action in the Modifying a recorded sequence menu.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

- Select an action by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing it (e.g.: Fig. 153).

11G10.55

Datatronic 3 - Description

OFF

MANUAL RECORD

SV1

?

SV1

B

.....

GO

A A

REC SV

1920 42.0

SV1

1.2

SV2

EDIT

..... STOP Z3A-828-08-04-B

Z3A-860-08-04-B

Fig. 153 The action is recorded and a new question mark is displayed. - Proceed in the same manner for the other actions. Note: As for automatic recording, a pause must be inserted (by pressing the Headland button Ref. 12 Fig. 154) to perform the end of field manoeuvres.

Fig. 155 To read a sequence, see page 59 Reading a sequence.

Modifying a recorded sequence When the window (Fig. 155) is open, the sequence is not active. An action can be deleted, modified or inserted. For this purpose: - Press the key «5, (the EDIT window Fig. 156 opens).

EDIT

SV1

12

A A

B

SV

GO

SV1

SV2

.....

Z3A-749-07-08

Z3A-861-08-04-B

Fig. 154

- Press the key «6 (Stop) to terminate the sequence. A pause is automatically inserted and a new window is displayed (Fig. 155).

11G10.56

¤ H

Fig. 156 • Deleting an action: - Press the key «1 in the window (Fig. 156). A message is displayed (13) and the first icon is outlined in red (Fig. 157).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

OK

EDIT - DELETE

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK A

SV1

A

SV

13

A

SV1

SV1

A

SV2

B

OK

EDIT - CHANGE

.....

Z3A-862-08-04-B

SV1

SV2

B

.....

SV

14

Z3A-862-08-04-B

Fig. 159

Fig. 157 - Select the action you wish to delete by rotating the encoder. - Validate either by pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «1. The window (Fig. 158) is displayed with the icon deleted.

OFF

GO

A A

REC SV

SV1

SV2

.....

1920 42.0

EDIT

SV1

B

.....

?

A

SV

SV1

SV2

15

Z3A-864-08-04-B

Fig. 158

• Modifying an action: - Press the key «2 in the window (Fig. 156). A message is displayed and the first icon is outlined in red (14 Fig. 159).

¤ H

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK

A

1.2

OK

EDIT - CHANGE

B

Z3A-865-08-04-B

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

- Select the action you wish to change by rotating the encoder. - Validate either by pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «1. The icon to modify is replaced by a question mark (15 Fig. 160).

Fig. 160 - Select an action by rotating the encoder. The question mark is replaced by an action. (e.g.: 16 Fig. 161)

11G10.57

Datatronic 3 - Description

OK

EDIT - CHANGE

EDIT

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK SV1

A A

B

A

SV1

SV

SV1

A

SV2

SV1

.....

16

Z3A-866-08-04-B

Z3A-861-08-04-B

Fig. 161 - Validate either by pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «1. The window (Fig. 162) is displayed with the changed icon.

Fig. 163 A message (17) and a red hyphen (18) are displayed (Fig. 164).

OK

EDIT - INSERT OFF

REC GO

SV1

A A

B

.....

GO

SV2

B

.....

SV

SV2

SV

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK A

SV1

1920 42.0

A

SV1

1.2 EDIT

17

SV1

SV2

B

.....

SV

18

Z3A-868-08-04-B

Fig. 164

Z3A-867-08-04-B

Fig. 162

• Inserting an action: - Press the key«3 when the window (Fig. 163) is open.

11G10.58

¤ H

- Move the red hyphen by rotating the encoder (the hyphen corresponds to the position of the action to insert). - Validate either by pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «1. An icon with a question mark is inserted. (e.g.: 19 Fig. 165).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

EDIT - INSERT

OK

OFF

REC

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK

?

SV1 SV

B

A

SV1

A

SV

1920 42.0

SV1

A B

SV2

.....

19

.....

Z3A-869-08-04-B

SV2

21

- Select the action to insert by rotating the encoder. The question mark is replaced by an action (e.g.: 20 Fig. 166).

EDIT - INSERT

OK

TURN THE ENCODER AND PRESS OK SV1

A

SV

A

.....

SV1

1.2 EDIT

Z3A-871-08-04-B

Fig. 165

B

GO

A

SV1

Fig. 167

Reading a sequence The DATATRONIC 3 can read either one of the 6 sequences recorded in the MEMORIES application, or a sequence recorded in the HEADLAND application. Note: To read one of the 6 sequences recorded in the MEMORIES application, a memory must first be activated. For this, see page 17 IMPORTANT: To measure parameters with one of the two spool valves, a Kickout must be activated.. Two modes are available for reading a sequence: - Manual mode reading. This mode requires the user to press the headland button (22 Fig. 168) to start each action. - Automatic mode reading This mode starts a series of actions by pressing the headland button once, for 1.5 seconds.

SV2

20

Z3A-870-08-04-B

Fig. 166 - Validate either by pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «1. The window (21 Fig. 167) is displayed with the inserted icon.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.59

Datatronic 3 - Description

OFF

GO

A

SV1

A

22

REC SV

SV1

1.2

SV2

B

1920 42.0

EDIT

.....

Z3A-828-08-04-B Z3A-749-07-04

Fig. 168

• Reading a sequence in MANUAL mode - Start reading a sequence depending on the order actions are stored in. If the sequence was stored in automatic mode, start reading just before furrow end (GO Fig. 169).

Fig. 170

ON 23 STOP

SV1

A A

B

SV

1920 42.0

SV1

SV2

..... Z3A-873-08-04-B

Fig. 171 The first icon (first action) is outlined in red (23 Fig. 171).

GO Z3A-872-08-04

Fig. 169 Procedure to follow: - Press the key «2 (GO) when the window (Fig. 170) is open. A new window is displayed (Fig. 171).

11G10.60

¤ H

- Press the headland button on the armrest (22 Fig. 168) for each action to perform. The icon outlined in red indicates the next action to be performed. - To stop reading a sequence, press the key «2 (STOP). Note: When a PAUSE action is triggered, a buzzer sounds (except if the volume is set to 0).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description • Reading a sequence in AUTOMATIC mode Procedure to follow: - Press the key «2 (GO) when the window (Fig. 172) is open. A new window is displayed (Fig. 173).

OFF

GO

A

SV1

A

REC SV

1.2 EDIT

.....

• Setting reading parameters: The time delay between each action can be increased or decreased by a period of 0.2 to 3 seconds. When the (Fig. 172) window is open, press the key «4. Pressing this key increases the time delay by 0.2 seconds.

1920 42.0

SV1

SV2

B

Note: When a PAUSE action is triggered, reading stops and a buzzer sounds (except if the volume is set to 0). To resume reading, proceed in the same manner.

Z3A-828-08-04-B

Fig. 172

Note: If this time is not enough, time delays can be inserted manually (from 1 to 5 seconds) Modifying reading In both reading modes, reading progress can be modified if an action needs to be activated manually (Fig. 173): - To manually move to the next action, press the key «4, - To manually move to the previous action, press the key «5, - To move back to the start of a sequence, press the key «6.

ON 24 STOP

SV1

A A

B

SV

1920 42.0

Displaying reading in the WORK application - When the window (Fig. 172) is open, press the key «3. The window (Fig. 174) is displayed.

SV1

SV2

.....

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH 1

Z3A-873-08-04-B

Fig. 173 The first icon (first action) is outlined in red (24 Fig. 173). - Press the headland button on the armrest (22 Fig. 168) for 1.5 seconds to start reading the sequence. The actions are performed in sequence at defined time intervals (see page 61 Setting reading parameters:). The icon outlined in red indicates the next action to be performed. - To stop reading a sequence, press the key «2 (STOP).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

540 10% M 5%

HEADLAND

2

A

0

+1

+2

+3

OFF

Z3A-874-08-04-B

Fig. 174 For the description of this window, see page 36 Headland application.

11G10.61

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: If a sequence reading operation is active when the window (Fig. 175) is open, the word HEADLAND flashes red to alert the driver (25).

25

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOB

1 2

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5 6

ESC

Z3A-875-03-05

Fig. 175

11G10.62

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description EHS VALVES application

Description (Fig. 177)

General This application is used to set the hydraulic spool valve parameters (maximum 5). The DATATRONIC 3 allows the following to be performed for each spool valve: - setting the ram rod retraction or extension flow rate, - setting "Kick out" values (spool valve activation time), - authorisation, or not, of spool valve floating position. To start the EHS VALVES application (Fig. 176): - Rotate the encoder (1) to the EHS VALVES application and press the encoder once the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon, or press the key «4 (2). The window (Fig. 177) is displayed. - To exit an application, press the ESC key (3).

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

Z3A-876-08-04

Fig. 177

Green spool valve controlled by the Joystick

1 Red spool valve controlled by the Joystick WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

3

DUAL CTRL

4

1 2

EHS VALVES

Black spool valve controlled by lever 1

2 Yellow spool valve controlled by lever 2

5 6

Blue spool valve controlled by lever 3 ESC

Z3A-875-03-05

3 Fig. 176

For each spool valve: Floating position available

0s

Spool valve activation time

100%

Value of the spool valve flow rate (on ram rod extension for example)

100%

Value of the spool valve flow rate (on ram rod retraction for example)

Note: The values displayed, along with the floating position of the spool valves in the window (Fig. 177) are default values.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.63

Datatronic 3 - Description Setting hydraulic spool valve parameters • Setting flow rates (Fig. 178) - Select the spool valve to adjust using keys «1 to «5.

4

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

100%

100%

0s

0 < . . < 60s / >>

100%

100%

0s

FLOAT :

100%

100%

0s

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

0s 0s

OK-KO Reset

Z3A-887-08-04

Fig. 180

Z3A-876-08-04

Fig. 178

- Adjust the flow rate value (from 0 to 100%) by rotating the encoder. - Validate the selected value by either pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «2. The value is displayed in black (5 Fig. 181).

Example: key «1 provides access to the first spool valve. A new window is displayed (Fig. 179). 5

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

0 < . . < 100%

84%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

0s 0s

OK-KO

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

OK-KO

0s 0s

Reset

Z3A-886-08-04

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

Reset

Z3A-885-08-04

Fig. 179 - Select the ram rod extension flow rate by pressing the key «2. The percent flow rate is displayed in red (4 Fig. 180).

11G10.64

¤ H

Fig. 181 Proceed in the same manner to adjust the ram rod retraction flow rate. To return to the previous window, press the ESC key. Note: The flow rate values are defined with respect to the spool valve maximum flow rate.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Operation (Fig. 182): As long as the position of control lever for the concerned spool valve is inferior to 80% of its maximum position, the generated flow is proportional to its position. Beyond 80%, the flow generated is that which was stored. When the EHS VALVES menu in the WORK application is open and a spool valve control is moved, the red real-time display zone moves in proportion to the lever position (6). The values of the set flow rates are displayed on either side of the progress bars (7 and 8).

A

1000

B

2000

87

53

6 EHS VALVES 1-4 98

790RPM 5.3KPH

28 8s

Z3A-786-08-04-B

76 5s

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

Z3A-876-08-04

10% M 5%

1

19

7

100 2s

540

100%

Fig. 183 2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Example: key «1 provides access to the first spool valve. A new window is displayed (Fig. 184).

89

8

Fig. 182

Note: To display this window, see page 31 WORK application. • Setting spool valve activation times (Kickout) (Fig. 183) - Select the spool valve to adjust using keys «1 to «5.

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

0s 0s

OK-KO

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

Reset

Z3A-885-08-04

Fig. 184 - Press the key «4. The spool valve activation time is displayed in red (9 Fig. 185).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.65

Datatronic 3 - Description was stored. - Two other different symbols can be displayed depending on the configuration:

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100% 9

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

>>

Permanent spool valve flow (12)

Spool valve in floating position (13)

0s 0s

OK-KO Reset

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK Z3A-888-08-04

Fig. 185 - Adjust the activation time by rotating the encoder (from 0 to 60 seconds or >> for permanent flow (hydraulic motor supply for example)). - Validate the value by either pressing the encoder, or by pressing key «3. The value is displayed in black (10 Fig. 186).

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

EHS VALVES 1-4 87

53

98

19

100 2s

>>

28

76 5s

89

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Z3A-890-08-04-B

12

11

13

Fig. 187

Note: To display this window, see page 31 WORK application.

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

• Activating the floating position (Fig. 188) - Select the spool valve to adjust using keys «1 to «5.

10

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

0s 8s

OK-KO

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

Reset

Z3A-889-08-04

Fig. 186 To return to the previous window, press the ESC key. Operation (Fig. 187): - To initiate a spool valve activation time, push its control lever beyond 80% of its maximum position, then release the lever. - During the activation phase, the time delay set appears in a black frame (11). As long as the position of control lever for the concerned spool valve is inferior to 80% of its maximum position, the generated flow is proportional to its position. Beyond 80%, the flow generated is that which

11G10.66

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

100%

100%

• Resetting the parameters (Fig. 190) - Select the spool valve to adjust using keys «1 to «5.

100%

100%

0s

0s

100%

100%

0s

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

100%

100%

0s

Z3A-876-08-04

Fig. 188 Example: key «1 provides access to the first spool valve. A new window is displayed (Fig. 189).

Z3A-876-08-04

Fig. 190 Example: key «1 provides access to the first spool valve. A new window is displayed (Fig. 191).

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

0s 0s

OK-KO

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

Reset

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 100%

100%

0 < . . < 60s / >> FLOAT :

Z3A-885-08-04

Fig. 189 - Press the key «5 to display either:

0s 0s

OK-KO

100%-0s-FLOAT=OK

Reset

Z3A-885-08-04

Fig. 191 STOP

Floating position unavailable

- Press the key «6 (RESET) to reset the values. Floating position available

To return to the previous window, press the ESC key.

Default values after reset: - spool valve flow on rod retraction and extension at 100%, - spool valve activation time at 0 seconds, - floating position available. To return to the previous window, press the ESC key.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.67

Datatronic 3 - Description DUAL CONTROL application

Y

General The DUAL CONTROL is a system which automatically controls implements in working position and at the end of the field. It also allows the rear linkage position to be carried over to the front linkage position or to the depth wheel position of a semi-mounted plough for example. The information necessary for the correct operation of the system is acquired by sensors, processed by the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator, which controls the operation of an electrohydraulic spool valve, and is displayed on the Datatronic 3 onboard computer. Using this application, the following can be controlled: - a front and rear implement, with the FRONT DUAL CONTROL (e.g.: a front roller and a combined rear seeder (Fig. 192), a front and rear plough, etc.), - a semi-mounted rear implement, with the REAR DUAL CONTROL (e.g.: a semi-mounted plough (Fig. 193), a semi-mounted disc tiller, etc., These implements being hitched to the rear linkage), - a trailed rear implement with the TRAILED IMPLEMENT CONTROL (TIC) (e.g.: a disc tiller (Fig. 194), a trailed Chisel, etc. These implements are hitched to the swinging drawbar or lift arms). This system allows the implement height to be set according to the wheel slip and the draft applied to the lift arms (the linkage is fixed).

FURROW START

Y

FURROW END Z3A-808-08-04

Fig. 193

Y Z3A-945-08-04

Fig. 194

Z3A-944-08-04-B

Fig. 192

11G10.68

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description To start the DUAL CONTROL application (Fig. 195): - rotate the encoder (1) to the DUAL CTRL application.

1

WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

1 2 3 4 5 6

ESC

Z3A-938-03-05

2 Fig. 195

- press the encoder when the active function is highlighted by red text and a red rectangle around the icon (the window Fig. 196 is displayed). - to exit an application, press the ESC key (2).

1

? 3

?

5

? Z3A-817-08-04

Fig. 196

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.69

Datatronic 3 - Description Parts list Fig. 197:

FRONT DUAL CONTROL • Operating principle With the FRONT DUAL CONTROL, the rear implement enters the soil at the exact point where the front implement entered the soil. The Datatronic 3 is the interface between the operator and the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator: - It allows initial FRONT DUAL CONTROL adjustments to be made. - It monitors FRONT DUAL CONTROL operation.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Datatronic 3 DCC2 Radar Engine and ground speed sensors Front linkage position sensor Rear linkage position sensor Rear linkage draft sensors Autotronic 5 linkage calculator Rear linkage solenoid valve DUAL CONTROL solenoid valve

2

1

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

ESC

4

CAN CAN

5

9 6 CAN

10 7 MA-11-06107A

Fig. 197

11G10.70

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: The explanations in the section shall be illustrated with the example of a front roller and a combined rear seeder. When the window (Fig. 198) is open, press the key «1. The window (Fig. 199) is displayed.

Authorises furrow start setting

Authorises furrow end setting

Activates or deactivates the rear implement depth transfer function

1

?

- Left-hand part of the window: In all greyed boxes, memorised values

3

?

5

? Z3A-817-08-04

Fig. 198

3 100% 100%

100%

100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

0%

4

6.0 m 100% 100%

Linkage high position values Linkage low position values Furrow start length Furrow start front linkage extra-lowering value Furrow end length

• Calibration To ensure correct operation of the FRONT DUAL CONTROL, the front linkage position sensor must be calibrated.

When reassembling, the sensor must be fitted to the centre of the ports (Fig. 200) to a torque of approximately 8 Nm.

6.0 m

5

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

IMPORTANT: This operation must be performed on first use, or as soon as work is carried out on the front linkage position sensor.

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

Note: The values that are not in boxes correspond to instant values.

7 6

Z3A-801-08-04-B

Fig. 199 Description: - Right-hand part of the window: Memorises high and low implement positions

1920 42.0

Displays the FRONT DUAL menu in the work application

Opens the linkage calibration menu

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.71

Datatronic 3 - Description

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

<<6=OK

ESC=EXIT

GO MA-11-06106A

Fig. 200

Z3A-958-08-04-B

Fig. 202 Note: The Autotronic 5 linkage calculator assesses the linkage position by measuring the voltage at the sensor terminals: - Low position voltage: 0.5V. - High position voltage: 4.5V. Sensor connection:

Conditions required for calibration: - unlock the SMS and approximately set the front linkage at its middle position, - engine speed at 1500 rpm, - rear linkage control unlocked and in neutral position (8 Fig. 203), - rear linkage height / depth setting control set to between 3 and 4 (9 Fig. 203). IMPORTANT: For efficient calibration, the front linkage must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this purpose, perform the calibration without any front implements.

3 2 1

8

9

MA-11-01223A

Fig. 201 Description Fig. 201: - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: + 10 V supply - Pin 3: Signal After carrying out preliminary adjustments, calibration can be started. For this, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 199) is open. The screen (Fig. 202) is displayed.

11G10.72

¤ H

Z3A-706-07-04

Fig. 203

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description - Press the key «6. Calibration starts and a new window is displayed (Fig. 204).

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

A: from 1 to 10 B: a difference of more than 100 points (with the high value always greater than the lower line) C: from 5 to 150 If the calibration values fall significantly out of this range, then the sensor working area or characteristics need to be modified. The Dual Control, however, will operate correctly. IMPORTANT : Switch off the ignition key to validate the calibration.

3<<..<<4

CALIBRATION EN COURS ... Sensor = 20 STOP Z3A-1013-08-04-B

Fig. 204 During calibration, the front linkage is lifted and lowered several times. Then, as soon as calibration is complete, the window (Fig. 205) is displayed again. This indicates the values stored at calibration. Note: If a problem occurs, press the key «6 (STOP) to stop calibration or activate the 3-position switch.

• Downloading the calibration If different front implements are to be used, the front linkage sensor calibration can be stored in different memories. This avoids recalibrating the sensor. - To download a calibration in another memory, press the key «1 when the window (Fig. 202) is open. The window (Fig. 206) is displayed.

FRONT-REAR COMBINED IMPLEMENT

1

+

FRONT-REAR DISC TILLER

5

+

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

OK

3<<..<<4

Z3A-1363-12-04

A B C 1 238 47 6 165 44 OK ! ! PRESS ESC ! ! ! Z3A-1374-12-04

Fig. 205 A: Minimum and maximum Dual activation specified values B: Maximum (high) and minimum (low) position front linkage C: Correction on lifting and lowering, this correction is mainly dependent upon ram capacity Required conditions for optimum Dual Control operation:

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

Fig. 206 - Select the reference memory, i.e. that from which the calibration will be copied. For this purpose, press the key «2 to display the required memory (e.g.: memory 1 (FRONT-REAR COMBINED IMPLEMENT)). - Select the memory for which the front linkage sensor calibration must be identical to the reference memory. For this purpose, press the key«4 to display the required memory (e.g.: memory 5 (FRONT-REAR DISC TILLER)). - Validate by pressing the key «5. The symbol (OK) is displayed (10 Fig. 207).

11G10.73

Datatronic 3 - Description

11

10

1

+

5

+ OK

OK

Z3A-972-08-04

Z3A-1364-12-04

Fig. 207 Note: On completion of this operation, the DATATRONIC 3 displays the name of the downloaded calibration. Example (Fig. 208): the FRONT DUAL CONTROL calibration is identical for memory 1 and memory 5.

Fig. 209 Memorising the high position: - Set the front and rear implements in the high position (Fig. 210) using the following controls: - the linkage control and high position limiter potentiometer, - the front linkage spool valve control.

FRONT-REAR COMBINED IMPLEMENT

DUAL CTRL AV SELF LOADING TRAILER

ON OFF

SPREADER

JOBs SD SUBSOILER SD

FRONT-REAR DISC TILLER

DUAL CTRL AV ROTARY HARROW

SD Z3A-954-08-04

SD Z3A-1365-03-05

Fig. 208 Fig. 210 • Memorising high and low linkage positions For FRONT DUAL CONTROL operation, the Datatronic 3 must know the high and low positions of the implements. The linkage is therefore fitted with a position sensor connected to the rear of the tractor (11 Fig. 209).

11G10.74

¤ H

When the linkage controls are actuated, the position values in the white boxes are displayed in red and vary (Fig. 211): (12) Front linkage high position value (13) Rear linkage high position value

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

14

14

100% 77%

83%

12

0%

0%

13

0%

100% 77%

100%

83%

100%

1920 42.0

1920 42.0

0%

0%

21%

32%

15

0%

16 6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

100%

100%

100%

100%

Z3A-955-08-04-B

Z3A-957-08-04-B

Fig. 211 - Memorise the high positions by pressing the key «1. The high position values are displayed in the greyed boxes and are memorised (14). Memorising the low position: - Set the front and rear implements in the low position (Fig. 212) using the following controls: - the rear linkage control and low position limiter potentiometer, - the front linkage spool valve control.

Fig. 213 - Memorise the low positions by pressing the key «1. The values of the memorised low values are displayed in the greyed boxes.

• Setting furrow start length (Implement example : front roller with combined rear seeder). To ensure that the rear implement enters the soil at a certain distance after entry of the front implement, the Datatronic 3 must know the length X (17 Fig. 214) between these two implements.

Y

X

17

Z3A-956-08-04

Fig. 212 When the linkage controls are actuated, the position values in the white boxes are displayed in red and vary (Fig. 213): (15) Front linkage low position value (16) Rear linkage low position value

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

Z3A-946-08-04

Fig. 214 - Press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 215) is open. The furrow start length is displayed in red (18 Fig. 215).

11G10.75

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: To set the front linkage furrow start extra-lowering value, first set the furrow start length. 100% 77%

83%

100% 1920 42.0

0%

21%

6.0 m 6.0 m 100% 100%

32%

18

0%

Adjustment: - When the linkage height is displayed in red, adjust it by rotating the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The value is displayed in black (22 Fig. 217).

6.0 6.0

19

m m

77%

77%

83%

83%

21%

21%

32%

32%

1920 42.0

Z3A-947-08-04-B

Fig. 215 - Adjust the length X by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The length is displayed in black inside the white and grey box, and the front linkage furrow start extra-lowering value is displayed in red (19 Fig. 215). • Setting furrow start front linkage extra-lowering Definition (Fig. 216): When the front linkage Lowering control is activated, the front linkage is lowered (20), which relieves the front of the tractor (21). For this reason, as long as the rear implement is not touching the gound, the front implement does not work at the set depth. To avoid this phenomenon, a front linkage extra-lowering value can be set. Therefore, when the rear linkage control is activated, the front linkage position is corrected to the depth set previously.

21

20

Y

Z3A-1327-12-04

Fig. 216

11G10.76

¤ H

22 4.5 m

85%

4.5 m

85%

6.0 m

23

6.0 m

Z3A-952-08-04

Fig. 217 Note: The furrow start linkage height (e.g.: 85%) corresponds to 85% of the maximum rear linkage height.

• Setting furrow end length As for the furrow start, the Datatronic 3 needs to know the length between the front and rear implements. Note: The furrow start and end lengths may differ, depending on the linkage lowering and lifting speeds. - Press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 217) is open. The furrow end length is displayed in red (23 Fig. 217). - Adjust the length by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The value is displayed in black.

• Transferring the rear linkage depth value When using the DUAL CONTROL, this function can be activated or deactivated. When this function is activated, modifications to the rear linkage depth during use are transferred to the front linkage. - To activate or deactivate this function, press the key «6 when the window (Fig. 217) is open.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

Function activated

Function deactivated

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

FRONT DUAL CTRL • Activating the FRONT DUAL CONTROL function In order to use the DUAL CONTROL function, it must first be activated. - For this, press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 217) is open. The window (Fig. 218) is displayed.

5%

10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

73 %

26

540

ON

Z3A-1314-11-04-B

A

1000

B

2000

24 FRONT DUAL CTRL

5%

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

73 %

25

OFF

Fig. 219 540

- To return to the menu (Fig. 217), press the key «5.

10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

• Working operation Furrow start: When the tractor is at the start of a furrow, activate the rear linkage lowering control as soon as the tractor front implement reaches mark Y (27 Fig. 220). The front implement lowers to the extra-lowering value. When distance X has been travelled, the rear linkage lowers automatically (28 Fig. 220). The linkage lifts again to the set depth (29 Fig. 220).

Z3A-799-08-04-B

Fig. 218

Y

- Press the key «6 when the icon (24 Fig. 218) is green (if this is not the case, first press the key«1 so the icon is displayed in green. - The DUAL CONTROL function is then active and the symbol (25 Fig. 218) changes from OFF to ON (26 Fig. 219).

X

27

29

28

During use, a symbol is displayed under each linkage to indicate its control position:

30

Linkage control in raised position

Z3A-946-08-04

Linkage control in lowered position Indicates if the DUAL CONTROL is in the furrow start or end mode

LEGEND: (27) Lowering the front linkage below working position (28) Lowering the rear linkage into working position (29) Lifting the front linkage into working position (30) Lifting of the front linkage

Linkage control in floating position

Fig. 220

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.77

Datatronic 3 - Description Furrow end: At the end of a furrow, activate the rear linkage lifting control when the tractor reaches mark Y (30 Fig. 220). The front implement lifts. As soon as distance X has been covered, the rear linkage lifting control is automatically activated.

A

1000

B

2000

31

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

FRONT DUAL CTRL Note: For pointed fields, however, the POINTS menu must be used to optimise the operation of the FRONT DUAL CONTROL (see page 93 POINTS menu).

21 %

1

10% M 5%

POINTS

2

32% 0.0 m 0.0 m

IMPORTANT: If the linkage high and low stops are modified during work, they are not stored in the Datatronic 3 active memory. To store them, see page 82 Memorising high and low linkage positions. Displaying parameters: During work either the Settings window (Fig. 221), or the Work window (Fig. 222) can be displayed.

100% 77%

83%

100% 1920 42.0

0%

21%

32%

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

32

ON

Reset

Z3A-962-08-04-B

Fig. 222 Description (Fig. 222): To display this window, press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 221) is open. Left-hand part of the window: The linkage position values (Ref. 31) are the active values. The symbols under the linkages (32) indicate their control status. Right-hand part of the window: See page 93 POINTS menu.

15% 15% Z3A-961-08-04-B

Fig. 221 Description (Fig. 221): As the front and rear linkage positions change, the corresponding height values change in the white boxes. The values in the grey boxes are memorised and fixed.

11G10.78

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Parts list Fig. 223:

REAR DUAL CONTROL • Operating principle The REAR DUAL CONTROL allows both parts of the rear implement to enter the soil in the same line (e.g. a semi-mounted plough hitched to the tractor lift arms). The Datatronic 3 is the interface between the operator and the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator: - It allows initial REAR DUAL CONTROL adjustments to be made. - It monitors REAR DUAL CONTROL operation.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Datatronic 3 DCC2 Radar Engine and ground speed sensors Rear implement depth wheel position sensor Rear linkage position sensor Rear linkage draft sensors Autotronic 5 linkage calculator Rear linkage solenoid valve DUAL CONTROL solenoid valve

2

1

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

ESC

4

5

CAN CAN

9

CAN

10

6

7 MA-11-06108A

Fig. 223

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.79

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: In this section, explanations shall be illustrated by a semi-mounted plough example. When the window (Fig. 224) is open, press the key «3. The window (Fig. 225) is displayed.

Authorises furrow end setting

Activates or deactivates the rear implement depth transfer function

Greyed boxes: memorised values

1

? 3

?

5

? Z3A-817-08-04

Fig. 224

32

33

100% 100%

100% 100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

34

35

0%

36

6.0m

Rear linkage high position values Plough depth wheel high position values Rear linkage low position values Plough depth wheel low position values Furrow start lengths Furrow start plough depth wheel partial lowering value. (38) Furrow end lengths (39) Furrow end plough depth wheel partial lifting value.

• Calibration To ensure correct REAR DUAL CONTROL operation, the rear implement depth wheel position sensor must be calibrated. IMPORTANT: This operation must be performed on first use, or as soon as work is carried out on the rear implement depth wheel position sensor.

100%

100%

100%

100% Z3A-798-08-04-B

(32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37)

When reassembling, the sensor must be fitted to the centre of the ports (Fig. 226) to a torque of approximately 8 Nm.

6.0 m

6.0 m 6.0m

0%

Note: The values that are not in grey boxes correspond to instant values.

37

38

39

Fig. 225

Description: Memorises high and low implement positions

1920 42.0

Displays the REAR DUAL CTRL menu in the WORK application

Opens the linkage calibration menu

MA-11-06106A

Fig. 226 Authorises furrow start setting

11G10.80

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: The Autotronic 5 linkage calculator assesses the depth wheel position by measuring the voltage at the sensor terminals: - Low position voltage: 0.5V. - High position voltage: 4.5V. Sensor connection:

Conditions required for calibration: - unlock the SMS and set the implement depth wheel approximately at its middle position - engine speed at 1500 rpm, - rear linkage control unlocked and in neutral position (40 Fig. 229), - rear linkage height / depth setting control set to between 3 and 4 (41 Fig. 229). IMPORTANT: For efficient calibration, the rear implement depth wheel must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this, lift the implement to prevent the shares from touching the soil when the implement is in low position (Fig. 230).

3 2

40

41

1

MA-11-01223A

Fig. 227 Description Fig. 227: - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: + 10 V supply - Pin 3: Signal

Z3A-706-07-04

After carrying out preliminary adjustments, calibration can be started. For this, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 225) is open. The screen (Fig. 228) is displayed.

Fig. 229

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM <<6=OK

3<<..<<4 ESC=EXIT Z3A-1014-08-04

GO Fig. 230 Z3A-958-08-04-B

Fig. 228

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.81

Datatronic 3 - Description - Press the key «6. Calibration starts and a new window is displayed (Fig. 231).

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

CALIBRATION EN COURS ... Sensor = 20 STOP

mainly dependent upon ram capacity Required conditions for optimum Dual Control operation: A: from 1 to 10 B: a difference of more than 100 points (with the high value always greater than the lower line) C: from 5 to 150 If the calibration values fall significantly out of this range, then the sensor working area or characteristics need to be modified. The Dual Control, however, will operate correctly. • Downloading the calibration If different implements are to be used, the rear implement depth wheel sensor calibration can be stored in different memories. The procedure is the same as for the front DUAL CONTROL (see page 73 Downloading the calibration).

Z3A-1013-08-04-B

Fig. 231 During calibration, the implement is lifted and lowered several times. Then, as soon as calibration is complete, the window (Fig. 232) is displayed again. This indicates the values stored at calibration. To validate the calibration, the ignition must be switched off when calibration is complete. Note: If a problem occurs, press the key «6 (STOP) to stop calibration.

• Memorising high and low linkage positions For optimum operation, the Datatronic 3 must know the high and low positions of the linkage and plough depth wheel. Memorising the high position: For REAR DUAL CONTROL operation, the Datatronic 3 must know the high and low positions of the plough depth wheel. For this purpose, the plough must be fitted with a position sensor connected to the rear of the tractor (42 Fig. 233).

CALIBRATION MODE 42

1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

A B C 1 238 47 6 165 44 OK ! ! PRESS ESC ! ! ! Z3A-1374-12-04

Fig. 232

Z3A-972-08-04

Fig. 233 A: Minimum and maximum Dual activation specified values B: Maximum (high) and minimum (low) position front linkage C: Correction on lifting and lowering, this correction is

11G10.82

¤ H

- Place the linkage and depth wheel in high position (plough horizontal Fig. 234) using the following controls: - the linkage control and high position limiter

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description potentiometer, - the plough depth wheel spool valve control.

- the plough depth wheel spool valve control. Note: If possible, place the depth wheel cylinder in the low mechanical stop position.

Z3A-963-08-04

Z3A-965-08-04

Fig. 234 Fig. 236

When the linkage and depth wheel controls are actuated, the position values vary (Fig. 235):

When the linkage and depth wheel controls are actuated, the position values in the white boxes vary (Fig. 237):

(43) Linkage high position value (44) Plough depth wheel high position value

(45) Linkage low position value (46) Plough depth wheel low position value 100% 68%

79% 100%

43

44

1920 42.0

68% 0%

0%

0%

68%

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

100%

100%

100%

100%

1920 42.0

0%

27%

- Memorise the high positions by pressing the key «1. The high position values are displayed in the greyed boxes and are memorised. Memorising the low position: - Place the linkage and depth wheel in working position (plough horizontal Fig. 236) using the following controls: - the rear linkage control and low position limiter potentiometer,

46

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

Fig. 235

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

32% 0%

45

Z3A-964-08-04-B

¤ H

79% 79%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Z3A-966-08-04-B

Fig. 237

- Memorise the low positions by pressing the key «1. The low position values are displayed in the greyed boxes and are memorised.

11G10.83

Datatronic 3 - Description • Setting furrow start length To ensure that the last plough share enters the soil at the same place as the first share (Y Fig. 238), the Datatronic 3 must know the length X between the first and last share (47 Fig. 238).

Note: To return to the previous menu, press the ESC key.

• Setting furrow start depth wheel partial lowering Definition: For the plough to enter the soil as rapidly as possible, it must be partially lowered (50 Fig. 240) as soon as the linkage control is actuated.

Y

X 50

47

Y Y X Z3A-967-08-04

51 Fig. 238

Y - Press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 239) is open. The furrow start length is displayed in red (48 Fig. 239).

68%

68%

79% 79% 1920 42.0

27%

27%

6.0 m 6.0 m

32% 27%

48

100%

Settings: - When the linkage height is displayed in red (49 Fig. 239), adjust the latter by rotating the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The value is displayed in black (52 Fig. 241).

6.0m 100%

49

Fig. 240 Next, as soon as distance X has been covered, the plough depth wheel is lowered to its working position (51 Fig. 240). For this manoeuvre to be performed automatically, the depth wheel partial lowering value must be defined. Note: To set the depth wheel partial lowering value, first set the furrow start length (35 Fig. 239).

6.0 m

100%

Z3A-967-08-04

100%

Z3A-968-08-04-B

Fig. 239

- Adjust the length X by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The length is displayed in black in the white and grey box, and the linkage furrow start height is displayed in red (49 Fig. 239).

11G10.84

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

68%

68%

- Adjust the length by rotating the encoder and validate by pressing the latter. The value is displayed in black and the furrow end depth wheel partial lifting value is displayed in red (54 Fig. 242).

79% 79% 1920 42.0

27%

27%

32% 27%

m

4.5 4.5 m

Note: To return to the previous menu, press the ESC key.

• Setting furrow end depth wheel partial lifting Definition (Fig. 243): At the end of the furrow, when the tractor linkage lifts (55), the rear of the plough tends to tip. Indeed, the latter pivots around the plough wheel. Thus, the last shares operate below the normal ploughing limit (56).

6.0 m 6.0 m

52

100%

100% 100%

100%

Z3A-980-08-04-B

Fig. 241 55 Note: The plough depth wheel partial lowering value (e.g.: 85%) corresponds to 85% of the maximum depth wheel height.

• Setting furrow end length As for the furrow start, the Datatronic 3 needs to know the length between the first and last shares. Note: The furrow start and end lengths may differ, depending on the linkage and plough depth wheel lowering and lifting speeds. - Press the key «5 when the window (Fig. 242) is open. The furrow end length is displayed in red (53 Fig. 242).

56 Z3A-970-08-04

Fig. 243 To avoid this phenomenon, the Datatronic 3 partially lifts the plough depth wheel during the furrow end phase. This value must therefore be set.

68%

68%

79% 79% 1920 42.0

27%

27%

m

4.5 4.5 m 85% 85%

32% 27%

53

Settings: - When the depth wheel partial lifting value is displayed in red (54 Fig. 242), adjust it by rotating the encoder. - Validate by pressing the encoder. The value is displayed in black.

6.0 m 6.0 m 100%

54

Note: To set the plough depth wheel furrow end partial lifting value, first define the furrow end length (53 Fig. 242).

100%

Note: To return to the previous menu, press the ESC key.

Z3A-981-08-04-B

Fig. 242

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.85

Datatronic 3 - Description • Activating the REAR DUAL CONTROL function In order to use the DUAL CONTROL function, it must first be activated. - For this, press the key«2 when the window (Fig. 241) is open. The window (Fig. 244) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL A

1000

B

2000

57 REAR DUAL CTRL

58

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

OFF

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Z3A-1318-11-04-B

Fig. 244 - Press the key «6 when the icon (57 Fig. 244) is green (if this is not the case, first press the key «1 so the icon is displayed in green). - The DUAL CONTROL function is then active and the symbol (58 Fig. 244) changes from OFF to ON (59 Fig. 245).

59

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

10% M 5% 2

10% M 5%

1

540

1

540

ON

Z3A-1317-11-04-B

Fig. 245 - To return to the menu (Fig. 241), press the key «5. • Working operation Furrow start (Fig. 246): When the tractor is at the start of a furrow, activate the rear linkage lowering control as soon as the first share reaches mark Y (44 ). At the same time, the plough depth wheel is partially lowered (45). As soon as distance X has been covered, the depth wheel is lowered to its working position (46).

61

During use, a symbol is displayed under each linkage to indicate its control position:

Y 60

X

Linkage control in raised position

62

64

Linkage control in lowered position

63

Indicates if the DUAL CONTROL is in the furrow start or end mode

Y

Z3A-967-08-04

Linkage control in floating position

LEGEND:

(60) (61) (62) (63) (64)

Lowering the linkage into working position Partial depth wheel lowering Plough in working position Partial depth wheel lifting Plough in high horizontal position

Fig. 246

11G10.86

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Furrow end: Actuate the rear linkage lifting control as soon as the first share is positioned on mark Y. At the same time, the plough depth wheel makes a half turn (47). As soon as distance X has been covered, the depth wheel lifts to its high position (48). IMPORTANT: If the linkage high and low stops are modified during work, they are not stored in the Datatronic 3 active memory. To store them, see page 82 Memorising high and low linkage positions. Note: For pointed fields, the POINTS menu must be used to optimise the operation of the REAR DUAL CONTROL. This allows the tractor to make straight furrow starts and ends, whatever the field shape. To adjust, see page 93 POINTS menu. Displaying parameters: During work either the Settings window (Fig. 247), or the Work window (Fig. 248) can be displayed.

68%

68%

79% 79% 1920 42.0

27%

27%

32% 27%

4.5 m 4.5 m

6.0 m 6.0 m

85% 85%

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

65

REAR DUAL CTRL

27 %

32%

1

10% M 5%

POINTS

2

Syncr 0.0 m 0.0 m

66

ON

Reset

Z3A-984-08-04-B

Fig. 248 Description (Fig. 248): To display this window, press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 247) is open. Left-hand part of the window: The linkage and depth wheel position values (65) are the active values. The symbols under the linkage and depth wheel (66) indicate their control status. Right-hand part of the window: See page 93 POINTS menu.

59% 59%

Z3A-983-08-04-B

Fig. 247 Description (Fig. 247): As the plough position changes, the linkage and depth wheel high and low position values vary accordingly. The values in the grey boxes are memorised and fixed.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.87

Datatronic 3 - Description Parts list Fig. 249:

TRAILED IMPLEMENT CONTROL (TIC) • Operating principle This menu controls the trailed implements hitched to the swinging drawbar or lift arms (linkage is fixed). In work mode, wheel slip, implement depth and draft applied to the lift arms are analysed by the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator, which varies the implement working height accordingly. The Datatronic 3 is the interface between the operator and the Autotronic 5 linkage calculator: - It allows initial TIC adjustments to be made. - It monitors TIC operation.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

2

1

Datatronic 3 DCC2 Radar Engine and ground speed sensors Rear implement depth wheel position sensor Rear linkage draft sensors Autotronic 5 linkage calculator DUAL CONTROL (TIC) solenoid valve

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

7

ESC

4

5

CAN CAN

CAN

8 6

MA-11-06109A

Fig. 249

11G10.88

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description Note: In this section, explanations shall be illustrated by a disc tiller example. When the window (Fig. 250) is open, press the key «5. The window (Fig. 251) is displayed.

Opens the sensor calibration menu

Greyed boxes: memorised values

1

? 3

?

5

? Z3A-817-08-04

Fig. 250

67

Note: The values that are not in boxes correspond to instant values.

• Calibration To ensure correct TIC operation, the rear implement depth wheel position sensor must be calibrated. IMPORTANT: This operation must be performed on first use, or as soon as work is carried out on the rear implement depth wheel position sensor. When reassembling, the sensor must be fitted to the centre of the ports (Fig. 252) to a torque of approximately 8 Nm.

100% 100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

Z3A-804-08-04-B MA-11-06106A

Fig. 251

Description: Memorises high implement position

1920 42.0

Fig. 252 Note: The Autotronic 5 linkage calculator assesses the depth wheel position by measuring the voltage at the sensor terminals: - Low position voltage: 0.5V. - High position voltage: 4.5V.

Displays the TIC menu in the Work application

Memorises low implement position

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.89

Datatronic 3 - Description Sensor connection:

68

3 2 1

MA-11-01223A

Fig. 254 Fig. 253

Description Fig. 253: - Pin 1: Ground - Pin 2: + 10 V supply - Pin 3: Signal

Memorising the high position: - Place the disc tiller in high position (Fig. 255) using the lift cylinder spool valve control. When the spool valve control is actuated, the high position value varies (67 Fig. 251).

After carrying out preliminary adjustments, calibration can be started. The calibration procedure for the implement sensor is identical to that described in the REAR DUAL CONTROL application (see page 80 Calibration) IMPORTANT: For efficient calibration, the rear implement depth wheel must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this, lift the implement to prevent the shares from touching the soil when the implement in is low position. • Downloading the calibration As for the DUAL CONTROL, the calibration can be downloaded to different memories (see page 73 Downloading the calibration).

• Memorising the disc tiller high and low positions For optimum operation, the Datatronic 3 must know the disc tiller high and low positions. For this purpose, the hitched implement must be fitted with a position sensor connected to the rear of the tractor (68 Fig. 254).

11G10.90

¤ H

Z3A-988-08-04

Fig. 255 - Memorise the high position by pressing the key «1. The high position value is displayed in the greyed box and is memorised. Memorising the low position: - Place the disc tiller in working position (Fig. 256) using a linkage cylinder spool valve control.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description • Working operation To activate disc tiller Lifting or Lowering, use the rear linkage control. When the TIC is in use, the linkage is inactive and locked. As soon as the implement is in working position, wheel slip, implement depth and the draft applied to the lift arms are analysed by the calculator, which varies the implement working height accordingly. IMPORTANT: If the disc tiller high and low stops are modified during work, they are not stored in the Datatronic 3 active memory. To store them, see page 90 Memorising the disc tiller high and low positions.

Z3A-989-08-04

Fig. 256

Displaying parameters: During work either the Settings window (Fig. 258), or the Work window (Fig. 259) can be displayed.

- Memorise the work position by pressing the key «3. The memorised work position value is displayed in the grey box. 85% 85%

• Activating the TIC function In order to use the TIC function, it must first be activated. - For this, press the key «2 when the window (Fig. 258) is open. The window (Fig. 257) is displayed.

A

1000

B

2000

69

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

TIC

OFF

22% 22%

540 10% M 5% Z3A-990-08-04-B

1

70

1920 42.0

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

Fig. 258 Description (Fig. 258): As the disc tiller position changes, the high and low position values vary accordingly in the white boxes. The values in the grey boxes are memorised and hence fixed.

Z3A-1319-11-04-B

Fig. 257 - Press the key «6 when the icon (69 Fig. 257) is green (if this is not the case, press the key «2 so the icon is displayed in green). - The TIC function is then active and the symbol (70 Fig. 257) changes from OFF to ON.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.91

Datatronic 3 - Description Description (Fig. 259): To display this window, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 258) is open. Left-hand part of the window: (71) Active disc tiller position value. (72) Indicate the spool valve control status.

A

1000

B

2000

71

TIC

790RPM 5.3 KPH 72

540 10% M 5%

1

2

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

23 %

ON Z3A-1320-11-04-B

Fig. 259

11G10.92

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description POINTS menu • General This function is used to automatically modify the furrow start and end lengths according to the shape of the field. For this purpose, the length of the points must be stored (A and B Fig. 260).

• Setting the points To access the POINTS menu, open the WORK application window. For this, see page 31 WORK application. POINTS menu displayed only in the right-hand window (Fig. 262):

A A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

5%

B

73 %

OFF

1

540 10% M 5%

1 EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

2

Z3A-806-08-04

Fig. 260

Z3A-807-08-04-A

When using a semi-mounted plough, for example, the DUAL CONTROL ensures that the exit or entry of the last share occurs at the same position as the first share (Y Fig. 261). In the case of a negative point value (B Fig. 260), the furrow end length is automatically extended. The opposite applies for a positive point length. The purpose is to perform straight furrow ends, whatever the shape of the field.

Y

Fig. 262 - To start one of the applications, press the key «1, or the key «2 twice. The first key press selects the window and the second displays the list. The active application is represented by a green button at the top right of the window (1 Fig. 262). - To call up the various menus, select the application using the encoder. The selected application is displayed in a black frame (2 Fig. 262). - Validate by pressing the encoder or the key «2. The window (Fig. 263) is displayed.

Y

Z3A-808-08-04

Fig. 261

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.93

Datatronic 3 - Description

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

1

2

A

1000

B

2000

REAR DUAL CTRL

0.0 m

0.0 m

2000

REAR DUAL CTRL

1

3

Reset

OFF

Instructions for modifying furrow start and end lengths: - To make these settings, the icon in the right-hand window must be displayed above the field (transport mode) (3 Fig. 264). For this, move the tractor and its implement to the end of the field, placing the linkage control in neutral position.

B

2

0.0 m

Z3A-1368-12-04

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

POINTS

1

0.0 m

Fig. 263

1000

10% M 5%

Syncr

Z3A-805-08-04-B

A

540

Syncr

Reset

OFF

790RPM 5.3KPH

5

Fig. 265

Press the key «4 (furrow start). The value is displayed in red (4 Fig. 264). - Using the encoder, adjust the value (positive or negative). This value corresponds to the furrow start length (A Fig. 266 positive furrow start).

A

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

2

Syncr 0.0 m 4 OFF

Reset

Z3A-809-08-04-B

Fig. 264 Note: All of these different possible situations are listed in the following pages. You can thus use the diagram the best fits your field to make the necessary adjustments. IMPORTANT: if the ploughed earth is to be tilled to the left of the tractor on the outward run, move the tractor icon by pressing the key «3 until it is in transport position, as in the window (5 Fig. 265).

11G10.94

¤ H

B

0.0 m Z3A-807-08-04-A

Fig. 266

- Validate this value by pressing the encoder. It is displayed in blue and the fields shape is modified according to the positive or negative value. - To modify the furrow end value, press the key «5 and proceed in the same manner. This value correspond to length B of the diagram (Fig. 266 positive furrow end). The key «6 (RESET) resets the previous lengths.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description • Operation: IMPORTANT: The DUAL CONTROL function must absolutely be activated.

On furrow end (outward run): As soon as the linkage Lifting control is actuated, the tractor icon is positioned at the bottom of the field (Fig. 269). The furrow end length becomes negative (11 Fig. 269).

On furrow start (outward run): The tractor icon on screen is in transport position (6 Fig. 267).

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

1

6

1000

B

2000

790 RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL 5% 73 %

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

A

1

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

Syncr -1.4 m

2

-3.2 m

7 Syncr

1.4 m

ON

11 Reset

ON

3.2 m 8

2

Z3A-811-08-04-B

Fig. 269

Reset

Z3A-1369-12-04

Fig. 267 The lengths (6 and 7) are positive. Indeed, in this example, the furrow start and end lengths must be extended to perform a straight furrow start and end. As soon as the linkage Lowering control is actuated, the tractor icon is positioned in the centre of the field (working position) (9 Fig. 268). When the tractor is in working position, the positive length become negative (10 Fig. 268).

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL 5% 73 %

540

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL 5% 73 %

10% M 5%

POINTS 10 Syncr

1

On furrow start (return run): As soon as the linkage Lowering control is actuated, the tractor icon is positioned in the centre of the field (working position) (Fig. 270). The lengths (12 and 13) are now negative. Indeed, in this example, the furrow start and end lengths must be shortened to perform a straight furrow start and end.

2

1

540 10% M 5%

POINTS 12

3.2 m ON

3.2m 9

Reset

Syncr -1.4 m

-1.4 m

ON

2

13

Reset

Z3A-812-08-04-B

Fig. 270

Z3A-1024-09-04-B

Fig. 268

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.95

Datatronic 3 - Description On furrow end (return run): As soon as the linkage Lifting control is actuated, the tractor icon is positioned at the top of the field (transport position) (Fig. 271).

A

1000

B

2000

16

790RPM 5.3KPH

REAR DUAL CTRL

1

IMPORTANT: To adjust the point lengths, the three top diagrams must be considered (17). The bottom diagrams representing the return trip show that the plus (+), minus (-) or zero (0) values are reversed as soon as the half turn has been made.

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

0 2

0

0

-

+

17

Syncr 0

1.4 m 14

3.2 m ON

15

Reset

0

0

0

+

0

18

Z3A-1369-12-04

Fig. 271

-

Z3A-1017-08-04

The lengths (14 and 15) are once more positive. Thus, a complete run has been performed. If for any reason the linkage control must be activated while using the POINTS menu, the sequence of actions is no longer synchronised. In other words, the tractor icon is no longer positioned correctly in the POINTS menu in relation to reality. To correct the tractor icon position, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 271) is open. Each time this key is pressed, the tractor icon is moved by one place.

• Diagram identification: - Method for a figure (Fig. 272) In each figure, various field shapes are represented. The tractor icon (16 Fig. 272, Fig. 273 and Fig. 274) is in transport position at the top of each window. - Select the diagram best adapted to your field. The three top diagrams represent the outward run (17) and the three bottom diagrams represent the return run (18). - Observe the point length sign (plus (+), minus (-) or zero (0)) of the diagram you are interested in. - Set the value corresponding to your field in the POINTS menu (Fig. 271).

11G10.96

¤ H

Fig. 272

16

-

-

-

0

-

+

+

+

0 Z3A-1018-09-04

+

+

-

Fig. 273

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description

16

+

+

A

1000

B

2000

790RPM 5.3 KPH

+

REAR DUAL CTRL 0

-

540 10% M 5%

POINTS

1

2

Syncr

+

0.0 m -

-

-

0.0 m Reset

ON

0

-

+

Fig. 274

Z3A-1019-09-04

Z3A-1370-12-04

20 Fig. 276

Note: These three figures apply in cases where the ploughed earth is tilled to the right of the tractor on the outward run. If the ploughed earth is to be tilled to the left of the tractor on the outward run (19 Fig. 275), make the point length adjustments when the tractor icon is at the bottom of the field (20 Fig. 276). In this case, the transport position must be considered as on screen (Fig. 276) and operation will remain identical.

0

0

0

+

-

0

0

0

0

19

-

+

Z3A-1020-09-04

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

0

Fig. 275

11G10.97

Datatronic 3 - Description HIDDEN MENU The Datatronic 3 is also fitted with a “hidden menu”. This menu allows access to specific applications including initialisation of values, choice of tractor type, number of available valves, allocation of the DUAL CONTROL valve, choice of spool valve control levers, and initialisation of these levers. Access to the menu is restricted to Servicing staff via a combination entered on the keypad, and is absolutely not authorised for tractor customers. Accessing the hidden menu - Start the WORK application (see page 31 WORK application). - The different menus should be displayed in the rightand left-hand windows (Fig. 277). (None of the menus should be displayed in a black frame (Fig. 278)) - If a menu is activated in one of the two windows (e.g. left-hand screen in Fig. 278), press either key «1 or «2 depending on the window displaying the menu, in order to recall the menu display (as on the right hand window in Fig. 278).

A

1000

B

2000

790 5.3

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

1

540 10% M 5%

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

Z3A-788-08-04-B

Fig. 277

A

1000

B

2000

790 5.3

EHS VALVES 1-4 87

53

98

19

100 2s

28 8s

76 5s

89

1

540 10% M 5%

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

Z3A-786-08-04-B

Fig. 278

- Return to the application display (Fig. 279) by pressing the ESC key (the WORK application is displayed in red). WORK

HEADLAND

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

- Activate the WORK application by pressing the encoder or key «1. The screen Fig. 277 is displayed:

EHS VALVES

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06036A

Fig. 279

11G10.98

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

Datatronic 3 - Description - Press key «6 for 6 seconds to display the hidden menu (Fig. 280).

INIT VALUES 1

MANUFACTURER 2

VALVES NB

5

3

VALVE DUAL

4

INIT LEVERS

5

LEVERS

6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

Fig. 280 Description of the hidden menu The hidden menu comprises several applications: - INITIALISING VALUES application (INIT VALUES). - This application allows all Datatronic 3 menus (resetting menus, setting default values in DUAL CONTROL, POINTS, etc.) to be initialised by pressing the key «1 until the OK icon is displayed (1 Fig. 281).

1

OK

INIT VALUES 1

MANUFACTURER 2

VALVES NB

5

3

VALVE DUAL 4

INIT LEVERS

- TRACTOR TYPE application (MANUFACTURER). - This application allows the tractor type to be defined depending on the brand (Fig. 282) by pressing key «2.

5

LEVERS

6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

- NUMBER OF VALVES application (VALVES NB). - This application allows the number of hydraulic spool valves on the tractor to be defined. To select, press key «3 (the number is displayed in red). Next, turn the encoder; the number runs from 0 through to 6. Validate by pressing the encoder.

Fig. 281

MASSEY FERGUSON tractor

- SELECTING DUAL VALVE application (VALVE DUAL). - This application allows the hydraulic spool valve that will carry out the DUAL CONTROL function to be defined. To select, press key «4 until the required valve is obtained.

CHALLENGER tractor

AGCO tractor

ISEKI tractor MA-11-06039A

Fig. 282

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

¤ H

11G10.99

Datatronic 3 - Description - INITIALISING LEVERS application (INIT LEVERS) - This application allows a default control to be allocated to each spool valve. To start initialisation, press key «6 until the OK icon is displayed ( Fig. 283). Initialisation can be checked by pressing key «5, and the screen (Fig. 284) is displayed.

INIT VALUES MANUFACTURER

5

- SELECTING LEVERS application (LEVERS) - This application allows the required control (Joystick, levers) to be allocated to each hydraulic spool valve. This application is accessed by pressing key «5, and the screen (Fig. 285) is displayed. The control is selected by pressing the keys opposite the relevant spool valve («1 for green, «2 for red, etc). Press the ESC key to validate the controls (the screen Fig. 280 is displayed).

2

OK

VALVES NB

1 2 3

VALVE DUAL

4

INIT LEVERS

5

LEVERS

6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

Fig. 283

JOYSTICK VERT 1

JOYSTICK ROUGE 2

LEVIER 1 LEVIER 2 LEVIER 3

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06038A

Fig. 284

JOYSTICK ROUGE 1

LEVIER 2 2

JOYSTICK VERT LEVIER 3 LEVIER 1

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06038A

Fig. 285

11G10.100

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 2.b

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

GUF601 - DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

CONTENTS A . Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF601.1

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

GUF601.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

A . Programming Programming of the Datatronic 3 is necessary: - when the former Datatronic 3 unit has been replaced by a new one (the present program is updated when the new unit is delivered), - when a new program becomes available to improve the product. - Switch on the ignition key to carry out this operation. The engine must be stopped. - Start Wintest and detection; the following screen will appear:

Wintest

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF601.3

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming - Do not exit Wintest. - Switch off the ignition key. - Press the keys «2, «4 and «6 simultaneously (Fig. 1):

- While holding the 3 keys down, switch on the ignition key and wait for the programming screen to be displayed on the Datatronic 3 (Fig. 2):

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

ESC ESC MA-11-01460A MA-11-01459A

Fig. 2

Fig. 1

- Click on the "Tools" icon and then on "Programming DATA3" (Fig. 3):

Wintest

AUTO4 label Programming AUTO4 List of AUTO4 - DCC2 error codes DCC2 label Table of DCC2 constants Programming DCC2 Programming DATA3 AUTO5 - linkage label Programming AUTO5 Table of AUTO5 constants

DCC2 : 4.01 AUTO 4 : 1.06

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01104A

Fig. 3

GUF601.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming The following screen is displayed: Programming Datatronic 3 New version: 01.03

Soft Data3 colour

Do you want to reprogram?

Soft Data3 video

OK

Logo Data3 colour

Soft Data3 b/w Logo Data3 b/w

MA-11-01458A

The type of Datatronic 3 being programmed must be specified: • Datatronic 3 colour • Datatronic 3 b/w • Datatronic 3 colour with video display 2 programming operations must be performed: - soft - Home page logo

Programming the soft - Select the “soft” line of the relevant Datatronic type. - Click: “OK” to carry out programming to cancel programming

IMPORTANT: Programming lasts approximately 8 minutes. NOTA: Given the time required for programming, ensure that your computer cannot enter standby mode during the procedure.

- The following screen appears, displaying a progress gauge in the lower part of the screen to indicate the soft programming status: Programming Datatronic 3 Programming in progress...

Soft Data3 colour

Soft Data3 video

OK

Logo Data3 colour

Soft Data3 b/w Logo Data3 b/w

MA-11-01461A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF601.5

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming When programming is becomes active again:

complete,

the

window

Programming Datatronic 3 New version: 01.03

Soft Data3 colour

Do you want to reprogram?

Soft Data3 video

OK

Logo Data3 colour

Soft Data3 b/w Logo Data3 b/w

MA-11-01458A

Programming logo - Now select the “logo” line of the relevant Datatronic type. - Click: “OK” to carry out programming - The following screen appears, displaying a progress gauge in the lower part of the screen to indicate the soft programming status: Programming Datatronic 3 Programming in progress...

Soft Data3 colour

Soft Data3 video

OK

Logo Data3 colour

Soft Data3 b/w Logo Data3 b/w

MA-11-01462A

Programming lasts approximately 30 seconds. - Exit the window and switch off the ignition key to validate programming. NOTA: The soft version displayed on the Datatronic 3 is only shown at the end of the second start-up (i.e. after the ignition key has been switched off again).

GUF601.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

B . Setting parameters The Datatronic 3 is also fitted with a “hidden menu”. This menu allows access to specific applications including initialisation of values, choice of tractor type, number of available spool valves, allocation of the DUAL CONTROL valve, choice of spool valve control levers, and initialisation of these levers. Access to the menu is restricted to Servicing staff via a combination entered on the keypad, and is absolutely not authorised for tractor customers. Accessing the hidden menu

A

1000

B

2000

790 5.3

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND REAR DUAL CTRL FRONT DUAL CTRL TIC

1

540 10% M 5%

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

- Start the WORK application. - The different menus should be displayed in the rightand left-hand windows (Fig. 4). (None of the menus should be displayed in a black frame (Fig. 5)) - If a menu is activated in one of the two windows (e.g. left-hand screen in Fig. 5), press either key «1 or «2 depending on the window displaying the menu, in order to recall the menu display (as on the right-hand window in Fig. 5).

MA-11-01525A

Fig. 4

A

1000

B

2000

790 5.3

EHS VALVES 1-4 87

53

98

19

100 2s

28 8s

76 5s

89

1

540 10% M 5%

EHS VALVES 1-4 GEARBOX SETTINGS ACTIVE MEMORY HEADLAND POINTS EHS VALVES 5-6

2

MA-11-01524A

Fig. 5 - Return to the application display (Fig. 6) by pressing the ESC key (the WORK application is displayed in red). - Activate the WORK application by pressing the encoder or key «1. The screen Fig. 4 is displayed.

WORK

EHS VALVES

SETTINGS

MEMORIES/ JOBS

1 2

HEADLAND

DUAL CTRL

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06036A

Fig. 6

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF601.7

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming - Press key «6 for 6 seconds to display the hidden menu (Fig. 7).

INIT VALUES 1

MANUFACTURER 2

VALVES NB

5

3

VALVE DUAL

4

INIT LEVERS

5

LEVERS

6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

Fig. 7 Description of the hidden menu The hidden menu comprises several applications: - INITIALISING VALUES application (INIT VALUES). - This application allows all Datatronic 3 menus (resetting menus, setting default values in DUAL CONTROL, POINTS, etc.) to be initialised by pressing the key «1 until the OK icon is displayed (1 Fig. 8).

1

OK

INIT VALUES 1

MANUFACTURER 2

VALVES NB

5

3

VALVE DUAL 4

INIT LEVERS

- TRACTOR TYPE application (MANUFACTURER). - This application allows the tractor type to be defined depending on the brand (Fig. 9) by pressing key «2.

5

LEVERS

6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

- NUMBER OF VALVES application (VALVES NB). - This application allows the number of electrohydraulic spool valves on the tractor to be defined. To select, press key «3 (the number is displayed in red). Next, turn the encoder; the number runs from 0 through to 6. Validate by pressing the encoder.

Fig. 8

MASSEY FERGUSON tractor

- SELECTING DUAL VALVE application (VALVE DUAL). - This application allows the electrohydraulic spool valve that will carry out the DUAL CONTROL function to be defined. To select, press key «4 until the required valve is obtained.

CHALLENGER tractor

AGCO tractor

ISEKI tractor MA-11-06039A

Fig. 9

GUF601.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming - INITIALISING LEVERS application (INIT LEVERS) - This application allows a default control to be allocated to each spool valve. To start initialisation, press key «6 until the OK icon is displayed (Fig. 10). Initialisation can be checked by pressing key «5, and the screen Fig. 11 is displayed.

INIT VALUES 1

MANUFACTURER 2

- SELECTING LEVERS application (LEVERS) - This application allows the required control (Joystick, levers) to be allocated to each hydraulic spool valve. This application is accessed by pressing key «5, and the screen Fig. 12 is displayed. Thc control is selected by pressing the keys opposite the relevant spool valve («1 for green, «2 for red, etc). Press the ESC key to validate the controls (the screen Fig. 7 is displayed).

5

2

VALVES NB 3

VALVE DUAL OK

INIT LEVERS LEVERS

4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06037A

Fig. 10

JOYSTICK VERT 1

JOYSTICK ROUGE 2

LEVIER 1 LEVIER 2 LEVIER 3

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06038A

Fig. 11

JOYSTICK ROUGE 1

LEVIER 2 2

JOYSTICK VERT LEVIER 3 LEVIER 1

3 4 5 6

ESC

MA-11-06038A

Fig. 12

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF601.9

DATATRONIC 3 - Programming

GUF601.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

GUF604 - DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Adjusting the sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . Connecting to the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 D . Front Dual Control calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E . Rear Dual Control calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 F . Trailed Implement Control (TIC) calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF604.1

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

GUF604.2

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

A . General DUAL CONTROL calibration is necessary when: - the function is used for the first time with the type of implement, - servicing has been performed on the DUAL position sensor, - the Datatronic 3 has been changed. The purpose of this calibration is: - to define the DUAL CONTROL high and low position stops according to the position sensor adjustment, - to measure the sensor signal in order to achieve maximum position accuracy according to the specified value, - to adjust spool valve reactivity according to ram diameter(s).

B . Adjusting the sensor

MA-11-06106A

Fig. 2 The sensor should preferably be used in the longest possible travel configuration in order to increase its accuracy.

Sensor power supply: 10V (signal controlled by the Autotronic 5 linkage) Signal accepted by the Autotronic 5 linkage: from 0 to 10V

If possible, fit the sensor in the middle of its ports. Tighten the screws to a torque of approximately 8 Nm.

Example of sensor used (such as the one for front linkage):

The DUAL CONTROL operates thanks to the Datatronic 3, which receives data from the implement position sensor via the Autotronic 5 linkage. The sensor must be connected to the L17 connector at the rear of the tractor:

C . Connecting to the tractor

3 2

2 3

1

MA-11-01223A

Fig. 1 - Pins 1: Ground - Pins 2: Power supply - Pins 3: Signal Signal: Voltage varying between 0.5 and 4.5V

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

1 MA-11-01463A

Fig. 3 - Pins 1: Ground - Pins 2: Signal - Pins 3: +10V supply

GUF604.3

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

D . Front Dual Control calibration NOTE: For efficient calibration, the front linkage must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this purpose, perform the calibration without any front implements.

Preocedure to follow: 1. Unlock the Joystick control and set the front linkage approximately at mid- travel. 2. Set the height / depth setting potentiometer between positions 3 and 4 (Fig. 4). 3. Set the switch (Fig. 4) to linkage lowering position (work). 4. Set engine speed to 1,500 rpm. MA-11-01464A

Fig. 4

5. To start calibration, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 5) is open. The window (Fig. 6) is displayed. 100% 100%

100%

100% 1920 42.0

0%

0%

0%

0%

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

6.0 m

100% 100% MA-11-01465-A

Fig. 5

6. Press the key «6 (GO). Calibration starts and a new window is displayed (Fig. 7).

DANGER: Ensure that no one can enter the front linkage operating area throughout the calibration process.

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM <<6=OK

3<<..<<4 ESC=EXIT

GO MA-11-01466A

Fig. 6

GUF604.4

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments NOTA: To exit the calibration process at any time, press the linkage Lifting / Lowering / Neutral switch. In this case, the system uses the previously memorised parameters, or the default parameters in the case of initial calibration. During calibration, the front linkage is lifted and lowered several times. Then, as soon as calibration is complete, the window (Fig. 8) is displayed again with the values memorised during calibration.

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

CALIBRATION EN COURS ... Sensor = 20 STOP MA-11-01467A

Fig. 7

7. To return to the SETTINGS window, press the ESC key. 8. To validate calibration, switch off the ignition key. Values memorised after calibration: A: Minimum and maximum Dual activation specified values B: Maximum (high) and minimum (low) position front linkage C: Correction on lifting and lowering, this correction is mainly dependent upon ram capacity Required conditions for optimum Dual Control operation: A: from 1 to 10 B: a difference of more than 100 points (with the high value always greater than the lower line) C: from 5 to 150 If the calibration values fall significantly out of this range, then the sensor working area or characteristics need to be modified. The Dual Control, however, will operate correctly.

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

A B C 1 238 47 6 165 44 OK ! ! PRESS ESC ! ! ! MA-11-01468A

Fig. 8

GUF604.5

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

E . Rear Dual Control calibration NOTE: For efficient calibration, the front linkage must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this, lift the implement to prevent the shares from touching the soil when the implement in is low position.

MA-11-01464A

MA-11-01471A

100% 100%

Fig. 10

100% 100% 1920 42.0

Fig. 9 0%

0%

0%

0%

Preocedure to follow:

6.0 m

6.0 m

1. Unlock the Joystick control and set the implement depth wheel approximately at mid- travel. 2. Position the height / depth setting potentiometer between positions 3 and 4 (Fig. 10). 3. Set the switch (Fig. 10) to linkage lowering position (work). 4. Set engine speed to 1,500 rpm. 5. To start calibration, press the key «3 when the window (Fig. 11) is open. The window (Fig. 12) is displayed. 6. Press the key «6 (GO). Calibration starts and a new window is displayed Fig. 12).

6.0 m

6.0 m

DANGER: Ensure that no one can enter the area of implement travel throughout the calibration process!

100%

100%

100%

100%

MA-11-01469A

Fig. 11

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM <<6=OK

3<<..<<4 ESC=EXIT

GO MA-11-01466A

Fig. 12

GUF604.6

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments NOTE: To exit the calibration process at any time, press the linkage Lifting / Lowering / Neutral switch. In this case, the system uses the previously memorised parameters, or the default parameters in the case of initial calibration. During calibration, the implement depth wheel is lifted and lowered several times. Then, as soon as calibration is complete, the window (Fig. 14) is displayed again with the values memorised during calibration.

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

CALIBRATION EN COURS ... Sensor = 20 STOP MA-11-01467A

Fig. 13

7. To return to the SETTINGS window, press the ESC key. 8. To validate calibration, switch off the ignition key. Values memorised after calibration: A: Minimum and maximum Dual activation specified values B: Maximum (high) and minimum (low) implement depth wheel position C: Correction on lifting and lowering, this correction is mainly dependent upon ram capacity Required conditions for optimum Dual Control operation: A: from 1 to 10 B: a difference of more than 100 points (with the high value always greater than the lower line) C: from 5 to 150 If the calibration values fall significantly out of this range, then the sensor working area or characteristics need to be modified. The Dual Control, however, will operate correctly.

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

A B C 1 238 47 6 165 44 OK ! ! PRESS ESC ! ! ! MA-11-01468A

Fig. 14

GUF604.7

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

F . Trailed Implement Control (TIC) calibration NOTE: For efficient calibration, the front linkage must be able to move from its highest position to its lowest position. For this, lift the implement to prevent the shares from touching the soil when the implement in is low position.

MA-11-01464A

Fig. 16

100% 100%

MA-11-01472A

1920 42.0

0%

Fig. 15

Preocedure to follow: 1. Unlock the Joystick control and set the implement depth wheel approximately at mid- travel. 2. Position the height / depth setting potentiometer between positions 3 and 4 (Fig. 16) 3. Set the switch (Fig. 16) to linkage lowering position (work) 4. Set engine speed to 1,500 rpm, 5. To start calibration, press the key «4 when the window (Fig. 17) is open. The window (Fig. 18) is displayed. 6. Press the key «6 (GO). Calibration starts and a new window is displayed (Fig. 18).

DANGER: Ensure that no one can enter the area of implement travel throughout the calibration process!

0%

MA-11-01470A

Fig. 17

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM <<6=OK

3<<..<<4 ESC=EXIT

GO MA-11-01466A

Fig. 18

GUF604.8

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments NOTE: To exit the calibration process at any time, press the linkage Lifting / Lowering / Neutral switch. In this case, the system uses the previously memorised parameters, or the default parameters in the case of initial calibration. During calibration, the implement depth wheel is lifted and lowered several times. Then, as soon as calibration is complete, the window (Fig. 19) is displayed again with the values memorised during calibration.

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

CALIBRATION EN COURS ... Sensor = 20 STOP MA-11-01467A

Fig. 19

7. To return to the SETTINGS window, press the ESC key. 8. To validate calibration, switch off the ignition key. Values memorised after calibration: A: Minimum and maximum Dual activation specified values B: Maximum (high) and minimum (low) implement depth wheel position C: Correction on lifting and lowering, this correction is mainly dependent upon ram capacity Required conditions for optimum Dual Control operation: A: from 1 to 10 B: a difference of more than 100 points (with the high value always greater than the lower line) C: from 5 to 150 If the calibration values fall significantly out of this range, then the sensor working area or characteristics need to be modified. The Dual Control, however, will operate correctly.

Wintest - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CALIBRATION MODE 1500 RPM

3<<..<<4

A B C 1 238 47 6 165 44 OK ! ! PRESS ESC ! ! ! MA-11-01468A

Fig. 20

GUF604.9

DATATRONIC 3 - Calibration and adjustments

GUF604.10

¤ H

Wintest - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams

GUF605 - DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF605.1

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams

GUF605.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF605.3

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF605.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams

B . Electrical diagrams Electrical power supply .............................................. 7 CAN network.............................................................. 8

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF605.5

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 128 FAI 131

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Instrument panel harness Armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Datatronic 3 harness

Component parts list AC12 CAB112 CAB141 L13

Joystick Datatronic 3 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT Autotronic 5 - Linkage

2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF605.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams Electrical power supply

Harness parts list Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Instrument panel harness Armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Datatronic 3 harness

CAB112

4

3

2

8

9

10

11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

S2.1/CAB112.8

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

FAI131

2

18

L22.3/CAB112.9

S2

BAF12.9/L20.1

M

12 11 10 9 8 7 12 11 10

9

8

7

1

4

5

6

2

3

1 2 3 4 5 6

FAI 31 L20.9/CAB73.1.1

N

BAF12 BAF12.7/L20.5

L20.2/CAB73.1.1

CAB73 1

R

N

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L20

L20

L20.9/S15.1

7

L22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S13.1/L22.3 M

17

16

15 13

14

11

12

9

1

10

2

8

3

7

4

6

6

5

5

7

3

8

4

9

1

10

2

11

+12V

12

X2

13

1

F18 - 7.5A

14

X4

15

1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16

F21 - 7.5A

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

17

+12V

18

BAF12

M

S1

R N

2

R

F18-7.5A

N

CAB112

L22.7/CAB112.12

F21-7.5A

2

1

N

Joystick Datatronic 3 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT Autotronic 5 - Linkage

5

7

L22.5/S2.1 L22.6/S1.1

AC12 CAB112 CAB141 L13

6

S1.1/CAB112.10

Component parts list

L22.5/S7.1 R S1.1/L22.6 N S15.1/L22.7 N

FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 128 FAI 131

5

4

1 2 3

4

6

3

2

1

5 6 7

S15

N

FAI 23 S7.1/L20.5

S7

R

S1.1/L20.2 N S13.1/L20.1 M

S_1 S13

1

MA-10-06068A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF605.7

DATATRONIC 3 - Electrical diagrams CAN network

Harness parts list

20

31 30

CAB83 1

2

FAI 31 S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

V

120

V J

27 26

8

30

9

19 18

2 1

17

4

23 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3 11

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

34

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

FAI 57 CA1.14/CA8.2

J

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

8

FAI 32 TR18.5/CAB50.7

1

TR18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

4

J V

CA1

ENG4

FAI 28

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

7

20

31 30

9 10

2 7

29

21

8 19

18 17

22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

FAI 41

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

5 6 7

L14

8 9

22

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

L13

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4 1 2

3

4

J V

S4 S5

3

1

2

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

V1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V J

V J

V J

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

CAB112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L 22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

FAI131

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L111

15 16

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68 V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

L13

CAB141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

CAB141 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

GUF605.8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

S9

S8.1/FS4.29

11 12 14

CAB112

4

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

J V B

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

L111

J V

J V

FS4

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

V J

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

1

2

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

V1

FAI128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

28 16

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

1

L22

J V

FAI 46

S2

17

FS1 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

4

3

27

J V

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1 L13

1 2

26

4

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

15 14

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

3

7

V J

29

7 6 5

13 25

4

6

8

V4 V4 4

18

1 4

12 24

5

5

1 2

S3

30

2 3

11 23

6

4

3

3

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

CA8

19

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

31

20 21 10

4

V

V J 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2

4

3

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2 3 4

1 2

1

6

8

1 2 3 4

V3

2

5

V3

1 2 3 4

3

4

3

CA8

4

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V2

5

1 12

V2

6

V J

AC12

5 6

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

24 25

28

ENG2

FAI 31

12 13

14

AC2

J

23

4 5

15 26

4

CAB1.16/S20.1

11

1 6

16 27

3

FAI 35

17 28

X

X

X

1 2

27 26

22

V J

16 15

14

10 3

V5

V4

4

28

6 5

13

9 2

7

V3

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3

4

21

8 19

18

1

17

1

11 12 24

20

31 30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

29

V2

3

18 7

AC12 AC12

4

30 19

2

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

5

8 9 3

23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20 21 10 22

J V

6

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

CAB1

¤ H

31

20 21 10 22

1 2 3

46 24 1 68 45 23

15 14

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

CAB1

16

5 13 25

CAB18 S13 S12

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

12 24

CAB50

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28

7

68 45 23

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

25

17 6

J V J V

Colour reminder

26

V J

29

1

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

Fuse box

24

14

27

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

18 7

3 4

23

ENG4

30 19

2

22 11

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J V

2

46 24 1

AC12 Joystick CAB112 Datatronic 3 CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L13 Autotronic 5 - Linkage

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8

10

CAB50

23

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

Component parts list

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

22 11 12

13

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

CAB54

15

9

10 3 4

5

16

31

20 21

9

1 6

J

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness Instrument panel harness Armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Linkage with Dual Control harness Datatronic 3 harness

2 7

17 28

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 128 FAI 131

21

8 19

18 29

CAB54

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01426A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters

GUF71 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters

CONTENTS A . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF71.1

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters

GUF71.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters

A . Description

B . Setting parameters

You need to parameter a spool valve when you have replaced it with a new one, or if you want to change its position. The spool valves must always be supplied with 12 volts and receive CAN signal to operate. The valve has an internal electronic system, which should be set to decode CAN signals and operate the hydraulic system according the Joystick or lever movement, the linkage calculator and the Datatronic parameters. Parameter setting is done in three steps: - detecting the present spool valve - selecting of the type of spool valve and its position - validating the choice.

Detection of the present spool valve

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

NOTE: The software should detect only one valve at a time. Disconnect valves that do not need parameter settings. Only the valve requiring parameter settings should be connected. If all the valves are connected, when you set the parameters, all the valves are going to work in the same way and a system error may occur. Example: The two valves are set in X position, the system does not detect the Y valve and error 10 will be flashing on the ON/OFF switch and diplayed on the Datatronic 2. At the opening of the parameter screen, the software detects the type of valve connected on the CAN. There are 5 possibilities: - the green valve (moved backwards along the X axis of the Joystick). - the red valve (moved from left to right along the Y axis of the Joystick). - the Dual Control / TIC spool valve (black), - the 4th EHS valve (yellow), - the 5th EHS valve (blue), - or a new service valve (white).

GUF71.3

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters - Start the engine. - Click on the "Joystick" icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

GUF71.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters The following screen is displayed: Joystick option CAN SB23 VALVES

JOYSTICK

-> Y <-

VALVE Y (Red colour) Neutral

0% T(˚C) : + 26 ˚

Neutral: ------No Valve error

-> X
T(˚C) : + 26 ˚

Move Down: - 73 %

No Valve error

No Joystick error

VALVE Z (Black colour) 0% Neutral

LINKAGE CALCULATOR (EHRC)

T(˚C) : + 26 ˚ X - : 100 %

4 - : 100 %

T(˚C) : + 26 ˚ No Valve error

R57

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

CAB34

R051

R001

1004N1

R065

W107_3MM_ROUGE

CAB33 CAB23 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE 1 W011_5MM_MARRON CAB24 1 1 W0123MM MARRON X4 CAB25 3MM_MARRON 1 W113_

CAB32 1

CAB35 W109_ 3MM_ROUGE 1

1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

CAB21 W110_ 3MM_ROUGE

1

ENG1

R051

1004N1

1 654 321 7 8 9 101112

R001

R57

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

NIM

R57

7K4 XAM

127

7K4 XAM

4 + : 100 %

VALVE 4 (Yellow colour) Neutral 0%

7K4NOITISOP

Z - : 100 %

R57

Z + : 100 %

No Valve error

127

NIM

Y - : 100 %

TROFFE

Y + : 100 %

1MM_NOIR

Flow rates stored X + : 100 %

MA-11-00057B

Click on the "Tools" icon and then on "Valve parameters": Joystick option CAN SB23 VALVES

JOYSTICK

-> Y <-

VALVE Y (Red colour) Neutral

0% T(˚C) : + 26 ˚

Neutral: ------No Valve error

-> X
T(˚C) : + 26 ˚

Move Down: - 73 %

No Valve error

No Joystick error

VALVE Z (Black colour) 0% Neutral

LINKAGE CALCULATOR (EHRC)

T(˚C) : + 26 ˚

4 - : 100 %

T(˚C) : + 26 ˚ No Valve error

R57

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1 1

1 ENG21

ENG22 1

R001

R57

1 654 321 7 8 9 101112

R051

1004N1

R065

R001 R051

1004N1

CAB34

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

NIM

R57

7K4 XAM

127

7K4 XAM

4 + : 100 %

VALVE 4 (Yellow colour) Neutral 0%

7K4NOITISOP

Z - : 100 %

R57

Y - : 100 %

Z + : 100 %

No Valve error

NIM

Y + : 100 %

127

TROFFE

X - : 100 %

1MM_NOIR

Flow rates stored X + : 100 %

W107_3MM_ROUGE

CAB33 CAB23 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE 1 W011_5MM_MARRON CAB24 1 1 W0123MM MARRON X4 CAB25 3MM_MARRON 1 W113_

CAB32 1

CAB35 W109_ 3MM_ROUGE 1 X2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

CAB21 1

W110_ 3MM_ROUGE

ENG1

Valve parameters Joystick calibration

MA-11-00057B

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF71.5

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters The following screen is displayed:

Auxiliary spool valve parameters

VALVE DETECTED:

VALVE X

VALVE Y

VALVE Z

YELLOW VALVE

BLUE VALVE

Setting parameters

MA-11-00059B

Wintest indicates the detected valve (red, Y axis) The types of valves are always relative to a colour. NOTE: If no valve is detected, no icons are displayed in the windows.

Blue valve Valve configured for the 5th lever

White valve New service valve not configured Green valve Valve configured along the X axis of the Joystick (can be used for the Dual Control) Red valve Valve configured along the Y axis of the Joystick Black valve Valve configured for the 3rd lever (can be used for the Dual Control) Yellow valve Valve configured for the 4th lever

GUF71.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters Selecting the valve type - Click on the desired valve icon. Only one choice is possible. When the valve has been selected, a tick appears in the box. There are 5 possibilities: - the green valve (moved backwards along the X axis of the Joystick). - the red valve (moved from left to right along the Y axis of the Joystick). - the Dual Control / TIC spool valve (black), - the 4th EHS valve (yellow), - the 5th EHS valve (blue), - Click on "Parameters" to set the parameters of the connected valve. NOTE: Parameter setting will be successful only if the selected valve is different from the detected valve.

Validating the choice Once the spool valve has been detected and selected, click on "Parameters" to start setting the parameters. The software sends the information to the spool valve. A few seconds are needed to send the parameters. If the valve parameters are set correctly, it is operational after a few seconds. If the valve parameters are not set correctly: it keeps its initial parameters (those defined initially).

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF71.7

SMS - JOYSTICK - Setting parameters

GUF71.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics

GUF72 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics

CONTENTS A . Tests and diagnotics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF72.1

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics

GUF72.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics

A . Tests and diagnotics - Start the engine. - Press the "ON" switch on the armrest to activate the SMS function. - Click on the "Joystick" icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF72.3

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Joystick option JOYSTICK

CAN SB23 VALVES VALVE Y (Red colour)

-> Y <-

Neutral

0% T(°C) : + 26 °

Neutral: -------

No Valve error VALVE X (Green colour)

-> X <-

-72 %

Lowering

T(°C) : + 26 °

Move Down: - 73 %

No Valve error VALVE Z (Black colour)

No Joystick error

Neutral

0% T(°C) : + 26 °

LINKAGE CALCULATOR

0

No Valve error VALVE 4 (Yellow colour)

Flow rates stored

5 - : 100 %

7K4NOITISOP

4 - : 100 %

5 + : 100 %

No Valve error

R57

R57

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1 1 ENG21

1 ENG22 1

R57

R001 R051

R001

R065

10 04N1

654 32 1 7 8 9 101112

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4 X2 CAB21 CAB25 3MM_MARRON W110_ 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W113_

CAB35 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

NIM

7K4XAM

4 + : 100 %

T(°C) : + 26 ° +97

7K4XAM

Z - : 100 %

R57

Y - : 100 %

Z + : 100 %

NIM

Y + : 100 %

+98 %

Lifting

TROFFE

X - : 100 %

1MM_NOIR

X + : 100 %

MA-11-01438A

The window is split into 3 identifiable sections Joystick option JOYSTICK

CAN SB23 VALVES

Information on electrohydraulic spool valves (EHS)

LINKAGE CALCULATOR

Communication data with the linkage calculator

GUF72.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics Joystick Joystick positioning

Communication data with the linkage calculator Flow rates stored

- The blue point shows the current position of the Joystick. It remains at the centre when no manoeuvre is engaged. - The 1st inner square corresponds to 80% of the flow rate. - The 2nd square corresponds to 100% of the flow rate. Beyond this is floating position (only in X- and Y-). Represents the travel position of Joystick Move Down: -73% Lever position (Up, Neutral, Down, Floating) and % value of Joystick movement depending on the axis concerned

X + : 100 %

X - : 100 %

Y + : 100 %

Y - : 100 %

Z + : 100 %

Z - : 100 %

4 + : 100 %

4 - : 100 %

5 + : 100 %

5 - : 100 %

Stored flow rate values according to different axes SMS ON / OFF switch and central indicator light

- Switch pressed in: blue - Indicator light on: blue Flow rate Memory switch

No Joystick error Shows Joystick related error codes (see GUF73).

- Switch pressed in: blue From linkage version EHRC: 1.5, the safety solenoid valve icon is present in Wintest.

- if the solenoid valve is active: blue - if the solenoid valve is blocked: white • When starting the engine and in case of major error code: tractor with EHRC • When the SMS function is deactivated: tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage Front linkage push-button

Front linkage push-button

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

external

external

control

control

“Up”

“Down”

GUF72.5

SMS - JOYSTICK - Tests and diagnostics Information on electrohydraulic spool valves

MF 6400/7400 tractors with EHRC linkage calculator

VALVE X (Green colour) Lowering: 72% 127 - Indicates the status of the valve (Up, Neutral, Down, Floating) and % value of flow rate. - Displays the flow rate of the valve (image of the spool valve position) sent by the linkage calculator. - Information concerning the temperature inside the electronic section of the electrohydraulic spool valve.

-

floating >168 lowering: from 130 to 156 neutral: from 116 to 130 lifting: from 90 to 116 error <65, or >195

No Valve error Shows electrohydraulic spool valve related error codes (see GUF73). 8100 - 6200 - 8200 tractors

143 -

Value in points of the EHS valve control lever potentiometer (Dual Control, black). If the tractor is fitted with a Joystick, it must be activated by pressing "ON" to see the value change

127 -

Value in points of the 3rd EHS valve control lever potentiometer (black). Activate the SMS by pressing the “ON” button to see the value change

Value in points of the 4th EHS valve control lever potentiometer (yellow). Activate the SMS by pressing the “ON” button to see the value change

floating >225 lowering: from 176 to 210 neutral: from 154 to 176 lifting: from 120 to 154 error <95, or >245

MF 7400/8400 tractors with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

lower limit: 20 neutral: 144 upper limit: 250 error at 255

Value in percent of EHS valve control lever potentiometers. +97

NOTE: For potentiometer adjustment, see GUF74.

-

floating >6.74V (>100%) move down: from 4.9V to 6.74V (from 0 to -100%) neutral: from 4.48V to 4.9V (0%) move up: from 2.1V to 4.48V (from 0 to 100%)

NOTE: For potentiometer adjustment, see GUF74.

GUF72.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

GUF73 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

CONTENTS A . Operation and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Reading error codes with EHRC linkage calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Reading error codes with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D . Display of error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E . Reading error codes stored by the electrohydraulic spool valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 F . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.1

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

GUF73.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

A . Operation and troubleshooting

Functions

SMS activation Conditions: - Engine has run for more than 2 seconds - Joystick is in neutral

Changing of maximum flow rate

User actions

Reactions of SMS

Problem

--> SMS is activated --> ON / OFF switch indicator light goes out --> Padlocks on the Press ON / OFF switch Datatronic TIME No activation with the Joystick in and MAX neutral position FLOWRATE disappear --> Safety valve opens the hydraulic circuit 1. Operate Joystick to reach desired flow rate --> Memorises the new maximum 2. Press Memory flow rate switch for 1 second 3. Return Joystick to neutral position

Maximum flow rate doesn't vary

Possible causes

Using Wintest, check: - ON / OFF switch - the engine speed sensor, - Linkage calculator - Safety valve - Linkage calculator parameters

Using Wintest, check: - Memory switch - Linkage calculator - Joystick calibration - Spool valve parameters

With Datatronic: vary required percentage up to the flow rate required --> Reinitialises maximum flow 1. Operate Joystick in rate of selected desired direction valves 2. Press Memory Reinitialisation of a switch for at least 3 --> ON / OFF switch Reinitialisation fails valve flow rate indicator light seconds flashes once

Using Wintest, check: - Memory switch - Linkage calculator

With Datatronic: vary required flow rate up to 100%

Reinitialisation of all valves flow rates

--> Reinitialises maximum flow 1. Joystick in neutral rate of all valves 2. Press Memory switch for at least 3 --> ON / OFF switch Reinitialisation indicator light seconds fails flashes once

Using Wintest, check: - Memory switch - Linkage calculator

With Datatronic: vary required flow rate up to 100%

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.3

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

Functions

User actions

Reactions of SMS

Problem

Possible causes

Floating

--> Shift to Floating mode: 2 spool valves (X or Y depending on Push the Joystick choice) are linked - No shift to beyond 100% position with return to Floating mode in X- or Yhousing --> ~ displayed on Datatronic TIME screen

Using Wintest: - check linkage calculator - check spool valve operation - check valves parameters - check Joystick recalibration - For pre-1.5 EHRC versions, check that TIME mode is OFF or at 0

Time delay

Only with Datatronic: 1. Activate TIME mode (ON displayed on --> Activation of Time screen) delay mode - No Time delay 2. Select spool valve mode --> displayed 3. Select time (0 to 60 during time delay seconds or infinity) 4. Push Joystick beyond 80% position

Using Wintest: - Check Datatronic parameters

Time delay stop

1. Operate the Joystick at least 10% in opposite control direction

GUF73.4

¤ H

--> Time delay stops

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

B . Reading error codes with EHRC linkage calculator Different messages indicate errors occurring in the SMS: 1. ON / OFF indicator light - If it is a Joystick error (error code 0-1 to 0-8) the ON / OFF indicator light flashes as follows: - A series of flashes every 14 seconds, the number of flashes indicates the error code. Example: error code 0-3

- If it is a valve error, the ON / OFF indicator light flashes as follows: - 1st series: valve number - 2nd flash series: 1st digit of error code - 3rd flash series: 2nd digit of error code Example: valve number 2, error code 3-1

3. The Datatronic indicates the error code in the 'TIME' window: letter E followed by error code (Fig. 1). In the case of a three digit number, the first digit stands for the valve, and the second and third the error code itself. NOTE: In the case of error code 1-0, the Datatronic displays E10 (no indication of the valve number concerned) and in the case of error code 0-9 the Datatronic displays E9.

Fig. 1 4. Wintest indicates and identifies the error codes. NOTE: The number associated with a valve is defined by its parameters: Number 1: Green valve Number 2: Red valve Number 3: Black valve

- The linkage calculator can diagnose error codes 0-9 or 1-0 on the electrohydraulic spool valve system. The ON / OFF indicator light flashes as follows: - Error code 0-9: 3 series of 8 flashes - Error code 1-0: 1st flash series: valve number 2nd flash series: 3 flashes 3rd flash series: 3 flashes NOTE: If two valves are concerned by error code 1-0, the ON / OFF indicator light indicates error code 1-3-3. 2. The LED of the auxiliary spool valve concerned flashes once every second: - 1st flash series: 1st digit of error code - 2nd flash series: 2nd digit of error code WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.5

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

C . Reading error codes with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator Different messages indicate errors occurring in the SMS: 1. ON / OFF indicator light - If it is a Joystick error (error code 0-1 to 0-9) the ON / OFF indicator light flashes as follows: - The indicator light flashes in a rapid burst to signal the code is about to be displayed - 1st series of flashes displays the error code decimal. - Approximately one second without flash precedes display of the error code unit. - 2nd series of flashes displays the error code unit. - The procedure restarts from the beginning.

NOTE: The number associated with a valve is defined by its parameters: Number 1: Green valve Number 2: Red valve Number 3: Black valve Number 4: Yellow valve Number 5: Brown valve

- If it is a valve error, the ON / OFF indicator light flashes as follows: - The indicator light flashes in a rapid burst to signal the code is about to be displayed - 1st series of flashes displays the error code hundreds. - Approximately one second without flash precedes display of the error code decimal. - 2nd series of flashes displays the error code decimal. - Approximately one second without flash precedes display of the error code unit. - 3rd series of flashes displays the error code unit. - The procedure restarts from the beginning. If several errors occur, only the first error detected is displayed. 2. The LED of the auxiliary spool valve concerned flashes once every second: - 1st flash series: 1st digit of error code - 2nd flash series: 2nd digit of error code 3. Wintest indicates and identifies the error codes. It also displays the number of stored code occurrences

GUF73.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

D . Display of error codes

Error

Joystick electronic control unit

Linkage

Error code

¤ H

Flash on spool valve

Datatronic 2 display (only)

EHRC

Autotronic 5

0-1

0-1

0-1

E1

0-2

0-2

0-2

E2

0-3

0-3

0-3

E3

0-4

0-4

0-4

E4

0-5

0-5

0-5

E5

0-6

0-6

0-6

E6

0-7

0-7

0-7

E7

0-8

0-8

0-8

E8

0-9

8-8-8

0-9

E9

1-0

1-3-3 2-3-3 3-3-3 4-3-3

1-3-3 ..-3-3 5-3-3

E 10

1-1

1-1-1 2-1-1 3-1-1 4-1-1

1-1-1 ..-1-1 5-1-1

1-2

1-1-2 2-1-2 3-1-2 4-1-2

1-1-2 ..-1-2 5-1-2

1-3

1-1-3 2-1-3 3-1-3 4-1-3

1-1-3 ..-1-3 5-1-3

1-4

1-1-4 2-1-4 3-1-4 4-1-4

1-1-4 ..-1-4 5-1-4

1-5

1-1-5 2-1-5 3-1-5 4-1-5

1-1-5 ..-1-5 5-1-5

1-6

1-1-6 2-1-6 3-1-6 4-1-6

1-1-6 ..-1-6 5-1-6

Electrohydraulic spool valves

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

Flash set to ON/OFF with linkage calculator:

1-1

1-2

1-3

1-4

1-5

1-6

E 111 E 211 E 311 E 112 E 212 E 312 E 113 E 213 E 313 E 114 E 214 E 314 E 115 E 215 E 315 E 116 E 216 E 316

GUF73.7

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

Error

Electrohydraulic spool valves

GUF73.8

¤ H

Error code

Flash set to ON/OFF with linkage calculator: EHRC

Autotronic 5

1-7

1-1-7 2-1-7 3-1-7 4-1-7

1-1-7 ..-1-7 5-1-7

2-1

1-2-1 2-2-1 3-2-1 4-2-1

1-2-1 ..-2-1 5-2-1

2-2

1-2-2 2-2-2 3-2-2 4-2-2

1-2-2 ..-2-2 5-2-2

2-3

1-2-3 2-2-3 3-2-3 4-2-3

1-2-3 ..-2-3 5-2-3

2-4

1-2-4 2-2-4 3-2-4 4-2-4

1-2-4 ..-2-4 5-2-4

2-5

1-2-5 2-2-5 3-2-5 4-2-5

1-2-5 ..-2-5 5-2-5

2-6

1-2-6 2-2-6 3-2-6 4-2-6

1-2-6 ..-2-6 5-2-6

3-1

1-3-1 2-3-1 3-3-1 4-3-1

1-3-1 ..-3-1 5-3-1

3-2

1-3-2 2-3-2 3-3-2 4-3-2

1-3-2 ..-3-2 5-3-2

4-1

1-4-1 2-4-1 3-4-1 4-4-1

1-4-1 ..-4-1 5-4-1

4-2

1-4-2 2-4-2 3-4-2 4-4-2

1-4-2 ..-4-2 5-4-2

Flash on spool valve

1-7

2-1

2-2

2-3

2-4

2-5

2-6

3-1

3-2

4-1

4-2

Datatronic 2 display (only) E 117 E 217 E 317 E 121 E 221 E 321 E 122 E 222 E 322 E 123 E 223 E 323 E 124 E 224 E 324 E 125 E 225 E 325 E 126 E 226 E 326 E 131 E 231 E 331 E 132 E 232 E 332 E 141 E 241 E 341 E 142 E 242 E 342

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

Error

Electrohydraulic spool valves

Error code

Flash set to ON/OFF with linkage calculator: EHRC

Autotronic 5

4-3

1-4-3 2-4-3 3-4-3 4-4-3

1-4-3 ..-4-3 5-4-3

8-1

1-8-1 2-8-1 3-8-1 4-8-1

1-8-1 ..-8-1 5-8-1

8-2

1-8-2 2-8-2 3-8-2 4-8-2

1-8-2 ..-8-2 5-8-2

Flash on spool valve

4-3

8-1

8-2

Datatronic 2 display (only) E 143 E 243 E 343 E 181 E 281 E 381 E 182 E 282 E 382

NOTE: With an EHRC linkage calculator, up to version M99, the 4th valve error is not managed.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.9

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

E . Reading error codes stored by the electrohydraulic spool valves

- Click on the "Joystick" icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

GUF73.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes The following screen is displayed, click on the “Tools” icon, then on “Reading valve errors”: Joystick option JOYSTICK

CAN SB23 VALVES VALVE Y (Red colour)

-> Y <-

Neutral

0% T(°C) : + 26 °

Neutral: -------

No Valve error VALVE X (Green colour)

-> X <-

-72 %

Lowering

T(°C) : + 26 °

Move Down: - 73 %

No Valve error VALVE Z (Black colour)

No Joystick error

Neutral

0% T(°C) : + 26 °

LINKAGE CALCULATOR

No Valve error

0

VALVE 4 (Yellow colour)

Flow rates stored X + : 100 %

X - : 100 %

Y + : 100 %

Y - : 100 %

Z + : 100 %

Z - : 100 %

4 + : 100 %

4 - : 100 %

5 + : 100 %

5 - : 100 %

+98 %

Lifting

T(°C) : + 26 ° +97

No Valve error

R57

R57

7K4XAM R57

NIM

NIM

1 1 ENG21

1 ENG22 1

R57

R001 R051

R001

R065

10 04N1

654 32 1 7 8 9 101112

CAB33 CAB23 1 W011_5MM_MARRON 1 W108_3MM_ROUGE CAB32 CAB24 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W109_ 1 W0123MM MARRON 1 X4 X2 CAB21 CAB25 3MM_MARRON W110_ 3MM_ROUGE 1 1 W113_

CAB35 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ENG1

R051

10 04N1

CAB34 1 W107_3MM_ROUGE

51L

R57

R065

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9011121314151617181

R051

81 21 6

R51

31 7 1

TROFFE

1 2 2 1 ENG20

1MM_NOIR

7K4XAM

7K4NOITISOP

Valve parameters Joystick calibration Reading valve errors MA-11-01438A

Wintest automatically detects the configuration of the valves fitted on the tractor. The following screen is displayed:

Valve error code Selection-> Error code

T (°C)

Spool position (%)

Total hours (h)

Save MA-11-01447A

Select the valve whose stored errors you wish to view by clicking on its icon.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.11

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes The following screen is displayed:

Valve error code Selection->

Total hours (h) 20h

Error code

T (°C)

Spool position (%)

-> 26 -> 23 -> 25 -> 23 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0 -> 0

+ 10 + 27 + 24 + 20 -

+ 100 % Neutral Floating - 68 % -

Total hours (h) 16 12 0 0 -

Number of error code occurrences: Code 11: 28 Code 12: 3 Code 13: 0 Code 14: 0 Code 15: 0

Code 16: 28 Code 21: 3 Code 22: 0 Code 23: 5 Code 24: 0

Code 25: 1 Code 26: 1 Code 31: 102 Code 32: 0 Code 41: 0

Code 42: 0 Code 43: 3 Code 81: 0 Code 82: 0 Code 83: 0

Save MA-11-01441A

Total hours (h) 20h

Valve operating hours The table gives, for each error, the following information: - Valve temperature - Spool position - Operating hours The most recent errors are displayed at the top of the table. NOTE: CAN or electrical power supply errors are not stored in the table (these are error codes 11 to 22 and 31 to 41). The number of occurrences of each error is displayed at the bottom of the window. NOTE: Stored errors cannot be deleted.

GUF73.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes The data from this valve can be saved in the form of a text file, which can then be opened with any standard text editor software. In this manner, the file can be saved, printed out, transferred to the technical inspector who asked for it, etc. - Click on the "Save" icon - The following screen is displayed: Save as

?

Save to:

My documents

My images Green valve error.txt

Name:

SB23Error.Txt

Type :

Txt file

Save

Cancel

MA-11-01448A

- By default, the backup file is named "SB23Error.txt”. You can, however, name it as you see fit. - If you wish, you can change the location to which the backup file is saved. - Click on “Save”. - Wintest returns to the valve error display window.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.13

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes - You can now browse your hard disc and open this file, which shall be presented in the following manner:

MA-11-01449A

You therefore have access to all of the data that were displayed in the Wintest window.

GUF73.14

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

F . List of error codes Error code

Error

Reaction of the System

Action required

0-1

Analog input error 1 (X+ position sensor)

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest and replace Joystick

0-2

Analog input error 2 (Xposition sensor)

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest and replace Joystick

0-3

Analog input error 3 (Y+ position sensor)

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest and replace Joystick

0-4

Analog input error 4 (Yposition sensor)

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest and replace Joystick

0-5

Joystick internal calculator error

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest and replace Joystick

0-6

EPROM error. Too little difference between each position X+ / centre / XFunction jammed, spool valves in neutral or Y+ / centre / Yof Joystick during calibration

Recalibrate or replace Joystick

0-7

Safety message on CAN

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest, check harness and replace Joystick

0-8

9.5 V voltage error

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest, check harness and replace Joystick

0-9

No Joystick detected

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest, check harness and connections

1-0

No valve detected

Function jammed, spool valves in neutral

Test with Wintest, check harness and connections

Joystick electronic control unit

Linkage calculator

NOTE: The errors that block a function and deactivate the safety solenoid valve are valid only with an EHRC linkage calculator. In the case of an Autotronic 5 calculator, only the valve concerned by the error is blocked, and this until the error disappears: detected each time the control lever / Joystick of the valve concerned shifts to neutral.

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF73.15

SMS - JOYSTICK - Error codes

Error code

Error

Reaction of the System

Action required

1-1 CAN message missing 1-2 1-3 1-4 CAN errors 1-5

Valve returns to neutral Correct voltage received CAN message missing within 4 seconds = valve Wrong CAN message returns to previous position Wrong CAN message Error present after 4 Spool valve internal signal seconds = valve remains in neutral error (PWM)

Repair fault and / or move control to neutral to reinitialise

Repair fault

1-6 Valve EPROM problem

Valve returns to neutral

No error but return to 1-7 neutral necessary

Displayed when return to neutral not carried out after Move control to 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 2-3, 2-4, neutral to reinitialise 3-1 and 3-2 errors

2-1

Undervoltage: < 8.2 V and > 8 V

2-2

Overvoltage: > 18 V and < 36 V

Repair fault

Error displayed but system keeps on operating

Repair fault

Return of spool to neutral

Move control to neutral to reinitialise

Valve answers manual control, electronic control locked

Stop and restart tractor engine

2-3 Spool movement too low Detected by electrohydraulic spool valves

Minor errors

2-4

Spool movement too great

Floating position not 2-5 reached 2-6 Manual control 3-1 Undervoltage: < 8V

3-2 Overvoltage: > 36 V

Major errors

4-1

Very high overvoltage: > 45V

4-2 Valve power error

Return of spool valve to neutral. Correct voltage received within 4 seconds = valve returns to previous Stop and restart position tractor engine Error present after 4 seconds = valve remains in neutral Valve returns to neutral Safety solenoid valve cut (OFF)

4-3 Position sensor error 8-1

Valve can't return to neutral

Safety solenoid valve cut (OFF)

8-2

Valve spool not in neutral Valve remains in neutral at power up

Stop and restart tractor engine

NOTE: The errors that block a function and deactivate the safety solenoid valve are valid only with an EHRC linkage calculator. In the case of an Autotronic 5 calculator, only the valve concerned by the error is blocked, and this until the error disappears: detected each time the control lever / Joystick of the valve concerned shifts to neutral.

GUF73.16

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

GUF74 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

INHALT A . Joystick calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Adjusting EHS valve control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF74.1

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

GUF74.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

A . Joystick calibration The Joystick can be calibrated with Wintest. NOTE:This procedure can only be carried out by technical support. If the Joystick is no longer calibrated (maximum flow rate impossible without memorising, floating position impossible, etc.), contact your technical support.

Joystick option CAN SB23 VALVES

JOYSTICK

VALVE Y (Red colour)

Neutral: ------No Valve error VALVE X (Green colour) Neutral: -------

No Joystick error No Valve error LINKAGE CALCULATOR (EHRC)

VALVE Z (Black colour)

Flow rates stored

No Valve error

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF74.3

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

B . Adjusting EHS valve control levers

Assembly on 8100 - 6200 - 8200 tractors

Operating principle The lever controls a potentiometer which informs the linkage calculator of its position. The voltage signal from the potentiometer allows the ELC calculator to control the electrohydraulic spool valve. Therefore, it is necessary to set the potentiometer correctly to obtain optimal performance of the spool valve.

MA-11-01114A

Fig. 1 The reading of the value corresponding to the sensor data is available via the CAN network. Adjust the potentiometer in the middle of these ports (Fig. 1) so that the neutral position is at 144 points (see Wintest section GUF52). It is possible to check: - neutral point: 144 points (voltage between signal and ground is = 5.16 V) - lower limit reached: 20 points (voltage between signal and ground is = 0.84 V) - upper limit reached: 240 points (voltage between signal and ground is = 9.15 V) - sensor disconnected: 252 points (voltage between signal and ground is = 9.59 V) NOTE: The EHS valves are different for the pre- and post-January 2001 periods (see below) - Rexroth MP18 before January 2001, the current parameters must be set using Wintest (see section GUF54) - Bosch SB23 after January 2001, set the valve parameters using Wintest (see section GUF71)

GUF74.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings MF6400/7400 tractors with EHRC linkage calculator

MF 7400/8400 tractors with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator The reading of the value corresponding to the sensor data is available via the CAN network. Adjust the face (1) of the potentiometer parallel to that of the spacer (2) (Fig. 2) to position the potentiometer in the middle of these ports so that the neutral position is at 0% (see Wintest section GUF72), which corresponds to a voltage between 4.48V and 4.9V.

2

NOTE: If necessary, set valve parameters using Wintest (see section GUF71).

1

MA-11-01115A

Fig. 2

The reading of the value corresponding to the sensor data is available via the CAN network. Adjust the face (1) of the potentiometer parallel to that of the spacer (2) (Fig. 2) to position the potentiometer in the middle of these ports so that the neutral position is at: - 3rd spool valve (black) potentiometer: neutral is between 116 and 130 points - 4th spool valve (yellow) potentiometer: neutral is between 154 and 176 points (see Wintest section GUF72). NOTE: If necessary, set valve parameters using Wintest (see section GUF71).

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF74.5

SMS - JOYSTICK - Settings

GUF74.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

GUF75 - SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF75.1

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

GUF75.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF75.3

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF75.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

B . Electrical diagrams Electrohydraulic spool valves with Joystick ............... 7 CAN network.............................................................. 9

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF75.5

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage Harness parts list FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 128 FAI 131 FAI 141

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness Datatronic 3 harness 5 electrohydraulic spool valves harness

Component parts list AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on armrest - signal AC4 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on armrest- supply AC5 Flow rate Memory switch on armrest AC12 Joystick CAB101 Joystick switch after R7 relay - Available CAB102 Joystick switch after R6 relay - Available CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L2 Safety solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L18 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Black) L19 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Yellow) L24 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Blue) L25 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on right-hand console - signal L26 Flow rate Memory switch on right-hand console L27 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on right-hand console - supply V2 Electrohydraulic spool valve V3 Electrohydraulic spool valve V4 Electrohydraulic spool valve V5 Electrohydraulic spool valve V6 Electrohydraulic spool valve 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF75.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

Electrohydraulic spool valves with Joystick 1 2

4

3

V2 S4.1/V2.1

R

S1.1/V2.4

AC12

V2

1 2 3 4

N

1 2

3

4

V3 S4.1/V3.1

5

4

3

2

1

2

AC3

1 2

1

AC4

FAI141 1

3

2

1

4

V1

1

3

S1.1/AC12.1

1 2 3 4

V1.1/S1.1

N

AC1.10/AC12.2

V1.4/S4.1

R

V4

S4 1 2

4

3

V5

L2 S1

R B

S3.1/AC12.5

R

S2.1/AC12.6

N

L2.1/L14.1 L2.2/S7.1

1 2

B N

S6

8 19

12

11 10 9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S1.1/L20.2

B R

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

L20 L20

N

R N

9 10 22

3 11

23

4 12

5

16

R7

13 24

14 25

L13.12/L14.1

4

3

R

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

6

L13.2/S3.1

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

2

1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 S16

BAF6.5/L20.7

B

BAF6.3/L20.6 BAF6.2/L20.3

B R

B

L25.1/S17

B

S17

F41

F22 - 10A

6 5 4 3 2 1

F18

F22

X1X5 1

R6

BAF6

2

5

3

4 1

AC1.7/L13.25

B

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BAF12

N

1

X2

S4 S16.1/L13.37

B

S4.1/L13.38

B

L13.41/S2.1

N

FAI 31 BAF12.7/L20.5

5

3

7

8

9

10

11

12 16

13 15

S2

17

N S3

L18

2

R

1

2

5

3

4 1

F41 - 15A

X4 1

+12V

F18 - 7.5A

2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BAF11

CAB101 BAF11.5/CAB101.1

3 2 1

+APC

R7

3

N

2

L18.3/L13.20 B L18.2/S3.1 R L18.1/S2.1 N

3 2 1

1

1 0V

S1.1/L14.14

R6

alim Us

V6

N 6

18

1 0V

S1

N

1

27

L20.9/CAB73.1.1

Us

1 2 3 4

21

8 2 7 6

28

15

L20.2/CAB73.1.1

3

30

L24.3/CAB141.32 B

1

alim

N

20

31

R

19

FAI 23

2

L14.17/S7.1

2

14

S1.1/V6.4

N S7

R

3

1

S7.1/L20.5

4

28

L14

6

42

15

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L14.26/S15.1

B

L27.2/S2

29

L14

26

L13

L13

V6

2

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

18

S14

R

26

17

AC1.9/L20.6 S14.1/L20.3

4

27

14 25

29

R

3

S4.1/V6.1

15

13

1

S15 L20.7/AC1.10

L14.17/S6.1

6

16

5

12

L14.14/V1.1

5

L14.26/S7.1

AC1.6/S1.1 B R

B AC1.8/S4.1

S16.1/AC1.5 S14.1/AC1.6

AC1.1/S3.1 S2.1/AC1.2

1 2 L27

L27.1/S14

1 2 L26

N

R

R N AC1.1/S3.1 AC1.2/S2.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 R N

AC1

4

3

28

6

14

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2

1 2

17

4

S15.1/L20.9

28

1

2

1 2 L25

AC1

1

V5

1 2 3 4

29

7 1

24

B

42

15

1

R

S4/L25.2

29

L24.2/CAB141.2

S16/L26.2 B S14/L26.1 R

CAB141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

N

18

2 3

23

1 2

CAB141

S1.1/V5.4

30

9 22

B

R

31

20

10

S2

11

AC1.9/AC12.7

S4.1/V5.1

S7

S3

21

L19

N

S1

L2

3

1 2 3 4

1

2

V1

1 2 3 4

AC12

2

4

3

R

S1.1/V4.4

FAI 41

L18

V3

V4 S4.1/V4.1 4

FAI128 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

2

B R

R N S1.1/AC4.1 AC4.2/S2.1

1 2

AC1.5/AC5.1 S1.1/AC5.2

B B

7

1 2 3 4

N

AC5

2

1 2 AC5

2

S1.1/V3.4

BLANC

VERT

MARRON

2

AC1.7/AC3.1 AC1.8/AC3.2

CAN-L

6

AC4

1

R

6

5

2

S6.1/V1.4

7

4

MASSE

3

1

+9.5V

CAN-H

+12V AP CT

Y 1

1

2

JAUNE

AC3

X

R

L19.3/L13.35 L19.2/S3.1 L19.1/S2.1

B R N 1

B

1

1

CAB 101

ON/OFF solenoid valve control to accessories

CAB73

L19 CAB102 BAF11.9/CAB102.1

2

L24

3

alim Us

1 0V

3 2 1

L24.1/CAB141.41

B

1

1

CAB 102

N

L24

MA-11-01439A

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

¤ H

GUF75.7

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage Harness parts list FAI 23 FAI 31 FAI 32 FAI 35 FAI 41 FAI 46 FAI 57 FAI 68 FAI 128 FAI 131 FAI 141

Cab linkage harness Cab DynaVT transmission harness DynaVT transmission harness Dyna VT with EEM instrument panel harness DynaVT armrest harness 4 electrohydraulic spool valves harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness Fieldstar harness Linkage with Dual Control - TIC harness Datatronic 3 harness 5 electrohydraulic spool valves harness

Component parts list AC3

Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on armrest - signal AC4 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on armrest- supply AC5 Flow rate Memory switch on armrest AC12 Joystick CAB101 Joystick switch after R7 relay - Available CAB102 Joystick switch after R6 relay - Available CAB141 Autotronic 5 - ParkLock DynaVT L2 Safety solenoid valve L13 Autotronic 5 electronic linkage calculator L18 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Black) L19 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Yellow) L24 Electrohydraulic spool valve control lever position sensor (Blue) L25 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on right-hand console - signal L26 Flow rate Memory switch on right-hand console L27 Electrohydraulic spool valves ON/OFF switch on right-hand console - supply V2 Electrohydraulic spool valve V3 Electrohydraulic spool valve V4 Electrohydraulic spool valve V5 Electrohydraulic spool valve V6 Electrohydraulic spool valve 2

Fuse box

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF75.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

CAN network 20

31 30

15

24

14

27 26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

25

V J

CAB83 1

2

S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

V

FAI 31

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

120 J V J

15

13

27

14

24 25

26

¤ H

8

30

9

19 18

2 1

11

17

4

28

6 16

5

12

15

13

27

14

24

29

7

3

23

25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

34

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

FAI 57 CA1.14/CA8.2

J

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

8

FAI 32 TR18.5/CAB50.7

1

TR18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

4

4

J V

CA1

ENG4

FAI 28

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

15

9 10

2 7

17

11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16

22

3

15

13 24

14 26

25

FAI 41 S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

5 6 7

8 9

22

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4

1 2

1 2

4

3

3

4

V J

V J

V J

V J S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

4

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

J V

S4 S5

3

1

2

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

J V CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1

V1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

V J CAB112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L 22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

FAI131

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L111

15 16

V J

CAB112

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

FS4

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68 S8.1/FS4.29

V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S9.1/FS4.27

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

CAB141 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

CAB112

S9

CAB141 CAB141

7

1

S8

FS1 L13

11 12 13 14

4

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

J V B

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

L111

J V

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

1

2

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

V1

FAI128

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

27 26

J V

2

L22

J V

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

S2

16 15

14

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

3

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

FAI 46

28

6 5

13 25

4

7

V J 29 17

1 4

12 24

5

6

8

V4 V4 4

18 7

3 11

23

6

5

3

7

4

3

1 2

S3

30

J V

5 6 7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

CA8

19 2

7

L14

31

20 21 10

4

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 V

CA8

4

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

21

8 19

18

AC2

CAB1.39/S21.1

1 2 3 4

V3

1 2

2

20

31 30

29

27

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

V3

4

3

3

7

X

X

4

6

8

1 2

5

5

1 2 3 4

6

4

3

1 2 3 4

V2

5 6

2

11 10 9

V2

4

1 12

AC12

3

V J

V5

V4

X

1 2

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

24 25

28

ENG2

FAI 31

12 13

14 26

AC2

J

23

4 5

16 27

J V J V

CAB1.16/S20.1

6

28

V J

FAI 35

22 11

1 2 3

27 26

10 3

1

1

16 15

14

9 2

7

2

28

6 5

13

21

8 19

18 17

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3

12 24

20

31 30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V3

4

29 17

V2

5

18 7

1 4

23

30 19

2 3

11

AC12 AC12

6

8 9

10

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

7

21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20

22

J V

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

CAB1

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

31

20 21 10 22

1 2 3

46 24 1 68 45 23

16

5

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

CAB1

CAB1

28

6

12

CAB18 S13 S12

25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

17

4

23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB50

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

1

J V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

29

7

3 11

13

18

2

22

ENG4

30 19

10

CAB50

23 12

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

68 45 23

46 24 1

CAB54

22 11

4 5

16

8 9

10 3

1 6

31

21

9 2

7 17

28

20

21

8 19

18 29

CAB54

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01426A

GUF75.9

SMS - JOYSTICK - Electrical diagrams - Auto 5 linkage

GUF75.10

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 7.a

Cab and equipment

12 - Cab and equipment CONTENTS 12C01 - Air conditioning - General 12C02 - Standard air conditioning 12C03 - Automatic air conditioning GUF302- AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics GUF303- AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes GUF305- AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams 12C04 - Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

Massey Ferguson 8400

¤ H

Contents - i

Cab and equipment

Contents - ii

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400

Air conditioning - General

12C01 - Air conditioning - General

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Technical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 D . Safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 E . General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 F . Circuit troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.1

Air conditioning - General

12C01.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General

A . General Correct adjustment of the internal atmosphere of an agricultural tractor cab requires: - the temperature and humidity in the cab to be within the human comfort range, - the intake of a volume of fresh filtered air sufficient to put the cab under pressure and prevent dirty particles from entering, - the defrosting of windows to allow clear vision in all directions. In addition, the distribution of air around the cab should prevent noticeable temperature differences within the cab, especially around the driver. Furthermore, the unit should be designed to withstand mechanical loads resulting from the many shocks and vibrations caused by implements attached to carry out agricultural work. A final critical point concerns correct operation in the muddy or dusty conditions typical of this work. Tractors must also be able to operate on slopes of up to 16°.

Air cooling principle No known method exists for producing coldness; there is only a heat absorption procedure. The air conditioning process involves taking heat out of the air. Temperature is measured by the amount of heat contained in a substance. In the same way that water always flows downwards, heat always “flows” from a hot object to cold object. To condition or absorb the air in a tractor cab, the warm air must be brought into contact with a cold surface.

The air cooling cycle Cab air conditioning is ensured by a ventilation system using the engine hot water channels to heat filtered air when operating in cold temperatures. When high temperatures make operating conditions uncomfortable, an air cooling system allows the cab internal temperature to be reduced by several degrees. In an air conditioner, pressurised refrigerant (HFC R134a) flows in a closed circuit. R134a. The gas is subjected to modifications in pressure and temperature at specific locations in the circuit. A compressor driven by the engine via a belt sucks in air and compresses the gaseous coolant, directing it to a heat exchanger called a condenser. The air passing through the condenser cools and condenses the gaseous coolant. The drier filters dirty particles and water from the coolant, which is now in liquid form. The drier also acts as a temporary storage tank. The liquid coolant is directed under high pressure to the regulator which controls the fluid flow and causes a significant drop in temperature and pressure. When it enters the evaporator (heat exchanger in the cab), the fluid starts to evaporate as it absorbs heat from the air being pumped through by the fan system. The warm air is cooled; its humidity condenses on the evaporator and is discharged from the cab via pipes. The cycle restarts when the gas reaches the compressor. Depending on the requested cab temperature, the control system (manual or electronic) causes the automatic clutching or declutching of the compressor via and electromagnetic clutch mechanism.

One of the physical properties of liquids, is that it has a specific boiling and evaporating point at a given pressure. During the vaporization process taking place at a constant temperature, liquid can absorb a vast amount of heat. For example, under normal atmospheric pressure, water vaporizes at 100°C. Although the water can absorb a large amount of heat, its temperature does not rise beyond this level. The same principle can be applied when heat is withdrawn, causing gas to return to its liquid state, or liquid to convert to its solid state. Therefore by adjusting the pressures in a closed circuit, it is possible, at one point in the circuit, to hold liquid at low pressure with a low boiling point. As it vaporizes, this liquid can absorb heat from its surrounding environment.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.3

Air conditioning - General Safety regulations when servicing a cooling circuit - Do not drain the fluids into the air. - Work in a well ventilated area in case fluid escapes. - Do not heat the fluid excessively (welding, paint burner, etc.). - Do not smoke. - Do not store the fluid bottle at temperature exceeding 50°C. - Wear gloves to protect hands and goggles to protect eyes. - Do not unscrew an oil filler cap from a compressor if there is fluid in the circuit. - Plug disassembled parts to keep the inside free of damp. - Do not allow fluid or oil to flow onto the paintwork. - Empty and recover the fluid if the vehicle must be taken to a spray booth where temperatures may exceed 80°C. - R134a fluid can form a combustible mixture with air. - In case of fire, no means of extinguishing are indicated but breathing apparatus must be worn. - In case of inhalation, the victim must be taken into fresh air and given oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary. Do not administer adrenaline or similar medicine; seek medical advice. - In case of contact with skin or eyes, rinse under running water and seek medical advice.

12C01.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General

B . Block diagram Diagram reference 1

Locations in the circuit

Comments Produces high pressure, high temperature gas

Compressor outlet gas to condenser inlet

high

high

-

2

Condenser

gas + liquid

high

high to medium

Outside air temperature causes the gas to condense into a liquid, and the heat is discharged out of the cab. This exchange is facilitated by electric fans.

3

Condenser outlet Drier Regulator inlet

liquid

high

medium

Allows to drain humidity from the circuit and assess how full it is.

4

Regulator

liquid + gas ( > 20 % )

high to low

medium to low As the fluid expands, the pressure and temperature drop, causing some of the liquid (> 20 % ) to vaporise.

Regulator outlet Evaporator inlet

liquid + gas

low

low

-

Evaporator

liquid + gas

low

low

The liquid is vaporised by absorbing the heat contained in the cab air. This “cold generation” phenomenon is activated by the blower mechanism.

Evaporator outlet Compressor inlet

gas

low

low

-

5

5-1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

Temperature low to high

4-5

gas

Pressure low to high

1-2

Compressor

State of fluid

12C01.5

Air conditioning - General Parts list (1) compressor (2) condenser (3) drier (4) regulator (5) evaporator

heat discharged outside

ambient air

ambient air

The compressor (1) sucks in coolant and compresses it. The coolant pressure and temperature increase. The coolant condenses in the lower temperature of the condenser coils (2). The air passing through the condenser absorbs the coolant heat. The drier (3) filters dirty particles and water from the coolant, which is now in liquid form. The regulator (4) allows the pressure to drop. The coolant in the evaporator (5) absorbs the heat from the air passing over the coils, and vaporises. The air is cooled by this process. The coolant is sucked in gas form by the compressor to restart the cycle. In the circuit, the coolant exchanges heat with the air via the heat exchangers. The fluid releases its heat in the condenser and absorbs heat from the cab air in the evaporator. Changes in the state and pressure of the fluid allow heat exchanges to take place at the heat exchangers (condenser and evaporator).

fresh air

Fig. 1

12C01.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General

C . Technical characteristics General Compressor Trademark

SANDEN

Type

SD-7H15

Number of cylinders

7

Oil capacity

190 cm3

Driving belt - Tension

108 -122 Nm

Sag

12 -15 mm

Weight

7.5 Kg Electromagnetic clutch

Voltage

12V

Current

3.6 - 4.2 A

Air gap

0.4 -0.8 mm Tightening torques

Clutch attachment nut

30 Nm

Cylinder head screw

34 Nm

Filler cap with O'ring

15 Nm Air conditioning

Coolant type

R134a

Capacity

1.55 Kg Operating pressure and temperature

Ambient temperature

30 - 40°C at sea level

Low pressure side

0.3 -0.65 bars

High pressure side

12 -18.5 bars High / low pressure safety pressure switch

Low pressure limit

2 bar

High pressure limit

27 bar

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.7

Air conditioning - General Components Compressor The compressor, its clutch and pulley form a removable assembly. The compressor compresses the low pressure R134a coolant gas to high pressure and allows the coolant to flow in the system. Electromagnetic clutch Allows engagement and disengagement of the compressor depending on system requirements. The coupling comprises two main parts: the stationary induction coil (continuous induction field) and the rotor. The induction coil is fitted directly onto the compressor. The grooved pulley is fitted to the taper end of the crankshaft. The current transmitted to the coil creates a magnetic field, and the disc is magnetically pulled against the pulley. The compressor starts running. When the current is stopped, the rotor is demagnetised and the mechanical coupling is broken. When changing one of the following parts: evaporator, condenser, drier, compressor or regulator, it is necessary to drain the circuit, taking the precautions stated in the section “Refilling and maintenance”.

The circulation of coolant in the circuit can be monitored by the indicator light located above this tank. This element is also a filter and must be replaced every 1,000 hours of operation or every three years, or if it is necessary to refill the circuit. Regulator The regulator is located at the evaporator inlet. It controls the amount of coolant that can enter the evaporator and expands it. It automatically regulates coolant flow depending on the amount of heat in the evaporator. It reacts depending on the temperature of its sensitive element and the liquid pressure. To avoid the effects of an excessive pressure drop in the evaporator, the regulator is fitted with a pressure compensation system with a thermal bulb, which operates according to the gas temperature at the evaporator outlet. This bulb is also connected to the valve diaphragm. In case of replacement of the regulator: - always lightly oil the connections using coolant oil - check correct operation of the needle valve prior to assembly. For this purpose spray liquid coolant on the thermal bulb and check the needle valve movement. - ensure the regulator is properly connected - handle the capillary tubes with care.

Condenser The condenser receives high pressure high temperature coolant gas from the compressor and changes it into high pressure pre-cooled liquid. It is designed to withstand variations in temperature between the hot coolant in gas form and the cold air outside. As the coolant cools the gas turns to liquid. This cooling is achieved by exposing it to a cold air flow (vehicle speed, engine fan). The coolant temperature in the condenser varies between 49°C and 77°C for pressures of 10.5 to 21 bar. If it is necessary to replace the condensor: avoid damaging the cooling fins in order to ensure the maximum operating efficiency. Drier The drier is an important element of the air conditioning system. It receives liquid coolant from the condenser and extracts humidity and "particles" which could otherwise enter the system. The container is a temporary coolant storage tank, depending on demand from the regulator.

12C01.8

¤ H

Evaporator The role of the evaporator, located in front of the fan, is to cool and dry the ambient air. After passing through the regulator, the low pressure low temperature liquid in the evaporator boils and starts to evaporate immediately. This process allows the absorption of heat from the air sucked from the cab. Condensation starts to form on the evaporator from the humidity in the air. This water is recovered in the bottom of the air conditioning unit and is discharged through the length of the cab via two pipes. Fan unit On a separate support an electric motor drives two turbines. The motor and turbines are fitted on the same shaft. Air passes through the air filter, evaporator and radiator before being forced by the turbines into the air ducts. The air is distributed around the cab via air ducts opening through adjustable air vents and demisters. The air also cools a chilled compartment if the tractor is fitted with one.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General High / low pressure safety pressure switch The safety pressure switch, located on the high pressure circuit, is fitted to the drier and is connected to the electromagnetic clutch control circuit of the compressor. It protects the system by cutting the clutch supply in case of an excessive pressure drop or increase in the high pressure circuit. Pressure switch operating pressure Engagement

Cut-off

2.1 bar

2 bar 27 bar

Service unions Service unions with quick-disconnect male couplers are located on the high and low pressure pipes at the rear of the compressor. High and low pressure pipes The high and low pressure hoses are made from nitrile with nylon core. To prevent damage to the air conditioning hoses, a minimum bend radius must be provided when installing them. Hose external diameter

Minimum bend radius

18 mm

86 mm

21 mm

105 mm

26 mm

130 mm

D . Safety instructions

to prevent unstoppable coolant leaks. R134a coolant is non-combustible, non toxic (except on contact with fire) and non corrosive (except on contact with water). Great care must be taken when handling R134a. Direct contact can freeze the skin or eyes. On contact with fire or at high temperatures is decomposes into phosgene gas, which is highly toxic. Never handle coolant without wearing protective goggles and gloves. Never try to drain the system by loosening a union. Slow, safe draining is only possible using draining / filling apparatus designed for R134a coolant. Do not drain the system in the same room as a naked flame. The same precautions must be taken for leak detection. When it is necessary to retighten a union, use two tightening wrenches to avoid bending the pipe, which can cause leaks. Never weld or steam-clean near a system containing coolant. This can cause excessive pressure and leakage. Do not store R134a coolant in direct sunlight, near a heat source or in a damp place. Always replace the bottle protection plugs when it is not being used. Also ensure it is not knocked. Do not transport the bottle in a the passenger compartment of a vehicle. In case of spillage of R134a If R134 comes into contact with your eyes, wash with cold water and seek medical advice immediately. Note: areas frozen by liquid coolant can be treated by gradually warming the affected area with cold water, and then applying cold cream. Seek medical advice immediately.

It is very important to work in a clean environment to prevent dirty particles from entering the circuit. Carefully clean the unions, then lightly oil with compressor oil before connecting the unions. Do not use compressed air to clean the pipes, for example to drive out particles that may have entered: in this case only use coolant. Only remove the pipe plugs at the last minute. Cut hose pipes with a knife, never with a saw. Carefully block pipes when they are in storage. The oil in the air conditioning circuit is a cooling oil for compressors. This oil is miscible with the coolant. Precautions The air conditioning system can be dangerous. It can be compared with a pressurised boiler. If a pipe bursts, the coolant evaporates or boils very quickly. It can be very dangerous after expansion. The cooling engineer must always take precautions when working

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.9

Air conditioning - General

E . General maintenance Very important: before switching on the air conditioning system, ensure that the windows and doors are properly closed. The cab interior must be kept as clean as possible. If for any reason the cab cannot be kept completely sealed, the air recycling system must be switched off. Failure to respect this advice can cause evaporator clogging, stopping the air conditioning system risking damage to the compressor. For correct operation of the system, the cab air filter, condenser, fan turbines and evaporator must be checked periodically. Any clogging causes an increase in the high and low pressures in the system, reducing the effectiveness and efficiency of cooling. The tension and alignment of the driving belt must be checked. Starting at the evaporator, check the condition of the condensation water drain pipes. Any water build-up can cause freezing in the evaporator, preventing coolant flow or reducing efficiency. To keep the whole circuit in good condition, it is recommended to operate the unit for several minutes every week to lubricate all the seals, because the oil in the compressor is miscible with the coolant.

Scheduled maintenance Carry out the checks and servicing as described in the preceding paragraphs. Visually check the evaporator, condenser, drier, compressor, unions, belt, and condensed water flow in the evaporator. Carry out an “internal” check with low pressure gauge (blue), high pressure gauge (red), engine running at 1500 rpm, maximum cold setting and fan at high speed. Check component temperature. Regulator outlet (evaporator side), evaporator, low pressure pipes and “inlet valve” on the compressor should be cold to the touch. Regulator inlet, condenser, high pressure pipes, “delivery valve" and compressor should be hot to the touch. The drier and oil should be replaced every 1,000 hours of operation or every three years, or if it is necessary to refill the circuit.

12C01.10

¤ H

If the circuit is too full (over 2 kg of R134a coolant) there is a risk of clogging in the regulator and drier. With air conditioning switched on, if the high and low pressure circuits are equal, the compressor is faulty. If there is water in the circuit, the regulator (needle valve) there is a risk of clogging if a water droplet freezes: decrease the low and high pressure.

F . Circuit troubleshooting Diagnostics As a general rule, pressure values are linked to atmospheric conditions (pressure and temperature). For ambient temperatures between 30° and 40°C (88°F to 108°F) at sea level, pressure values vary between 0.3 to 0.65 bar on the low pressure side and 12 to 18.5 bar on the high pressure side. To locate failures, connect the manifold pressure gauges to the service unions at the rear of the compressor.

Analysis Leaks in the circuit cause: insufficient cooling, and insufficient high and low pressures. If it is not full enough, bubbles appear continuously at the drier tank sight glass, as well as the same symptoms as stated above. If the evaporator is clogged or the regulator is blocked or frozen, a vacuum forms in the low pressure circuit and the high pressure is too low. If the circuit is overfilled, a regulator is stuck open or a condenser is clogged, the low pressure is too high. If a condenser is clogged or the circuit is overfilled, the high pressure is too high.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General Circuit overfill In a correctly filled unit, the R134a discharged through the compressor loses the superheat absorbed in the compressor at the first condenser coil, then condenses into liquid form in the subsequent coils. Before being directed into the drier, this liquid is stored in the last condenser coil. If the circuit is overfilled, the liquid level rises in the condenser. There are therefore fewer coils active in the condensation process. The temperature and pressure increase, and may cause the pipes to burst in certain cases: During operation - overfilling - worn pipes - pipes worn by friction - pipes cut by the edges of sheet metal - bend radii too small - exposure to the battery (acid) When stopped For the same reasons as during operation, in addition to the following: - engine fan shutoff - residual engine heat after stopping tractor If a pipe is strained to its limit, the temperature increase when the engine is stopped raises the pipe temperature and its internal pressure. The heat also decreases the strength of the pipe and all factors combine to burst the pipe. This is more likely to occur in units overfilled with R134a coolant and when pipes are worn or wrongly positioned (close to a hot area).

evaporator, the failure is electrical. On the other hand, incorrect pressure and lack of cold suggest the failure relates to the gas and/or electrical supply. High pressure too high - Coolant overfill Bleed the circuit. Avoid excessive bleeding of the circuit. - Air in the circuit, despite correct low pressure level. Bleed circuit then refill. - Spaces between condenser fins blocked by insects. Clean condenser. - Coolant remains in liquid form in the suction pipe at evaporator outlet. This is indicated by damp or ice on the pipe or on the suction valve of the compressor. Check that the regulator thermal bulb is correctly fitted on the suction pipe. - Plug left in pipe during assembly, indicated by temperature difference upstream and downstream of plug. - High pressure is higher than in normal operation, with correct low pressure and correct filling but air bubbles in the drier, causing fluid to flow in wrong direction. - High pressure very high, low pressure normal, air bubbles at drier and freezing in drier tank, flow restricted at drier inlet which acts as regulator. High pressure too low - Incorrect filling. Insufficient coolant indicated by presence of air bubbles in drier. - Compressor cylinder head gasket split or leaks at valves.

Air conditioning unit breakdown Preliminary checks The most commonly occurring air conditioning system failure is the lack of cold air. It is therefore necessary to carry out a number of checks to identify the failure. - Check that the scheduled maintenance has been carried out: belt tension, cleanliness of various parts (cab air filter, condenser, evaporator, etc.), damage to parts. - Check electrical supplies, fuses, condition of connections and supply wires. - Examine all channels and unions and look for possible build-up of dirt, oil or traces of dampness, which could indicate a leak. - Supply the compressor clutch directly from the battery and record the pressure values on the pressure gauges, and check the evaporator is cold. If the circuit pressures are normal and there is cold in the

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.11

Air conditioning - General Low pressure too low and insufficient cooling

Irregular compressor operation (irregular cycle)

- Pipe or drier blocked. This symptom is indicated by a temperature difference upstream and downstream of the blockage or by cooling of the drier tank during operation of the unit. - Insufficient filling indicated by the regulator gauge. Warm the end of the thermostatic bulb with hand. Suction pressure should rise quickly to at least 1.45 bar when engine is running at idle speed. If not, replace the thermostatic regulator. - The capillary tube of the regulator is broken or leaking: regulator stays closed, making the unit operate at very low pressure. - Ice forms in the regulator or in the nozzle. The regulator or nozzle can freeze up even if the pipe do not. - Regulator is blocked. Presence of corrosion products. When the end of the thermostatic bulb is heated, the low pressure value does not change. The regulator can open after a period of deactivation and blocks after a period of operation. - Check that the air inlet port of the evaporator is not blocked. - There is insufficient coolant. Check for air bubbles in the sight glass when the unit is operating, with the fans turning.

- Check the belt tension. - Check the clutch clearance (air gap). - Check voltage and current of clutch spool. - Check the compressor itself. Unusual noise from compressor

Low pressure too high - Compressor belt loose. - Regulator thermostatic bulb fitted incorrectly. - Regulator needle valve stuck in open position. Excessive coolant flow into the coil, causing the suction pipe to cool or freeze. - Compressor inlet valve filter blocked. - Leak at compressor suction and delivery valves. - High pressure is low, low pressure is high, correct filling, leak at compressor cylinder head or faulty valves. Noisy regulator (steady whistling sound) Insufficient coolant indicated by bubbles in the sight glass.

In clutched position: - Check compressor assembly. - Check clutch and absence of slippage. - Check R134a coolant filling. - Check bearings in clutch and compressor. - Check quantity of coolant oil. - Check compressor suction and delivery valves. In declutched position: Check clutch air gap.

System cleaning The air conditioning system must always stay clean to ensure optimal operation. Can air filter The cab air filter should be cleaned every 100 hours of operation and replaced every 1,000 hours of operation. If working in dusty conditions, cleaning should take place at shorter intervals. Take care to keep the filter in good condition, because dust gathers on the dampness of the evaporator, which must then be removed for cleaning, requiring the circuit to be drained. Condenser The condenser should be cleaned on a daily basis if the tractor is working in very dusty conditions. The condenser is normally located in front of the engine cooling fan and should be cleaned by a jet of compressed air. Special care should be taken with the condenser fins. They ensure correct operation of the air conditioning system.

Insufficient cooling - Incorrect compressor operation - Incorrect regulator operation - High and low pressure too low, a vacuum forms with correct filling, temperature too low at evaporator outlet, causing regulator to close, poor synchronisation between temperature switch cycle and opening of regulator.

12C01.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - General Compressor Adjusting the clutch air gap Check the air gap with a thickness of shims to obtain clearance of 0.4 - 0.8 mm (Fig. 2). If the air gap is not uniform around the whole periphery, gently lift and strike the places where the gap is biggest. Note: the air gap is determined by thickness shims. When refitting the assembly, first fit with the original shims. When fitting a compressor with a new clutch, use the following shims: 1.02 mm - 0.05 mm - 0.12 mm. Tighten nut to 30 Nm. Precautions to take when disassembling / reassembling the compressor

Fig. 2

- Operate the air conditioning system for 5 to 10 minutes, then drain the R134a coolant before removing the compressor. - Insert the valve cover pins in their corresponding holes on the unit (Fig. 3), fit the seal and position the cylinder head, its high pressure and low pressure connections turned upwards and aligned with the oil filling port of the compressor. - Tighten the six cylinder head screws to a torque of 34 Nm in the order shown (Fig. 4).

Filling oil Mandatory: only fill or top up the compressor with Polyalkylene-Glycol (PAG) synthetic oil. Recommended oil: PAG SANDEN SP20 Compressor capacity: 190 cm3 In case of a circuit problem and each time a part (pipe, drier, condenser) must be replaced, it is advised to drain the compressor oil and replace it with the recommended quantity of clean oil rather than topping up the existing level. - Drain R134a coolant. - Remove cap. - Fill or top up oil level. - Refit the cap on the port. Check the condition and correct position of the O’ring in its seat. - Tighten cap to a torque of 15 Nm. In case of leakage, do not force the cap; remove it and fit a new O'ring. - Refill the unit with R134a coolant. - Check the air conditioning system operation.

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C01.13

Air conditioning - General

12C01.14

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Standard air conditioning

12C02 - Standard air conditioning

CONTENTS A . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Electrical diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C02.1

Standard air conditioning

12C02.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Standard air conditioning

A . General Standard air conditioning provides a source of air with an adjustable temperature in the cab. The user can adjust the temperature and flow of air pumped into the cab. Depending on weather conditions, the driver can choose to manually cool or heat the cab. An electronic temperature switch controls the compressor electromagnetic clutch, with a temperature probe on the evaporator. The heating is adjusted by a valve which controls the flow of air from the engine to the radiator. The heating and the temperature at the evaporator can be adjusted separately. The compressor can be activated in cold weather to defrost and dry the cab. The temperature in the cab can be controlled but variations in outside conditions (sun / shadow, etc.) can change the cab temperature, in which case it is be necessary to adjust the controls. Ventilation is also a significant factor. The cab temperature depends on the flow of air blown by the fan. The greater the flowrate, the faster the change in temperature. Air recycling also plays a part in the temperature control and defrosting. It allows to use conditioned air, which is drier and closer in temperature to the required air temperature. Air conditioning controls (Fig. 1): (1) (2) (3)

fan control knob cold control knob (compressor) heat control knob

Fig. 1

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C02.3

Standard air conditioning Operation Temperature controls Electronic temperature switch: It controls the compressor electromagnetic clutch according to the cooling required at the evaporator. A temperature probe informs the electronic temperature switch of the temperature at the evaporator. The temperature switch is adjusted by a potentiometer (2)(Fig. 1) on the air conditioning control panel. The compressor is activated depending on the probe reading and temperature switch adjustment. Electromagnetic clutch: It transmits the air conditioning compressor engagement. A relay in the electronic temperature switch controls its level of engagement. A 50 amp fuse protects the air conditioning circuit. A high/low pressure switch disengages the compressor clutch if the pressure drops or rises unexpectedly in the high-pressure part of the cooling circuit. The compressor cannot be engaged if no fan speed has been selected to ensure heat exchange at the evaporator.

Air recycling: Air recycling is controlled manually from the cab. A louvre with a handle fitted to the top left-hand side of the cab is used to select outside or inside (recycled) air source. Air recycling has several advantages: - it prevents air from entering from outside, for example to prevent unpleasant smells from entering. - it saves energy cooling the cab. The cooling system is more efficient if the air source is cold. When the outside air temperature is very high, it is recommended to use the recycling system as it uses the cooler air in the cab, which avoids cooling the hot air outside the cab. In this way the compressor workload is less. The air recycling system should not be used for long periods. After 25 minutes, it is advised to stop it and renew the cab air to ensure the air in the cab is clean.

Heating valve: It adjusts the flow rate of hot water in the radiator. It is controlled by the user from the control panel in the cab via a rotating knob (3) (Fig. 1). The valve and compressor are controlled separately. For this reason, with the heating switched on, it is possible to activate the compressor to dry the air. This knob is used to select either the heated air or the outside air inlet. Ventilation control Fan: The fan is controlled by turning the fan control knob (1) (Fig. 1). There are four different fan speeds. The cab is fitted with five adjustable air vents and four air outlets to defrost the windows.

12C02.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Standard air conditioning Fuses and relays Fuses (Fig. 2) The air conditioning system is protected by two fuses. A 50A fuse protects the air conditioning and radio. It is fitted in the fuse box (ref. F50). A 15A fuse protects the electromagnetic clutch of the compressor. It is fitted in the fuse box (ref. F11). Relay (Fig. 2) The air conditioning system is activated by a relay. A second relay is used for the compressor electromagnetic clutch. The air conditioning system has two relays. One relay controls the air conditioning assembly. It is fitted in the fuse box (ref. R14). One relay controls the compressor electromagnetic clutch. It is fitted in the fuse box (ref. R29).

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C02.5

Standard air conditioning

Fig. 2

12C02.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Standard air conditioning

B . Electrical diagram

Fig. 3

Parts list (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

air conditioning potentiometer control lighting fan speed selector switch electric fan electronic temperature switch + temperature probe fan speed regulator air recycling manual control compressor relay Ground

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C02.7

Standard air conditioning

12C02.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning

12C03 - Automatic air conditioning

CONTENTS A . Operating principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Layout of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 D . Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 E . Electrical diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.1

Automatic air conditioning

12C03.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning

A . Operating principle The air conditioning system is controlled entirely by the electronic control unit in order to obtain the same level of comfort for the driver regardless of external weather conditions. Temperature sensors inside and outside the cab and on the evaporator allow the system to regulate the temperature at a level close to that selected by the user. A solar ray sensor informs the calculator of the effect of the sun on cab temperature. The calculator is also informed of the temperature of the engine water used for heating and of its flow rate through the engine speed. Along with other information, for example error codes, this information is transmitted through the CAN network. The calculator acts on the clutch of the air conditioning compressor, the fan motor, the heating valve and the air recycling shutter.

outside temperature

compressor relay

inside temperature

air recycling shutter motor + position potentiometer

solar ray sensor

air conditioning control unit Conditioned air 1 temperature

stepping motor heating water valve

heating water pump relay

Conditioned air 2 temperature

fan motor evaporator temperature

CAN bus information

user interface

Fig. 1 -

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.3

Automatic air conditioning

B . Operation User interface Air conditioning can only be adjusted using this interface (Fig. 2). It incorporates - (1) digital display - (2) temperature setting knob - (3) manual / automatic fan control - (4) compressor ON / OFF button - (5) defrost button - (6) air recycling button

Digital display screen The screen indicates temperature setting (1) and air recycling position (2) (Fig. 3). Temperature display: The displayed temperature is the temperature desired by the user and not the actual cab temperature. It may be displayed in degrees Celsius or degrees Fahrenheit.

Fig. 2

To change from Celsius display to Fahrenheit display: 1. Switch off the ignition key. 2. Set fan potentiometer (3) to OFF 3. Set the temperature potentiometer (2) to maximum heating (red) 4. Switch on ignition key and within 5 seconds press the defrost button (5) and air recycling button (6) simultaneously. 5. The temperature symbol (°C ou °F) will appear Fig. 3 The symbol “E” is displayed to warn the user in case of a system fault. One or several error codes are also displayed on the instrument panel (see D Troubleshooting).

12C03.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning Adjusting the temperature: The desired temperature is adjusted in the cab using the potentiometer (2) (Fig. 4). The temperature setting range is between 18°C (64°F) and 28°C (84°F). Between 20 and 24°C (68 and 76°F), the temperature setting interval is 0.5°C (1°F). Outside this range, the interval is 1°C (2°F). If the desired temperature is higher than the temperature in the cab: - the heating is activated. The temperature is adjusted via an electrically controlled valve and an electric pump on the heating water circuit upstream of the radiator. If the desired temperature is lower than the temperature in the cab: - With the compressor activated (button 4, LED on), the system adjusts the air conditioning compressor clutch according to the amount of “cold” to be created.

Fig. 4

- With the compressor deactivated (button 4, LED off) and the fan on automatic setting, the system increases the fan speed to compensate for the lack of cold air. In this case, the temperature display flashes on the screen. When the temperature is set below 18°C (64°F), “LO” is displayed (Fig. 5), indicating that the system is set to maximum cooling. This means: - heating valve is shut - ventilation is set to maximum (if automatic ventilation) - compressor is activated - cab air is in recycling mode

Fig. 5

When the temperature is set above 28°C (84°F), “HI” is displayed (Fig. 6), indicating that the system is set to maximum heating. This means: - heating valve is open - ventilation is set to maximum (if automatic ventilation) - compressor is activated - cab air recycling mode off

Fig. 6

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.5

Automatic air conditioning Adjusting the ventilation: The ventilation can be adjusted using the fan potentiometer (3) (Fig. 7). When in automatic setting, air flow is determined by the control unit according to the comfort parameters which have been entered. Also when in automatic setting, air flow never exceeds 75% of the maximum possible flow. The selection can be made manually by turning the potentiometer to adjust the air flow. The maximum air flow can thus exceed the limit of 75% determined by the automatic setting. A ray sensor measures sunlight levels. By increasing the rate of ventilation, it allows the system to compensate for the heat of the solar rays passing through the tractor windows.

Fig. 7

An OFF position on this button switches off the temperature regulation system. When selected, the compressor, heating and fan are switched off. Air recycling is activated and the corresponding icon is displayed.

Activating the compressor The compressor can be activated by pressing button (4) (Fig. 8). The LED indicates if it is activated. It is activated automatically when the following functions are selected: - defrosting - air recycling - maximum cooling - maximum heating

Fig. 8

As well as cooling the cab, the compressor is also used to reduce the atmospheric humidity in the cab. Air passing through the evaporator leaves behind part of its humidity, which is removed by condensation.

Defrosting This function is activated (LED lit) and deactivated (LED not lit) by button (5) (Fig. 8). The system operates for a maximum of three minutes. When the defrosting system is activated: - The hot water circuit opens - ventilation is set at 75% of maximum air flow (if on automatic setting) - air is allowed to enter the cab (no recycling) - active air conditioning compressor - "HI" is displayed on the screen

12C03.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning Recycling Air recycling is activated by pressing button (6) (Fig. 9). An electrically controlled shutter determines the air source (outside or cab). Three different settings are available, and are selected by pressing button (6) repeatedly: - Press once: the icon appears. Cab air is recycled. The compressor operates to expel the humidity building up in the air. Press button (4) to switch off the compressor. After 25 minutes, fresh air is introduced from outside for approximately 1 minute to renew the cab air. - Press twice: the icon appears. Air from outside is used to ventilate the cab.

Special conditions: When the system is started, if the outside temperature is very high and higher than a set level, outside air is automatically introduced to the cab for two minutes to clean the cab interior before shifting to the recycle setting. The air in the cab is in this case too high due to the greenhouse effect resulting from a large window surface area. During very cold weather, an automatic air conditioning procedure is engaged until the heating water reaches a higher temperature, because the system is unable to heat the cab. This procedure incorporates: - minimal ventilation - outside air (no air recycling) - compressor, depending on outside temperature

- Press three times: the icon appears. Recycling is in automatic mode. The system automatically selects the air source (outside or cab). The shutter is in intermediary position in order to mix air from inside and outside. The air source whose temperature is closest to the desired cab temperature is selected. When using tractors fitted with an “antitox” filter (charcoal filter) in polluted or unhealthy air conditions (spraying, spreading powder fertilizers), it is recommended not to recycle cab air, so that cab air pressure is higher. The inlet for outside air allows a rise in pressure. A higher cab pressure limits the amount of air and dirty particles entering. It is therefore necessary to select the air source manually by pressing button (6), rather than using the automatic setting. If the tractor is not fitted with an antitox filter and the outside air is polluted, it is recommended to recycle cab air.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

Fig. 9

12C03.7

Automatic air conditioning

C . Layout of components Sensors Outside temperature sensor (1) (Fig. 10) Informs the outside temperature calculator. It is located on a metal support on the left-hand side, level with the front grille. Inside temperature sensor (2) (Fig. 11) Informs the inside temperature calculator. It is located below the steering wheel. It is fixed by two screws. It is a fan sensor incorporating a small electric fan supplied by the calculator, which circulates the air around the sensor in order to obtain a more reliable temperature reading, given the possible temperature differences resulting from the cab size.

Fig. 10

Sun ray sensor (3) (Fig. 12) Informs the calculator of the strength of solar rays passing through the tractor windows. It is located above the instrument panel just behind the windscreen. It is clipped in the plastic.

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

12C03.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning Evaporator temperature sensor (4) (Fig. 13) Informs the evaporator temperature calculator which controls the engagement of the compressor. It is located on a coil. Conditioned air temperature sensor (5) (Fig. 14) Two temperature sensors are positioned just in front of the air ducts. They allow to adjust the temperature setting, because the measured temperature is closest to the forced temperature in the cab.

Fig. 13

Fig. 14

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.9

Automatic air conditioning Controls Heating water pump (1) (Fig. 15) The heating water pump accelerates the flow of hot water. It is controlled via a relay by the calculator. It is located at the front right-hand side of the cab in the roof of the tractor. Heating water valve (2) (Fig. 15) The valve regulates the flow of hot water through the radiator. It is controlled by a stepping motor connected to the calculator. It is located at the front right-hand side of the cab in the tractor roof, where the hot water circuit enters the radiator. Fan (Fig. 16) The fan sucks air from inside or outside and passes it through a filter in the cab, the heater radiator and the evaporator. It blows it through the tractor air ducts. It incorporates two turbines with the electric motor in between. The motor is connected to a controller which changes the motor speed depending on the voltage it receives from the calculator. The fan is located at the front of the cab in the tractor roof. The controller is fitted beside it.

Fig. 15

Air recycling shutter The air recycling shutter is controlled by an electric motor. A potentiometer indicates the shutter position to the calculator. Electromagnetic clutch The electromagnetic clutch of the compressor is located directly on top of the compressor. It is controlled via two relays by the calculator. One relay is fitted in the fuse block of the cab. The second is mounted in series in the roof. It is located behind the tractor radio at the front right-hand side of the cab, beside the water pump relay.

12C03.10

¤ H

Fig. 16

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning

D . Troubleshooting Fuses and relays Fuses The automatic air conditioning system is protected by two fuses. A 50A fuse (reference F50) (Fig. 18) protects the air conditioning assembly. A 15A fuse (reference F11) (Fig. 18) protects the electromagnetic clutch of the compressor. Relay The air conditioning system contains several relays. Two relays are fitted in the fuse box(Fig. 18): - R14 relay for the air conditioning assembly. - R29 relay for the air conditioning compressor.

Fig. 17

Two other relays are fitted in the roof to the rear of the tractor radio (6) (Fig. 17). They are used for the heating water pump and the electromagnetic clutch of the compressor. The electromagnetic clutch circuit of the compressor contains two relays (one in the roof, one in the fuse box) mounted in series.

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.11

Automatic air conditioning

Fig. 18

12C03.12

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning Error codes When an air conditioning component fails, the symbol E is displayed on the air conditioning screen (Fig. 19). Depending on the problem, the system can be operated in manual mode or via default values. It may stop operating altogether in more serious instances. Error codes can be viewed on Wintest (see Operation). If the tractor is fitted with a DOT MATRIX screen (bottom left of instrument panel) (Fig. 20), it displays the relevant error code. If several errors occur at once, the codes appear one after the other at 4 second intervals until the ESC key on the keyboard of the DOT MATRIX screen is pressed. Notes:

Fig. 19

(1) The reference thresholds are as follows: Tmax. = 92% V reference (= 4.41 – 4.6 V) Tmin.= 8% V reference (= 0.36 - 0.4 V) V reference = 4.5 - 5 V (2) Only for an analog input. (3) The reference thresholds TH2Omax and TH2Omin will be defined according to the type of engine water temperature sensor. (4) The reference thresholds Trecmax and Trecmin will be defined according to the limits of the air recycling selection motor. Fig. 20

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.13

Automatic air conditioning

Nu Error m.

Description

Effect

Note

1 Error at forced air tempera- Open circuit ture sensor 1 The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(1)

2 Error at forced air tempera- Short circuit ture sensor 1 The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(1)

3 Error at forced air tempera- Open circuit ture sensor 2 The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

4 Error at forced air tempera- Short circuit ture sensor 2 The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

5 Error at in-cab air tempera- Open circuit ture sensor The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

6 Error at in-cab air tempera- Short circuit ture sensor The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

7 Error at outside temperature Open circuit sensor The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(2)

8 Error at outside temperature Short circuit sensor The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin..

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(2)

9 Error at evaporator tempera- Open circuit ture sensor The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax..

The compressor is switched off. The air cooler does not operate.

10 Error at evaporator tempera- Short circuit ture sensor The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin..

The compressor is switched off. The air cooler does not operate.

11 Error at solar ray sensor

The sensor signal is outside its range or gives an impossible value. The signal is higher than the maximum threshold or impossible to read.

The solar ray sensor is ignored, and the temperature in the cab is slightly higher when the sun shines.

12 Error at engine water temperature sensor

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of TH2Omax.

The system uses a default value. (90°C)

(2) (3)

13 Error at engine water temperature sensor

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of TH2Omin.

The system uses a default value. (90°C)

(2) (3)

14 Error at air recycling shutter The position potentiometer signal is The air recycling shutter is forced to motor supply outside its operating range. The signal is outside air intake position. below the minimum threshold of Trecmin or above the maximum threshold of Trecmax .

12C03.14

¤ H

(4)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning

Nu Error m.

Description

Effect

Note

15 Error at air recycling shutter There is a short circuit at the ground of the The air recycling shutter is forced to potentiometer potentiometer signal. The signal is below outside air intake position. the minimum threshold. 16 Error at temperature selec- The signal is outside its operating range. tion potentiometer The signal is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the maximum threshold.

The system reverts to automatic mode and selects a default temperature.

17 Error at fan selection poten- The signal is outside its operating range. tiometer The signal is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the maximum threshold.

The system automatically controls the fan speed.

18 Error at atmospheric temperature fan sensor

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Short circuit to ground or open circuit The fan does not turn.

19 Error at step-by-step motor The motor does not operate correctly. of heating water valve Short circuit of one position at ground or supply, or open circuit.

The stepping motor is stopped. Fan speed is selected manually.

20 Error at air recycling shutter The motor does not operate correctly. The motor has stopped. motor Short circuit at ground or supply, or open circuit. 21 Error at compressor relay

The relay does not operate correctly. Short The compressor relay is cut off. circuit at ground or supply, or open circuit.

22 Error at water pump relay

The relay does not operate correctly. Short The water pump relay is cut off. circuit at ground or supply, or open circuit.

24 Error at heat engine speed The CAN network message is invalid. Error The system considers the latest value for a at CAN bus. certain period of time, then uses a default value (1500 rpm) 25 Error at vehicle speed

The CAN network message is invalid. Error The system considers the latest value for a at CAN bus. certain period of time, then uses a default value.

26 Error at engine water temperature

The CAN network message is invalid. Error The system considers the latest value for a at CAN bus. certain period of time, then uses a default value (90°C)

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.15

Automatic air conditioning

E . Electrical diagram Parts list (Fig. 21): The A and B connectors are connected to the back of the air conditioning control unit.

A (yellow connector on the control unit) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

electric fan air recycling adjustment motor + potentiometer heating valve step-by-step motor fan speed regulator conditioned air temperature sensor evaporator temperature sensor

B (blue connector on the control unit) (7) inside temperature ventilated sensor (8) outside temperature sensor (9) solar ray sensor (10) compressor relay (12) compressor electromagnetic clutch (13) water pump motor (14) water pump relay

12C03.16

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Automatic air conditioning

Fig. 21

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C03.17

Automatic air conditioning

12C03.18

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics

GUF302 - AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics

CONTENTS A . Operating statuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Diagnostics screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF302.1

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics

GUF302.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics

A . Operating statuses The automatic air conditioning system operates around 7 main statuses. The active automatic air conditioning status is displayed in the diagnostics window. List of statuses: - Stop - On: Cooling - On: Heating - On - Minor error - Level 2 error - Major error Automatic air conditioning

42 C 10 0hms 31 C

945 rpm

90 0hms 11 0hms

Cold Temp

166 6 µAmps 0.0kph 392 0hms 0

5

20.5°C

On: Cooling

Status:

23°C Soft version: Error:

20.04 0

MA-11-01103A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF302.3

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics

B . Diagnostics screen - Start the engine. - Click on the “Automatic air conditioning” icon

Wintest

DCC2 : 3.02 AUTO 3 : B20

CLIM : 20.05 JOY : 3.6

EHRC : 1.9

DATA : D040911

MA-11-01096A

GUF302.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics The following screen is displayed: Automatic air conditioning

42 C 10 0hms 31 C

90 0hms 11 0hms

Cold Temp

945 rpm

166 6 µAmps 0.0kph 392 0hms 0

5

20.5°C

On: Cooling

Status:

23°C Soft version:

20.04

Error:

0

MA-11-01103A

Coolant temperature sensor value in °C

42°C

Pre-selected cab temperature

20.5°C Transmission oil temperature sensor value in °C

31°C

Ambient temperature sensor value (allows 4°C discrepancy with actual temperature) 23°C

Engine speed sensor value in rpm

Air conditioning compressor control

Design ground speed indicated by ground speed sensor in kph

Air recycling shutter control

945

0.0 Activated fan speed (0 to 8)

5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF302.5

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Tests and diagnostics Cold Heat acceleration status Temp.

Status:

Operating status display Soft version:

Permanent battery supply -always ON

Error

Error code display

Supply when ignition is switched on -always ON

ON = +APC Side lights and road lights switch to decrease brightness

10 Ohms Resistance value of outside temperature sensor (ENG27) 90 Ohms Resistance value of ambient temperature sensor (CA4) 11 Ohms Resistance value of recycled air sensor 166

Regulation speed Fan speed

Value

0

0

1

65

2

90

3

116

4

141

5

166

6

191

7

217

8

254

6 µAmps Sunshine sensor current (CA2) In darkness: 0 µAmps 392 Ohms Resistance value of evaporation sensor 0

Position value of air recycling shutter

GUF302.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

GUF303 - AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

CONTENTS A . Reading error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . List of error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

¤ H

GUF303.1

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

GUF303.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

A . Reading error codes Reading error codes on the control unit When an air conditioning component fails, the symbol E is displayed on the air conditioning screen (Fig. 1). Depending on the problem: the system can be operated in manual mode or using default values. It may stop operating altogether in more serious instances.

Fig. 1

Reading error codes with Wintest Wintest allows all automatic air conditioning error codes stored by the control unit to be displayed or cleared. Click on "Tools" icon

Automatic air conditioning

42 C 10 0hms 31 C

945 rpm

90 0hms 11 0hms

Cold Temp

166 6 µAmps 0.0kph 392 0hms 0

5

20.5°C

On: Cooling

Status:

23°C Soft version: Error:

20.04 0

MA-11-01103A

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

¤ H

GUF303.3

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes The following screen is displayed: List of error codes Error 7 active --> Outside air temperature sensor. Open circuit

----------------------- No Error stored -----------------------

CLEAR MA-11-01111A

- It allows all active error codes (top of screen) and stored error codes (bottom of screen) to be viewed. - By clicking on “CLEAR”, all stored error codes are deleted.

GUF303.4

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

B . List of error codes

n°

Error

Description

Reaction of the System

Note

Error at forced air temperature sensor 1

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(1)

Error at forced air temperature sensor 1

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

(1)

Error at forced air temperature sensor 2

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at forced air temperature sensor 2

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at ambient temperature sensor

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at ambient temperature sensor

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at outside temperature sensor

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at outside temperature sensor

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin.

The water valve is controlled manually. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at evaporator 9 temperature sensor

Open circuit The sensor signal is higher than the maximum threshold of Tmax.

The compressor is switched off. The air cooler does not operate.

Error at evaporator 10 temperature sensor

Short circuit The sensor signal is lower than the minimum threshold of Tmin.

The compressor is switched off. The air cooler does not operate.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

(1) The reference thresholds are as follows: Tmax. = 92% V reference (4.41 - 4.60 V) Tmin.= 8% V reference (0.36 - 0.4 V)

(2) The maximum and minimum reference thresholds are defined according to the adjustment limits of the air recycling selection motor after calibration.

V reference = 4.5 - 5 V

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

¤ H

GUF303.5

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

n°

Error Error at solar ray sensor

11

Description

Reaction of the System

Note

The sensor signal is outside its range The solar ray sensor is ignored, and the temperature in the cab is slightly or gives an impossible value. The higher when the sun shines. signal is higher than the maximum threshold or impossible to read.

Error at air recycling shutter The position potentiometer signal is The air recycling shutter is forced to motor supply outside its operating range. The signal outside air intake position. 14 is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the maximum threshold.

(2)

Error at air recycling shutter There is a short circuit at the earth of The air recycling shutter is forced to 15 potentiometer the potentiometer signal. The signal is outside air intake position. below the minimum threshold.

16

17

18

Error at temperature selection potentiometer

The system reverts to automatic The signal is outside its operating mode and selects a default range. The signal is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the temperature. maximum threshold.

Error at fan selection potentiometer

The system automatically controls the The signal is outside its operating fan speed. range. The signal is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the maximum threshold.

Error at ambient temperature fan sensor

Short circuit to ground or open circuit The water valve is controlled manually. The fan does not turn. The compressor is controlled manually.

Error at step-by-step motor The motor does not operate correctly. The step-by-step motor is stopped. 19 of heating water valve Short circuit of one position at earth or Fan speed is selected manually. supply, or open circuit. Error at air recycling shutter The motor does not operate correctly. The motor has stopped. Short circuit at earth or supply, or open 20 motor circuit. Error at compressor relay

The relay does not operate correctly. The compressor relay is cut off. Short circuit at earth or supply, or open circuit.

Error at water pump relay

The relay does not operate correctly. The water pump relay is cut off. Short circuit at earth or supply, or open circuit.

Engine speed error

The CAN network message is invalid. The system considers the latest value Error at CAN bus. for a certain period of time, then uses a default value (1500 rpm)

Ground speed error

The CAN network message is invalid. The system considers the latest value Error at CAN bus. for a certain period of time, then uses a default value

21

22

24

25 Engine water 26 temperature error

The CAN network message is invalid. The system considers the latest value Error at CAN bus. for a certain period of time, then uses a default value (90°C)

(1) The reference thresholds are as follows: Tmax. = 92% V reference (4.41 - 4.60 V) Tmin.= 8% V reference (0.36 - 0.4 V)

(2) The maximum and minimum reference thresholds are defined according to the adjustment limits of the air recycling selection motor after calibration.

V reference = 4.5 - 5 V

GUF303.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

n°

27

28 29

Error

Description

Reaction of the System

Note

fan speed regulator outlet

The signal is outside its operating range. The signal is lower than the minimum threshold or higher than the maximum threshold.

Undervoltage

The electrical supply is lower than the The systems works in degraded minimum threshold mode

Overvoltage

The electrical supply is higher than the The system has stopped. maximum threshold

(1) The reference thresholds are as follows: Tmax. = 92% V reference (4.41 - 4.60 V) Tmin.= 8% V reference (0.36 - 0.4 V)

(2) The maximum and minimum reference thresholds are defined according to the adjustment limits of the air recycling selection motor after calibration.

V reference = 4.5 - 5 V

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

¤ H

GUF303.7

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Error codes

GUF303.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 5.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

GUF305 - AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

CONTENTS A . General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Connection to the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF305.1

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

GUF305.2

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

CAB83 OFF

8

1

2

3

7

4

5

6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAB83

R S2

MA-10-01000A

CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B CAB37.7/CAB83.3 B

6

7

5 3

4 2

11 10 9

1

FAI 03 FAI 48

8

CAB37

12

- Components with only one connector are identified by the connector name: CAB83 - Suspended front axle switch (Fig. 1). - Harnesses performing the same funtions have the same colour on the diagram (Fig. 1): • FAI03 - Dynashift console harness (green) • FAI48 - DynaVT console harness (green) - All wires can be identified by the pins of the outgoing and incoming connectors of the harness: CAB37.6/CAB83.1: The wire connects pin 6 of the CAB37 connector to pin 1 of the CAB83 connector - The detail of pins allocation for each connector is shown on the harness side - The wire colour is indicated: CAB37.6/CAB83.1 B, the wire is white List of colours: - N: Black - M: Brown - R: Red - B: White - J: Yellow - V: Green - The splices inside the harnesses are indicated by a dot and the letter S (S2).

S2.1/CAB83.2

The harnesses fitted on the tractor allow data to be exchanged and power to be supplied to the electrical and electronic systems. The tractor is fitted with 3 different types of power supply: • +12V Battery (Permanent) • +12V APC (Ignition key ON) • +12V ACC (Accessories) Most harnesses have a maximum of six different wire colours: - Black: Ground - Brown: +12V Permanent - Red: +12V APC (Ignition key ON) and Accessories - White: Information - Yellow: CAN High - Green: CAN Low The CAN network wires (yellow and green) are twisted together.

R

Description

BAF12.2/S2.1

A . General

In general, the components or connectors are named in order to indicate the corresponding elements of the tractor: AC## Armrest BAF## Fuse box CA## Automatic air conditioning CAB## Cab ENG## Engine FA## Suspended front axle L## Linkage - ParkLock (HA) LIG## Lighting R## Linkage and roof ROOF##Roof TR## Transmission V# Electrohydraulic spool valve X# Round battery cable terminal on fuse box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CAB37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 1

GUF305.3

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams Layout 5 Deutsch connectors (31-way) are connected to the cab: - 2 on the front panel Fig. 2) - 3 at the bottom rear right-hand side of the cab (Fig. 3).

ENG1

Fig. 2: All these connectors belong to the engine harness. ENG2 is dedicated to information concerning the electronic injection.

ENG2

Fig. 3: Always in the following order (regardless of tractor configuration and options), from left to right: L14 Linkage harness junction CAB50 Transmission harness junction LIG1 Lighting harness junction

MA-10-01003A

Fig. 2

L14

LIG1

+12V

MA-10-01002A

14

16

13

15

17

12 11

10 9

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

BAF10

F9- 15A +APC

1 X2 F48 - 7.5A

+12V

1 X4 18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

F48

MA-10-01001A

2

GUF305.4

¤ H

Fig. 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18

BAF12

The fuses and relays of the electrical or electronic board (Fig. 4) are indicated by a black mark on their locations on the fuse box (2).

CAB50

F9

Fig. 4

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

B . Connection to the tractor Tractor without circuit breaker and with EHRC linkage calculator .................................................................... 9 Tractor with circuit breaker and with EHRC link age calculator .................................................................. 10 CAN network with EHRC linkage calculator............. 11

Electrical power supply - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator...................................................... 12 Automatic air conditioning - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator...................................................... 13 CAN network - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator .......................................................................... 14

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF305.5

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

C . Diagram Parts list (Fig. 5): The A and CA1 connectors are connected to the back of the air conditioning control unit.

A (yellow connector on the control unit) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

electric fan air recycling adjustment motor + potentiometer heating tap step-by-step motor fan speed regulator forced air temperature sensors Evaporator temperature sensor

CA1 (blue connector on the control unit) (CA4) (ENG27) (CA2) (CA9) (ENG13) (R33) (CA10)

inside temperature ventilated sensor outside temperature sensor solar radiation sensor compressor relay compressor electromagnetic clutch water pump motor water pump relay

GUF305.6

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

Air conditioning side diagram

A 17 10 9 2 18 5 22 8 4 22 15 14 16 6 23 24 +12 V

6 5

6

4

3 2

5

4

3 2

1

E

1

A B C D

F

N

E

1

E

E

2

3

4

5

6

Tractor side diagram

CA10

CA9 CA1

R33

E

ENG13

C

23 24 22 10 17 15 3 14 26 25 7 6 21 9 16 5 1

Ground

Ground

+12 V

E

MA-11-01112A

CA4

ENG27

CA2

Fig. 5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

¤ H

GUF305.7

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 14 FAI 15 FAI 16 FAI 48 FAI 56 FAI 57

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Dynashift console harness Pillar harness Roof harness Circuit breaker harness DynaVT console harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness

Component parts list CA1 CA2 CA4 CA9 CA10 CAB1 ENG13 ENG14 ENG27 R33

Air conditioning control unit Sunshine sensor Ambient temperature sensor Air conditioning compressor relay Water pump relay Instrument panel (DCC2) Compressor electromagnetic clutch Air conditioning condenser pressure switch Outside temperature sensor Water pump motor

2 20 21

Fuse box Circuit breaker switch In line fuse

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

GUF305.8

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

Tractor without circuit breaker and with EHRC linkage calculator

ENG1.21/CAB38.1

B R34.2/R33.2

CA9

B

CA10

CAB27.2/ENG2.28 B ENG2.29/CAB27.1 B

CA4 R33

1

3

5

2 1

5

3

2

1

CAB38

1

CAB38

3

1

1

1

2

2

1

B R

1 2

R49

R33.1/R49.1

1

R34

2 1

R34

1

2

3

4

4 3 2 1

A

H

B

CA1.23/CA10.1 B CA1.24/CA3.B B CA1.25/CA3.A B CA9.1/CA1.26 B S1.1/CA1.17

S1

R

CA1.15/CA6.1 CA6.2/CA1.16 CA1.22/CA3.E

CA6.3/S1.1

CA3

CA3

A B C D E F G H

A B C D E F G H

R

CAB27

2 1

CAB27

2

1

2 1

CA6

F

C

E

D

CA2

FAI56

3 2 1

3 2 1

M B B

B

G

CA1.21/CA3.G

2 1

N

1 2

CA1.9/CA3.C B CA1.10/CA3.H B

CA4

B B

R33

3

2 1 CA10

CA3.F/CAB27.2 CA3.E/CAB27.1

5 4 3 2 1

CA3.D/CA4.4 B CA3.C/CA4.3 B CA3.B/CA4.2 B CA3.A/CA4.1 B

1

4

R

R

2

S1.1/CA10.5

CA9

CA9.3/CAB38.1

R

S1.1/CA9.2

FAI57

S1.1/CA9.5

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

3

CA1.5/CA7.1 N CA1.6/CA3.F B CA1.7/CA3.D B

2

CA10.3/R34.1 S1.1/CA10.2

5 4 3 2 1

1

CA1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

3

5 1

B

4

2

5

5 2 CA7

CA2

1

CA3.H/CA2.2 B CA3.G/CA2.1 B

5

R50

1 2 3

ROOF4 R4

FAI14

CA1 BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

B

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

B

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4.6/S7.1

S7

B

S7.1/R50.2

B

30

S2

R

CAB3.3/S2.1

10 12 14

B

CAB3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R

+3

+6

1

ROOF3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

-7

N N

1

R6

2

2

5

M

1

X4

68 45 23

+12V PERM.

1

BAF12.15/S7.1 BAF12.17/S7.1

2

1 3

4 6

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

16

14

15 17

18

F23 - 30A

M M

BAF12

F50-50A

X3

+12V ACC

R14

2 F23-30A

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

FAI15

N

X1.1/ROOF3.6

N

1

M

3

2

1

6

5

4

R

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

ROOF1

R1

3

2

1

6

5

4

6

5

4

3

2

1

S3.1/R2.6

M

R1.2/S2.1

R

S3

S3.1/R50.1

S_2

M

S2.1/R50.3

CAB1

R

ENG1 ENG2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FAI02

CAB1.33/ENG1.27

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

S2.1/ENG1.27

S2

FAI28 ENG14.2/ENG13.1

1 2 1

ENG14

19

17

15

12 13 24

14 26

23

4 5

16 27

10 22 22 11

1 6

28

25

8

1 2

1

4

17 16

18

27

27

10 11 23

4 12

5 15

13 24

14 26

22

3 1

6 16

15 26

9 2

7

29 28

25

27

14 25

ENG2

17

28 16

21

8 19

29 17

14 25

15

13 24

24

20

31 30

18

6 5

13

28

6 5

12

12

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

30

7 1

4

23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

19 2

3 11

29

7 1

11 23

8 9

22

18

2 3

31

20 21 10

30 19

9

10 3

1

T˚

21

9 2

7

ENG13

31

20

18

1

analog

ENG1

29

ENG2.29/S2.1 B ENG2.28/ENG27.1 B

1 2

ENG27

21

8

B

2

20

31 30

B

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

S2.1/ENG27.2

S7

F39-20A

4

B

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

5

CAB1

X10

1

ROOF3.5/X1.1

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

ROOF1.2/X10.1

X1X5

F50 - 50A

6

CAB97 CAB97

M

ENG1.21/ENG14.1

16

FAI14 1

S7.1/CAB97.1

46 24 1

15 17

FAI03 S_3

4 3 2 1

R10 R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

ROOF2 R2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

¤ H

6

BAF9

F39 - 20A

F60 - 10A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

3

5

M

BAF9.15/S3.1 S3.1/BAF9.17 M

1

2

3

4 6

7

8

9

10

5 86

87

12

11 85

18

13 30

F1-10A

2

4

CAB3

R14

2

1

7

R6.1/S7.1

4 6

9 11

8

3

2

S3.1/CAB3.5

BAF9.5/S2.1

8

CAB28

86

87

14

85

1

FAI02

B

R15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

S2.1/R6.3

F1- 10A

13

7

5

1

BAF3

26

MA-11-01151A

GUF305.9

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

Tractor with circuit breaker and with EHRC linkage calculator

ENG1.21/CAB38.1

R34.2/R33.2

CAB27.2/ENG2.28 ENG2.29/CAB27.1

R33 1

3

5

2 1

5

3

2

1

CAB38

1

CAB38

1

1

2

2

1

5 4 3 2 1

1

R49

1 2

R34

2 1

R34

H

S1

CA6.3/S1.1

R

M B B

A B C D E F G H

CAB27

2 1

CAB27

2

1

2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

F

C

E

FAI56

CA2

1 2

R50

3

FAI14 CA1

6

5

4

3

2

1

ROOF3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

N N

S2.1/R6.3

3

2

1

6

5

4

4 3 2 1

R

R6.1/S7.1

B

R6 R10

R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

N N

1 R

ROOF3.5/X1.1 X1.1/ROOF3.6

2 1

CA3

A B C D E F G H

CA6

D

G

B

R

CA4

N

CA1.23/CA10.1 B CA1.24/CA3.B B CA1.25/CA3.A B CA9.1/CA1.26 B

CA1.15/CA6.1 CA6.2/CA1.16 CA1.22/CA3.E

4 3 2 1

CA3.D/CA4.4 B CA3.C/CA4.3 B CA3.B/CA4.2 B CA3.A/CA4.1 B

R33.1/R49.1

CA3

S1.1/CA1.17

4

3

1 2

CA1.9/CA3.C B CA1.10/CA3.H B

CA1.21/CA3.G

2

1

A

B R

2 1 CA10 R33

3

B

1

4

R

R

2

S1.1/CA10.5

CA9

CA9.3/CAB38.1

R

FAI57

S1.1/CA9.2

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

3

CA1.5/CA7.1 N CA1.6/CA3.F B CA1.7/CA3.D B

2

CA10.3/R34.1 S1.1/CA10.2

5 4 3 2 1

1

CA1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

3

5 1

B

4

2

5

5 2 CA7

CA2

1

3

1

B B

CA4

B B

5

CA1 Air conditioning control unit CA2 Sunshine sensor CA4 Ambient temperature sensor CA9 Air conditioning compressor relay CA10 Water pump relay CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) ENG13 Compressor electromagnetic clutch ENG14 Air conditioning condenser pressure switch ENG27 Outside temperature sensor R33 Water pump motor

B S2.1/R50.3

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

ROOF4 R4 2

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

4

F1- 10A

R15 30

S3.1/CAB3.5

BAF9.5/S2.1

S__2

R

CAB3.3/S2.1

2

6

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R

+3

+6

1

-7

2

6

5

4

3

2

1

5

ENG1.2/CAB39.1

FAI10

3

2

1

6

5

4

S7.1/R50.2

M

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

B

B S7

R4.6/S7.1

1 2 3 4 5 6

FAI15

FAISCEAU TOIT ROOF HARNESS

3

2

6

5

S3.1/R2.6

-

+

1 4

S3 S3.1/R50.1

M

M

1

3

2

1

6

5

4

1

ROOF1

R

6

5

4

3

2

1

R1.2/S2.1

20 S2

R

R1

C26

1

68 45 23

+12V PERM.

X3 +12V ACC

F39-20A

2 R15

F60-10A

R14

CAB1

FAI16 F-5A

1

ENG1

CAB1.33/ENG1.27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

ENG1.2/ENG22.1 R

1

1

1

ENG22 ENG22

S2.1/ENG1.27

ENG14.2/ENG13.1

ENG14

1 2

B

1

1

ENG13 1

T˚

19 18

15

GUF305.10

23 12

13 24

14 26

22 22

11 4

5

16 27

10 10

3 1

6

25

8 9

9 2

7 17

21

ENG14

ENG13

ENG27

18

24

17 28 16 15 27

14 25

29

7 6 5

13

26

30 19

1

12

27

14 25

28 16

15

13 24

31

2

4

23

17 6

3 11

29

7 1 5

8 9

10 22

18

2

4 12

20

30 19

3 11

23

21

31

20

29

1 2

1

analog

ENG1

28

ENG2.29/S2.1 B ENG2.28/ENG27.1 B

1 2

ENG27

21

8

S2

B

2

20

31 30

20

21

FAI28

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

B

46 24 1

1

1

1

M

CAB1

X4 1

CAB97 CAB97 CAB97B.1/CAB39.1

1

X10

F60 - 10A

1

ROOF1.2/X10.1

1

F50 - 50A

R

ENG1.21/ENG14.1

F39 - 20A

1

CAB39 CAB39 M

1

6 16

1 2 3 4 5 6

ROOF2 R2 2

1

1

S3

BAF9.15/S3.1 S3.1/BAF9.17 M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

X1X5

F50-50A

5

4

M

86

87

F1-10A

7

1 2 3 4 5 6

BAF9

30

2

B

1

CAB3

R14

85

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

4

CAB28

FAI2

2

3

4

5 7

8

9

10

11 15 17

18

13

12

86

87

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

3

1

5

3

2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

14

Colour reminder

1

8

S2.1/ENG27.2

6 8 10 12 14

5 9 11 13

Fuse box Circuit breaker switch In line fuse

7

3

1

BAF3

85

¤ H

B

CA10

CA3.H/CA2.2 CA3.G/CA2.1

CA9

Component parts list

2 20 21

B

B B

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Dynashift console harness Pillar harness Roof harness Circuit breaker harness DynaVT console harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness FAI 57 Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness

CA3.F/CAB27.2 CA3.E/CAB27.1

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 14 FAI 15 FAI 16 FAI 48 FAI 56

S1.1/CA9.5

Harness parts list

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI2

20

31 30

21

8 19

18

9 10

2 7

29 17

11

15

12 13 24

14

27 26

23

4 5

16

22

3 1

6

28

25

ENG2 ENG2

MA-11-01152A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

CAN network with EHRC linkage calculator

4

3

2

AC12

1

AC12

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 41

FAI 12

AC12.3/S6.1 CAN-H

J

FAI 23

V

1

2

4

5

6

12

11 10 9

8

7

3

J V

6 3 2

V J

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S6.1/AC1.12 CAN-H ALLER AC1.11/S5.1 CAN-L ALLER V

1

CAN-L CAN-H

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S5.1/AC2.8 CAN-L RETOUR S6.1/AC2.7 CAN-H RETOUR

V J

S5.1/AC12.4 CAN-L

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

J

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13.14/AC1.12 CAN-H AC1.11/L13.33 CAN-L

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

X

AC1

3

4

S2.1/V2.2 CAN-L S3.1/V2.3 CAN-H

V J

3

4

V3

AC2

1 2 3 4

1

FAI 57

S2.1/V3.2 CAN-L S3.1/V3.3 CAN-H

V J

S3

CA1 1 2

7 8

1

9 10 11 12 13

L111

4 3 2 1

Y

S3.1/V4.3 CAN-H S2.1/V4.2 CAN-L

4 3 2 1

3

15 16

11 12 13

L111

7 8 9 10

3 4 5 6

1 2

3

4

S3.1/V5.3 CAN-H S2.1/V5.2 CAN-L

V5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

J V

V4 1 2

4 3 2 1

S5.1/L14.12 CAN-L RETOUR L14.13/S6.1 CAN-H RETOUR S5 S6

S5.1/L14.15 CAN-L ALLER S6.1/L14.16 CAN-H ALLER

V1

FAI 25

J V

FAI 24

S2

20

31

4

5 6 7

FAI 33 L22.2/S3.1 CAN-H L22.1/S4.1 CAN-L

S3 S3.1/L111.14 CAN-H

J

S4.1/L111.16 CAN-L

V

J V

7

6

5

4

3

2

15

1

26

L14.13/L22.2 CAN-H RETOUR L14.12/L22.1 CAN-L RETOUR

13 24

14

27

23 12

5

16

22 11

4

25

8 9

10 3

1

1

11 19

20

10

29

31

20 21

9 2

7 6

28

21

8 19

18 17

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FAI 46 30

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

V1

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

4

6

2

V

4 5

CA8

1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

4

V

3

4 3 2 1

V1.2/S2.1 CAN-L

2 1

CA8.1/S4.1 CAN-L

3

CA8

14

¤ H

2 1

J

CA1.14/CA8.2 CAN-H J CA1.1/CA8.1 CAN-L J

CA8.2/S3.1 CAN-H

1 2

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V J LIG14 LIG14

1 2

1 2

AC2

L13.34/L14.15 CAN-L L13.15/L14.16 CAN-H

V2

1

AC1

L13

J V

J

S6

AC12

1

E

2

D

3

C

11 12

B

10

A

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9

F

8

G

7

H

1

J

2

K

19

5

37

6

A B C D E F G H J K

55

7

7

38

A B C D E F G H J K

2

V

6

V1.3/S6.1 CAN-H

5

V1.2/S5.1 CAN-L

4

3

CAB56

3

1

4

A

1

K

B

2

J

3

H C

J

G D

V1.3/S3.1 CAN-H

F

MASSE

Y

1

X

E

L13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

20

SWITCH JOYSTICK 1

S5

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

CAB110

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

SWITCH JOYSTICK 2

Colour reminder N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

CAB110

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L13

CAN-H CAN-L

Fuse box Circuit breaker switch In line fuse

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FAI 02

CAB56

2 20 21

J

4

46 24 1

S11.1/ENG2.2 CAN-L V S10.1/ENG2.1 CAN-H

5

68 45 23

26

6

CA1 Air conditioning control unit CA2 Sunshine sensor CA4 Ambient temperature sensor CA9 Air conditioning compressor relay CA10 Water pump relay CAB1 Instrument panel (DCC2) ENG13 Compressor electromagnetic clutch ENG14 Air conditioning condenser pressure switch ENG27 Outside temperature sensor R33 Water pump motor

S11 S10

28 16 27

14 25

V J

29 17

15

13 24

CAB1.39/S11.1 CAN-L CAB1.16/S10.1 CAN-H

18 7 6

5

12 24

25

30 19

1 4

CAN-L

Component parts list

31

2 3

11 23

13 14

26

22 23

12

+9.5V

CAB 1

15 27

10

22 11

4

8 9

10 3

1 5

+12V AP CT

KPH MPH RPM

B

21

9 2

7 6 16

20

21

8 19

18 17

CAN-H

540 750 1000

A

20

31 30

29 28

7

A

ENG2

8

25

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB110

5

20

RPM x 100

ENG2

4

5

0

FAI 01 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

11 10 9

15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

12

10

CAB1

J

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

V

CAB1

CAB56.G/S10.1 CAN-H

Engine harness Instrument panel harness Dynashift console harness Pillar harness Roof harness Circuit breaker harness DynaVT console harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness FAI 57 Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness

CAB56.H/S11.1 CAN-L

FAI 01 FAI 02 FAI 03 FAI 14 FAI 15 FAI 16 FAI 48 FAI 56

J V

Harness parts list

10 22

18

12

17 16 15

13

27

14 25

28

6 5

24

29

7 1

4

23

30 19

2 3

11

26

J V

S4 L22

L22 S4.1/CAB110.11 CAN-L S3.1/CAB110.20 CAN-H

V J

MA-11-01253A

GUF305.11

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams Harness parts list

Electrical power supply - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 56

Roof harness Cab transmission harness Instrument panel with EEM harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness FAI 57 Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness FAI 60 Roof harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 125Automatic air conditioning adapter harness FAI 126Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness

X4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

R14

R15

30

85

87a

F60 - 10A

30

86

85

1

86

87

N CA1.5/CA7.1

S1.1/CA1.17

M 1

4

S1

1

CA7

1

2

5

2 3

2

6

5 6

1

R

X10

3

2

1

CA6

1 2 3

R50

1 2 3

3

FAI 31

Colour reminder

S11

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

S11.1/CAB97.1

M

4 3 2 1

R1.2/X10.1

CAB97 4 3 2 1 CAB97

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R1

R1

R2

R2

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3

FAI 60 R1.2/S2.1

R

S2

S3.1/R2.6

M

S3 S3.1/R50.1

S2.1/R50.3

R

F60-10A

FAI124

5

5

2

6

3

4

1

4

2 3

M

6

R2.6/CAB97.1

R15

M

1

M BAF12.17/S11.1

1 4

M

X10

FAI 57

R

1

CA6.3/S1.1

X1-X5

CA1.15/CA6.1

R

87

87a

+12V

X3

BAF12

BAF12.15/S11.1

Fuse box

+12V

F50 - 50A

CA1

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Component parts list CA1 Air conditioning control unit CA2 Sunshine sensor CA4 Ambient temperature sensor CA9 Air conditioning compressor relay CA10 Water pump relay CAB03 Road lights switch ENG13 Compressor electromagnetic clutch ENG14 Air conditioning condenser pressure switch ENG27 Outside temperature sensor R33 Water pump motor

CA1

F23 - 30A BAF12

R14

2 F50-50A F23-30A

MA-11-0142A

GUF305.12

¤ H

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

Automatic air conditioning - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator

FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 56

Roof harness Cab transmission harness Instrument panel with EEM harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness FAI 57 Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness FAI 60 Roof harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 125Automatic air conditioning adapter harness FAI 126Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness

R34.2/R33.2

CA9 5

CA2

1

3

2

1

2

FAI35

2

CA9

1

4

5 4 3 2 1

R

B R

S1.1/CA10.5

CA10.3/R34.1 S1.1/CA10.2

R

1

R49

1 2

R33.1/R49.1

CA1.23/CA10.1 B CA1.24/CA3.B B CA1.25/CA3.A B CA9.1/CA1.26 B

CA1.15/CA6.1 CA6.2/CA1.16 CA1.22/CA3.E

CA6.3/S1.1

R

CA3

CA3

A B C D E F G H

A B C D E F G H

R

3 2 1

M B B

CA6

6

CAB3

F1-10A

F23-30A +12V ACC

2

4

3

2

1

CAB97

N

M

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

B

1 2 3 4 5 6

F

C

E

3

2

1

6

5

4

R4.6/S7.1

S7

B

S7.1/R50.2

B

3

2

1

6

5

4

ROOF3

R3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6

5

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

N N

1

FAI15

3

4

1

2

ROOF2.6/CAB97.1

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

2

1

6

5

4

R6

S3.1/R2.6

M

S3

S3.1/R50.1

M

M

CAB103.3/ROOF3.5 CAB103.3/ROOF3.6

CAB103

3

2

1

6

5

4

N N

BAF1.8/ROOF1.4 R

3

2

1

6

5

4

B

6 5 4 3 2 1 ROOF1

6 5 4 3 2 1

R1.4/R6.4

B

R1.2/S2.1

R

R1

6

5

4

3

2

1

S2

S2.1/R50.3

ENG1

FAI35 CAB38.3/ENG1.21

CAB1.33/ENG1.27

21

8 19

18

9

15

1

ENG14

ENG2.29/S2.1 B ENG2.28/ENG27.1 B

S2.1/ENG27.2 1

1

ENG13

1 2

ENG27 1 2

1

T° 31

20 21

8 9

31 8

ENG13

27 26

24

14 25

ENG2

18

26

9

16

27

27

11 23

4 12

5 15

13 24

14 26

22

3 1

6

28

10

2 7

29 17

28 16

15

21

8 19

29 17

6 5

13

20

31 30

18 7

1 4

12

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

30

2 3

11 23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

19

9 22

15 14

25

20

10

28 16

5 13

24

21

17 6

12

24

29

7 1

4

25

analog

18

2 3

11 23

30 19

10

12

1 2

2

13 14

26

B

ENG27

ENG1

23

S2

B

FAI129 ENG14.2/ENG13.1

22

11 4

5

16 27

S2.1/ENG1.27

22

3 1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

10

2 7

17

B

20

31 30

29 28

B

R

ENG2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

4 3 2 1

R10 R3.5/R10.1 R3.6/R10.1

CAB97

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

ENG1.21/ENG14.1

46 24 1 68 45 23

M

M

2

BAF12.15/S11.1

BAF12.17/S11.1

3

4 6

5 7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

4

CAB1

+12V

16

3

5

5

ROOF1.2/X10.1

CAB01

15

D

1 2

ROOF2 R2

CAB103.3/X1.1

17

2

6

CAB3

2

-7

FAI126

S3

18

CA2

3 2 1 R50

B

1

CAB103

1

X3

2 1

ROOF4 R4

B

+6

S11.1/CAB97.1

F39-20A

1

+3

FAI31

R S2

S11

R14

1

B BAF9.5/S2.1

X4

F23 - 30A

CAB27

R6.1/S7.1

3

5

R

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1

M M

6

4

5

8

11

12 14

FAI35

BAF12

CAB27

2 1

S2.1/R6.3

2

4

CAB3.3/S2.1

X10

F50-50A

2 1

B

1

7

M

BAF9.15/S3.1 S3.1/BAF9.17

16

8

B

1

1

CAB38-.1/S1.1

3 2 1

1

2

FAI124

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB3.7/CAB28.1

87

F50 - 50A

CAB38

1 CAB28

X1X5 86

CAB38 CAB38

BAF3.11/ROOF4.6

F39 - 20A

30

85

1

CAB38

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CA4

S1

B

3

2

1

6

15 17

10

7

3

R14

13

9

1

2

3

4

5 7

8

9

10

11

F60 - 10A

18

87

12

86

13

85

14

30

ENG1.21/CAB38.1

3 2 1

S3.1/CAB3.5

BAF9

4 3 2 1

3

1

BAF3

R15

4

FAI56

+12V

1 2 3 4 BAF1.5/BAF1.6 R 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 BAF1.12/CAB38.3 B 12 13 14

86

3

A

H

B

1

87

2

B

G

CA1.21/CA3.G

BAF1

87a

1

N

FAI57

1

30

R34

1 2

CA1.9/CA3.C B CA1.10/CA3.H B

X2

R29

R34

2 1

2

R33

3

2 1 CA10

S1

F11 - 10A

2

B B

5 4 3 2 1

N B B

S1.1/CA1.17

2

1

1 2

1

CA3.F/CAB27.2 CA3.E/CAB27.1

1

4

S1.1/CA9.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

CA1

CA1.5/CA7.1 CA1.6/CA3.F CA1.7/CA3.D

3

1

3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

2

5

5

CA3.D/CA4.4 B CA3.C/CA4.3 B CA3.B/CA4.2 B CA3.A/CA4.1 B

2 CA7

Colour reminder

¤ H

2

3

CA1

F1- 10A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

B B

CA3.H/CA2.2 B CA3.G/CA2.1 B

3

5

Fuse box

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

5

5

85

2

1

CAB27.2/ENG2.28 ENG2.29/CAB27.1

CA4 R33

Component parts list CA1 Air conditioning control unit CA2 Sunshine sensor CA4 Ambient temperature sensor CA9 Air conditioning compressor relay CA10 Water pump relay CAB03 Road lights switch ENG13 Compressor electromagnetic clutch ENG14 Air conditioning condenser pressure switch ENG27 Outside temperature sensor R33 Water pump motor

B

CA10

CA9.3/CAB38.1 B S1.1/CA9.2 R

Harness parts list

25

ENG14 CAB-38 1 2 3

1 2 3

S1.1/CAB38_.1

3

1

2

B

FAI125 MA-10-06046A

CAB-38 2

1

3

GUF305.13

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING - Electrical diagrams

CAN network - tractor with Autotronic 5 linkage calculator 20

31 30

24

14

27 26

CAB83.1/CAB54.4 CAB83.2/CAB54.5

25

V J

CAB83 1

2 120

FAI 31 S12.1/CAB54.26 CAB54.27/S13.1

V

V J

8

30

9

19 18

2 1

17

4

23 12

28

6 16

5 15

13 24

29

7

3 11

27

14 25

26

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

34

3

2

1

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

V

TR18.2/CAB50.4

J

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

V

FAI 57 CA1.14/CA8.2

J

TR18 TR18

CAB18 S21 S20

8

FAI 32 TR18.5/CAB50.7

CA1.1/CA8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

TR18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CA1

ENG4

FAI 28

S21.1/CAB18.2 S20.1/CAB18.1

V J

ENG2

7

20

31 30

9 10

2 7

29

21

8 19

18 17

22

3 11

1 6

23

4 12

5

16 15

13 24

14

27 26

25

FAI 41

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S5.1/AC2.8 S6.1/AC2.7

V J

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11 12

S5 S6

5 6 7

L14

8 9

22

AC1 S10.1/L13.40 S9.1/L13.39

L13

1 2 3 4

V5

1 2 3 4 1 2

3

4

V J

V J

V J

V J

J V

S4 S5

3

1

2

V1.2/S4.1 V1.3/S5.1

V J

L 22

L14

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

1

S10 S9

FAI 23

V1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

V1.2/S2.1 V1.3/S3.1

S8.1/L22A.1 S9.1/L22A.2

V J

CAB112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

L 22 L22.1/S4.1 L22.2/S3.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

V J

S4_ S4.1/CAB112.4 S_3 S3.1/CAB112.3

V J

FAI131

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L111

15 16

6

5

4

3

2

7

8

9

10

11 12

S3.1/L111.14 S4.1/L111.16 L111.13/CAB112.6 L111.12/CAB112.5

FAI 68 V

S1.1/FS4.30

V

S_1

FS2.N/S1.1 FS2.M/S1.1

V V

S5.1/FS2.K FS2.J/S5.1

J J

J

S5.1/FS4.28

J S__5

L13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CAB141

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CAB141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

FS1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

FS1

33

CAB141 1 5 10 16 23 29 34

29

42

29

42

15

28

15

28

1

14

1

14

GUF305.14

7 8 9 10

3 4 5

1 2

6

1

CAB112

S9

S8.1/FS4.29

11 12 13 14

CAB112

S8

S9.1/FS4.27

FS4

CA8.1/S4.1 CA8.2/S3.1

V J

4

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L111

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J

FS2.C/FS1.8 FS1.9/FS2.B FS1.5/FS2.A

J V B

P N M L K J H G F E D C B A FS2

P

N

E M

D A C

L

F

B G K J

H

FS2

3

9 15 22 28 33 37

L111

J V

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S2.1/V5.2 S3.1/V5.3

1

2

7

L22A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

V1

FAI128

L22.1/S8.1 L22.2/S9.1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S2.1/V4.2 S3.1/V4.3

S2

28

L14.13/S5.1 S4.1/L14.12

1

L22

J V

FAI 46

16

FS1 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V5

4

3

27

J V

2

S10.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S9.1

CAB141.40/S10.1 CAB141.39/S9.1 L13

1 2

26

4

J V

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

15 14

S5.1/L14.16 S4.1/L14.15

3

7

S2.1/V3.2 S3.1/V3.3

29 17

6 5

13 25

4

6

8

V4 V4 4

18

1 4

12 24

5

5

1 2

S3

30

7

3 11

23

6

4

3

3

7

2

11 10 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

CA8

19 2

J V

5 6 7

1 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V J 31

20 21 10

4

V

1 2

4

3

S2.1/V2.2 S3.1/V2.3

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC1 CAB1.39/S21.1

CA8

4

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7

AC2

S6.1/AC1.12 AC1.11/S5.1

1 2 3 4

1 2

1

6

8

1 2 3 4

V3

2

5

V3

1 2 3 4

3

4

3

X

X

4

2

11 10 9

1 2 3 4

V2

5

1 12

V2

6

V J

AC12

5 6

AC2.8/S12.1 S13.1/AC2.7

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

24 25

28

ENG2

FAI 31

12 13

14

AC2

J

23

4 5

15 26

4

CAB1.16/S20.1

11

1 6

16 27

3

FAI 35

17 28

V5

V4

X

1 2

27 26

22

V J

16 15

14

10 3

1 2 3

28

6 5

13

9 2

7

1

4

21

8 19

18

X

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2

17

1

11 12 24

20

31 30

29

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

V3

3

29

V2

4

18 7

AC12 AC12

5

30 19

2

ENG2.1/ENG4.30 J ENG2.2/ENG4.31 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

6

8 9 3

23

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

20 21 10 22

J V

7

S20.1/ENG2.1 S21.1/ENG2.2

CAB1

¤ H

31

20 21 10 22

1 2 3

46 24 1 68 45 23

27 26

J V J V

CAB1

N: Black M: Brown R: Red B: White J: Yellow V: Green

15 14

4

4

J V

CAB1

Colour reminder

16

5 13 25

5

S13.1/CAB18.1 S12.1/CAB18.2

Fuse box 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

12 24

CAB18 S13 S12

CAB54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

28

6

CAB50

25

2

29 17

1

L13.15/L14.16 L13.34/L14.15 L14.13/L22.2 L14.12/L22.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

18 7

3 4

23

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ENG4

30 19

2

22 11

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J V

68 45 23

CA1 Air conditioning control unit CA2 Sunshine sensor CA4 Ambient temperature sensor CA9 Air conditioning compressor relay CA10 Water pump relay CAB03 Road lights switch ENG13 Compressor electromagnetic clutch ENG14 Air conditioning condenser pressure switch ENG27 Outside temperature sensor R33 Water pump motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

8

10

CAB50

23 12

13

AC12.3/S6.1 S5.1/AC12.4

Component parts list

15

CAB83.1/CAB50.7

CAB54

22 11

4 5

16

9

10 3

1 6

31

21

9 2

7 17

28

20

21

8 19

18 29

CAB54

J

Roof harness Cab transmission harness Instrument panel with EEM harness Automatic air conditioning - Instrument panel harness FAI 57 Automatic air conditioning - Roof harness FAI 60 Roof harness FAI 124Pillar harness FAI 125Automatic air conditioning adapter harness FAI 126Cab interior lighting harness FAI 129SisuDiesel EEM engine harness

CAB83.2/CAB50.4

FAI 15 FAI 31 FAI 35 FAI 56

46 24 1

Harness parts list

2 9

4 1

5

MA-11-01426A

WINTEST - Issue 6.a

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

12C04 - Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

CONTENTS A . Draining the circuit and checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Drafting the system and detecting leaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C . Refilling the unit (engine stopped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D . Checking pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E . Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C04.1

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

12C04.2

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit Recommandation All operations described in this section must be carried out using servicing and repair equipment (draining / filling system, coolant recovery system, leak detector, etc.) designed for R134a coolant (see section E “Service tools”).

Run the hose end of an electronic detector around (Fig. 2): - the unions and compressor valves, - all compressor seals: rotating seal, oil housing cap seal.

Redrain the circuit

A . Draining the circuit and checking for leaks

Drain the gas again from the high and low pressure circuits via the valves (leave pressure of 0.2 to 0.3 bar in the circuit).

Draining Ensure the work area is adequately ventilated. Extinguish any naked flames and do not smoke. Prepare to drain the system by running the engine at 1,000 rpm for several minutes beforehand with air conditioning set at "maximum cold" position. Switch off the air conditioning and stop the engine. Connect the manifold pipes to the service unions at the rear of the compressor (Fig. 1): - connect red pipe to high pressure union, - connect blue pipe to low pressure union. Slowly open the manifold low pressure valve. Note: if the system is bled too quickly, compressor oil will be drawn out by the coolant. After several minutes and a pressure drop of 1.5 to 2 bar, slowly open the manifold high pressure valve to allow complete coolant draining.

Checking for leaks When the circuit is empty, change faulty components, then flush with R134a coolant (fill with gas to a pressure of 2 to 3 bar). For this purpose, connect the pressure gauge central port to the filling cylinder upper union (Fig. 4). Slowly loosen the central pipe union on the by-pass to bleed air from the pipe, then retighten. Open the valves of the high and low pressure gauges and allow R134a gas to enter the circuits until the pressure reaches 2.5 to 3 bar. Close the valves and wait for 15 to 20 minutes before continuing to check for leaks. Note: Before disconnecting any pipes, ensure that all valves are closed to prevent any incorrect operation.

Fig. 1 (1) (2) (3) (4)

Low pressure gauge High pressure gauge Filling cylinder Vacuum pump

Fig. 2

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C04.3

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

B . Drafting the system and detecting leaks Drafting the system (Fig. 3) When the circuit is no longer under pressure, connect the central pipe to the vacuum pump. Open the high pressure valve (the low pressure valve should already be open) and the vacuum pump valve, and start the vacuum pump. Note: For ambient temperatures above 20°C, draining should generally take a total of 30 minutes, divided into two 15 minute periods. For ambient temperatures below 20°C, draining should take at least 60 minutes, especially when there is a high level of humidity. When draining is complete, the vacuum reading on the low pressure gauge mercury display should be between 635 to 711 mm. Close the high and low pressure valves and the vacuum pump valve and stop the vacuum pump.

Fig. 3

Detecting leaks (Fig. 4) Disconnect the vacuum pump by-pass central pipe and connect it to the upper part of the filling cylinder. Open the filling cylinder upper valve, slowly loosen the central pipe union on the by-pass to drain the pipe of air, then retighten the union when the R134a coolant starts to flow from the pipe. Open the by-pass high and low pressure valves to obtain pressure of 2.5 to 3 bar of R134a gas. Close the valves and allow the unit to stand filled for 20 minutes. Using the leak detector, proceed to the next flushing (Fig. 2).

Fig. 4

Draining and drafting the system (Fig. 3) Bleed the circuit by slowly opening the by-pass BP valve and allow the R134a to pour out. Close the valve when residual pressure of 0.1 to 0.2 bar remains in the two circuits. Connect the central pipe to the vacuum pump. Open the high and low pressure valves and allow the pump to operate for 20 minutes. Close the high and low pressure valves after ensuring that the low pressure gauge mercury display reading is between 635 to 711 mm. After all these operations, the circuit is clean and can be filled with R134a coolant. Note: After any connections to the pressure gauge and filling cylinder, the pipes must always be drained.

12C04.4

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

C . Refilling the unit (engine stopped) Method to fill the cylinder from the coolant bottle (Fig. 5). Connect the coolant bottle to the lower part of the cylinder and tip the bottle. Open the valves: when the pressure is equal in the bottle and cylinder, drain the cylinder from the top in order to obtain the quantity required for the circuit.

Connections to fill the circuit (Fig. 6). Connect the lower part of the cylinder to the pressure gauge central union. Drain the pipes. Mark the coolant level on the cylinder. Slowly open the pressure gauge low and high pressure valves to allow the circuit to fill. Note: To allow the circuit to fill completely, the pressure in the cylinder must be between 6 and 7 bar. When a circuit is correctly filled and after balancing the pressure, the low and high pressure should be between 4 and 5 bar. When the filling cylinder has no heating resistor, it is necessary to partly fill the circuit with liquid and to top it up with gas.

Fig. 5

Refilling with liquid, topping up with gas (engine stopped, then running) When there is equal pressure between the filling cylinder and circuit, close the high and low pressure valves and the cylinder valve (low part). To top up the circuit with gas, connect the pressure gauge central union to the upper half of the cylinder, then bleed the pipe. Draining is carried out by slowly loosening the pipe and allowing gas to escape for several seconds (Fig. 7). For this operation, only open the low pressure valve. Run the engine at approximately 1000 to 1200 rpm with the air conditioning set at maximum cold and the fan operating at maximum speed. The system is correctly filled when the required level is reached in the cylinder. At this moment close the cylinder valve and the low pressure gauge valve.

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

12C04.5

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit Oil adding method Servicing required on circuit

Quantity of oil to add

Draining the circuit

Measure the amount of oil recovered and add a similar amount of new oil +

Burst pipe or other major leaks

+100 ml

Replacing a condensor

+30 ml

Replacing an evaporator

+30 ml

Replacing the dryer tank

+15 ml

Replacing a pipe

+10 ml

The oil is topped up with oil pumped into the air conditioning circuit from the filling system (except for 100 ml refill to be carried out preferably directly into the compressor).

Oil use precautions: - Because oils are hygroscopic, it is recommended to store them in plastic containers that can be compressed after each use in order to prevent damp air mixing with the oil inside. - Do not mix different brands or types of oil. - PAG oil is an irritant and detergent, and gloves should be worn when handling. If it comes into contact with the skin, it can cause irritation; wash hands thoroughly with water and soap.

12C04.6

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

D . Checking pressures After filling, the air conditioning should be checked for correct operation. Because the pressure gauges are already connected to the compressor (Fig. 8), run the engine and set the fan at maximum speed and the air conditioning at maximum cold. After a short period of operation, the high pressure pipe should be hot and the low pressure pipe should be cold. There should be no bubbles at the dryer tank. Check the compressor cycles. The compressor operating time must be approximately equal to compressor stop time once the cab temperature is balanced. When the air conditioning is stopped, the pressures are balanced and the low and high pressure values are between 4 and 5 bar in a correctly filled circuit. However, these values vary depending on the outside temperature. When the air conditioning is switched on, the low pressure is between 0.3 and 0.65 bar, and the high pressure is between 12 and 18.5 bar. All these values can change according to the outside temperature. The cycles must be obtained in all cases. Note: maximum cooling and fan speed engine speed at 1800 - 2000 rpm

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a

¤ H

Fig. 8

12C04.7

Air conditioning - Refilling the unit

E . Service tools

MA-12-03020A

Description

Fig. 9

Characteristics

Portable draining / filling unit • (Fig. 9) • • •

Reference

Two-stage vacuum pump with anti oil-migration mechanism Filling cylinder 2200g capacity 1.8m hose with unions for R134a Power supply: 220/240 V 50 Hz

Options: • Oil injection compressor

• Absolute vacuum gauge (TORR) (a) Metric units (b) Imperial units

311DAB8QC01 (a) 311CAP8QC01 (b)

311DAB8QC01S (a) 311CAP8QC01S (b) 311DAB8QCB1 (a) 311DAB8QCB1S 311CAP8QCB1 (b) 311CAP8QCB1S

Portable coolant recovery unit • Float switch to automatically stop supply when tank is 17621 / PAG (not shown in Fig. 9) 80% full • Tank with 13.6 kg capacity • No tank 17621 ENF / PAG Options • Oil separator: separates oil, acid and other coolant particles • Dryer: absorbs humidity before coolant recovery in the 17651 / PAG tank Leak detector (Fig. 9)

• Two positions: R134a and R12

16500

Vacuum pump oil (Fig. 9)

• 4.5 litre container

13204

Safety goggles (Fig. 9)

• Protection is MANDATORY for all servicing or repair 12008 work

12C04.8

¤ H

Massey Ferguson 8400 - Issue 1.a